AN5116-06B

Optical Line Terminal Equipment

GPON Configuration Guide

Version: A

Code: MN000001938

FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

July 2014
Thank you for choosing our products.

We appreciate your business. Your satisfaction is our goal.

We will provide you with comprehensive technical support
and after-sales service. Please contact your local sales
representative, service representative or distributor for any
help needed at the contact information shown below.

Fiberhome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 67, Guanggu Chuangye Jie, Wuhan, Hubei, China

Zip code: 430073
Tel: +6 03 7960 0860/0884 (for Malaysia)
+91 98 9985 5448 (for South Asia)
+593 4 501 4529 (for South America)
Fax: +86 27 8717 8521
Website: http://www.fiberhomegroup.com
Legal Notice

are trademarks of FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

(Hereinafter referred to as FiberHome)
All brand names and product names used in this document are used for
identification purposes only and are trademarks or registered trademarks
of their respective holders.

All rights reserved

No part of this document (including the electronic version) may be

reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written permission from FiberHome.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
Preface

Related Documentation
Document Description

AN5116–06B Optical Line Introduces the retrieval method, contents, releasing,

Terminal Equipment reading approach, and suggestion feedback for the
Documentation Guide complete manual set for the AN5116-06B.

Introduces functional features, application model, network

AN5116–06B Optical Line management system and technical specifications of
Terminal Equipment Product AN5116-06B. It aims to acquaint users with the equipment,
Description its performance and technology applied, and provide users
with technical support.

Introduces the key features supported by the AN5116-06B,

including GPON/EPON access, GPON/EPON terminal
AN5116–06B Optical Line
management, VLAN, multicast, voice and safety; and
Terminal Equipment Feature
introduces these functions in details in terms of definition,
Description
features, specification, principle description, references
and so on.
Introduces the appearance, structure, functions, technical
AN5116–06B Optical Line
specifications, and operating method for the AN5116-06B’s
Terminal Equipment Hardware
cabinet, PDP, subrack, cards, cables and wires, facilitating
Description
users’ mastery of the hardware features of the equipment.

Introduces the overall installation and acceptance

inspection procedures from unpacking inspection to power-
AN5116–06B Optical Line
on examination after the AN5116-06B is delivered on site,
Terminal Equipment Installation
and provides reference information (e.g. safety principles
Guide
and wiring scheme of various interfaces) to guide users to
install the equipment.

Mainly use diagrams to Introduce the installation method of

AN5116–06B Optical Line AN5116-06B components such as cabinet, subrack and so
Terminal Equipment Quick on, and the connection and layout of cables and wires,
Installation Guide aiming to guide the hardware installation engineer to install
the equipment in a quick and normative way.

I
 Document Description

Introduces the method for configuring the EPON services

supported by the AN5116-06B via ANM2000 Network
AN5116–06B Optical Line Management System, such as basic configuration, voice
Terminal Equipment EPON service configuration, data service configuration, multicast
Configuration Guide service configuration, and software upgrading
configuration, to guide users on start-up for various
services and software upgrading.

Introduces the method for configuring the GPON services

supported by the AN5116-06B via ANM2000 Network
AN5116–06B Optical Line Management System, such as basic configuration, voice
Terminal Equipment GPON service configuration, data service configuration, multicast
Configuration Guide service configuration, and software upgrading
configuration, to guide users on start-up for various
services and software upgrading.

Introduces the operation procedures for replacing the

AN5116–06B Optical Line AN5116-06B’s components, including preparations,
Terminal Equipment Component precautions, early operations, operation process and
Replacement subsequent operations, so as to guide users with the
component replacement on the hardware.

Introduces the daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly and annual

AN5116–06B Optical Line routine maintenance operations on the AN5116-06B.
Terminal Equipment Routine Users are able to eliminate silent failures in the equipment
Maintenance operation process as early as possible via implementing
the routine maintenance.
Introduces the fault processing principles and methods of
fault diagnosis and locating for the AN5116-06B. Also
AN5116-06B Optical Line
discusses the typical fault cases of various EPON / GPON
Terminal Equipment
services. In case of complex issues, users can contact
Troubleshooting Guide
FiberHome for technical support according to the
instructions in this document.
Introduces the commands of equipment system and every
card of the AN5116-06B on the ANM2000, including the
AN5116–06B Optical Line
function, parameter explanation, precautions and
Terminal Equipment GUI
configuration example of every command, to help users
Reference
master the operation of the AN5116-06B using the
ANM2000.
Introduces the AN5116-06B’s alarm / event information,
AN5116–06B Optical Line including alarm/ event names, alarm / event levels,
Terminal Equipment Alarm and possible causes, effects on the system, and processing
Event Reference procedures, to guide users on effective alarm / event
processing.

II
Version
Version Description

Initial version.
Corresponds to Version 3.3 of the AN5116-06B.
A
Version information of the corresponding ANM2000: V3.
0R2 Build05.07.06.06

Intended Readers

This manual is intended for the following readers:

u Commissioning engineers

u Equipment room maintenance engineers

To utilize this manual, these prerequisite skills are necessary:

u Access network technology

u GPON principles

u Ethernet switch technology

u Computer network technology

u Basic operation methods of the ANM2000

III
 Conventions

Terminology Conventions

Terminology Convention

AN5116-06B AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment

FiberHome e-Fim ANM2000 Broadband Access Network

ANM2000
Management System

EC4B 4×EPON-C Interface Card (type B)

EC8B 8×EPON-C Interface Card (type B)

ECOB 16×EPON Interface Card (type B)

GC4B 4×GPON-C Interface Card (type B)

GC8B 8×GPON-C Interface Card (type B)

GCOB 16 Port GPON OLT Line Card (type B)

XG8A 8×10G EPON Service Card

4×GE + 1×10GE Optical Interface Uplink Card (CES
C155A
Mode)

CE1B 32×E1 Optical Interface Card (CES mode) (type B)

TIMA Time Board

HSWA Core Switch Card
HU1A 4×GE + 1×10GE Optical Interface Uplink Card

HU1B Uplink Five Port Board

HU2A 2×GE + +2×10GE Optical Interface Uplink Card

GU6F 6×GE Optical Interface Uplink Card

GU6B GPON Uplink Board

GSOF 16×GE Interface Card

PUBA Public Card (type A)

Symbol Conventions

Symbol Convention Description

Note Important features or operation guide.

Possible injury to persons or systems, or cause traffic

Caution
interruption or loss.

IV
Symbol Convention Description

Warning May cause severe bodily injuries.

➔ Jump Jumps to another step.

Cascading
→ Connects multi-level menu options.
menu
Bidirectional
↔ The service signal is bidirectional.
service
Unidirectional
→ The service signal is unidirectional.
service

V
Operation Safety Rules

The network management computer should be placed away from

direct sunlight, electromagnetic interference, heat source,
humidity and dust, and with at least 8 cm distance from other
objects in order to keep good ventilation.

Use UPS power supply to avoid loss of network management

data caused by accidental power failure.

The computer case, UPS power supply and switch (or hub)
should be connected to protection earth ground.

To shut down the network management computer, first exit the

operation system normally and then shut off the power supply.

Do not exit the network management system when it is working

normally. Exiting the network management system does not
interrupt traffic in the network, but precludes centralized control of
the networked equipment.

The network management computer cannot be used for purposes

other than network management. Use of unidentified memory
devices should be prohibited so as to avoid computer viruses.

Do not delete any file in the network management system

randomly or copy any irrelevant file into the network management
computer.

Do not visit Internet via the network management computer.

Doing so may increase data flow in the net card and hence affects
normal network management data transmission or results in other
accidents.

VII
 Do not perform service configuration or expansion during service
busy hours via the network management system.

Do not modify the network management computer’s protocol

settings, computer name or LAN settings. Doing so may result in
abnormal operation of network management system.

VIII
IX
X
Contents

Preface...................................................................................................................I

Related Documentation ...................................................................................I

Version ..........................................................................................................III

Intended Readers ..........................................................................................III

Conventions ................................................................................................. IV

Operation Safety Rules ....................................................................................... VII

1 Overview .....................................................................................................1-1

1.1 Configuration Flow.........................................................................1-2

1.2 Introduction to Terminal Equipment ................................................1-3

2 Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path...............................................2-1

2.1 Logging onto the Console ..............................................................2-2

2.1.1 First-time Login to the Console.........................................2-2

2.1.2 Subsequent Login to the Console.....................................2-6

2.2 Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path.................................2-7

2.2.1 Configuration Rules .........................................................2-7

2.2.2 Network Diagram .............................................................2-8
2.2.3 Planning Data ..................................................................2-9
2.2.4 Configuration Flow...........................................................2-9
2.2.5 Configuring the Management VLAN ...............................2-10
2.2.6 Configuring the Static Routing........................................2-11
2.2.7 Configuration Result ......................................................2-12

2.3 Logging into the ANM2000...........................................................2-12

2.4 Introduction to ANM2000 GUI ......................................................2-12

3 Adding Device .............................................................................................3-1

3.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................................3-2

3.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................................3-2

3.3 Adding a Logical Domain ...............................................................3-4

3.4 Adding a System............................................................................3-5

 3.5 Adding a Module............................................................................3-7

3.6 Adding a Card................................................................................3-9

3.6.1 Adding a Card Automatically ............................................3-9

3.6.2 Adding a Card Manually.................................................3-10

3.7 Authorizing a Card .......................................................................3-13

3.7.1 Authorizing a Card Which is Present ..............................3-13

3.7.2 Pre-authorizing a Card Which is not Present...................3-15

3.8 Configuring the SNMP Trap Receiver Address .............................3-17

3.9 Configuring the SNMP Time System ............................................3-17

3.10 Synchronizing Time .....................................................................3-18

3.11 Saving the Current Configuration into the FLASH .........................3-20

4 ONU Authentication and Authorization .........................................................4-1

4.1 Configuration Principle...................................................................4-2

4.2 Example for Authorization without Authentication ...........................4-3

4.2.1 Example Introduction .......................................................4-3

4.2.2 Configuration Flow...........................................................4-3
4.2.3 Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode ......................4-4
4.2.4 Configuration Result ........................................................4-5

4.3 Example for Authentication and Authorization Based on Physical

Identifier ........................................................................................4-5

4.3.1 Example Introduction .......................................................4-5

4.3.2 Planning Data ..................................................................4-6
4.3.3 Configuration Flow...........................................................4-6
4.3.4 Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode ......................4-7
4.3.5 Configuring the ONU Physical Address Whitelist ..............4-8
4.3.6 Configuration Result ......................................................4-10

4.4 Example for Authentication and Authorization Based on

Password ....................................................................................4-11

4.4.1 Example Introduction .....................................................4-11

4.4.2 Planning Data ................................................................4-11
4.4.3 Configuration Flow.........................................................4-12
4.4.4 Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode ....................4-13
4.4.5 Configuring ONU Password Whitelist .............................4-14
4.4.6 Configuration Result ......................................................4-15
4.5 Example for Authentication and Authorization Based on Physical
Identifier + Password ...................................................................4-16

4.5.1 Example Introduction .....................................................4-16

4.5.2 Planning Data ................................................................4-16
4.5.3 Configuration Flow.........................................................4-17
4.5.4 Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode ....................4-18
4.5.5 Configuring the ONU Physical Address Whitelist ............4-19
4.5.6 Configuration Result ......................................................4-21

4.6 Example for Authentication and Authorization Based on Logical

Identifier ......................................................................................4-22

4.6.1 Example Introduction .....................................................4-22

4.6.2 Planning Data ................................................................4-22
4.6.3 Configuration Flow.........................................................4-23
4.6.4 Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode ....................4-24
4.6.5 Configuring Logical ID Whitelist......................................4-25
4.6.6 Configuration Result ......................................................4-26

4.7 Example for Authentication Mode Switching Maintaining Original ONU

Configuration ...............................................................................4-26

4.7.1 Example Introduction .....................................................4-26

4.7.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................4-27
4.7.3 Switching PON Port Authentication Mode.......................4-27
4.7.4 Authorizing the ONU in Password Whitelist ....................4-28
4.7.5 Configuration Result ......................................................4-29

4.8 Example for Authentication Mode Switching without Maintaining

Original ONU Configuration..........................................................4-30

4.8.1 Example Introduction .....................................................4-30

4.8.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................4-31
4.8.3 Deleting ONU from Physical Identifier Whitelist...............4-32
4.8.4 Switching PON Port Authentication Mode.......................4-32
4.8.5 Authorizing the ONU in Password Whitelist ....................4-33
4.8.6 Configuration Result ......................................................4-34

4.9 Example for ONU Deauthorization ...............................................4-35

4.9.1 Example Introduction .....................................................4-35

4.9.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................4-35
4.9.3 Deleting ONU from Physical Identifier Whitelist...............4-36
 4.9.4 Configuration Result ......................................................4-36

5 Configuring Voice Services ..........................................................................5-1

5.1 Configuring Voice ARP ..................................................................5-2

5.1.1 Configuration Rules .........................................................5-2

5.1.2 Planning Data ..................................................................5-2
5.1.3 Configuration Flow...........................................................5-2
5.1.4 Configuring the Voice Management Mode ........................5-3
5.1.5 Configuring ARP Proxy Enabling......................................5-4
5.1.6 Configuring ARP Proxy Subnet ........................................5-4

5.2 Configuring the VoIP Services - H.248 Example .............................5-5

5.2.1 Configuration Rules .........................................................5-5

5.2.2 Network Diagram .............................................................5-6
5.2.3 Configuring the Services Respectively .............................5-6
5.2.4 Configuring Services in a Batch Manner .........................5-21

5.3 Configuring the VoIP Services - SIP Example ...............................5-32

5.3.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................5-32

5.3.2 Network Diagram ...........................................................5-33
5.3.3 Configuring the Services Respectively ...........................5-34
5.3.4 Configuring Services in a Batch Manner .........................5-48

5.4 Optional Functions.......................................................................5-59

5.4.1 Configuring the OLT Voice Management Mode...............5-59

5.4.2 Configuring NGN Uplink PPPoE Parameters for a Single
ONU ..............................................................................5-60
5.4.3 Configuring NGN Uplink PPPoE Parameters for ONUs in a
Batch Manner ................................................................5-62
5.4.4 Configuring the DHCP Function for the NGN Uplink of a
Single ONU ...................................................................5-64
5.4.5 Configuring the DHCP Function for the NGN Uplink of ONUs
in a Batch Manner..........................................................5-65
5.4.6 Configuring the Intercommunication Profile Parameters for
the Softswitch ................................................................5-67
5.4.7 Configuring NGN Heartbeat Parameters ........................5-74
5.4.8 Configuring IAD MD5 Authentication ..............................5-76
5.4.9 Registering / Unregistering the NGN User ......................5-77
5.4.10 Configuring the Digitmap................................................5-78
6 Configuring Data Services ...........................................................................6-1

6.1 Example for Data Service Configuration – in the VLAN Transparent

Transmission Mode........................................................................6-2

6.1.1 Configuration Rules .........................................................6-2

6.1.2 Network Diagram .............................................................6-3
6.1.3 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 1
ONUs) .............................................................................6-4
6.1.4 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type 1
ONUs) ...........................................................................6-11
6.1.5 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 2
ONUs) ...........................................................................6-21
6.1.6 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type 2
ONUs) ...........................................................................6-28

6.2 Example for Data Service Configuration - in the TAG Mode...........6-39

6.2.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................6-39

6.2.2 Network Diagram ...........................................................6-40
6.2.3 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 1
ONUs) ...........................................................................6-41
6.2.4 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type 1
ONUs) ...........................................................................6-49
6.2.5 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 2
ONUs) ...........................................................................6-59
6.2.6 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type 2
ONUs) ...........................................................................6-66

6.3 Example for Data Service Configuration – in the VLAN 1:1 Translation
Mode ...........................................................................................6-77

6.3.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................6-77

6.3.2 Network Diagram ...........................................................6-78
6.3.3 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 1
ONUs) ...........................................................................6-79
6.3.4 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type 1
ONUs) ...........................................................................6-89
6.3.5 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 2
ONUs) .........................................................................6-101
6.3.6 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type 2
ONUs) ......................................................................... 6-110
 6.4 Example for Data Service Configuration - in the VLAN N:1 Translation
Mode .........................................................................................6-123

6.4.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................6-123

6.4.2 Network Diagram .........................................................6-124
6.4.3 Configuring Respectively (for Type 1 ONUs).................6-125
6.4.4 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 1 ONUs) ........6-136
6.4.5 Configuring Respectively (for Type 2 ONUs).................6-149
6.4.6 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 2 ONUs) ........6-160

6.5 Example for Data Service Configuration - in the Selective QinQ

Mode .........................................................................................6-173

6.5.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................6-173

6.5.2 Network Diagram .........................................................6-174
6.5.3 Configuring in the Selective QinQ Mode (for Type 1
ONU)...........................................................................6-175
6.5.4 Configuring in the Selective QinQ Mode (for Type 2
ONU)...........................................................................6-185

7 Multicast Service Configuration ....................................................................7-1

7.1 Example for Multicast Service Configuration - in the Proxy-Snooping

Mode .............................................................................................7-2

7.1.1 Configuration Rules .........................................................7-2

7.1.2 Network Diagram .............................................................7-3
7.1.3 Configuring Respectively (for Type 1 ONUs).....................7-4
7.1.4 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 1 ONUs) ..........7-16
7.1.5 Configuring Respectively (for Type 2 ONUs)...................7-28
7.1.6 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 2 ONUs) ..........7-36

7.2 Example for Multicast Service Configuration - in the Proxy Mode ..7-45

7.2.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................7-45

7.2.2 Network Diagram ...........................................................7-46
7.2.3 Configuring Respectively (for Type 1 ONUs)...................7-47
7.2.4 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 1 ONUs) ..........7-62
7.2.5 Configuring Respectively (for Type 2 ONUs)...................7-75
7.2.6 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 2 ONUs) ..........7-85

7.3 Example for Multicast Service Configuration - in the Controllable

Mode ...........................................................................................7-95

7.3.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................7-95

 7.3.2 Network Diagram ...........................................................7-96
7.3.3 Configuring Services Respectively .................................7-97
7.3.4 Configuring the Services in a Batch Manner ................. 7-111

7.4 Example for Configuring Multicast VLAN 1:2 Translation.............7-122

7.4.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................7-122

7.4.2 Network Diagram .........................................................7-123
7.4.3 Planning Data ..............................................................7-124
7.4.4 Configuration Flow.......................................................7-127
7.4.5 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN......................7-129
7.4.6 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression .....7-129
7.4.7 Configuring Multicast Mode..........................................7-130
7.4.8 Configuring Multicast VLAN .........................................7-131
7.4.9 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth .............7-131
7.4.10 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters............7-132
7.4.11 Configuration Result ....................................................7-135

7.5 Example for SSM Multicast Configuration...................................7-136

7.5.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................7-136

7.5.2 Network Diagram .........................................................7-136
7.5.3 Planning Data ..............................................................7-137
7.5.4 Configuration Flow.......................................................7-140
7.5.5 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN......................7-142
7.5.6 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression .....7-143
7.5.7 Configuring Multicast Protocol Version .........................7-143
7.5.8 Configuring Multicast Mode..........................................7-144
7.5.9 Configuring Multicast VLAN .........................................7-145
7.5.10 Configuring Multicast SSM IP Address Range ..............7-145
7.5.11 Configuring Multicast SSM-Mapping Source IP
Address.......................................................................7-146
7.5.12 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth .............7-146
7.5.13 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters............7-147
7.5.14 Configuration Result ....................................................7-149

7.6 Optional Functions.....................................................................7-150

7.6.1 Configuring Multicast Cascade Port..............................7-150

7.6.2 Configuring Maximum Multicast Bandwidth of Uplink
Ports............................................................................7-151
7.6.3 Configuring OLT Multicast Protocol Parameters............7-152
 7.6.4 Configuring ONU Multicast Parameters ........................7-153
7.6.5 Configuring Prejoin Groups ..........................................7-154
7.6.6 Configuring Default Multicast Preview Parameters........7-155
7.6.7 Configuring Multicast Log Time ....................................7-157
7.6.8 Configuring Automatic Uploading of Multicast Logs ......7-158
7.6.9 Configuring Uploading of Multicast Logs to FTP............7-159
7.6.10 Clearing Logs ..............................................................7-160
7.6.11 Forcing Users to Leave ................................................7-161
7.6.12 Refreshing Multicast Configuration Information.............7-162

8 TDM Service Configuration ..........................................................................8-1

8.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................................8-2

8.2 Network Diagram ...........................................................................8-2

8.3 Example of Configuring TDM Service .............................................8-2

8.3.1 Planning Data ..................................................................8-3

8.3.2 Configuration Flow...........................................................8-4
8.3.3 Configuring System Clock ................................................8-6
8.3.4 Configuring Clock Recovery.............................................8-6
8.3.5 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation .....................................8-7
8.3.6 Configuring User E1 Parameters......................................8-7
8.3.7 Configuration Result ........................................................8-8

9 Configuring Wi-Fi Service.............................................................................9-1

9.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................................9-2

9.2 Network Diagram ...........................................................................9-2

9.3 Wi-Fi Service Configuration Example .............................................9-3

9.3.1 Planning Data ..................................................................9-3

9.3.2 Configuration Flow...........................................................9-6
9.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN..........................9-7
9.3.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation .....................................9-7
9.3.5 Configuring WAN Connection Service of TL1 Interface .....9-8
9.3.6 Configuring Wi-Fi Service.................................................9-9
9.3.7 Configuration Result ........................................................9-9

10 Configuring CATV Service..........................................................................10-1

10.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................................10-2

10.2 Network Diagram .........................................................................10-2

 10.3 CATV Service Configuration Example ..........................................10-2

10.3.1 Planning Data ................................................................10-3

10.3.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................10-3
10.3.3 Starting up CATV Service...............................................10-4
10.3.4 Configuration Result ......................................................10-4

11 Configuring MSTP Service .........................................................................11-1

11.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................................11-2

11.2 Network Diagram .........................................................................11-3

11.3 Planning Data ..............................................................................11-4

11.4 Configuration Flow.......................................................................11-6

11.5 Configuring Bridge Basic Properties .............................................11-7

11.6 Configuring Bridge Parameters ....................................................11-8

11.7 Configuring Bridge Priority ...........................................................11-8

11.8 Configuring Port Parameters ........................................................11-9

11.9 Configuring Multiple Spanning Tree Domain ............................... 11-10

11.10 Configuring Basic Properties of the Instance .............................. 11-10

11.11 Configuring the Port Related to the Instance............................... 11-11

11.12 Configuring Instance Parameters of the Bridge........................... 11-11

11.13 Configuring the Tree Parameters of the Instance on the Port....... 11-12

11.14 Configuration Result .................................................................. 11-13

12 Time and Clock Configuration ....................................................................12-1

12.1 Time Synchronization Configuration - 1588 Mode .........................12-2

12.1.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................12-2

12.1.2 Planning Data ................................................................12-3
12.1.3 Configuration Flow.........................................................12-5
12.1.4 Configuring the Synchronization Parameters ..................12-6
12.1.5 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface.............................12-6
12.1.6 Configuring Basic Parameters of the Port .......................12-7
12.1.7 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters.............12-8
12.1.8 Configuration Result ......................................................12-9

12.2 Time Synchronization Configuration - 1PPS+TOD Mode ..............12-9

12.2.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................12-9

 12.2.2 Planning Data ..............................................................12-10
12.2.3 Configuration Flow.......................................................12-12
12.2.4 Configuring the Synchronization Parameters ................12-12
12.2.5 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface...........................12-13
12.2.6 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters...........12-14
12.2.7 Configuration Result ....................................................12-14

12.3 Clock Synchronization Configuration..........................................12-14

12.3.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................12-15

12.3.2 Planning Data ..............................................................12-16
12.3.3 Configuration Flow.......................................................12-17
12.3.4 Configuring Basic Parameters of Clock ........................12-18
12.3.5 Configuring External Clock...........................................12-18
12.3.6 Configuring the Parameters for the Input Timing Source
Clock ...........................................................................12-19
12.3.7 Configuring Clock Ouptut .............................................12-20
12.3.8 Configuring the QL Value of the Output Clock Source ...12-20
12.3.9 Configuration Result ....................................................12-21

12.4 Example of Configuring Base Station Backhualing Service .........12-21

12.4.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................12-22

12.4.2 Network Diagram .........................................................12-22
12.4.3 Planning Data ..............................................................12-24
12.4.4 Configuration Flow.......................................................12-26
12.4.5 Configuring the Synchronization Parameters ................12-27
12.4.6 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface...........................12-28
12.4.7 Configuring Basic Parameters of the Port .....................12-29
12.4.8 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters...........12-29
12.4.9 Configuring the Time Service at the ONU Port ..............12-30
12.4.10Configuration Result ....................................................12-31

13 Configuring Layer 3 Function .....................................................................13-1

13.1 Configuring ARP Proxy ................................................................13-2

13.1.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................13-2

13.1.2 ARP Proxy Configuration Example - OLT Serving as
Proxy.............................................................................13-3
13.1.3 ARP Proxy Configuration Example - OLT Serving as both
Proxy and Gateway .....................................................13-14
 13.2 Routing Protocol OSPF Configuration ........................................13-26

13.2.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................13-26

13.2.2 OSPF Routing Protocol Configuration Example ............13-27

13.3 Configuring RIP Routing Protocol...............................................13-38

13.3.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................13-38

13.3.2 RIP Routing Protocol Configuration Example................13-39

13.4 DHCP........................................................................................13-49

13.4.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................13-50

13.4.2 DHCP Relay Configuration Example - OLT Serving as
Proxy...........................................................................13-51
13.4.3 DHCP Relay Configuration Example - OLT Serving as Proxy
and Gateway ...............................................................13-63
13.4.4 DHCP Server Configuration Example...........................13-72
13.4.5 DHCP Snooping Configuration Example ......................13-83

14 Upgrading Software ...................................................................................14-1

14.1 Precautions .................................................................................14-2

14.2 Prerequisites ...............................................................................14-2

14.3 Upgrading the Core Switch Card ..................................................14-3

14.3.1 Upgrading Rules............................................................14-3

14.3.2 Planning Data ................................................................14-3
14.3.3 Upgrading Flow .............................................................14-4
14.3.4 Saving the Current Configuration into the FLASH ...........14-6
14.3.5 Backing up the Current Configuration File.......................14-7
14.3.6 Backing up the System Software....................................14-8
14.3.7 Upgrading Software of the Original Standby Core Switch
Card ..............................................................................14-9
14.3.8 Resetting Standby Card ............................................... 14-11
14.3.9 Forcing the Active-standby Switchover.........................14-12
14.3.10Upgrading the Current Standby Core Switch Card
Software ......................................................................14-13
14.3.11Resetting the Standby Card .........................................14-16
14.3.12Checking the Software Version of the Core Switch
Card ............................................................................14-17

14.4 Upgrading the GPON Interface Card / TDM Interface Card / Public
Card ..........................................................................................14-18
 14.4.1 Upgrading Rules..........................................................14-18
14.4.2 Planning Data ..............................................................14-18
14.4.3 Upgrade Flow ..............................................................14-19
14.4.4 Upgrading the GPON Interface Card ............................14-20
14.4.5 Checking the Software Version of the GPON Interface
Card ............................................................................14-21

14.5 Upgrading the GPON Interface Cards in a Batch Manner............14-22

14.5.1 Upgrading Rules..........................................................14-22

14.5.2 Planning Data ..............................................................14-22
14.5.3 Upgrade Flow ..............................................................14-23
14.5.4 Upgrading the GPON Interface Cards in a Batch
Manner........................................................................14-24
14.5.5 Checking the Software Version of the GPON Interface
Cards ..........................................................................14-26

14.6 Upgrading the ONU Manually.....................................................14-27

14.6.1 Upgrading Rules..........................................................14-27

14.6.2 Planning Data ..............................................................14-27
14.6.3 Upgrade Flow ..............................................................14-28
14.6.4 Upgrading the ONU Software Manually ........................14-29
14.6.5 Rebooting the ONU......................................................14-30
14.6.6 Checking the ONU Software Version............................14-32

14.7 Upgrading the ONU Automatically..............................................14-32

14.7.1 Upgrading Rules..........................................................14-32

14.7.2 Planning Data ..............................................................14-32
14.7.3 Upgrade Flow ..............................................................14-33
14.7.4 Upgrading the ONU Software Automatically .................14-34
14.7.5 Checking the ONU Automatic Upgrading Log ...............14-35

15 Flow Classification Configuration................................................................15-1

15.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................................15-2

15.2 Flow Classification Configuration Example - Based on MAC

Address.......................................................................................15-2

15.2.1 Planning Data ................................................................15-2

15.2.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................15-3
15.2.3 Configuring the Flow Classification Rules .......................15-4
15.2.4 Configuring Flow Policy..................................................15-6
 15.2.5 Binding ONU Port to Flow Policy ....................................15-7
15.2.6 Configuration Result ......................................................15-7

15.3 Flow Classification Configuration Example - Based on IP Address 15-8

15.3.1 Planning Data ................................................................15-8

15.3.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................15-9
15.3.3 Configuring the Flow Classification Rules .....................15-10
15.3.4 Configuring Flow Policy................................................15-12
15.3.5 Binding ONU Port to Flow Policy ..................................15-13
15.3.6 Configuration Result ....................................................15-13

16 Configuring Power Supply and Environment Monitoring..............................16-1

16.1 Configuring Environment Monitoring.............................................16-2

16.1.1 Configuration Rules .......................................................16-2

16.1.2 Planning Data ................................................................16-4
16.1.3 Configuration Flow.........................................................16-6
16.1.4 Configuring the Threshold Profile ...................................16-7
16.1.5 Binding the Threshold Profile .........................................16-8
16.1.6 Configuration Result ......................................................16-9

16.2 Configuring the Discharge Test ....................................................16-9

16.2.1 Planning Data ................................................................16-9

16.2.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................16-9
16.2.3 Configuring the Discharge Test Parameters..................16-10
16.2.4 Controling the Discharge Test ...................................... 16-11
16.2.5 Checking the Current Alarms of the HCU-OLT Card...... 16-11
16.2.6 Configuration Result ....................................................16-12

16.3 Configuring the Environment Monitoring Parameters ..................16-12

16.4 Configuring the Charge Mode ....................................................16-14

16.5 Resetting the HCU-OLT Card .....................................................16-15

16.6 Configuring Whether to Enable the Rectifier Module ...................16-15

16.7 Checking the Power Supply State ..............................................16-16

16.8 Checking the Instant Performance of the HCU Card ...................16-17

16.9 Checking the Current Alarms of the HCU-OLT Card....................16-17

16.10 Checking the Alarm History of the HCU-OLT Card ......................16-18

17 Configuring the QoS ..................................................................................17-1

 17.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................................17-2

17.2 QoS Configuration Example - Based on VLAN .............................17-3

17.2.1 Planning Data ................................................................17-3

17.2.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................17-3
17.2.3 Configuring QoS Profile .................................................17-4
17.2.4 Binding Slot and QoS Profile ..........................................17-5
17.2.5 Configuration Result ......................................................17-5

17.3 QoS Configuration Example - Based on MAC Address .................17-6

17.3.1 Planning Data ................................................................17-6

17.3.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................17-6
17.3.3 Configuring QoS Profile .................................................17-7
17.3.4 Binding the Uplink Port and the QoS Profile....................17-8
17.3.5 Configuration Result ......................................................17-8

17.4 Unbinding the Object and the QoS Profile.....................................17-9

17.4.1 Unbinding the Line Card and the QoS Profile..................17-9

17.4.2 Unbinding the Uplink Port and the QoS Profile................17-9

18 Configuring the PON Protection .................................................................18-1

18.1 Background Knowledge ...............................................................18-2

18.2 Configuration Rules .....................................................................18-2

18.3 PON Protection Configuration Example........................................18-3

18.3.1 Planning Data ................................................................18-3

18.3.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................18-4
18.3.3 Configuring PON Port Protection Group .........................18-4
18.3.4 Configuring PON Port Protection Group Mode................18-7
18.3.5 Configuration Result ......................................................18-7

19 Configuring User Line Identifier ..................................................................19-1

19.1 Background Knowledge ...............................................................19-2

19.2 Configuration Rules .....................................................................19-3

19.3 User Line Identifier Configuration Example ...................................19-4

19.3.1 Planning Data ................................................................19-4

19.3.2 Configuration Flow.........................................................19-5
19.3.3 Configuring Line Identifier Switch ...................................19-6
19.3.4 Configuring Line Identifier Format...................................19-7
 19.3.5 Configuration Result ......................................................19-8

20 Configuring the LACP ................................................................................20-1

20.1 Configuration Rules .....................................................................20-2

20.2 LACP Configuration Example.......................................................20-2

20.2.1 Network Diagram ...........................................................20-2

20.2.2 Planning Data ................................................................20-2
20.2.3 Configuration Flow.........................................................20-3
20.2.4 Configuring Trunking Mode ............................................20-4
20.2.5 Configuring Trunk Port Link Aggregation ........................20-5
20.2.6 Configuring LACP ..........................................................20-6
20.2.7 Configuration Result ......................................................20-6

21 Detecting the Optical Power .......................................................................21-1

21.1 Viewing Optical Module Parameter Information of the GPON Interface

Card ............................................................................................21-2

21.2 Viewing Optical Module Parameter Information of the GPON

ONU ............................................................................................21-3

22 POTS Internal Line and External Line Test .................................................22-1

22.1 Test Rules ...................................................................................22-2

22.2 Internal Line Test Example ...........................................................22-2

22.2.1 Planning Data ................................................................22-2

22.2.2 POTS Port Internal Line Test ..........................................22-3
22.2.3 Test Result.....................................................................22-3

22.3 External Line Test Example..........................................................22-4

22.3.1 Planning Data ................................................................22-4

22.3.2 POTS Port External Line Test.........................................22-4
22.3.3 Test Result.....................................................................22-5

Appendix A FTP Operation Guide .............................................................. A-1

A.1 Overview of the FTP ..................................................................... A-1

A.2 Configuration Procedures ............................................................. A-1

Figures

Figure 1-1 Service and Function Configuration Flow........................................1-2

Figure 2-1 The ANM2000 Network Diagram....................................................2-8
Figure 2-2 Flow of Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path...................2-10
Figure 2-3 Main GUI of the ANM2000 ...........................................................2-13
Figure 3-1 Flow Chart for Adding Device .........................................................3-3
Figure 3-2 Adding a Logical Domain ...............................................................3-5
Figure 3-3 The Added Logical Domain ............................................................3-5
Figure 3-4 Adding the AN5116-06B System ....................................................3-6
Figure 3-5 The Added System in the Object Tree Pane ..................................3-7
Figure 3-6 Adding a Module............................................................................3-8
Figure 3-7 The Added Module in the Object Tree Pane ...................................3-8
Figure 3-8 Result of Physical Configuration Detection .....................................3-9
Figure 3-9 The AN5116-06B Subrack View ...................................................3-10
Figure 3-10 Subrack View - Card not Added ...................................................3-11
Figure 3-11 Adding a Card Manually...............................................................3-12
Figure 3-12 Adding a Card..............................................................................3-12
Figure 3-13 Setting Card Authorization ...........................................................3-14
Figure 3-14 Completing Card Pre-authorization ..............................................3-16
Figure 3-15 Configuring the SNMP Trap Receiver Address .............................3-17
Figure 3-16 Configuring the SNMP Time System ............................................3-18
Figure 3-17 Synchronizing the System Time ...................................................3-19
Figure 3-18 Saving the Current Configuration into the FLASH .........................3-20
Figure 4-1 Flow Chart for Configuring the Non-authentication Mode ................4-4
Figure 4-2 Configuring the Non-authentication Mode.......................................4-5
Figure 4-3 Flow Chart for Configuring the Physical Identifier Authentication
Mode .............................................................................................4-7
Figure 4-4 Configuring the Physical Identifier Authentication Mode ..................4-8
Figure 4-5 Successful Pre-authentication Configuration - Based on Physical
Identifier ........................................................................................4-9
Figure 4-6 The Get Unauthorized ONU Dialog Box - Based on Physical
Identifier (Automatically)...............................................................4-10
Figure 4-7 Successful Pre-authentication Configuration - Based on Physical
Identifier ......................................................................................4-10
Figure 4-8 The ONU List - Based on Physical Identifier .................................4-10
Figure 4-9 Flow of Configuring the Password Authentication Mode................4-12
Figure 4-10 Configuring the Password Authentication Mode............................4-13
Figure 4-11 Successful Pre-authorization Configuration - Manual Password
Authentication..............................................................................4-14
Figure 4-12 Get Unauthorized ONU - Automatic Password Authentication.......4-15
Figure 4-13 Successful Automatic Authorization - Based on Password............4-15
Figure 4-14 ONU List - Based on Password ....................................................4-16
Figure 4-15 Flow of Configuration Based on Physical Identifier + Password
Authentication..............................................................................4-18
Figure 4-16 Configuring the Physical Identifier + Password Authentication
Mode ...........................................................................................4-19
Figure 4-17 Successful Pre-authentication Configuration - Based on Physical
Identifier + Password ...................................................................4-20
Figure 4-18 The Get Unauthorized ONU Dialog Box - Based on Physical
Identifier + Password ...................................................................4-21
Figure 4-19 Successful pre-authentication Configuration - Based on Physical
Identifier + Password ...................................................................4-21
Figure 4-20 The ONU List - Based on Physical Identifier + Password ..............4-21
Figure 4-21 Flow for Configuring the Logical Identifier Authentication Mode.....4-24
Figure 4-22 Configuring the Logical Identifier Authentication Mode ..................4-25
Figure 4-23 Successful Pre-authentication Configuration - Based on Logical
Identifier ......................................................................................4-25
Figure 4-24 The ONU List - Based on Logical Identifier ...................................4-26
Figure 4-25 Flow Chart for Configuring Authentication Mode Switching Maintaining
the Original ONU Configuration ....................................................4-27
Figure 4-26 Switching Authentication Mode - Maintaining the Original ONU
Configuration ...............................................................................4-28
Figure 4-27 The "Get Unauthorized ONU" Dialog Box - Maintaining Original ONU
Configuration ...............................................................................4-29
Figure 4-28 Successful Password Whitelist Authorization - Maintaining the
Original ONU Configuration..........................................................4-29
Figure 4-29 The Physical Address Whitelist after the Switching - Maintaining the
Original ONU Configuration..........................................................4-30
Figure 4-30 The ONU List - Maintaining the Original ONU Configuration..........4-30
Figure 4-31 Flow Chart for Configuring Authentication Mode Switching without
Maintaining the Original ONU Configuration .................................4-31
Figure 4-32 Deleting the ONU Authorization Information-without Maintaining the
Original ONU Configuration..........................................................4-32
Figure 4-33 Switching the Authentication Mode – without Maintaining Original
ONU Configuration ......................................................................4-33
Figure 4-34 The "Get Unauthorized ONU" Dialog Box – Not Maintaining Original
ONU Configuration ......................................................................4-34
Figure 4-35 Successful Password Whitelist Authorization - without Maintaining the
Original ONU Configuration..........................................................4-34
Figure 4-36 The ONU List - Not Maintaining the Original ONU Configuration ...4-34
Figure 4-37 Configuration Flow for Deauthorizing the ONU .............................4-35
Figure 4-38 Deleting the ONU Authorization Information .................................4-36
Figure 5-1 The Voice ARP Proxy Configuration Flow.......................................5-3
Figure 5-2 Configuring the OLT Voice Management Mode...............................5-4
Figure 5-3 Configuring the ARP Proxy Switch .................................................5-4
Figure 5-4 Configuring the ARP Proxy Subnet.................................................5-5
Figure 5-5 The VoIP Service Network Based on the H.248 Protocol ................5-6
Figure 5-6 Flow Chart for Configuring the VoIP Services Respectively -
H.248 ..........................................................................................5-12
Figure 5-7 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN Respectively - H.248.....5-13
Figure 5-8 Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface Respectively - H.248 ..........5-14
Figure 5-9 Configuring the NGN Uplink Subscriber Data Respectively -
H.248 ..........................................................................................5-15
Figure 5-10 Bandwidth Allocation (ONU No.1) - H.248 (Configured
Respectively)...............................................................................5-15
Figure 5-11 Slot 15 .........................................................................................5-16
Figure 5-12 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-04-B (FXS1) - H.248 (Configured
Respectively)...............................................................................5-17
Figure 5-13 The AN5506-04-B Voice Configuration (FXS2) - H.248 (Configured
Respectively)...............................................................................5-18
Figure 5-14 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-10-B1 (FXS1) - H.248
(Configured Respectively)............................................................5-19
Figure 5-15 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-10-B1 (FXS2) - H.248
(Configured Respectively)............................................................5-20
Figure 5-16 Flow Chart for Configuring the VoIP Services in a Batch Manner -
H.248 ..........................................................................................5-27
Figure 5-17 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - H.248 (Configured in a Batch
Manner).......................................................................................5-29
Figure 5-18 ONU Configuration – H.248 (Configured in a Batch Manner).........5-30
Figure 5-19 ONU Voice Port Advanced Configuration Profile – H.248 (Configured
in a Batch Manner).......................................................................5-30
Figure 5-20 Basic Voice Configuration for the ONU - H.248 (Configured in a Batch
Manner).......................................................................................5-31
Figure 5-21 ONU Voice Port Configuration in a Batch Manner - H.248 .............5-32
Figure 5-22 Network Diagram for the VoIP Service Based on the SIP ..............5-33
Figure 5-23 Flow Chart for Configuring the VoIP Services Respectively - SIP ..5-39
Figure 5-24 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN Respectively- SIP .........5-40
Figure 5-25 Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface Respectively - SIP..............5-41
Figure 5-26 Configuring the NGN Uplink Subscriber Data - SIP Example.........5-42
Figure 5-27 Bandwidth Allocation (ONU No.1) - SIP (Configured
Respectively)...............................................................................5-42
Figure 5-28 Bandwidth Allocation (ONU No.2) - SIP (Configured
Respectively)...............................................................................5-43
Figure 5-29 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-04-B (FXS1) - SIP (Configured
Respectively)...............................................................................5-44
Figure 5-30 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-04-B (FXS2) - SIP (Configured
Respectively)...............................................................................5-45
Figure 5-31 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-10-B1 (FXS1) - SIP (Configured
Respectively)...............................................................................5-46
Figure 5-32 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-10-B1 (FXS2) - SIP (Configured
Respectively)...............................................................................5-47
Figure 5-33 Flow Chart for Configuring VoIP Services in a Batch Manner - SIP5-54
Figure 5-34 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - SIP (Configured in a Batch
Manner).......................................................................................5-56
Figure 5-35 ONU Configuration – SIP (Configured in a Batch Manner) ............5-57
Figure 5-36 ONU Voice Port Advanced Configuration Profile – SIP Example ...5-57
Figure 5-37 Basic Voice Configuration for the ONU – SIP Example .................5-58
Figure 5-38 ONU Voice Port Configuration – SIP Example ..............................5-59
Figure 5-39 Configuring the OLT Voice Management Mode.............................5-60
Figure 5-40 Configuring NGN Uplink PPPoE Parameters for a Single ONU .....5-61
Figure 5-41 Configuring Objects for GPON Configuration in a Batch Manner ...5-63
Figure 5-42 ONU Voice Basic Configuration - pppoe .......................................5-64
Figure 5-43 Configuring the DHCP Function for the NGN Uplink Interface .......5-65
Figure 5-44 Configuring Objects for GPON Configuration in a Batch Manner ...5-67
Figure 5-45 ONU Voice Basic Configuration - dhcp .........................................5-67
Figure 5-46 Configuring Softswitch Intercommunication Profiles......................5-71
Figure 5-47 Binding Softswitch Intercommunication Profile..............................5-72
Figure 5-48 Configuring Objects for GPON Configuration in a Batch Manner ...5-74
Figure 5-49 ONU Voice Basic Configuration....................................................5-74
Figure 5-50 Configuring NGN Heartbeat Parameters ......................................5-75
Figure 5-51 Configuring IAD MD5 Authentication ............................................5-77
Figure 5-52 Registering / Unregistering NGN Users ........................................5-78
Figure 5-53 Configuring the Digitmap..............................................................5-79
Figure 6-1 The Data Service Network in the VLAN Transparent Transmission
Mode .............................................................................................6-3
Figure 6-2 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively ................6-7
Figure 6-3 Local End Service VLAN Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-
B under the Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively .............6-8
Figure 6-4 GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-
04-B under the Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively ........6-9
Figure 6-5 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively................................6-9
Figure 6-6 The Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-04-B in the
Transparent Transmission Mode (Configured Respectively) .........6-10
Figure 6-7 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner ......6-15
Figure 6-8 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-
Bs under the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner .6-16
Figure 6-9 Multicast Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner .....................6-17
Figure 6-10 ONU Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under
the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner................6-18
Figure 6-11 Port Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under
the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner................6-19
Figure 6-12 Service Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under
the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner................6-19
Figure 6-13 Selecting Object - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner .....................6-20
Figure 6-14 Binding the AN5506-04-B to the Service Profile - Configuring under
the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner................6-20
Figure 6-15 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively ..............6-24
Figure 6-16 GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1 under the Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively ....6-25
Figure 6-17 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively..............................6-26
Figure 6-18 The Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-10-B1 in
the Transparent Transmission Mode (Configured Respectively)....6-27
Figure 6-19 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner ......6-31
Figure 6-20 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch
Manner........................................................................................6-33
Figure 6-21 Setting the Object to Bind the Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1s under the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch
Manner........................................................................................6-33
Figure 6-22 Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch
Manner........................................................................................6-34
Figure 6-23 Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner .....................6-35
Figure 6-24 SVLAN Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner................6-35
Figure 6-25 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Port Parameters -
Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Transparent Transmission
Mode in a Batch Manner ..............................................................6-36
Figure 6-26 Configuring ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch
Manner........................................................................................6-37
Figure 6-27 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Service Parameters -
Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Transparent Transmission
Mode in a Batch Manner ..............................................................6-38
Figure 6-28 Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1s under the Transparent Transmission mode in a Batch
Manner........................................................................................6-39
Figure 6-29 The Data Service Network in the TAG Mode.................................6-40
Figure 6-30 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the TAG Mode Respectively ...............................................6-44
Figure 6-31 Local End Service VLAN Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-
B under the TAG Mode Respectively ............................................6-45
Figure 6-32 GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Cconfiguring the AN5506-
04-B under the TAG Mode Respectively .......................................6-46
Figure 6-33 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the TAG
Mode Respectively ......................................................................6-47
Figure 6-34 The Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-04-B in the
TAG Mode (Configured Respectively)...........................................6-48
Figure 6-35 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner .......................................6-52
Figure 6-36 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-
Bs under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner ..................................6-54
Figure 6-37 Data Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the TAG
Mode in a Batch Manner ..............................................................6-55
Figure 6-38 ONU Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner.................................................6-56
Figure 6-39 Port Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner.................................................6-57
Figure 6-40 Service Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner.................................................6-57
Figure 6-41 The Planning Data of ONU Profile ID Configuration for the AN5506-
04-B in the TAG Translation Mode (in a Batch Manner).................6-58
Figure 6-42 Binding the AN5506-04-B to the Service Profile - Configuring under
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner.................................................6-58
Figure 6-43 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the TAG Mode Respectively ...............................................6-62
Figure 6-44 GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1 under the TAG Mode Respectively .....................................6-63
Figure 6-45 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the TAG
Mode Respectively ......................................................................6-64
Figure 6-46 The Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-10-B1 in
the TAG Mode (Configured Respectively).....................................6-65
Figure 6-47 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner .......................................6-69
Figure 6-48 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner ................................6-71
Figure 6-49 Setting the Object to Bind the Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1s under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner .............6-71
Figure 6-50 Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner ................................6-72
Figure 6-51 Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
TAG Mode in a Batch Manner ......................................................6-73
Figure 6-52 SVLAN Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner.................................................6-73
Figure 6-53 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Port Parameters -
Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the TAG Mode in a Batch
Manner........................................................................................6-74
Figure 6-54 Configuring ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner ................................6-75
Figure 6-55 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Service Parameters -
Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the TAG Mode in a Batch
Manner........................................................................................6-76
Figure 6-56 Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1s under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner ...........................6-76
Figure 6-57 The Data Service Network Diagram (in the VLAN 1:1 Translation
Mode)..........................................................................................6-78
Figure 6-58 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively.....................................6-83
Figure 6-59 The Local End Service VLAN Data in the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode
for the AN5506-04-B (Configured Respectively) ...........................6-84
Figure 6-60 The GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the
AN5506-04-B under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively6-85
Figure 6-61 Service Configuration for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode (Configured Respectively) ................................6-86
Figure 6-62 Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-04-B in the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode (Configured Respectively).................6-87
Figure 6-63 Configuring the QLT QinQ Domain for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN
1:1 Translation Mode (Configured Respectively)...........................6-88
Figure 6-64 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-
04-B under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively .............6-88
Figure 6-65 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner.............................6-94
Figure 6-66 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-
Bs under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ........6-96
Figure 6-67 The Data Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner.............................6-96
Figure 6-68 The ONU Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner .............6-97
Figure 6-69 The Port Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner .............6-98
Figure 6-70 The Service Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner .............6-98
Figure 6-71 The Planning Data of ONU Profile ID Configuration for the AN5506-
04-B in the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode (in a Batch Manner) .........6-99
Figure 6-72 Binding the AN5506-04-B to the Service Profile - Configuring under
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner .....................6-100
Figure 6-73 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ...........6-100
Figure 6-74 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-
04-Bs under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner .6-101
Figure 6-75 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively .............................6-105
Figure 6-76 ONU Bandwidth Allocation Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1 under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively .........6-106
Figure 6-77 The Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively...................................6-107
Figure 6-78 The Port Service Configuration is Completed - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1 under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode
Respectively ..............................................................................6-108
Figure 6-79 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively ...................6-109
Figure 6-80 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1 under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively ......... 6-110
Figure 6-81 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ..................... 6-114
Figure 6-82 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner .... 6-116
Figure 6-83 Setting the Object to Bind the Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch
Manner...................................................................................... 6-117
Figure 6-84 Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner .... 6-117
Figure 6-85 Configuring the Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner .... 6-118
Figure 6-86 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Port Parameters -
Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation
Mode in a Batch Manner ............................................................ 6-119
Figure 6-87 Configuring the ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner6-119
Figure 6-88 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Service Parameters -
Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation
Mode in a Batch Manner ............................................................6-120
Figure 6-89 Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................6-121
Figure 6-90 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ...........6-121
Figure 6-91 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................6-122
Figure 6-92 Data Service Network in the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode ...........6-124
Figure 6-93 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively ..................................6-130
Figure 6-94 Local End Service VLAN Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-
B in the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively......................6-131
Figure 6-95 The GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the
AN5506-04-B under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode
Respectively ..............................................................................6-132
Figure 6-96 Service Configuration (VLAN ID 50) - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively.............................6-132
Figure 6-97 Service Configuration (VLAN ID 60) - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively.............................6-133
Figure 6-98 Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-04-B in the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode (Configured Respectively) ..............6-134
Figure 6-99 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively...................6-135
Figure 6-100 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-
04-B under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively...........6-136
Figure 6-101 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ....................6-141
Figure 6-102 ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner...........6-143
Figure 6-103 The Data Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ..........................6-144
Figure 6-104 The ONU-level Subsidiary Profile Configuration - Configuring the
AN5506-04-Bs under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................6-145
Figure 6-105 The Port-level Subsidiary Profile Configuration - Configuring the
AN5506-04-Bs under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................6-146
Figure 6-106 The Service Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner...........6-146
Figure 6-107 Specific Configuration Data for the ONU No. - Configuring the
AN5506-04-Bs in the VLAN N:1 Mode in a Batch Manner ...........6-147
Figure 6-108 Binding the AN5506-04-B to the Service Profile - Configuring the
AN5506-04-Bs under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................6-148
Figure 6-109 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner...........6-148
Figure 6-110 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-
04-B under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ..6-149
Figure 6-111 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively.............................6-153
Figure 6-112 ONU Bandwidth Allocation Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1 in the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively ...............6-155
Figure 6-113 Service Configuration (VLAN ID 500) - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
in the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively .........................6-156
Figure 6-114 Service Configuration (VLAN ID 600) - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
in the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively .........................6-157
Figure 6-115 Port Service Configuration Completed - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1 in the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively....................6-158
Figure 6-116 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively...................6-159
Figure 6-117 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1 under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively.........6-160
Figure 6-118 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ....................6-164
Figure 6-119 ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner...........6-166
Figure 6-120 Setting the Object to Bind the Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................6-167
Figure 6-121 Binding the ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1 under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................6-167
Figure 6-122 Configuring the Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner....6-168
Figure 6-123 Setting the Condition Object for the Data Port Parameters -
Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN N:1 Translation
Mode in a Batch Manner ............................................................6-169
Figure 6-124 Configuring the ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1s under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................6-169
Figure 6-125 Modification in a Batch Manner - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner...........6-170
Figure 6-126 Setting the Condition Object for the ONU Data Service Parameters -
Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN N:1 Translation
Mode in a Batch Manner ............................................................6-171
Figure 6-127 Configuring the ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................6-171
Figure 6-128 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner...........6-172
Figure 6-129 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-
10-B1 under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner.6-173
Figure 6-130 Data Service Network Connection under the Flexible QinQ
Mode .........................................................................................6-174
Figure 6-131 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the Flexible QinQ Mode....................................................6-179
Figure 6-132 The Service VLAN Local End Data Configuration - Configuring the
AN5506-04-B under the Flexible QinQ Mode..............................6-180
Figure 6-133 The GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the
AN5506-04-B under the Flexible QinQ Mode..............................6-181
Figure 6-134 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Flexible QinQ Mode ...................................................................6-182
Figure 6-135 The Port Service Configuration is Completed - Configuring the
AN5506-04-B under the Flexible QinQ Mode..............................6-183
Figure 6-136 QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Flexible QinQ
Mode .........................................................................................6-184
Figure 6-137 Binding the ONU and the Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the Flexible QinQ Mode....................................................6-184
Figure 6-138 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the Flexible QinQ Mode....................................................6-188
Figure 6-139 The GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1 under the Flexible QinQ Mode ............................6-190
Figure 6-140 The Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Flexible QinQ Mode ...................................................................6-191
Figure 6-141 The Port Service Configuration is Completed - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1 under the Flexible QinQ Mode ............................6-192
Figure 6-142 The QinQ Mode - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Flexible
QinQ Mode ................................................................................6-193
Figure 6-143 Binding the ONU and the Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the Flexible QinQ Mode....................................................6-193
Figure 7-1 The Multicast Service Network Connection under the Proxy-snooping
Mode .............................................................................................7-3
Figure 7-2 Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Proxy-snooping
Mode Respectively for the AN5506-04-B ........................................7-8
Figure 7-3 The Service VLAN Local End Data Configuration- Configuring the
AN5506-04-B under the Proxy Mode Respectively .........................7-9
Figure 7-4 The Designated Uplink Port Packet Suppression-Configure the
AN5506-04-B in the Proxy Mode Respectively .............................7-10
Figure 7-5 Multicast Mode - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy-
snooping Mode Respectively .......................................................7-11
Figure 7-6 Multicast VLAN - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy-
snooping Mode Respectively .......................................................7-11
Figure 7-7 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under
the Proxy-snooping Mode Respectively........................................7-12
Figure 7-8 ONU Multicast Service - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Proxy-snooping Mode Respectively .............................................7-13
Figure 7-9 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Proxy-snooping Mode Respectively .............................................7-14
Figure 7-10 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Proxy-snooping Mode Respectively .............................................7-15
Figure 7-11 The Flow of Multicast Service Configuration under the Proxy-snooping
Mode in a Batch Manner (for the AN5506-04-B) ...........................7-20
Figure 7-12 The GPON Service Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-
Bs under the Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner.................7-22
Figure 7-13 Multicast Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner .....................................7-23
Figure 7-14 ONU Subprofile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy-
snooping Mode in a Batch Manner ...............................................7-24
Figure 7-15 Port Subprofile - Configuring for the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy-
snooping Mode in a Batch Manner ...............................................7-25
Figure 7-16 Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy-
snooping Mode in a Batch Manner ...............................................7-25
Figure 7-17 Selecting Object - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy-
snooping mode in a Batch Manner ...............................................7-27
Figure 7-18 Service Profile Binding - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner .....................................7-27
Figure 7-19 The Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Proxy-
snooping Mode Respectively (for the AN5506-10-B1)...................7-31
Figure 7-20 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under
the Proxy-snooping Mode Respectively........................................7-33
Figure 7-21 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Proxy-snooping Mode Respectively .............................................7-34
Figure 7-22 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Proxy-snooping Mode Respectively .............................................7-35
Figure 7-23 The Flow of Multicast Service Configuration under the Proxy-snooping
Mode in a Batch Manner (for the AN5506-10-B1)..........................7-39
Figure 7-24 The GPON Service Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner ...............7-41
Figure 7-25 ONU Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner .....................................7-42
Figure 7-26 The Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner .....................................7-43
Figure 7-27 Adding Entry Number - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner .....................................7-44
Figure 7-28 ONU Data Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506–10–B1s
under the Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner......................7-44
Figure 7-29 The Multicast Service Network Connection under the Proxy Mode 7-46
Figure 7-30 The Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Proxy Mode
Respectively for the AN5506-04-B ...............................................7-52
Figure 7-31 Service VLAN Local End Data - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under
the Proxy Mode Respectively .......................................................7-54
Figure 7-32 The Designated Uplink Port Packet Suppression - Configuring the
AN5506-04-B under the Proxy Mode Respectively .......................7-54
Figure 7-33 Multicast Mode - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy Mode
Respectively ................................................................................7-55
Figure 7-34 Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under
the Proxy Mode Respectively .......................................................7-56
Figure 7-35 Multicast VLAN - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy Mode
Respectively ................................................................................7-56
Figure 7-36 Multicast Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy
Mode Respectively ......................................................................7-57
Figure 7-37 Group Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy
Mode Respectively ......................................................................7-58
Figure 7-38 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under
the Proxy Mode Respectively .......................................................7-59
Figure 7-39 ONU Multicast Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the Proxy Mode Respectively .............................................7-59
Figure 7-40 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy
Mode Respectively ......................................................................7-60
Figure 7-41 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Proxy Mode Respectively.............................................................7-61
Figure 7-42 Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Proxy Mode in a
Batch Manner (for the AN5506-04-B) ...........................................7-66
Figure 7-43 The GPON Service Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-
Bs under the Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner ................................7-69
Figure 7-44 Multicst Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner ....................................................7-70
Figure 7-45 ONU Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under
the Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner...............................................7-71
Figure 7-46 Port Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under
the Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner...............................................7-72
Figure 7-47 Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy Mode
in a Batch Manner........................................................................7-72
Figure 7-48 Selecting Object - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy
Mode in a Batch Manner ..............................................................7-74
Figure 7-49 Service Profile Binding - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner ....................................................7-74
Figure 7-50 Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Proxy Mode
Respectively (for the AN5506-10-B1) ...........................................7-78
Figure 7-51 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under
the Proxy Mode Respectively .......................................................7-80
Figure 7-52 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Proxy Mode Respectively (VLAN 100)..........................................7-81
Figure 7-53 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Proxy Mode Respectively (VLAN 100)..........................................7-82
Figure 7-54 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Proxy Mode Respectively (VLAN 200)..........................................7-83
Figure 7-55 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Proxy Mode Respectively (VLAN 200)..........................................7-84
Figure 7-56 Flow of Configuring the Multicast Services under the Proxy Mode in a
Batch Manner (for the AN5506-10-B1) .........................................7-89
Figure 7-57 The GPON Service Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner ..............................7-92
Figure 7-58 ONU configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Proxy
Mode in a Batch Manner ..............................................................7-93
Figure 7-59 Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner ....................................................7-93
Figure 7-60 Adding Item Number - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner ....................................................7-94
Figure 7-61 ONU Data Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner .....................................7-95
Figure 7-62 The Service Network for Multicast under the Controllable Mode ....7-96
Figure 7-63 Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Controllable Mode
Respectively (for the AN5506-10-B1) .........................................7-101
Figure 7-64 Local End Service VLAN Data - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under
the Controllable Mode Respectively ...........................................7-103
Figure 7-65 Designated Uplink Port Packet Suppression - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1 under the Controllable Mode Respectively..........7-103
Figure 7-66 Multicast Mode - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Controllable Mode Respectively .................................................7-104
Figure 7-67 Multicast VLAN - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Controllable Mode Respectively .................................................7-105
Figure 7-68 Multicast Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Controllable Mode Respectively .................................................7-106
Figure 7-69 Group Parameter - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Controllable Mode Respectively .................................................7-107
Figure 7-70 Port Parameter - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Controllable Mode Respectively .................................................7-107
Figure 7-71 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under
the Controllable Mode Respectively ...........................................7-108
Figure 7-72 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Controllable Mode Respectively .................................................7-109
Figure 7-73 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Controllable Mode Respectively ................................................. 7-110
Figure 7-74 The Flow of the Multicast Service Configuration in a Batch Manner
under the Controllable Mode ...................................................... 7-116
Figure 7-75 The GPON Service Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the Controllable Mode in a Batch Manner................... 7-119
Figure 7-76 ONU Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Controllable Mode in a Batch Manner.........................................7-120
Figure 7-77 Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Controllable Mode in a Batch Manner.........................................7-120
Figure 7-78 Adding Item Number - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Controllable Mode in a Batch Manner.........................................7-121
Figure 7-79 ONU Data Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the Controllable Mode in a Batch Manner .........................7-122
Figure 7-80 The Network Diagram for the Multicast Service under the VLAN 1:2
Translation Mode .......................................................................7-123
Figure 7-81 The Flow of Configuring Multicast under the VLAN 1:2 Translation
Mode .........................................................................................7-128
Figure 7-82 Local End Service VLAN Data - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode ......7-129
Figure 7-83 Configuring Packet Suppression at the Designated Uplink Port - VLAN
1:2 Translation Mode .................................................................7-130
Figure 7-84 Multicast Mode - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode .............................7-130
Figure 7-85 Multicast VLAN - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode .............................7-131
Figure 7-86 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode......7-132
Figure 7-87 Service Configuration - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode (IPTV
Service) .....................................................................................7-133
Figure 7-88 Service Configuration - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode (Video
Telephone) ................................................................................7-134
Figure 7-89 Data Port Configuration - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode.................7-135
Figure 7-90 Configuring the SSM Multicast Service Network .........................7-137
Figure 7-91 The SSM Multicast Configuration Flow .......................................7-141
Figure 7-92 Local End Service VLAN Data - Configuring SSM Multicast ........7-143
Figure 7-93 Designating Uplink Port Packet Suppression - Configuring SSM
Multicast ....................................................................................7-143
Figure 7-94 Multicast Protocol Version - Configuring SSM Multicast ..............7-144
Figure 7-95 Multicast Mode - Configuring SSM Multicast...............................7-144
Figure 7-96 Multicast VLAN - Configuring SSM Multicast ..............................7-145
Figure 7-97 Multicast SSM IP Address Range - Configuring SSM Multicast ...7-146
Figure 7-98 Multicast SSM - Mapping Source IP Address - Configuring SSM
Multicast ....................................................................................7-146
Figure 7-99 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring SSM Multicast .......7-147
Figure 7-100 Service Configuration - Configuring SSM Multicast .....................7-148
Figure 7-101 Data Port Configuration - Configuring SSM Multicast ..................7-149
Figure 7-102 Multicast Cascaded Port Configuration.......................................7-151
Figure 7-103 Configuring the Uplink Port's Maximum Bandwidth for Multicast
Services ....................................................................................7-152
Figure 7-104 Configuring Multicast Protocol Parameters .................................7-153
Figure 7-105 Configuring ONU Parameters.....................................................7-154
Figure 7-106 Configuring the Prejoin Group ....................................................7-155
Figure 7-107 Configuring the Default Preview Parameters ..............................7-157
Figure 7-108 Configuring the Multicast Log Time.............................................7-158
Figure 7-109 Configuring Automatic Uploading of Multicast Logs ....................7-159
Figure 7-110 Configuring Uploading of Multicast Logs to FTP..........................7-160
Figure 7-111 Clearing Logs ............................................................................7-161
Figure 7-112 Configuration of Forcing Users to Leave.....................................7-162
Figure 7-113 Refreshing Multicast Configuration Information...........................7-163
Figure 8-1 The TDM Service Network .............................................................8-2
Figure 8-2 The TDM Service Configuration Flow .............................................8-5
Figure 8-3 The System Clock Configuration ....................................................8-6
Figure 8-4 Configuring the Clock Recovery Mode............................................8-6
Figure 8-5 Bandwidth Allocation of the TDM Service .......................................8-7
Figure 8-6 E1 Parameter Settings for Users ....................................................8-8
Figure 9-1 The Wi-Fi Service Network.............................................................9-2
Figure 9-2 The Wi-Fi Service Configuration Flow.............................................9-6
Figure 9-3 Local End VLAN Data of the Wi-Fi Service .....................................9-7
Figure 9-4 Bandwidth Allocation for the Wi-Fi Service......................................9-8
Figure 9-5 The WAN Connection Service of the TL1 Interface .........................9-8
Figure 9-6 Configuring Wi-Fi Services.............................................................9-9
Figure 10-1 The CATV Service Network..........................................................10-2
Figure 10-2 The CATV Service Configuration Flow..........................................10-3
Figure 10-3 Configuring the CATV Service......................................................10-4
Figure 11-1 The MSTP Service Network Diagram ...........................................11-3
Figure 11-2 The MSTP Service Configuration Flow .........................................11-7
Figure 11-3 Configuring Basic Properties of Bridge .........................................11-8
Figure 11-4 Configuring the Bridge Parameters...............................................11-8
Figure 11-5 Configuring the Bridge Priority......................................................11-9
Figure 11-6 Configuring Port Parameters ........................................................11-9
Figure 11-7 Configuring MSTP (Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol) Domain .... 11-10
Figure 11-8 Configuring the Basic Properties of the Instance......................... 11-11
Figure 11-9 Configuring the Port Associated with the Instance ...................... 11-11
Figure 11-10 Configuring Parameters for the Bridge Instance.......................... 11-12
Figure 11-11 Configuring the Instance Tree Parameters for the Port................ 11-13
Figure 12-1 Configuring Time Synchronization - 1588 Mode............................12-5
Figure 12-2 Configuring Synchronization Parameters - 1588 Mode .................12-6
Figure 12-3 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface - 1588 Mode.......................12-7
Figure 12-4 Configuring Basic Parameters of the Port - 1588 Mode .................12-8
Figure 12-5 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters - 1588 Mode.......12-8
Figure 12-6 Configuring Time Synchronization - 1PPS+TOD Mode ...............12-12
Figure 12-7 Configuring Synchronization Parameters - 1PPS+TOD Mode .....12-13
Figure 12-8 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface - 1PPS+TOD Mode ..........12-13
Figure 12-9 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters - 1PPS+TOD
Mode .........................................................................................12-14
Figure 12-10 The Clock Synchronization Configuration Flow...........................12-17
Figure 12-11 Configuring Basic Parameters of the Clock.................................12-18
Figure 12-12 Configuring the External Clock ...................................................12-19
Figure 12-13 Configuring the Parameters for the Input Timing Source Clock....12-19
Figure 12-14 Configuring Clock Ouptut ...........................................................12-20
Figure 12-15 Configuring the QL Value of the Output Clock Source .................12-21
Figure 12-16 Example Network for the Base Station Backhualing Service .......12-23
Figure 12-17 Configuring the Base Station Backhualing Service .....................12-27
Figure 12-18 Configuring the Synchronization Parameters - Base Station
Backhualing Service ..................................................................12-28
Figure 12-19 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface - Base Station Backhauling
Service ......................................................................................12-28
Figure 12-20 Configuring Basic Parameters of the Port - Base Station Backhualing
Service ......................................................................................12-29
Figure 12-21 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters - Base Station
Backhualing Service ..................................................................12-30
Figure 13-1 Network Connection - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only ..........13-3
Figure 13-2 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only.............13-7
Figure 13-3 Local End VLAN Configuration - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy
Only ............................................................................................13-8
Figure 13-4 Adding Slot Port to VLAN - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only ...13-9
Figure 13-5 Configuring VLAN Properties - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy
Only ..........................................................................................13-10
Figure 13-6 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - OLT Serving as the ARP
Proxy Only.................................................................................13-10
Figure 13-7 Configuring VLAN IP - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only........ 13-11
Figure 13-8 Configuring ARP Proxy Switch under VLAN - OLT Serving as the ARP
Proxy Only.................................................................................13-12
Figure 13-9 Slot Intercommunication Configuration - OLT Serving as the ARP
Proxy Only.................................................................................13-12
Figure 13-10 Creating Layer 3 ACL - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only ......13-13
Figure 13-11 Configuring Layer 3 ACL - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only..13-13
Figure 13-12 Configuring ARP Proxy Range - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy
Only ..........................................................................................13-14
Figure 13-13 Network Connection - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-15
Figure 13-14 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-19
Figure 13-15 Local End VLAN Configuration - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy
and Gateway .............................................................................13-20
Figure 13-16 Configuring VLAN Properties - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-21
Figure 13-17 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - OLT Serving as the ARP
Proxy and Gateway ...................................................................13-22
Figure 13-18 Configuring VLAN IP - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-23
Figure 13-19 Configuring ARP Proxy Switch under VLAN - OLT Serving as Both the
ARP Proxy and Gateway ...........................................................13-23
Figure 13-20 Slot Intercommunication Configuration - OLT Serving as Both the ARP
Proxy and Gateway ...................................................................13-24
Figure 13-21 Creating Layer 3 ACL - OLT as Both the ARP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-24
Figure 13-22 Configuring Layer 3 ACL - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-25
Figure 13-23 Configuring ARP Proxy Range - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy
and Gateway .............................................................................13-26
Figure 13-24 Network Diagram for the OSPF Routing Protocol........................13-27
Figure 13-25 Configuration Flow for the OSPF Routing Protocol......................13-31
Figure 13-26 Local End VLAN Configuration - OSPF Protocol.........................13-33
Figure 13-27 Configuring VLAN Properties - OSPF Protocol ...........................13-33
Figure 13-28 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - OSPF Protocol..............13-34
Figure 13-29 Configuring VLAN IP - OSPF Protocol........................................13-35
Figure 13-30 Starting OSPF ...........................................................................13-35
Figure 13-31 Configuring the OSPF Router ID ................................................13-36
Figure 13-32 OSPF Network Announcement ..................................................13-36
Figure 13-33 Configuring OSPF Domain.........................................................13-37
Figure 13-34 Configuring OSPF Basic Parameters .........................................13-37
Figure 13-35 Configuring OSPF Authentication ...............................................13-38
Figure 13-36 Network Diagram for the RIP Routing Protocol ...........................13-39
Figure 13-37 The RIP Routing Protocol Configuration Flow .............................13-42
Figure 13-38 Local End VLAN Configuration - RIP ..........................................13-44
Figure 13-39 Configuring VLAN Properties - RIP.............................................13-45
Figure 13-40 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - RIP ...............................13-45
Figure 13-41 Configuring VLAN IP - RIP Routing Protocol...............................13-46
Figure 13-42 Starting RIP ...............................................................................13-47
Figure 13-43 RIP Network Announcement ......................................................13-47
Figure 13-44 Configuring the RIP Timer ..........................................................13-48
Figure 13-45 Configuring the RIP Interface Version.........................................13-48
Figure 13-46 Configuring the RIP Authentication .............................................13-49
Figure 13-47 Network Diagram - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only ..........13-51
Figure 13-48 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only ........13-55
Figure 13-49 Local End VLAN Configuration - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy
Only ..........................................................................................13-57
Figure 13-50 Adding Port to VLAN - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only .....13-57
Figure 13-51 Configuring VLAN Properties - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy
Only ..........................................................................................13-58
Figure 13-52 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - OLT Serving as the DHCP
Proxy Only.................................................................................13-59
Figure 13-53 Configuring VLAN IP - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only .....13-59
Figure 13-54 Configuring Static Routing - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy
Only ..........................................................................................13-60
Figure 13-55 Configuring DHCP Function Global Switch - OLT Serving as the
DHCP Proxy Only ......................................................................13-61
Figure 13-56 Configuring the DHCP Interface Mode - OLT Serving as the DHCP
Proxy Only.................................................................................13-61
Figure 13-57 Configuring Server Address of the Interface - OLT Serving as the
DHCP Proxy Only ......................................................................13-62
Figure 13-58 Network Diagram - OLT Serving as Both the DHCP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-63
Figure 13-59 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as Both the DHCP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-66
Figure 13-60 Local End VLAN Configuration - OLT Serving as Both the DHCP
Proxy and Gateway ...................................................................13-67
Figure 13-61 Configuring VLAN Properties - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-68
Figure 13-62 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - OLT Serving as the DHCP
Proxy and Gateway ...................................................................13-69
Figure 13-63 Configuring VLAN IP - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-69
Figure 13-64 Configuring DHCP Function Global Switch - OLT Serving as the
DHCP Proxy and Gateway.........................................................13-70
Figure 13-65 Configuring DHCP Interface Mode - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy
and Gateway .............................................................................13-71
Figure 13-66 Configuring Server Address of the Interface - OLT Serving as the
DHCP Proxy and Gateway.........................................................13-71
Figure 13-67 Network Diagram with OLT Serving as the DHCP Server............13-72
Figure 13-68 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server...............13-76
Figure 13-69 Local End VLAN Configuration - OLT Serving as the DHCP
Server .......................................................................................13-77
Figure 13-70 Adding Port to VLAN - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server............13-78
Figure 13-71 Configuring VLAN Properties - OLT Serving as the DHCP
Server .......................................................................................13-79
Figure 13-72 Configuring Super VLAN Binding Service VLAN - OLT Serving as the
DHCP Server.............................................................................13-80
Figure 13-73 Configuring VLAN IP - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server............13-80
Figure 13-74 Configuring DHCP Function Global Switch - OLT Serving as the
DHCP Server.............................................................................13-81
Figure 13-75 Configuring the DHCP Interface Mode - OLT Serving as the DHCP
Server .......................................................................................13-81
Figure 13-76 Configuring the IP Address Pool - OLT Serving as the DHCP
Server .......................................................................................13-82
Figure 13-77 Configuring the DNS Server List - OLT Serving as the DHCP
Server .......................................................................................13-83
Figure 13-78 Network Diagram - OLT Serving as the DHCP Snooping ............13-84
Figure 13-79 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as the DHCP Snooping ..........13-86
Figure 13-80 Local End VLAN Configuration - DHCP Snooping ......................13-87
Figure 13-81 Configuring the DHCP Snooping Switch.....................................13-87
Figure 13-82 Configuring DHCP Snooping Trusted Port ..................................13-88
Figure 14-1 Flow Chart for Upgrading the Core Switch Card Software .............14-5
Figure 14-2 Saving the Current Configuration into the FLASH .........................14-7
Figure 14-3 Backing up the Current Configuration ...........................................14-8
Figure 14-4 Backing up the System Software..................................................14-9
Figure 14-5 Upgrading the Original Standby Core Switch Card Software .......14-10
Figure 14-6 Viewing the WFTP Log for Upgrading the Core Switch Card ....... 14-11
Figure 14-7 Resetting Card - the Sending Commands Dialog Box ...............14-12
Figure 14-8 Forcing Active-standby Switchover - the Sending Commands Dialog
Box............................................................................................14-13
Figure 14-9 Upgrading Software of the Standby Core Switch Card ................14-14
Figure 14-10 Viewing the WFTP Log for Upgrading the Standby Core Switch
Card ..........................................................................................14-15
Figure 14-11 Upgrading the Core Switch Card Successfully............................14-16
Figure 14-12 Resetting the Standby Card .......................................................14-17
Figure 14-13 Checking the Software Version of the Core Switch Card .............14-17
Figure 14-14 Flow Chart for Upgrading the GPON Interface Card Software .....14-19
Figure 14-15 Upgrading the GPON Interface Card Software............................14-20
Figure 14-16 ftp - Upgrading the Card Respectively ........................................14-21
Figure 14-17 Checking Card Software Version................................................14-22
Figure 14-18 Flow Chart for Upgrading the GPON Interface Card Software in a
Batch Manner ............................................................................14-23
Figure 14-19 ftp - Upgrading Cards in a Batch Manner ....................................14-25
Figure 14-20 Upgrading the GPON Interface Card Software in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................14-26
Figure 14-21 Viewing the Card Version ...........................................................14-26
Figure 14-22 Configuration Flow for Upgrading the ONUs Manually in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................14-29
Figure 14-23 Upgrading the ONU Software Manually in a Batch Manner .........14-30
Figure 14-24 Selecting the ONU Serial Number ..............................................14-31
Figure 14-25 Rebooting the ONU....................................................................14-31
Figure 14-26 Viewing the ONU Version...........................................................14-32
Figure 14-27 Flow of Configuring the ONU Automatically ................................14-34
Figure 14-28 The ONU Automatic Upgrading Window.....................................14-35
Figure 14-29 Checking the ONU Version ........................................................14-35
Figure 15-1 Flow for Configuring Flow Classification Rules – Based on MAC
Address.......................................................................................15-4
Figure 15-2 The Rule Defining Dialog Box ......................................................15-5
Figure 15-3 The Flow Classification Rules - MAC............................................15-5
Figure 15-4 Configuring the Flow Policy - MAC ...............................................15-6
Figure 15-5 Binding the ONU Port to the Flow Policy - MAC ............................15-7
Figure 15-6 Flow for Configuring Flow Classification Rules - Based on IP
Address.....................................................................................15-10
Figure 15-7 The Rule Defining Dialog Box - IP .............................................. 15-11
Figure 15-8 The Flow Classification Rules - IP .............................................. 15-11
Figure 15-9 Configuring the Flow Policy - IP..................................................15-12
Figure 15-10 Binding the ONU Port to the Flow Policy - IP...............................15-13
Figure 16-1 Flow Chart for Configuring the Environment Alarm Instance..........16-7
Figure 16-2 Configuring the Threshold Profile .................................................16-8
Figure 16-3 Binding the Threshold Profile .......................................................16-8
Figure 16-4 The Discharge Test Flow Chart ..................................................16-10
Figure 16-5 Configuring the Discharge Test Parameters................................16-10
Figure 16-6 Controlling the Discharge Test.................................................... 16-11
Figure 16-7 Viewing the Current Alarms of the HCU-OLT Card ...................... 16-11
Figure 16-8 Configuring the Charge Mode ....................................................16-14
Figure 16-9 Resetting the HCU-OLT Card .....................................................16-15
Figure 16-10 Configuring Whether to Enable the Rectifier Module ...................16-16
Figure 16-11 Checking the Power Supply State ..............................................16-16
Figure 16-12 Viewing the Instant Performance of the HCU-OLT Card ..............16-17
Figure 16-13 Viewing the Current Alarms........................................................16-18
Figure 16-14 Viewing the Alarm History ..........................................................16-18
Figure 17-1 QoS Service Configuration Flow - Based on the VLAN .................17-4
Figure 17-2 Configuring the QoS Profile - Based on the VLAN.........................17-5
Figure 17-3 Binding the QoS Profile to the Slot - Based on the VLAN ..............17-5
Figure 17-4 QoS Service Configuration Flow - Based on the MAC Address .....17-7
Figure 17-5 Configuring the QoS Profile - Based on the MAC Address ............17-8
Figure 17-6 Binding the QoS Profile to the Uplink Port - Based on the MAC
Address.......................................................................................17-8
Figure 17-7 Unbinding the QoS Profile from the Slot .......................................17-9
Figure 17-8 Unbinding the QoS Profile from the Slot Successfully ...................17-9
Figure 17-9 Unbinding the QoS Profile from the Uplink Port...........................17-10
Figure 17-10 Unbinding the QoS Profile from the Uplink Port Successfully ......17-10
Figure 18-1 Principle for PON Port Protection .................................................18-2
Figure 18-2 PON Port Protection Configuration Flow.......................................18-4
Figure 18-3 Configuring the Master Port..........................................................18-5
Figure 18-4 Configuring the Member Port .......................................................18-6
Figure 18-5 Configuring the PON Port Protection Group Successfully .............18-6
Figure 18-6 Configuring PON Port Protection Group Mode..............................18-7
Figure 19-1 Signal Flow of the User Line Identifier...........................................19-2
Figure 19-2 Configuration Flow for User Line Identifier Management ...............19-6
Figure 19-3 Configuring Line Identifier Management .......................................19-7
Figure 19-4 Configuring Line Identifier Format.................................................19-8
Figure 20-1 Configuring LACP Function Network Connection..........................20-2
Figure 20-2 LACP Configuration Flow.............................................................20-4
Figure 20-3 Configuring the Trunking Mode ....................................................20-5
Figure 20-4 Configuring Trunk Port Link Aggregation ......................................20-5
Figure 20-5 Configuring LACP ........................................................................20-6
Figure 21-1 Parameter Information of the PON Port Optical Module on the GC8B
Card ............................................................................................21-2
Figure 21-2 Parameter Information of the ONU PON Port Optical Module........21-3
Figure 22-1 Checking the Internal Line Test Result..........................................22-3
Figure 22-2 Checking the External Line Test Result ........................................22-5
Figure A-1 Opening the WFTP ....................................................................... A-2
Figure A-2 The User Configuration ................................................................. A-2
Figure A-3 Creating a New User..................................................................... A-3
Figure A-4 Completing Creating the New User Account .................................. A-3
Figure A-5 Configuring the Path ..................................................................... A-4
Figure A-6 Configuring the Log Function of the WFTP Tool ............................. A-4
Figure A-7 Log Information Options................................................................ A-5
Tables

Table 1-1 GPON Terminal Equipment - Type 1...............................................1-3

Table 1-2 GPON Terminal Equipment - Type 2...............................................1-3
Table 2-1 Planning Data for Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path .....2-9
Table 2-2 Command Format for Configuring the Management VLAN............2-10
Table 2-3 Command Format for Configuring the Static Routing ....................2-11
Table 2-4 Commonly Used Buttons .............................................................2-14
Table 3-1 The Card Configuration for the Equipment....................................3-11
Table 3-2 Parameters in the Card Authorization Window..............................3-14
Table 3-3 Parameters in the Card Authorization Window..............................3-15
Table 4-1 Planning Data for Configuring the Authentication Mode Based on the
Physical Identifier...........................................................................4-6
Table 4-2 Planning Data for Configuring the Authentication Mode Based on
Password ....................................................................................4-12
Table 4-3 Planning Data for Configuring the Authentication Mode based on the
Physical Identifier + Password .....................................................4-17
Table 4-4 Planning Data for Configuring the Authentication Mode based on the
Logical Identifier ..........................................................................4-23
Table 5-1 Planning Data for Configuring Voice ARP Proxy .............................5-2
Table 5-2 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the H.248
Protocol Respectively on the OLT Side...........................................5-7
Table 5-3 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the H.248
Protocol Respectively on the ONU Side .......................................5-10
Table 5-4 Planning Data on the OLT Side for Configuring the VoIP Service
Based on the H.248 Protocol in a Batch Manner...........................5-21
Table 5-5 Planning Data on the ONU Side for Configuring the VoIP Service
Based on the H.248 Protocol in a Batch Manner...........................5-23
Table 5-6 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP
Protocol Respectively on the OLT Side.........................................5-34
Table 5-7 Planning Data for the ONU Side of the VoIP Service Based on the SIP
Protocol (Configured Respectively) ..............................................5-37
Table 5-8 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP
Protocol in a Batch Manner on the OLT Side.................................5-48
Table 5-9 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP
Protocol in a Batch Manner on the ONU Side ...............................5-50
Table 5-10 Planning Data for OLT Voice Management Mode Configuration ....5-60
Table 5-11 Planning Data for Configuring NGN Uplink PPPoE Parameters for a
Single ONU .................................................................................5-61
Table 5-12 Planning Data for Configuring Uplink PPPoE Parameters for ONUs in
a Batch Manner ...........................................................................5-62
Table 5-13 Planning Data for Configuring the DHCP Function of the NGN Uplink
Interface ......................................................................................5-64
Table 5-14 Planning Data for Configuring the DHCP Function of the NGN Uplink
Interface for ONUs in a Batch Manner ..........................................5-66
Table 5-15 Planning Data for Configuring Softswitch Intercommunication
Profiles ........................................................................................5-68
Table 5-16 Planning Data for Binding the Softswitch Intercommunication
Profile..........................................................................................5-71
Table 5-17 Planning Data for Binding the Softswitch Intercommunication Profile in
a Batch Manner ...........................................................................5-72
Table 5-18 Planning Data for Configuring the NGN Heartbeat Parameters .....5-75
Table 5-19 Planning Data for Configuring the IAD MD5 Authentication ...........5-76
Table 5-20 Planning Data for Registering / Unregistering the NGN Users .......5-77
Table 5-21 Planning Data for Configuring the Digitmap ..................................5-79
Table 6-1 Planning Data for the Configuring AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the
Transparent Mode Respectively .....................................................6-4
Table 6-2 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the
Transparent Mode (Configured Respectively).................................6-5
Table 6-3 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner .....................6-11
Table 6-4 Planning data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU side in the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner .....................6-12
Table 6-5 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively........................6-21
Table 6-6 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively........................6-22
Table 6-7 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the Transparent Mode in a Batch Manner .....................................6-28
Table 6-8 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in
the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner................6-29
Table 6-9 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the
TAG Mode Respectively...............................................................6-41
Table 6-10 Planning data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU side in the TAG mode
(configured respectively) ..............................................................6-42
Table 6-11 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the
TAG Mode in a Batch Manner ......................................................6-49
Table 6-12 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner.................................................6-50
Table 6-13 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the TAG Mode Respectively .........................................................6-59
Table 6-14 Planning Data for the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the TAG
Mode (Configured Respectively) ..................................................6-60
Table 6-15 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner.................................................6-66
Table 6-16 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner.................................................6-67
Table 6-17 Planning Data at the OLT Side for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode (Configured Respectively) ................................6-79
Table 6-18 Planning Data at the ONU Side for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode (Configured Respectively) ................................6-81
Table 6-19 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner.............................6-89
Table 6-20 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner .......................6-91
Table 6-21 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively .............................6-102
Table 6-22 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively .............................6-103
Table 6-23 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively .............................6-104
Table 6-24 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the OLT Side in
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ..................... 6-111
Table 6-25 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ..................... 6-112
Table 6-26 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively ..................................6-125
Table 6-27 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively.............................6-127
Table 6-28 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ..........................6-136
Table 6-29 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ....................6-138
Table 6-30 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively.............................6-150
Table 6-31 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively.............................6-151
Table 6-32 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the OLT Side in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ....................6-161
Table 6-33 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner ....................6-162
Table 6-34 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the Selective
QinQ Mode ................................................................................6-175
Table 6-35 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the Selective
QinQ Mode ................................................................................6-176
Table 6-36 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the Flexible QinQ Mode .............................................................6-185
Table 6-37 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in
the Flexible QinQ Mode .............................................................6-186
Table 7-1 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the
AN5506-04-B (Configured Respectively) ........................................7-4
Table 7-2 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the
AN5506-04-B (Configured Respectively) ........................................7-5
Table 7-3 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the
AN5506-04-B (Configured in a Batch Manner)..............................7-16
Table 7-4 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the
AN5506-04-B (Configured in a Batch Manner)..............................7-17
Table 7-5 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the
AN5506-10-B1 (Configured Respectively) ....................................7-28
Table 7-6 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the
AN5506-10-B1 (Configured Respectively) ....................................7-29
Table 7-7 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the
AN5506-10-B1 (Configured in a Batch Manner)............................7-36
Table 7-8 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the
AN5506-10-B1 (Configured in a Batch Manner)............................7-37
Table 7-9 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-04-
B (Configured Respectively).........................................................7-47
Table 7-10 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-04-
B (Configured Respectively).........................................................7-49
Table 7-11 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the Proxy
Mode (Configured in a Batch Manner) ..........................................7-62
Table 7-12 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the Proxy
Mode (Configured in a Batch Manner) ..........................................7-64
Table 7-13 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-10-
B1 (Configured Respectively).......................................................7-75
Table 7-14 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-10-
B1 (Configured Respectively).......................................................7-77
Table 7-15 Planning Data for the AN5506-10-B1 at the OLT Side in the Proxy
Mode (Configured in a Batch Manner) ..........................................7-85
Table 7-16 Planning Data for the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the Proxy
Mode (Configured in a Batch Manner) ..........................................7-87
Table 7-17 Planning Data at the OLT Side of the Multicast Service in Controllable
Mode (Configured Respectively) ..................................................7-97
Table 7-18 Planning Data at the ONU Side of the Multicast Service in the
Controllable Mode (Configured Respectively) .............................7-100
Table 7-19 Planning Data on the OLT Side of the Multicast Service in the
Controllable Mode (Configuring in a Batch Manner) .................... 7-111
Table 7-20 Planning Data on the ONU Side of the Multicast Service in the
Controllable Mode (Configuring in a Batch Manner) .................... 7-113
Table 7-21 The OLT Side Planning Data in the Multicast VLAN 1:2 Translation
Mode .........................................................................................7-124
Table 7-22 The ONU Side Planning Data in the Multicast VLAN 1:2 Translation
Mode .........................................................................................7-125
Table 7-23 The OLT Side Planning Data in the SSM Multicast Configuration 7-137
Table 7-24 The ONU Side Planning Data in the SSM Multicast
Configuration .............................................................................7-139
Table 7-25 Planning Data of the Multicast Cascade Port ..............................7-150
Table 7-26 Planning Data of the Uplink Port's Maximum Bandwidth for Multicast
Services ....................................................................................7-151
Table 7-27 Planning Data of the OLT Multicast Protocol Parameters ............7-152
Table 7-28 Planning Data of the ONU Multicast Parameters.........................7-153
Table 7-29 Planning Data of Prejoin Groups ................................................7-155
Table 7-30 Planning Data of the Multicast Preview Parameters ....................7-156
Table 7-31 Planning Data of the Multicast Log Time.....................................7-157
Table 7-32 Planning Data for Automatic Multicast Log Uploading .................7-158
Table 7-33 Planning Data of the Multicast Log Uploading to the FTP ............7-160
Table 7-34 Planning Data for Forcing Users to Leave...................................7-161
Table 8-1 Planning Data of the TDM Service at the OLT Side .........................8-3
Table 8-2 Planning Data of the TDM Service at the ONU Side........................8-3
Table 9-1 Planning Data of the Wi-Fi Service .................................................9-3
Table 10-1 Planning Data of the CATV Service ..............................................10-3
Table 11-1 Planning Data of the MSTP Service .............................................11-4
Table 12-1 Planning Data for Configuring Time Synchronization under the 1588
Mode ...........................................................................................12-3
Table 12-2 Planning Data for Configuring Time Synchronization under the 1PPS
+TOD Mode...............................................................................12-10
Table 12-3 Planning Data for Configuring Clock Synchronization .................12-16
Table 12-4 Planning Data for the Base Station Backhualing Service Configuration
Example ....................................................................................12-24
Table 12-5 Planning Data for Configuring the Time Service at the ONU Port.12-25
Table 13-1 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only ...................13-4
Table 13-2 Planning Data – OLT Serving as Both ARP Proxy and Gateway .13-16
Table 13-3 Routing Protocol OSPF Configuration ........................................13-28
Table 13-4 Configuring the RIP Routing Protocol .........................................13-39
Table 13-5 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only ..............13-52
Table 13-6 Planning Data – OLT Serving as Both DHCP Proxy and
Gateway ....................................................................................13-64
Table 13-7 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Server .....................13-73
Table 13-8 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Snooping.................13-84
Table 14-1 Planning Data for Upgrading the Core Switch Card.......................14-3
Table 14-2 The Planning Data for Upgrading the GPON Interface Card........14-19
Table 14-3 The Planning Data for Upgrading the GPON Interface Cards in a
Batch Manner ............................................................................14-23
Table 14-4 The Planning Data for Upgrading the ONUs Manually in a Batch
Manner......................................................................................14-28
Table 14-5 The Planning Data for Upgrading the ONU Automatically............14-33
Table 15-1 Planning Data for Flow Classification Rules - Based on MAC
Address.......................................................................................15-2
Table 15-2 Planning Data for Flow Classification Rules - Based on IP
Address.......................................................................................15-8
Table 16-1 Relationship among Alarm Codes, Alarm Report Threshold
Parameters and Alarm Clearing Threshold Parameters ................16-2
Table 16-2 Planning Data for Configuring the Environment Monitoring
Instance ......................................................................................16-4
Table 16-3 Planning Data for Configuring the Discharge Test .........................16-9
Table 16-4 Planning Data for Configuring the Environment Monitoring
Parameters................................................................................16-12
Table 17-1 Planning Data for QoS Configuration - Based on VLAN ................17-3
Table 17-2 Planning Data for QoS Configuration - Based on MAC Address ....17-6
Table 18-1 The Planning Data for the PON Port Protection Configuration .......18-3
Table 19-1 Custom Identifier Variables ..........................................................19-3
Table 19-2 The Delimiter List .........................................................................19-3
Table 19-3 Planning Data for the User Line Identifier Management.................19-4
Table 20-1 Planning Data for LACP Configuration..........................................20-3
Table 22-1 The Planning Data of POTS Internal Line Test ..............................22-2
Table 22-2 The Planning Data of POTS External Line Test.............................22-4
1 Overview

The following introduces the general flow for configuring services and functions, as
well as the types of ONUs supported by the AN5116-06B.

Configuration Flow

Introduction to Terminal Equipment

Version: A 1-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

1.1 Configuration Flow

The following introduces the general flow for configuring services and functions.

Figure 1-1 Service and Function Configuration Flow

1. Logging onto the Console

Log in the Console, and access the AN5116-06B CLI network management
system.

2. Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

Configure management VLAN and static routing in the CLI network

management system to set up the path for managing the AN5116-06B via the
ANM2000.

3. Logging into the ANM2000

Log in the ANM2000 for management and maintenance of the AN5116-06B.

4. Adding Device

After logging in the ANM2000, add the AN5116-06B to be managed into the
logical domain.

1-2 Version: A
 1 Overview

5. ONU Authentication and Authorization

Before configuring the services for the AN5116-06B, users must authenticate
and authorize the ONU connected to the service interface card.

6. Configuring Voice Services

The following introduces how to configure voice services for the AN5116-06B.

7. Configuring Data Services

The following introduces how to configure data services for the AN5116-06B.

8. Multicast Service Configuration

The following introduces how to configure multicast services for the AN5116-
06B.

1.2 Introduction to Terminal Equipment

The GPON terminal equipment comprises two types: Type 1 and Type 2. See
Table 1-1 and Table 1-2 for the detailed types and reference to configurations.

Table 1-1 GPON Terminal Equipment - Type 1

Model Sub Model Product Code on Product Code for

Product Description
Number Number ANM20000 Configuration

AN5506-04 AN5506-04-B 4×FE+2×POTS AN5506-04-B AN5506-04-B

AN5506-06 AN5506-06-E 16×FE + 4×E1 AN5506-06-E AN5506-06-E
AN5506-07-A2H 16×FE AN5506-07-A2 AN5506-07-A2
AN5506-07 16×FE+16×POTS, hybrid
AN5506-07-B2H AN5506-07-B AN5506-07-B
wiring

Table 1-2 GPON Terminal Equipment - Type 2

Model Sub Model Product Code on Product Code for

Product Description
Number Number ANM20000 Configuration

AN5506-01-A 1×GE AN5506-01-A1 AN5506-01-A1

AN5506-01
AN5506-01-B 1×FE+1×POTS AN5506-01-B1 AN5506-01-B1
AN5506-02-
AN5506-02 2×GE + POE AN5506-02-AKW AN5506-02-AKW
AKW
AN5506-04-A 4×FE AN5506-04-A1 AN5506-04-A1
AN5506-04 AN5506-04-AG 4×GE AN5506-04-A1 AN5506-04-A1
AN5506-04-AW 4×FE, outdoor AN5506-04-A1 AN5506-04-A1

Version: A 1-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 1-2 GPON Terminal Equipment - Type 2 (Continued)

Model Sub Model Product Code on Product Code for

Product Description
Number Number ANM20000 Configuration

AN5506-04-B 4×FE+2×POTS AN5506-04-B2 AN5506-04-B2

AN5506-04-BG 4×GE + 2×POTS AN5506-04-B2 AN5506-04-B2
AN5506-04-C 4×FE+2×POTS+1×CATV AN5506-04-C1 AN5506-04-C1
AN5506-04-F 4×FE + 2×POTS + Wi-Fi AN5506-04-F1 AN5506-04-F1
4×FE + 2×POTS + Wi-Fi +
AN5506-04-G AN5506-04-G1 AN5506-04-G1
1×CATV
AN5506-04-P 4×FE + 2×RS-485 AN5506-04-P1 AN5506-04-P1
AN5506-06 AN5506-06-EG 4×GE + 8×E1 AN5506-06-E AN5506-06-E
AN5506-07-A 16×FE AN5506-07-A1 AN5506-07-A1
16×FE + 16×POTS, hybrid
AN5506-07-B AN5506-07-B1 AN5506-07-B1
wiring
AN5506-07
16×FE + 16×POTS,
AN5506-07-BD AN5506-07-B1 AN5506-07-B1
dedicated voice port

AN5506-07-AK 16×FE + POE AN5506-07-A1K AN5506-07-A1K

AN5506-09-A 8×FE AN5506-09-A1 AN5506-09-A1
AN5506-09-AK 8×FE + POE AN5506-09-A1K AN5506-09-A1K
8×FE + 8×POTS, hybrid
AN5506-09 AN5506-09-B AN5506-09-B1 AN5506-09-B1
wiring

8×FE + 8×POTS, dedicated

AN5506-09-BD AN5506-09-B1 AN5506-09-B1
voice port

AN5506-10-A 24×FE AN5506-10-A1 AN5506-10-A1

24×FE + 24×POTS, hybrid
AN5506-10-B AN5506-10-B1 AN5506-10-B1
wiring

24×FE+24×POTS, dedicated
AN5506-10-BD AN5506-10-B1 AN5506-10-B1
AN5506-10 voice port

24×FE + 24×POTS,
AN5506-10-BDX dedicated voice port, dual AN5506-10-B1 AN5506-10-B1
PON ports

AN5506-10-AK 24×FE + POE AN5506-10-A1K AN5506-10-A1K

Small-Sized integrated
AN5006-20 - AN5006-20 AN5006-20
access device
Multi-service integrated
AN5006-30 - AN5006-30 AN5006-30
access equipment

HG260 - 4×FE + 2×POTS + Wi-Fi HG260 HG260

HG261 - 2×FE+1×POTS HG261 HG261
HG266 - 4×FE+2×POTS HG266 HG266

1-4 Version: A
 1 Overview

Table 1-2 GPON Terminal Equipment - Type 2 (Continued)

Model Sub Model Product Code on Product Code for

Product Description
Number Number ANM20000 Configuration

G6310 - 9×GE - G6310

G6311 - 9×FE + 8×POTS - G6311

Version: A 1-5
2 Configuring the ANM2000
Management Path

Before using the ANM2000 to manage the AN5116-06B, users need to configure
the ANM2000 management path via the Console control platform.

Logging onto the Console

Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

Logging into the ANM2000

Introduction to ANM2000 GUI

Version: A 2-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2.1 Logging onto the Console

The following introduces how to log onto the Console.

2.1.1 First-time Login to the Console

The ANM2000 management path for the AN5116-06B can only be configured using
the command lines on the Console. The following takes the Window’s
HyperTerminal as an example to introduce how to log into the Console and access
the equipment’s CLI network management system.

Prerequisites

u The equipment has been connected with the network management system
computer (the serial port line connects to the CONSOLE interface of the HSWA
card and the serial port of the network management system computer).

u The network management computer is turned on normally.

u The equipment is powered on normally.

u The username and password for logging in the CLI network management
system for the equipment are available.

Configuration Procedures

Note:

The Windows XP operating system is used as an example here.

Caution:

To enhance the security of the system, users should memorize their

passwords and keep them secret. Regularly changing passwords is
strongly recommended.

2-2 Version: A
 2 Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

1. Click the Start menu on the desktop, and select All Programs→Accessories
→Telecom→Hyper Terminal to bring up the Connection Description dialog
box.

Note:

When you run the Hyper Terminal for the first time, the Position
Information dialog box will appear. You can fill in required information
according to practical situations. Click OK to bring up the Connection
Description dialog box.

2. In the Connection Description dialog box, fill in the name of the Console and
select an icon for it, then click Yes.

3. In the Connect To dialog box, select the number of the network management
computer’s serial port connecting with the AN5116-06B, such as the COM1 port,
and click OK.

Version: A 2-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. In the COM1 Properties dialog box, click the "Restore Defaults" button. The
default configurations are as below:

4 Bits per second: 9600

4 Data bits: 8

4 Parity: None

4 Stop bits: 1

4 Flow control: None

2-4 Version: A
 2 Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

Click OK to start up the Console.

Version: A 2-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5. Press the Enter key, and enter the username and the password to log into the
CLI network management system. The commands are as follows:
Login:GEPON
// The default user is common user, and the user name is GEPON.
Password:*****
// The initial password is GEPON.
User>enable
// Under the common user mode, use the enable command to enter the administrator mode.
Password:*****
// The initial password of the administrator account is GEPON.
Admin#
// After the prompt Admin＃appears, you can enter command lines to perform network management
operations on the AN5116-06B.

Note:

u If the command prompt is User>, the system is in the common user

mode; if the command prompt is Admin#, the system is in the
administrator mode.

u The username is case sensitive, while the password should be

capitalized.

6. Select File→Save from the menu bar of the Console window to save the
configurations for the Console.

2.1.2 Subsequent Login to the Console

After exiting the established Console for the AN5116-06B CLI network management
system in your first login, you can directly access the Console via the CLI network
management system next time.

Prerequisites

u The connection between the equipment and the network management system
computer is completed (the serial port line connects to the CONSOLE interface
of the HSWA card and the serial port of the network management system
computer).

u The network management computer is turned on normally.

2-6 Version: A
 2 Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

u The equipment is powered on normally.

u The Console for the AN5116-06B's CLI network management system has been
set up (the following takes the FiberHome CLI Control Terminal as an
example).

Configuration Procedures

1. Select Start→Program→Accessories→Telecom→HyperTerminal→
FiberHome CLI Control Terminal from the desktop to bring up the Telnet
default? alert box. Select one of the following operations:

4 ClickYes, to make Hyper Terminal the default Telnet program;

4 ClickNo, not to make Hyper Terminal the default Telnet program;

The established Console is started.

Note:

To establish a shortcut for convenience, drag FiberHome CLI Control

Terminal to the desktop.

2.2 Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

Configure the management information in the CLI network management system to

set up the path for managing the AN5116-06B via the ANM2000.

2.2.1 Configuration Rules

u If the IP address of the ANM2000 client end and the equipment management IP
address are not in the same network segment, you should set the static routing
to perform routing and forwarding.

u While configuring the static routing, you need to configure the IP address and
mask of the destination network segment and the gateway address of the next-
hop routing.

Version: A 2-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

u Under the Tag mode, an uplink port can be configured with multiple
management VLANs. However, under the Untag mode, an uplink port can be
configured with only one management VLAN. To configure several
management VLANs under the tag mode, users need to configure the
management VLANs on different uplink ports respectively.

u QinQ management VLANs are supported to provide users with double-layer

management paths.

2.2.2 Network Diagram

The AN5116-06B supports several management VLANs and manage the

equipment in a complicated network environment. The equipment can be managed
either through LAN or through the gateway. The following describes how the
AN5116-06B is managed remotely by the ANM2000 client end through the gateway
as an example. See Figure 2-1 for the network in this example.

Figure 2-1 The ANM2000 Network Diagram

2-8 Version: A
 2 Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

2.2.3 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the ANM2000 management path for the AN5116-
06B is shown in Table 2-1.

Table 2-1 Planning Data for Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

Item Description Example

Management VLAN Configure this item according to the network

managevlan
name planning of the operator.

Configure this item according to the network

Management VLAN ID 4000
planning of the operator.

Management VLAN The slot number and port number of a card

Configuring the 19:3
interface with an uplink port
Management
Management VLAN
VLAN Management VLAN tag tagged
tag

Configure this item according to the network

Management IP 10.98.20.247
planning of the operator.

Bit number of subnet Configure this item according to the network

16
mask planning of the operator.

Configure this item according to the network

Destination IP 10.92.20.168
planning of the operator.

Configuring the Configure this item according to the network

Mask 255.255.0.0
Static Routing planning of the operator.

The next-hop IP Configure this item according to the network

10.98.1.254
address planning of the operator.

2.2.4 Configuration Flow

The flow of configuring the ANM2000 management path is shown in Figure 2-2.

Version: A 2-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 2-2 Flow of Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

1. Configuring the Management VLAN

Configure management VLAN in CLI network management system.

2. Configuring the Static Routing

Configure static routing in CLI network management system.

2.2.5 Configuring the Management VLAN

The following introduces how to configure the management VLAN in the CLI
network management system.

Command Format

Table 2-2 Command Format for Configuring the Management VLAN

Command
cd service
set manage vlan name <name> vid <vid> inputport <portlist> [untagged|
tagged]
set manage vlan name <name> ip <A.B.C.D/M> {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Configuration Procedures

1. Enter the service directory.

Admin#cd service
Admin\service#

2-10 Version: A
 2 Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

2. Create the management VLAN.

Admin\service#set manage vlan name managevlan vid 4000 inputport 19:3 tagged
Admin\service#

3. Set the management IP address and the mask.

Admin\service#set manage vlan name managevlan ip 10.98.20.247/16
Admin\service#
Admin\service#

2.2.6 Configuring the Static Routing

The following introduces the way of how to configure static routing in CLI network
management system.

Command Format

Table 2-3 Command Format for Configuring the Static Routing

Command
cd service
add static route destination <A.B.C.D > gateway <A.B.C.D> mask <A.B.C.D >
save

Configuration Procedures

1. Enter the service directory.

Admin#cd service
Admin\service#

2. Add the static routing.

Admin\service#add static route destination 10.92.20.168 gateway 10.98.1.254 mask
255.255.0.0
Admin\service#

3. Save the configuration data.

Admin\service#save
Trying save configuration to flash,please wait ...... Admin\service#
Preparing configuration data to save...Done. Starting write configuration
data to flash...Done. Configuration saved to flash successfully.

Version: A 2-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2.2.7 Configuration Result

The configuration of the ANM2000 management path is completed after the

aforesaid steps. Users can log into the ANM2000 to manage and maintain the
equipment.

2.3 Logging into the ANM2000

Prerequisites

u The Informix database has been installed correctly and relevant services have
been started.

u The ANM2000 server end / client end has been correctly installed.

u The ANM2000 network management computer has been normally started.

u The configuration of the ANM2000 management path has been completed.

Operation Procedures

1. Double-click the icon on the desktop to bring up the ANM2000 User

Login dialog box.

2. Enter the user name and the password (they are both 1 by default), and click
the OK button to access the main GUI of the ANM2000.

2.4 Introduction to ANM2000 GUI

The ANM2000 can monitor and manage the AN5116-06B effectively in real time to
enhance the operation stability.

GUI Layout

The ANM2000 main GUI is composed of the main menu, toolbar, status bar and so
on, as shown in Figure 2-3.

2-12 Version: A
 2 Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

(1) Alarm and Event Report Pane (2) Thumbnail Pane

(3) Object Tree Pane (4) Main Menu

(5) Toolbar (6) Display Pane

(7) Status Bar

Figure 2-3 Main GUI of the ANM2000

Commonly Used Buttons

The service configuration operations on the AN5116-06B need to be performed in

the ANM2000, which provides the buttons for operation. The commonly used
buttons are shown in Table 2-4.

Version: A 2-13
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 2-4 Commonly Used Buttons

Icon Description Function

After the device is added, click this button in the
Detect Physical Configuration window to read
Detect Physical
the physical configuration of the device into the
Configuration
ANM2000 so that the configurations of the device
and the ANM2000 are synchronized.

In the Service Config Management window,

Append click this button to add one or more configuration
items.
In the Service Config Management window,
Create Current Row To click this button to create and validate the
Device configuration items of the current row on the
device.
In the Service Config Management window,
Create On Device click this button to create and validate the
configuration items on the device.

In the Service Config Management window,

select an option in the Menu Tree and click this
Read From Device
button to read the configuration or status
information of the equipment to the current page.

In the Service Config Management window,

Write To Database click this button to save the configuration items to
the database.
In the Service Config Management window,
select an option in the menu tree and click this
Read From Database
button to read the equipment configuration data
saved in the database into the current page.

When configuring the white list, click this button

Add White List
to add one or several rows of white lists.
When configuring the white list, click this button
Write To Device to create and validate the white list configuration
on the device.
When configuring card authorization, click this
Write Device button to create and validate the card
authorization configuration on the device.

Click this button to delete from the equipment the

Delete From Device information of the ONU authorized in the white
list.

2-14 Version: A
 2 Configuring the ANM2000 Management Path

Table 2-4 Commonly Used Buttons (Continued)

Icon Description Function

When configuring the white list, click this button
Read From Device to read the ONU authorization information in the
white list.
When configuring the white list, click this button
Get Unauthorized ONU to get the unauthorized ONU information in the
Get Unauthorized ONU dialog box.

When configuring ONU data service in a batch

manner, click this button to add one or more
Add Item Number
configuration items in the Add Item Number
dialog box.

When configuring ONU data services in a batch

manner, in the Whole box of the Batch Modify
dialog box, select specific configuration items
Modify Selected Item
and modify the configuration items on the
equipment in a batch manner by clicking this
button.
When configuring ONU data services in a batch
manner, in the Batch Modify dialog box, click
Select All Item this button to modify all the configuration items in
the Whole box on the equipment in a batch
manner.

Version: A 2-15
3 Adding Device

After logging into the ANM2000, you need to add the to-be-managed AN5116-06B
to a management domain so as to manage and maintain it.

Configuration Rules

Configuration Flow

Adding a Logical Domain

Adding a System

Adding a Module

Adding a Card

Authorizing a Card

Configuring the SNMP Trap Receiver Address

Configuring the SNMP Time System

Synchronizing Time

Saving the Current Configuration into the FLASH

Version: A 3-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3.1 Configuration Rules

u If the LAN network management mode is used in configuring the IP address,

subnet mask and gateway of the system, the IP address of the system should
be consistent with the equipment IP address set for the in-band management
VLAN, so that the network management server can communicate normally with
the AN5116-06B. For example, if the equipment IP address set for the
management VLAN is 10.98.20.247, the IP address of the system should also
be set to 10.98.20.247.

u If the network management computer and the AN5116-06B are not set in the
same LAN with regard to the system IP address, subnet mask and gateway, the
AN5116-06B should be managed through the gateway. In this case, the system
IP address should be in the same network segment with the equipment
gateway IP address set for the management VLAN, so that the network
management computer can access and manage the AN5116-06B through the
gateway. For example, if the gateway IP address of the equipment set for the
management VLAN is 10.28.1.x (the subnet mask being 255.255.255.0), the IP
address of the system should also be set to 10.28.1.x (the subnet mask being
255.255.255.0).

3.2 Configuration Flow

The configuration flow for adding a device in the ANM2000 is shown in Figure 3-1.

3-2 Version: A
 3 Adding Device

Figure 3-1 Flow Chart for Adding Device

1. Adding a Logical Domain

Divide the management objects by creating the corresponding logical dominies

according to the requirements of the operators to implement role-based and
domain-based management.

2. Adding a SystemAdding a System

Add the AN5116-06B to the ANM2000 according to the IP address, subnet

mask and gateway.

3. Adding a Module

Add the AN5116-06B module to the ANM2000.

Version: A 3-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. Adding a Card

Add cards automatically or manually on the AN5116-06B in the ANM2000.

5. Authorizing a Card

Authorize the added cards in the ANM2000 as required.

6. Configuring the SNMP Trap Receiver Address

Configure the SNMP Trap receiver address including the community name and
the SNMP version in the ANM2000.

7. Configuring the SNMP Time System

Configure the SNMP time system including the interval for time synchronization
and the IP address of the network management system server in the ANM2000.

8. Synchronizing Time

The system time synchronization aims to synchronize the AN5116-06B with the
ANM2000 server and detect whether the communication between them is
smooth.

9. Saving the Current Configuration into the FLASH

Save the current configuration into the FLASH after you have completed
service startup and function configuration to avoid loss of configuration data
due to power off.

3.3 Adding a Logical Domain

Divide the management objects by creating the corresponding logical dominies

according to the requirements of the operators to implement role-based and
domain-based management.

Configuration Procedures

1. Right-click a blank area of the Object Tree pane and select Add Logic
Domain from the shortcut menu to bring up the Add LogicArea dialog box, as
shown in Figure 3-2.

3-4 Version: A
 3 Adding Device

Figure 3-2 Adding a Logical Domain

2. Configure the parameters in the Add LogicArea dialog box. Fill in the
LogicDomain Description based on practical situations.

3. After completing configuration of the parameters, click the Add button, and the
created logical domain will appear in the Object Tree pane, as shown in
Figure 3-3.

Figure 3-3 The Added Logical Domain

3.4 Adding a System

Add the AN5116-06B to the ANM2000 according to the IP address, subnet mask
and gateway.

Version: A 3-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Configuration Procedures

1. Right-click the logical domain created in the Object Tree pane, and select Add
Shelf Device→GEPON→Add AN5116-06B System from the shortcut menu to
bring up the "Add System" dialog box.

2. Configure the parameters in the Add System dialog box as shown in

Figure 3-4.

Figure 3-4 Adding the AN5116-06B System

3. After completing the parameter configuration, click the OK button, and the
created system will appear in the Object Tree pane, as shown in Figure 3-5.

3-6 Version: A
 3 Adding Device

Figure 3-5 The Added System in the Object Tree Pane

3.5 Adding a Module

Add the AN5116-06B module to the ANM2000.

Configuration Procedures

1. Right-click the AN5116-06B system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Add Module from the shortcut menu to bring up the Add Module dialog box.

2. Configure the parameters in the Add Module dialog box as shown in

Figure 3-6.

Version: A 3-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 3-6 Adding a Module

3. After completing parameter configuration, click the Add button, and the created
module will appear in the Object Tree pane, as shown in Figure 3-7.

Figure 3-7 The Added Module in the Object Tree Pane

3-8 Version: A
 3 Adding Device

3.6 Adding a Card

There are two ways of adding a card: automatic adding and manual adding.

u Automatic adding: You can use the function of detecting physical configuration
to add a card automatically if it is present.

u Manual adding: You can pre-configure and add a card if it is not present. The
manual adding is also applicable when the card is present.

3.6.1 Adding a Card Automatically

Add cards automatically to create conditions for card configuration.

1. Right-click the AN5116-06B system in the Object Tree pane, and select Detect
Physical Configuration from the shortcut menu to bring up the Detect
Physical Configuration dialog box.

2. Select the system object to be detected in the Object Tree on the left side of the
window.

3. Select Setting→Auto Update Objects from the menu bar.

4. Click the Detect Physical Configuration button, and the progress and the
results of the detection will be displayed in the right pane, as shown in
Figure 3-8.

Figure 3-8 Result of Physical Configuration Detection

5. Click the AN5116-06B module in the Object Tree pane in the main window to
check if the cards displayed in the subrack view are consistent with the results
of physical detection; if so, the cards are added successfully.

Version: A 3-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 3-9 The AN5116-06B Subrack View

3.6.2 Adding a Card Manually

Add cards manually to create conditions for card configuration.

Slot Distribution

After adding the AN5116-06B module, click this module in the Object Tree and its
subrack view will appear in the right pane, as shown in Figure 3-10.

Note:

The AN5116-06B supports only one fan unit physically, which

corresponds to the slots 21 to 23 in the ANM2000 subrack view.

3-10 Version: A
 3 Adding Device

Figure 3-10 Subrack View - Card not Added

The cards that can be configured in the AN5116-06B subrack view are listed in
Table 3-1.

Table 3-1 The Card Configuration for the Equipment

Card Name Abbreviation Slot Quantity

HSWA 9, 10 1 to 2
EC4B/EC8B/ECOB 1 to 8, 11 to 18 0 to 16
CC4B/GC8B/GCOB 1 to 8, 11 to 18 0 to 16
GSOF 1 to 8, 11 to 18 0 to 16
C155A 1 to 8, 11 to 18 0 to 15
CE1B 1 to 8, 11 to 18 0 to 15
TIMA 17, 18 0 to 2
HU1A/HU1B/HU2A/GU6F/GU6B 19, 20 1, 2

PUBA 1 to 8, 11 to 18 0, 1
FAN 21 to 23 1
HCU-OLT 801 0 to 1

Configuration Procedures

The following describes the procedures for adding the GSOF card in Slot 1 manually.

Version: A 3-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

1. Right-click the slot to be added with a card and select Add Card from the
shortcut menu. Then select the desired card type in the submenu that appears
subsequently, as shown in Figure 3-11.

Figure 3-11 Adding a Card Manually

2. The Add Board dialog box will appear, as shown in Figure 3-12.

Figure 3-12 Adding a Card

3-12 Version: A
 3 Adding Device

3. Use the default values for the card property parameters. Then click the Add
button.

Modifying Cards

u Modify the card properties.

Right-click the card to be modified in the subrack view or the Object Tree on the
left, and select Property from the shortcut menu. Then modify the card
properties in the dialog box that appears.

u Delete a card.

Right-click the card to be deleted in the subrack view or the Object Tree on the
left, and select Delete from the shortcut menu. The card will then be deleted.

u Change the type of a card.

Right-click the card to be modified in the subrack view and select Reset To
from the shortcut menu. Then select the new card type in the submenu. After
replacing the card, reconfigure parameters for the new card or use the system
default configurations.

3.7 Authorizing a Card

There are two situations of card authorization. Users can configure card
configuration based on practical situation.

u Authorizing a card which is present: You can use the function of detecting
physical configuration to authorize a card if it is present.

u Authorizing a card which is not present: you can pre-authorize a card if it is not
present. When a card is powered on physically, the ANM2000 will check the
card type and perform the service configuration as long as the type matches.

3.7.1 Authorizing a Card Which is Present

You need to authorize all the cards in the subrack at one time when the equipment
is put into use for the first time, and then you can configure services for the cards.

Version: A 3-13
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Parameter Description

Table 3-2 Parameters in the Card Authorization Window

Parameter Explanation Instruction

Slot No. Card slot number Read-only item

Set Card For selecting the card type to be authorized in the case
Optional item
Authorization of pre-authorization.

ANMS Config The type of cards added into the ANM2000. Read-only item

The type of cards pre-authorized and saved into the

Device Config Read-only item
RAM of the equipment.

The type of cards physically added into the slots of the

Hardware Config Read-only item
equipment.

Configuration Procedures

1. Right-click the AN5116-06B system in the Object Tree pane, and select Card
Config from the shortcut menu to bring up the Set Card Authorization dialog
box.

2. Click the Write Device button in the toolbar to authorize all the cards which are
present, as shown in Figure 3-13.

Figure 3-13 Setting Card Authorization

3-14 Version: A
 3 Adding Device

Caution:

After a card is authorized, the ANM2000 will refresh the status and other
information about this card. If users detect that a card’s actual status is
not consistent with the status displayed on the ANM2000, they can
perform card authorization to update it. If the status displayed on the
ANM2000 keeps inconsistent with the actual status of the card after card
authorization, the users should contact FiberHome for troubleshooting.

3.7.2 Pre-authorizing a Card Which is not Present

If the cards are not present, it is necessary to pre-authorize these cards according to
configuration requirements and deliver the configuration data to the equipment.
When the cards are plugged physically, the equipment will check the card types.
You can start to configure services for the card once the card types match.

Parameter Description

Table 3-3 Parameters in the Card Authorization Window

Parameter Explanation Instruction

Slot No. Card slot number Read-only item

Set Card For selecting the card type to be authorized in the

Optional item
Authorization case of pre-authorization.

ANMS Config The types of cards added on the ANM2000. Read-only item

The types of cards pre-authorized and saved into the

Device Config Read-only item
RAM of the equipment.

The types of cards physically plugged in the slots of

Hardware Config Read-only item
the equipment.

Configuration Procedures

Take pre-authorizing the EC8B card in Slot 2 as an example, the detailed operation
steps are as follows:

Version: A 3-15
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

1. Right-click the AN5116-06B system in the Object Tree pane, and select Card
Config from the shortcut menu to bring up the Set Card Authorization dialog
box.

2. Click the blank area below the "Set Card Authorization" item for Slot 2, and
choose the EC8B card from the drop-down list.

3. Click the Write Device button in the tool bar and then click Yes in the dialog
box that appears to complete the operation of pre-authorization, as shown in
Figure 3-14.

Figure 3-14 Completing Card Pre-authorization

Note:

u For a card that is not present, the "Hardware Config" item is blank.

u To modify the type of the cards pre-authorized, users only need to

pre-authorize the cards again.

3-16 Version: A
 3 Adding Device

3.8 Configuring the SNMP Trap Receiver

Address

Configuring the SNMP Trap receiver address, including the community name and
the SNMP version.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select Security Config→SNMP TRAP Receiver IP from the Menu Tree pane,
and open the SNMP TRAP Receiver IP tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for
Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a
TRAP receiver address.

4. Configure the SNMP Trap receiver address (based on the actually used
network management server IP address and the UDP port number), the
community name and the SNMP version.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 3-15.

Figure 3-15 Configuring the SNMP Trap Receiver Address

3.9 Configuring the SNMP Time System

Configure the SNMP time system, including the interval for time synchronization and
the IP address of the network management system server.

Version: A 3-17
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select Time Config→Time Management from the Menu Tree pane, and
select the Snmp System Time Config tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for
Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add an IP
address of the network management server.

Note:

To configure the IP address of the network management server in the

SNMP time system, you need to select Configuration→Batch Config
System Manager from the menu bar to check the IP address of the
current server among the administrator objects.

4. Configure the EMS synchronization interval and the IP address of the network
management server.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 3-16.

Figure 3-16 Configuring the SNMP Time System

3.10 Synchronizing Time

The system time synchronization aims to synchronize the AN5116-06B with the
ANM2000 server and detect whether the communication between them is smooth.

3-18 Version: A
 3 Adding Device

Configuration Procedures

Note:

After connected to the ANM2000 server correctly, the equipment will

apply to the ANM2000 server for time synchronization. If connected to
multiple ANM2000 servers, the AN5116-06B will apply to the first
ANM2000 server connected to it for time synchronization. If you want to
choose another ANM2000 server to perform time synchronization for the
equipment, you can reconfigure the SNMP time system.

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. Select Config→Time Calibration from the Menu Tree pane to bring up the
Sending Commands dialog box, as shown in Figure 3-17.

Figure 3-17 Synchronizing the System Time

3. Click OK to start executing the time synchronization command.

4. After the time synchronization is completed successfully, click the Close

button.

Version: A 3-19
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3.11 Saving the Current Configuration into the

FLASH

To prevent loss of equipment configuration data subsequent to power off, it is

recommended for you to save the configuration data into to the flash after you have
set up all services and completed function configurations for the equipment.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select System Control→Save Config to Flash from the Menu Tree pane to
bring up the Sending Commands dialog box, as shown in Figure 3-18.

Figure 3-18 Saving the Current Configuration into the FLASH

3. Click OK to start executing the command of saving configuration to FLASH.

4. After the saving is completed successfully, click the Close button.

3-20 Version: A
4 ONU Authentication and
Authorization

Before configuring the services for the AN5116-06B, users must authenticate and
authorize the ONU connected to the service interface card.

Configuration Principle

Example for Authorization without Authentication

Example for Authentication and Authorization Based on Physical Identifier

Example for Authentication and Authorization Based on Password

Example for Authentication and Authorization Based on Physical Identifier +

Password

Example for Authentication and Authorization Based on Logical Identifier

Example for Authentication Mode Switching Maintaining Original ONU

Configuration

Example for Authentication Mode Switching without Maintaining Original ONU

Configuration

Example for ONU Deauthorization

Version: A 4-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4.1 Configuration Principle

u The AN5116-06B GPON equipment supports nine ONU authentication modes:

non-authentication, authentication based on physical identifier, authentication
based on physical identifier + password, authentication based on password,
authentication based on logical identifier + password, authentication based on
logical identifier (without password), hybrid authentication based on physical
identifier + logical identifier + password, hybrid authentication based on
physical identifier + logical identifier (without password), and hybrid
authentication based on physical identifier + physical password.

u The AN5116-06B supports the ONU pre-configuration. That is, before

connecting the ONU to the AN5116-06B, you can enter the information of the
ONU to be used in the corresponding whitelist. It is unnecessary to specify the
ONU number in pre-configuration. The ONU number is assigned by the core
switch card automatically when it is not specified.

u In the authentication modes based on physical identifier, physical identifier +

password, and password, if you choose to authorize the ONU by configuring
the corresponding whitelist, the accessed ONU can be authorized only when it
is consistent with the configuration on the corresponding whitelist.

u In the authentication modes based on physical identifier, physical identifier +

password, and password, when you choose to authorize the ONU using the
whitelist generated by getting unauthorized ONU automatically, the ONU will be
authorized automatically.

u The authentication modes based on physical identifier and physical identifier +

password are for authenticating the physical address of the ONU. If the
password is contained, then the password needs to be authenticated as well.

u The authentication modes based on the logical identifier (with or without

password) are for authenticating the SN (Serial Number) of the ONU. The SN is
designated by the network operator. The authentication mode based on logical
identifier (without password) requires no authentication of password.

u In the hybrid authentication modes, users can choose to implement the

authentication on either physical identifier or logical identifier. For example,
while pre-configuring an ONU, users can choose either to configure the SN of
the ONU in the logical SN whitelist or to configure the MAC address of the ONU
in the physical identifier whitelist.

4-2 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

u In the non-authentication mode, all the ONUs will be authorized automatically.

u For deauthorizing the ONU in the authentication modes based on physical

identifier, physical identifier + password, and password, users only need to
delete the ONU from the current ONU authorization whitelist.

u Users can switch between the authentication modes according to their demand
and choose to or not to keep the original ONU authentication information and
configuration. If choosing to keep the ONU authentication information and
configuration under the original authentication mode, users can switch between
the authentication modes directly. If choosing not to keep the ONU
authentication information and configuration under the original authentication
mode, users can delete the related information in the whitelist under the original
authentication mode before the switching.

u The card authorization should be completed before authentication and

authorization of the ONU.

4.2 Example for Authorization without

Authentication

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure authorization without

authentication.

4.2.1 Example Introduction

When the PON port authentication mode is set to non-authentication, the ONU
connected to the PON port does not need to be authenticated. After the ONU is
physically connected, powered on and registered, the OLT will detect the ONU and
authorize it automatically.

4.2.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the non-authentication mode is as shown in Figure 4-1.

Version: A 4-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 4-1 Flow Chart for Configuring the Non-authentication Mode

1. Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode

Introduces how to configure the PON port authentication mode under the non-
authentication mode.

4.2.3 Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode

Configure the authentication mode for the PON port 1 of the GPON interface card in
Slot 5 to "No Authentication". The operation steps are as follows:

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→PON Authentication Mode from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the PON Authentication Mode tab.

3. Select NO Authentication from the pull-down list of Authentication Mode for

the PON port 1 in Slot 5.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 4-2.

4-4 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

Figure 4-2 Configuring the Non-authentication Mode

4.2.4 Configuration Result

After the non-authentication mode is successfully configured for the ONU, the OLT
will authorize all ONUs that are powered on and registered under this PON port.

4.3 Example for Authentication and

Authorization Based on Physical Identifier

The following gives an example to introduce the method of authentication and

authorization based on physical identifier.

4.3.1 Example Introduction

In the practical example for the authentication and authorization based on physical
identifier, the ONU is authorized in two ways:

u Authenticating and authorizing manually: authenticating and authorizing the

ONU manually by pre-configuring the ONU physical identifier authentication
whitelist.

Version: A 4-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

u Authenticating and authorizing automatically: directly get the actual ONU

physical address by getting the unauthorized ONU automatically to
authenticate and authorize the ONU automatically.

4.3.2 Planning Data

Table 4-1 shows the planning data for configuring the authentication mode based
on the physical identifier.

Table 4-1 Planning Data for Configuring the Authentication Mode Based on the Physical
Identifier

Example (Manual Example (Auto

Command Description Authentication and Authentication and
Authorization) Authorization)

The number of the slot

Configur- Slot No. 5 5
actually used.
ing PON
The number of the actually
Port PON No. 1 1
used PON interface.
Authenti-
Configure according to the
cation Authentica- PHYSIC_ID PHYSIC_ID
network planning of the
Mode tion mode AUTHENTICATION AUTHENTICATION
operator.

Configure according to the

Physical ID FHTT0024010d -
actual status of the ONU.
The number of the slot
Slot No. 5 -
Configur- actually used.

ing ONU The number of the actually

PON No. 1 -
physical used PON interface.
address The type of the ONU
ONU type AN5506-04-B -
whitelist actually used.

Configure according to the

ONU No. network planning of the 1 -
operator.

4.3.3 Configuration Flow

Figure 4-3 shows the flow chart for configuring the physical identifier authentication
mode.

4-6 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

Figure 4-3 Flow Chart for Configuring the Physical Identifier Authentication Mode

1. Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode

The following introduces how to configure the PON port authentication mode
under the physical identifier authentication mode.

2. Configuring the ONU Physical Address Whitelist

The following introduces how to configure the ONU physical address whitelist
under the physical identifier authentication mode.

4.3.4 Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode

Configure the authentication mode for the PON port 1 of the GPON interface card in
Slot 5 to physical identifier authentication. The operation steps are as follows:

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→PON Authentication Mode from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the PON Authentication Mode tab.

3. Select PHYSIC_ID AUTHENTICATION from the pull-down list of

Authentication mode for the PON port 1 in Slot 5.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 4-4.

Version: A 4-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 4-4 Configuring the Physical Identifier Authentication Mode

4.3.5 Configuring the ONU Physical Address Whitelist

The following introduces how to configure the ONU physical address whitelist.

4.3.5.1 Authenticating and Authorizing the ONU Manually

Pre-configure the ONU physical address whitelist manually, and authenticate and
authorize the ONU with the physical address of FHTT0024010d.

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU Physic_ID Address Whitelist from the

Menu Tree pane to bring up the Physical Address White List Setting
window.

3. Click the Add White List button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows
for Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a
physical identifier whitelist.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 4-1.

4-8 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

Note:

The ONU authentication based on physical identifier does not need the
ONU password. We recommend you to leave the password item unfilled.

5. Click the Write Device button on the toolbar to send the configuration
command. A successful pre-authorization is as shown in Figure 4-5.

Figure 4-5 Successful Pre-authentication Configuration - Based on Physical Identifier

4.3.5.2 Authenticating and Authorizing the ONU Automatically

Authenticate and authorize the ONU whose physical address is FHTT0024010d

automatically through getting unauthorized ONU automatically. Below are the
operation procedures:

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU Physic_ID Address Whitelist from the

Menu Tree pane to bring up the Physical Address White List Setting
window.

3. Click the Get Unauthorized ONU button on the toolbar to bring up the Get
Unauthorized ONU dialog box.

4. In the Get Unauthorized ONU dialog box, click the pull-down lists under the
Slot No \ PON No item to select Slot 5 and PON Port 1. Then click the Get
Unauthorized ONU button at the bottom part of the dialog box, and select the
ONU with the physical address FHTT0024010d, as shown in Figure 4-6.

Version: A 4-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 4-6 The Get Unauthorized ONU Dialog Box - Based on Physical Identifier
(Automatically)

5. Click OK and return to the Physical Address White List Setting window.

6. Click the Write Device button on the toolbar to send the configuration
command. A successful authorization is as shown in Figure 4-7.

Figure 4-7 Successful Pre-authentication Configuration - Based on Physical Identifier

4.3.6 Configuration Result

After the configuration is completed successfully, the OLT has authenticated and
authorized the ONU whose physical address is FHTT0024010d, and users will then
be able to configure services for this ONU.

Check the ONU list under the PON port 1 in Slot 5, as shown in Figure 4-8.

Figure 4-8 The ONU List - Based on Physical Identifier

4-10 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

Note:

If you pre-authorize the ONU only, and the ONU is not actually connected
with the PON port, the state indicator LED of the ONU on the ONU list will
be grey.

4.4 Example for Authentication and

Authorization Based on Password

The following introduces the authentication and authorization method based on

password by giving an example.

4.4.1 Example Introduction

In this example for the authentication and authorization based on password, the
ONU is authorized in two ways:

u Authenticating and authorizing manually: authenticating and authorizing the

ONU manually by pre-configuring the ONU password whitelist.

u Authenticating and authorizing automatically: authenticating and authorizing

the ONU automatically by getting the unauthorized ONU automatically.

4.4.2 Planning Data

Table 4-2 shows the planning data for configuring the authentication mode based
on the password.

Version: A 4-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 4-2 Planning Data for Configuring the Authentication Mode Based on Password

Example (Manual Example (Auto

Authentication Authentication
Command Description
and and
Authorization) Authorization)

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 5 5

Configuring The number of the actually used PON
PON No. 1 1
PON Port interface.
Authentica- PASSWORD PASSWORD
Authentication Configure according to the network
tion Mode AUTHENTICA- AUTHENTICA-
mode planning of the operator.
TION TION
Configure according to the network
Password planning of the operator. The value 12345 -
should contain no more than 10 digits.
Configuring The number of the slot actually used. -
Slot No. 5
ONU
The number of the actually used PON
Password PON No. 1 -
interface.
Whitelist
ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B -

Configure according to the network

ONU No. 1 -
planning of the operator.

4.4.3 Configuration Flow

Figure 4-9 shows the flow chart for configuring the password authentication mode.

Figure 4-9 Flow of Configuring the Password Authentication Mode

4-12 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

1. Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode

Introduces how to configure the PON port authentication mode under the
password authentication mode.

2. Configuring ONU Password Whitelist

Introduces how to configure the ONU password whitelist under the password
authentication mode.

4.4.4 Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode

Configure the authentication mode for the PON port 1 of the GPON interface card in
Slot 5 to password authentication. The operation steps are as follows:

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→PON Authentication Mode from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the PON Authentication Mode tab.

3. Select PASSWORD AUTHENTICATION from the pull-down list of

Authentication mode for the PON port 1 in Slot 5.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 4-10.

Figure 4-10 Configuring the Password Authentication Mode

Version: A 4-13
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4.4.5 Configuring ONU Password Whitelist

The following introduces how to configure the ONU password whitelist.

4.4.5.1 Authenticating and Authorizing the ONU Manually

Pre-configure the ONU password whitelist manually, and authenticate and authorize
the ONU with the password 12345.

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU Password Whitelist from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the Password White List Setting window.

3. Click the Add Whitelist button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows
for Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a
password whitelist, and configure according to the planning data in Table 4-2.

4. Click the Write Device button on the toolbar to send the configuration
command. A successful pre-authorization is as shown in Figure 4-11.

Figure 4-11 Successful Pre-authorization Configuration - Manual Password Authentication

4.4.5.2 Authenticating and Authorizing the ONU Automatically

Authenticate and authorize the ONU whose password is 12345 through getting
unauthorized ONU automatically. Below are the operation procedures:

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU Password Whitelist from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the Password White List Setting window.

4-14 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

3. Click the Get Unauthorized ONU button on the toolbar to bring up the Get
Unauthorized ONU dialog box.

4. In the Get Unauthorized ONU dialog box, click the pull-down lists under the
Slot No \ PON No item to select Slot 5 and PON Port 1. Then click the Get
Unauthorized ONU button at the bottom part of the dialog box, and select the
ONU with the password 12345, as shown in Figure 4-12.

Figure 4-12 Get Unauthorized ONU - Automatic Password Authentication

5. Click OK and return to the Password White List Setting window.

6. Click the Write Device button on the toolbar to send the configuration
command. A successful authorization is as shown in Figure 4-13.

Figure 4-13 Successful Automatic Authorization - Based on Password

4.4.6 Configuration Result

After the configuration is completed successfully, the OLT has authenticated and
authorized the ONU whose password is 12345, and users will then be able to
configure services for this ONU.

Check the ONU list under the PON port 1 in Slot 5, as shown in Figure 4-14.

Version: A 4-15
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 4-14 ONU List - Based on Password

Note:

If you pre-authorize the ONU only, and the ONU is not actually connected
with the PON port, the state indicator LED of the ONU on the ONU list will
be grey, and the column ONU MAC/SN will be blank.

4.5 Example for Authentication and

Authorization Based on Physical Identifier +
Password

The following gives an example to introduce the method of authentication and

authorization based on physical identifier + password.

4.5.1 Example Introduction

In the practical example for the authentication and authorization based on physical
identifier + password, the ONU is authorized in two ways:

u Authenticating and authorizing manually: authenticating and authorizing the

ONU manually by pre-configuring the ONU physical identifier authentication
whitelist.

u Authenticating and authorizing automatically: authenticating and authorizing

the ONU automatically by getting the unauthorized ONU automatically.

4.5.2 Planning Data

Table 4-3 shows the planning data for configuring the authentication mode based
on the physical identifier+ password.

4-16 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

Table 4-3 Planning Data for Configuring the Authentication Mode based on the Physical
Identifier + Password

Example (Manual Example (Auto

Command Description Authentication and Authentication
Authorization) and Authorization)

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 5 5

Configuring The number of the actually used PON
PON No. 1 1
PON Port interface.
Authentica- PHYSIC_ID + PHYSIC_ID +
Authentication Configure according to the network
tion Mode PASSWORD PASSWORD
mode planning of the operator.
AUTHENTICATION AUTHENTICATION
Physical Configure according to the actual
FHTT00244221 -
identifier status of the ONU.
Configure according to the network
planning of the operator. The value
Password 12345 -
Configuring should contain no more than 10
the ONU digits.
Physical
Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 5 -
Address
The number of the actually used PON
Whitelist PON No. 1 -
interface.
ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B -

Configure according to the network

ONU No. 1 -
planning of the operator.

4.5.3 Configuration Flow

Figure 4-15 shows the flow chart for configuring the physical identifier + password
authentication mode.

Version: A 4-17
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 4-15 Flow of Configuration Based on Physical Identifier + Password Authentication

1. Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode

Introduces how to configure the PON port authentication mode under the
physical identifier + password authentication mode.

2. Configuring the ONU Physical Address Whitelist

Introduces how to configure the ONU physical address whitelist under the
physical identifier + password authentication mode.

4.5.4 Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode

Configure the authentication mode for the PON port 1 of the GPON interface card in
Slot 5 to physical identifier + password authentication. The operation steps are as
follows:

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→PON Authentication Mode from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the PON Authentication Mode tab.

3. Select PHYSIC_ID + PASSWORD AUTHENTICATION from the pull-down list

of Authentication mode for the PON port 1 in Slot 5.

4-18 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 4-16.

Figure 4-16 Configuring the Physical Identifier + Password Authentication Mode

4.5.5 Configuring the ONU Physical Address Whitelist

The following introduces how to configure the ONU physical address whitelist.

4.5.5.1 Authenticating and Authorizing the ONU Manually

Pre-configure the ONU physical address whitelist manually, and authenticate and
authorize the ONU with the physical address FHTT00244221 and the password
12345.

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU Physic_ID Address Whitelist from the

Menu Tree pane to bring up the Physical Address White List Setting
window.

3. Click the Add Whitelist button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows
for Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a
physical identifier whitelist, and configure according to the planning data.

4. Click the Write Device button on the toolbar to send the configuration
command. A successful pre-authorization is as shown in Figure 4-17.

Version: A 4-19
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 4-17 Successful Pre-authentication Configuration - Based on Physical Identifier +

Password

4.5.5.2 Authenticating and Authorizing the ONU Automatically

Authenticate and authorize the ONU with the physical address FHTT00244221 and
the password 12345 automatically through getting unauthorized ONU automatically.
Below are the operation procedures:

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU Physic_ID Address Whitelist from the

Menu Tree pane to bring up the Physical Address White List Setting
window.

3. Click the Get Unauthorized ONU button on the toolbar to bring up the Get
Unauthorized ONU dialog box.

4. In the Get Unauthorized ONU dialog box, click the pull-down lists under the
Slot No \ PON No item to select Slot 5 and PON Port 1. Then click the Get
Unauthorized ONU button at the bottom part of the dialog box, and select the
ONU with the physical address FHTT00244221 and the password 12345, as
shown in Figure 4-18.

4-20 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

Figure 4-18 The Get Unauthorized ONU Dialog Box - Based on Physical Identifier +
Password

5. Click OK and return to the Physical Address White List Setting window.

6. Click the Write Device button on the toolbar to send the configuration
command. A successful authorization is as shown in Figure 4-19.

Figure 4-19 Successful pre-authentication Configuration - Based on Physical Identifier +

Password

4.5.6 Configuration Result

After the configuration is completed successfully, the OLT has authenticated and
authorized the ONU with physical address FHTT00244221 and password 12345,
and users will then be able to configure services for this ONU.

Check the ONU list under the PON port 1 in Slot 5, as shown in Figure 4-20.

Figure 4-20 The ONU List - Based on Physical Identifier + Password

Version: A 4-21
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Note:

If you just pre-authorize the ONU, and the ONU is not actually connected
with the PON port, the state indicator LED of the ONU on the ONU list will
be grey.

4.6 Example for Authentication and

Authorization Based on Logical Identifier

The following gives an example to introduce the authentication and authorization

based on logical identifier.

4.6.1 Example Introduction

The authentication and authorization based on the logical identifier has two ONU
authorization modes: manual authentication & authorization and automatic
authentication & authorization.

In the given example (manual authentication and authorization), the pre-

configuration is applied. When the ONU is powered and registered, the OLT
authorizes the ONU according to the ONU logical identifier authentication white list.
If the authentication is successful, the ONU will be authorized. For the automatic
authentication and authorization, see Authenticating and Authorizing the ONU
Automatically.

4.6.2 Planning Data

Table 4-4 shows the planning data for configuring the authentication mode based
on the logical identifier.

4-22 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

Table 4-4 Planning Data for Configuring the Authentication Mode based on the Logical
Identifier

Command Description Example

The number of the slot actually

Slot No. 5
Configuring used.
PON port The number of the actually used
PON No. 1
authentication PON interface.
mode Authentication Configure according to the network
LOGICAL_ID AUTHENTICATION
mode planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

planning of the operator. The value
Logical SN FHTT00421245
should contain no more than 24
digits.

Configure according to the network

planning of the operator. The value
Password -
Configuring should contain no more than 12

ONU logical SN digits.

white list The number of the slot actually

Slot No. 5
used.
The number of the actually used
PON No. 1
PON interface.
ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B
Configure according to the network
ONU No. 1
planning of the operator.

4.6.3 Configuration Flow

The flow chart for configuring the logical identifier authentication mode is shown in
Figure 4-21.

Version: A 4-23
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 4-21 Flow for Configuring the Logical Identifier Authentication Mode

1. Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode

Introduces how to configure the PON port authentication mode under the
logical identifier authentication mode.

2. Configuring Logical ID Whitelist

Introduces how to configure the ONU logical SN whitelist under the logical
identifier authentication mode.

4.6.4 Configuring PON Port Authentication Mode

Configure the authentication mode for the PON port 1 of the GPON interface card in
Slot 5 to logical identifier authentication. The operation steps are as follows:

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→PON Authentication Mode from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the PON Authentication Mode tab.

3. Select LOGICAL_ID AUTHENTICATION (NO PASSWORD) from the pull-

down list of Authentication mode for the PON port 1 in Slot 5.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 4-22.

4-24 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

Figure 4-22 Configuring the Logical Identifier Authentication Mode

4.6.5 Configuring Logical ID Whitelist

Pre-configure an FTTH type ONU (AN5506-04-B). Connect the ONU to the PON
port 1 on the GPON interface card in Slot 5 via the optical splitter. The ONU number
is 1, and the SN for authentication of the ONU is FHTT00421245.

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU SN : LOID Logic SN Whitelist from the

Menu Tree Pane to bring up the Logical SN White List Setting Window.

3. Click the Add White List button on the toolbar. In the "Please Input the Rows
for Add:" dialog box that appears subsequently, enter "1" and click "OK" to add
a logical identifier whitelist. Configure the parameters according to the planning
data in Table 4-4.

4. Click the Write Device button on the toolbar to send the configuration
command. A successful pre-authorization is as shown in Figure 4-23.

Figure 4-23 Successful Pre-authentication Configuration - Based on Logical Identifier

Version: A 4-25
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4.6.6 Configuration Result

Once the ONU is powered and registered after successful pre-configuration of the
authentication and authorization based on the logical identifier, the OLT will compare
the ONU information that it has collected with that in the SN white list. If the
authentication is successful, the ONU will be authorized.

Check the ONU list under the PON port 1 in Slot 5, as shown in Figure 4-24.

Figure 4-24 The ONU List - Based on Logical Identifier

4.7 Example for Authentication Mode Switching

Maintaining Original ONU Configuration

The following gives an example to introduce how to switch the authentication mode
while maintaining the original ONU configurations.

4.7.1 Example Introduction

Caution:

The authentication mode switching maintaining the original ONU

configurations is applicable when users only want to switch the
authentication mode, but do not want to change the ONU configurations.
The ONU configurations under the original mode will be not be deleted
during the switching, but the current services will be suspended. When
this ONU is successfully authenticated under the new mode, the services
will restore automatically.

4-26 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

This example shows how to switch the physical identifier authentication mode to the
password authentication mode. Make sure that the ONU is configured with
password.

4.7.2 Configuration Flow

The flow chart for configuring authentication mode switching while maintaining the
original ONU configuration is shown in Figure 4-25.

Figure 4-25 Flow Chart for Configuring Authentication Mode Switching Maintaining the Original
ONU Configuration

1. Switching PON Port Authentication Mode

Introduces how to switch the PON port authentication mode from physical
identifier authentication to password authentication.

2. Authorizing the ONU in Password Whitelist

Introduces how to re-authorize the ONU in the password white list after the
PON port authentication mode is switched from physical identifier
authentication to password authentication.

4.7.3 Switching PON Port Authentication Mode

Switch the authentication mode of the ONU connected to the PON port 1 of the
GPON interface card in Slot 5 from the physical identifier authentication to the
password authentication.

Version: A 4-27
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→PON Authentication Mode from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the PON Authentication Mode tab.

3. Select PASSWORD AUTHENTICATION from the pull-down list of

Authentication mode for the PON port 1 in Slot 5.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 4-26.

Figure 4-26 Switching Authentication Mode - Maintaining the Original ONU Configuration

4.7.4 Authorizing the ONU in Password Whitelist

Reauthorize the ONU connected to the PON port 1 in Slot 5 in the password
whitelist.

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU Password Whitelist from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the Password White List Setting window.

3. Click the Get Unauthorized ONU button on the toolbar to bring up the Get
Unauthorized ONU dialog box.

4-28 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

4. In the Get Unauthorized ONU dialog box, click the pull-down lists under the
Slot No \ PON No item to select Slot 5 and PON Port 1. Then click the Get
Unauthorized ONU button at the bottom part of the dialog box, and select the
ONU with the physical address FHTT0024010d, as shown in Figure 4-27.

Figure 4-27 The "Get Unauthorized ONU" Dialog Box - Maintaining Original ONU
Configuration

5. Click OK and return to the Password White List Setting window.

6. Click the Write Device button on the toolbar to send the configuration
command. A successful authorization is as shown in Figure 4-28.

Figure 4-28 Successful Password Whitelist Authorization - Maintaining the Original ONU
Configuration

4.7.5 Configuration Result

After the mode switching, the ONU services configured under the original
authentication mode will not be deleted. The authorization status of the ONU will
become UnImplemented by the operation of Read Device in the whitelist of the
original mode, as shown in Figure 4-29.

Version: A 4-29
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 4-29 The Physical Address Whitelist after the Switching - Maintaining the Original ONU
Configuration

Check the ONU list under PON port 1 in Slot 5. The information on this ONU is not
changed after the switching, as shown in Figure 4-30.

Figure 4-30 The ONU List - Maintaining the Original ONU Configuration

4.8 Example for Authentication Mode Switching

without Maintaining Original ONU
Configuration

The following gives an example to introduce how to switch the authentication mode
without maintaining the original ONU configurations.

4.8.1 Example Introduction

Caution:

u The original ONU configuration will not be maintained if the ONU

authorization information in the whitelist under the original
authentication mode is deleted before mode switching. After the
mode switching is completed successfully, the users should
reconfigure the ONU services.

u Deleting the ONU authorization information from the white list in the
old mode will cause service interruption. Please back up necessary
configuration data and exert care in the operation.

4-30 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

This example shows how to switch the physical identifier authentication mode to the
password authentication mode. Make sure that the ONU is equipped with password.

4.8.2 Configuration Flow

The flow chart for configuring authentication mode switching without maintaining the
original ONU configuration is shown in Figure 4-31.

Figure 4-31 Flow Chart for Configuring Authentication Mode Switching without Maintaining the
Original ONU Configuration

1. Deleting ONU from Physical Identifier Whitelist

Introduces the configuration method for deleting the ONU authorization

information from the physical address white list without keeping the original
ONU configuration.

2. Switching PON Port Authentication Mode

Introduces the configuration method for switching the PON port authentication
mode from physical identifier authentication to password authentication after
the OUN authorization information is deleted.

3. Authorizing the ONU in Password Whitelist

Introduces the configuration method for re-authorizing the ONU in the

password white list after the PON port authentication mode is switched from
physical identifier authentication to password authentication.

Version: A 4-31
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4.8.3 Deleting ONU from Physical Identifier Whitelist

Delete the ONU authorization information from the physical identifier whitelist.

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU Physic_ID Address Whitelist from the

Menu Tree pane to bring up the Physical Address White List Setting
window.

3. Select the ONU whose physical address is FHTT0024010d and then click the
Delete From Device button in the toolbar. In the alert box that appears, click
OK to delete the authorization information of the ONU from the white list, as
shown in Figure 4-32.

Figure 4-32 Deleting the ONU Authorization Information-without Maintaining the Original ONU
Configuration

4.8.4 Switching PON Port Authentication Mode

Switch the authentication mode of the ONU connected to the PON port 1 of the
GPON interface card in Slot 5 from the physical identifier authentication to the
password authentication. See below for the operation procedures.

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→PON Authentication Mode from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the PON Authentication Mode tab.

3. Select PASSWORD AUTHENTICATION from the pull-down list of

Authentication mode for the PON port 1 in Slot 5.

4-32 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 4-33.

Figure 4-33 Switching the Authentication Mode – without Maintaining Original ONU
Configuration

4.8.5 Authorizing the ONU in Password Whitelist

Reauthorize the ONU connected to the PON port 1 in Slot 5 in the password
whitelist.

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU Password Whitelist from the Menu Tree

pane to bring up the Password White List Setting window.

3. Click the Get Unauthorized ONU button on the toolbar to bring up the Get
Unauthorized ONU dialog box.

4. In the Get Unauthorized ONU dialog box, click the pull-down lists under the
Slot No \ PON No item to select Slot 5 and PON Port 1. Then click the Get
Unauthorized ONU button at the bottom part of the dialog box, and select the
ONU with the physical address FHTT0024010d, as shown in Figure 4-34.

Version: A 4-33
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 4-34 The "Get Unauthorized ONU" Dialog Box – Not Maintaining Original ONU
Configuration

5. Click OK and return to the Password White List Setting window.

6. Click the Write Device button on the toolbar to send the configuration
command. A successful authorization is as shown in Figure 4-35.

Figure 4-35 Successful Password Whitelist Authorization - without Maintaining the Original
ONU Configuration

4.8.6 Configuration Result

After the mode switching, the ONU authorization configured in the original physical
address whitelist will be deleted. Under the new authentication mode, the ONU will
be authenticated and authorized based on the password.

Check the ONU list under the PON port 1 in Slot 5, as shown in Figure 4-36.

Figure 4-36 The ONU List - Not Maintaining the Original ONU Configuration

4-34 Version: A
 4 ONU Authentication and Authorization

4.9 Example for ONU Deauthorization

The following introduces how to deauthorize the ONU using an example.

4.9.1 Example Introduction

To deauthorize the ONU, you only need to delete the ONU from the ONU current
authorization whitelist. Once the ONU is deauthorized, there will be no information
about this ONU in the ONU list, and all the configuration data about the ONU will be
deleted.

This example shows the ONU deauthorization in the authentication mode based on
physical identifier.

4.9.2 Configuration Flow

The flow chart for deauthorizing the ONU is shown in Figure 4-37.

Figure 4-37 Configuration Flow for Deauthorizing the ONU

1. Deleting ONU from Physical Identifier Whitelist

To deauthorize an ONU authorized under the physical identifier authentication

mode, users should delete the information about the ONU from the physical
identifier whitelist.

Version: A 4-35
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4.9.3 Deleting ONU from Physical Identifier Whitelist

Delete the ONU authorization information from the physical identifier whitelist. The
operation procedures are as follows:

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select ONU Authentication→ONU Physic_ID Address Whitelist from the

Menu Tree pane to bring up the Physical Address White List Setting
window.

3. Select the ONU whose physical address is FHTT0024010d and then click the
Delete From Device button in the toolbar. In the alert box that appears, click
OK to delete the authorization information of the ONU from the white list, as
shown in Figure 4-38.

Figure 4-38 Deleting the ONU Authorization Information

4.9.4 Configuration Result

After the ONU is deauthorized, the information about this ONU will be deleted from
the ONU list.

4-36 Version: A
5 Configuring Voice Services

The following introduces the basic procedures for configuration the voice services
for the AN5116-06B using the H.248 and the SIP protocols respectively. In addition,
some voice related optional functions provided by the equipment are introduced.

Configuring Voice ARP

Configuring the VoIP Services - H.248 Example

Configuring the VoIP Services - SIP Example

Optional Functions

Version: A 5-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5.1 Configuring Voice ARP

The following introduces how to configure the ARP Proxy for the voice services.

5.1.1 Configuration Rules

u When the AN5116-06B is not configured with a public card, you need to modify
the voice management mode to line card. Besides that, you need to configure
items relevant to voice ARP proxy. Otherwise, the communication between
voices under the same PON port will not be achieved.

u The Proxy IP address in ARP Proxy Subnet refers to the address of the OLT
ARP proxy entity. You should set it to an unoccupied IP address in the IP
network segment under the proxy.

5.1.2 Planning Data

Table 5-1 shows the planning data for configuring voice ARP proxy for the AN5116-
06B.

Table 5-1 Planning Data for Configuring Voice ARP Proxy

Configuration Item Description Example

Selects whether the voice service is

Configuring the voice managed by the line card or public card.
Voice Private IP OLT CARD
management mode Select "OLT CARD" when public card is
not used.
Enables or disables the ARP proxy
Proxy enable enable
Configuring ARP function.
proxy switch Selects whether the ARP proxy is
Proxy Entity HSWA
implemented by a card or SuperVlan.

SN This item is read-only. 1

Configuring ARP
Sets the IP address and subnet mask of 192.168.244.222/255.255.
proxy subnet Proxy IP
the proxy entity. 0.0

5.1.3 Configuration Flow

Figure 5-1 shows the flow of configuring the voice ARP proxy.

5-2 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Figure 5-1 The Voice ARP Proxy Configuration Flow

5.1.4 Configuring the Voice Management Mode

Configure the corresponding voice management modes for different card

application scenarios.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the active HSWA card of the AN5116-06B in Object Tree pane, and
select Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to
access the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Voice Config→OLT VoIP Manage Mode to
open the OLT VoIP Manage Mode tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 5-2.

Version: A 5-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 5-2 Configuring the OLT Voice Management Mode

5.1.5 Configuring ARP Proxy Enabling

Enable the ARP proxy function, and select the active main control card as the entity
of the ARP proxy.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the active HSWA card of the AN5116-06B in Object Tree pane, and
select Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to
access the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→ARP Proxy Manage→ARP

Proxy Switch to open the ARP Proxy Switch tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 5-3.

Figure 5-3 Configuring the ARP Proxy Switch

5.1.6 Configuring ARP Proxy Subnet

Configure the IP address and subnet mask of the ARP proxy.

5-4 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the active HSWA card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and
select Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to
access the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→ARP Proxy Manage→ARP

Proxy Subnet to open the ARP Proxy Subnet tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 5-4.

Figure 5-4 Configuring the ARP Proxy Subnet

5.2 Configuring the VoIP Services - H.248

Example

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the VoIP service using
the H.248 protocol.

5.2.1 Configuration Rules

u If the PUBA card is not provided for the OLT, it is necessary to set the OLT
voice management mode to the OLT CARD mode. The configuration method is
shown in Configuring the Voice Management Mode.

u When the softswitch platform uses the H.248 protocol to control the access
terminals, you should set the MGC protocol type to H.248 for VoIP services,
and set the protocol port number to 2944.

Version: A 5-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

u In the configuration of the VoIP service VLAN, when the single-tagged VLAN is
used, make sure that the signaling VLAN ID is within the range of the local end
service VLAN ID. When stacked VLANs are used, make sure that the SVLAN
ID is within the range of the local end service VLAN ID and you can assign the
CVLAN ID as required.

5.2.2 Network Diagram

Figure 5-5 shows the VoIP service network based on the H.248 protocol

Figure 5-5 The VoIP Service Network Based on the H.248 Protocol

As shown in the figure above, the GPON system implements signaling interaction
with the softswitch based on the H.248 protocol to enable call control. The ONU
uses the standard speech encoding technology to convert the subscriber’s voice
signals into IP packets. These IP packets are uplinked by the OLT to the IP network
for transmission. Thus VoIP services are implemented for the subscribers under the
GPON system.

5.2.3 Configuring the Services Respectively

The following introduces how to start up the H.248 VoIP service by configuring ONU
ports respectively.

5-6 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

5.2.3.1 Planning Data

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the network-side
interface card and client-side interface card respectively. The HSWA card is
compulsory; the AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as the remote end
ONUs. The planning data are shown in Table 5-2 and Table 5-3.

Table 5-2 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the H.248 Protocol
Respectively on the OLT Side

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B AN5506-10-B1
The number of the slot on the PON
Slot No. 15
interface card actually used.
ONU
The number of the PON port actually
information PON No. 1
used.
Configure according to the network
ONU Auth No. 1 2
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Service Name ngn1
planning of the operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port

Starting VLAN
service. Configure according to the 1000
Local end ID
network planning of the operator.
service
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink
VLAN
VLAN ID End port service. Configure according to the 1000
network planning of the operator.

The number of the actually used uplink

Interface No. 20:SFP1
port.

Version: A 5-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-2 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the H.248 Protocol
Respectively on the OLT Side (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the

uplink service VLAN. There are two
options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of
the uplink packets will be stripped
automatically when they pass the port
and the packets will be uplinked in the
TAG/UNTAG TAG
untag form, while the downlink untag
packets will be added with designated
tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the
uplink / downlink data packets will not
be processed when they pass the
port.

Service Type Select NGN for VoIP services. NGN

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind for the service VLAN. Auto Bind
This item should be consistent with the
Signaling
"Service Name" set in the Local End ngn1
Service Name
Service VLAN configuration.

It is the logical identifier set for the NGN

uplink interface to identify the NGN uplink
Interface ID -
services when a local VLAN corresponds
to multiple NGN uplink services.

Protocol Type Select H.248 in this example. H.248

MGC1 IP

NGN Uplink Address /

The IP address or domain name of the
Interface Standby SIP 10.80.20.1
primary softswitch platform MGC.
Registrar
Server Address
The communication port number of the
MGC1 Port No. primary softswitch platform MGC. The 2944
default value is 2944.
Controls whether the ONU regularly sends
keep-alive messages to the softswitch
Keep-alive platform MGC. Options available are Enable Initiative
Enable Initiative, Enable Passive and
Disable.

5-8 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-2 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the H.248 Protocol
Respectively on the OLT Side (Continued)

Item Description Example

The master / slave DNS IP address. You

need to configure the DNS server when
Master / Slave
the MGC is configured as the domain －
DNS Server
name. When the MGC is configured as the
IP address, this item is invalid.
DHCP Enables or disables the DHCP function.
Disable
Configuration The default setting is Disable.

Signaling Select the VLAN name configured in NGN

Service Name Uplink Interface and the user ID ngn1
@ Interface ID configured in NGN Uplink Interface.

The logical number within the system, for

configuring the index in the system. It is
recommended to configure this item as 88880- 88880- 88880- 88880-
User Index
the actual phone number defined by the 001 002 003 004
softswitch. The value ranges from 1 to
4294967294.
When the DHCP or the PPPoE function is
enabled, the IP address assigned to the
ONU dynamically will override the public
ONU Public IP 10.90.60.1 10.90.60.2
IP address assigned to the ONU by the
NGN
system. Configure according to the
Configura-
network planning of the operator.
tion
ONU Public IP Configure according to the network
255.255.0.0 255.255.0.0
Subnet Mask planning of the operator.

ONU Public IP Configure according to the network

10.90.1.254 10.90.1.254
Gateway planning of the operator.

The domain name address of the

Endpoint
gateway. Configure this item according to 10.90.60.1 10.90.60.2
domain name
the operator’s network planning.

Configure this item according to the

ONU Protocol
operator’s network planning; the default 2944 2944
Port No.
setting is 2944.

Endpoint TID NAME. Configure this item according

a/1 a/2 a/3 a/4
Username to the operator’s network planning.

Version: A 5-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-3 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the H.248 Protocol
Respectively on the ONU Side

Example (AN5506- Example (AN5506-

Item Description
04-B) 10-B1)

Service Type Select VOIP in this example. VOIP VOIP

Configure according to the
network planning of the
Fixed Bandwidth 128 128
operator. The default value is
128Kbit/s.
ONU VoIP
Configure this item
Bandwidth
according to the operator’s
Configura- Assured Bandwidth 0 0
network planning. The
tion
default setting is 0.

Configure according to the

network planning of the
Maximum Bandwidth 512 512
operator. The default value is
512Kbit/s.
The number of the ONU port
Port No. that is connected with the 1 2 1 2
subscriber phone physically.

This item should be

consistent with the User
888800- 8888000- 8888000- 888800-
User Index Index in the NGN uplink
01 2 3 04
subscriber data
configuration.

The voice service VLAN ID;

Signal VLAN ID it is the C-VLAN ID when the 1000 1000 100 100
ONU VoIP
QinQ State is set to Enable.
Service
Configure this item
Configura-
according to the operator’s
tion Voice Code Mode G.711A G.711A G.711A G.711A
network planning. The
default setting is G.711A.

Configure this item

according to the operator’s Trans- Transpar- Transpar- Trans-
Fax Mode
network planning; the default parent ent ent parent
setting is Transparent.

Configure this item

according to the operator’s Trans- Transpar- Transpar- Trans-
DTMF Mode
network planning; the default parent ent ent parent
setting is Transparent.

5-10 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-3 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the H.248 Protocol
Respectively on the ONU Side (Continued)

Example (AN5506- Example (AN5506-

Item Description
04-B) 10-B1)

Configure this item

according to the operator’s Pass- Pass- Pass- Pass-
Fax Control Mode
network planning; the default through through through through
setting is Passthrough.

Configure this item

according to the operator’s
Echo Cancel Enable Enable Enable Enable
network planning; it is
selected by default.

Configure this item

according to the operator’s
Silence Switch OFF OFF OFF OFF
network planning. The
default setting is OFF.

Configure this item

according to the operator’s
Input Gain (DB) 0 0 0 0
network planning. The
default setting is 0.

Configure this item

according to the operator’s
Output Gain (DB) 0 0 0 0
network planning. The
default setting is 0.

Configure this item

according to the operator’s
QinQ State Disable Disable Enable Enable
network planning; the default
setting is Disable.

It is SVLAN ID when the

QinQ is enabled. The
SVLAN ID value should be
SVLAN ID - - 1000 1000
within the range of the uplink
VLAN ID. It is invalid when
the QinQ is disabled.
It is the outer VLAN priority
when the QinQ is enabled; it
Outer COS - - 7 7
is invalid when QinQ is
disabled.

Version: A 5-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-3 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the H.248 Protocol
Respectively on the ONU Side (Continued)

Example (AN5506- Example (AN5506-

Item Description
04-B) 10-B1)

It is the inner VLAN priority

when the QinQ is enabled. It
is configurable and serves
Inner COS - - 7 7
as the single-layer VLAN
priority when the QinQ is
disabled.

5.2.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow chart for configuring the VoIP service respectively based on the H.248
protocol is shown in Figure 5-6.

Figure 5-6 Flow Chart for Configuring the VoIP Services Respectively - H.248

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface

5-12 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Configure the relevant parameters of the media gateway controller, including

the IP address of the MGC, the protocol port No. of the NGN, etc.

3. Configuring NGN Uplink Subscriber Data

Configure the public network IP address of the ONU, the endpoint domain
name and the endpoint user name corresponding to the ONU, etc.

4. Configuring VoIP Service Bandwidth of the ONU

Configure the VoIP service bandwidth of the ONU.

5. Configuring VoIP Service Parameters of the ONU

Configure the VoIP service parameters for the ONU, including VoIP service
VLAN, voice code, fax mode, silence switch, echo cancel, input / output gain,
DTMF mode, etc.

5.2.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for
Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a local
service VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-2.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-7.

Figure 5-7 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN Respectively - H.248

Version: A 5-13
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5.2.3.4 Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Voice Config→NGN Interface to open the NGN
Interface tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for
Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add an
NGN uplink interface.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-2.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-8.

Figure 5-8 Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface Respectively - H.248

5.2.3.5 Configuring NGN Uplink Subscriber Data

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select Voice Config→NGN Configuration in the Menu Tree pane to open the
NGN Configuration tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-2.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-9.

5-14 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Figure 5-9 Configuring the NGN Uplink Subscriber Data Respectively - H.248

5.2.3.6 Configuring VoIP Service Bandwidth of the ONU

Configuring Bandwidth of ONU 1

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-3.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-10.

Figure 5-10 Bandwidth Allocation (ONU No.1) - H.248 (Configured Respectively)

Configuring Bandwidth of ONU 2

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

Version: A 5-15
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-3.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-11.

Figure 5-11 Slot 15

5.2.3.7 Configuring VoIP Service Parameters of the ONU

Configuring the AN5506-04-B

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Voice Config tab.

3. Select FXS1 in Voice Port List and configure the parameters according to the
planning data in Table 5-3, as shown in Figure 5-12.

5-16 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Figure 5-12 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-04-B (FXS1) - H.248 (Configured
Respectively)

4. Select FXS2 in Voice Port List and configure the parameters according to the
planning data in Table 5-3, as shown in Figure 5-13.

Version: A 5-17
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 5-13 The AN5506-04-B Voice Configuration (FXS2) - H.248 (Configured Respectively)

5. Click the Modify On Device button to complete the voice service configuration
for the PON[1]-AN5506-04-B[1].

Configuring the AN5506-10-B1

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Voice Config tab.

5-18 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

3. Select FXS1 in Voice Port List and configure the parameters according to the
planning data in Table 5-3, as shown in Figure 5-14.

Figure 5-14 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-10-B1 (FXS1) - H.248 (Configured
Respectively)

4. Select FXS2 in Voice Port List and configure the parameters according to the
planning data in Table 5-3, as shown in Figure 5-15.

Version: A 5-19
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 5-15 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-10-B1 (FXS2) - H.248 (Configured
Respectively)

5. Click the Modify On Device button to complete the voice service configuration
for the PON[1]-AN5506-10-B1[2].

5.2.3.8 Configuration Result

Both the AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are under the PON port 1 of the
GC8B card in Slot 15, with the authorization numbers 1 and 2 respectively. The
subscriber voice services under the FXS1 and FXS2 ports of the aforesaid two
ONUs have been started up respectively, and the subscribers can call each other
normally.

5-20 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

5.2.4 Configuring Services in a Batch Manner

The following introduces how to start up the H.248 VoIP service by configuring ONU
ports in a batch manner.

5.2.4.1 Planning Data

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the network-side
interface card and client-side interface card respectively. The HSWA card is
compulsory; the AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as the remote end
ONUs. The planning data are shown in Table 5-4 and Table 5-5.

Table 5-4 Planning Data on the OLT Side for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the
H.248 Protocol in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

AN5506-04- AN5506-
ONU type The type of the ONU actually used.
B 10-B1
The number of the slot on the PON
Slot No. 15
ONU information interface card actually used.

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1

Configure according to the network
ONU Auth No. 1 2
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Service Name ngn1
planning of the operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port

Starting VLAN ID service. Configure according to the network 1000
Local end service
planning of the operator.
VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink
VLAN ID End port service. Configure according to the 1000
network planning of the operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 20:SFP1

Version: A 5-21
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-4 Planning Data on the OLT Side for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the
H.248 Protocol in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the

uplink service VLAN. There are two
options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of
the uplink packets will be stripped
automatically when they pass the port
TAG/UNTAG and the packets will be uplinked in the TAG
untag form, while the downlink untag
packets will be added with designated
tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the
uplink / downlink data packets will not
be processed when they pass the port.

Service Type Select NGN for VoIP services. NGN

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind for service VLAN. Auto Bind
This item should be consistent with the
Signaling Service
"Service Name" set in the Local End ngn1
Name
Service VLAN configuration.

It is the logical identifier set for the NGN

uplink interface to identify the NGN uplink
Interface ID -
services when a local VLAN corresponds to
multiple NGN uplink services.

Protocol Type Select H.248 in this example. H.248

MGC1 IP Address /
NGN Uplink Standby SIP The IP address or domain name of the
Interface 10.80.20.1
Registrar Server primary softswitch platform MGC.
Address
The communication port number of the
MGC1 Port No. primary softswitch platform MGC. The 2944
default value is 2944.
Controls whether the ONU regularly sends
keep-alive messages to the softswitch
Keep-alive platform MGC. Options available are Enable Initiative
Enable Initiative, Enable Passive and
Disable.

5-22 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-4 Planning Data on the OLT Side for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the
H.248 Protocol in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

The master / slave DNS IP address. You

need to configure the DNS server when the
Master / Slave DNS
MGC is configured as the domain name. －
Server
When the MGC is configured as the IP
address, this item is invalid.
Enables or disables the DHCP function.
DHCP Configuration Disable
The default value is Disable.

Table 5-5 Planning Data on the ONU Side for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the
H.248 Protocol in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

The name of the voice service

bandwidth profile with an upper limit
Profile Name of 32 characters. Configure a
according to the network planning
of the operator.

Service Type Select voip in this example. voip

Bandwidth Configure according to the network
Config Fixed Bandwidth planning of the operator. The 128
Profile default value is 128Kbit/s.
Configure this item according to the
Assured Bandwidth operator’s network planning. The 0
default setting is 0.

Configure according to the network

Maximum Bandwidth planning of the operator. The 512
default value is 512Kbit/s.
The number of the actually used
Slot No. 15 15
slot on the PON interface card.
The number of the PON port
ONU PON No. 1 1
actually used.
Configura-
Select the authorization number of
tion ONU No. 1 2
the ONU to be configured.

Select the bandwidth profile to be

Bandwidth Profile a a
bound with the ONU.

Version: A 5-23
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-5 Planning Data on the ONU Side for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the
H.248 Protocol in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

The name of the advanced profile

of the ONU voice port with an upper
limit of 20 characters, including
Profile Name numbers (0 to 9), letters (a to z and c
A to Z), and underlines. Configure
according to the network planning
of the operator.

Configure this item according to the

Voice Code Mode operator’s network planning. The G.711A
default setting is G.711A.

Configure this item according to the

Fax Mode operator’s network planning; the Transparent
default setting is Transparent.

Configure this item according to the

ONU POTS Silence Switch operator’s network planning. The OFF
Advanced default setting is OFF.
Configure
Configure this item according to the
Profile
Echo Cancel operator’s network planning; it is Enable
selected by default.

Configure this item according to the

Input Gain (DB) operator’s network planning. The 0
default setting is 0.

Configure this item according to the

Output Gain (DB) operator’s network planning. The 0
default setting is 0.

Configure this item according to the

DTMF Mode operator’s network planning; the Transparent
default setting is Transparent.

Configure this item according to the

Fax Control Mode operator’s network planning; the Passthrough
default setting is Passthrough.

The number of the actually used

Slot No. 15
slot on the PON interface card.
ONU voice
The number of the PON port
basic PON No. 1
actually used.
configuration
Select the authorization number of
ONU No. 1 2
the ONU to be configured.

5-24 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-5 Planning Data on the ONU Side for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the
H.248 Protocol in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Select static, PPPoE, or DHCP

IP Configure Mode mode to get IP address. The default static static
setting is static.

When the DHCP or the PPPoE

function is enabled, the IP address
assigned to the ONU dynamically
ONU Static Public IP will override the public IP address 10.90.60.1 10.90.60.2
assigned to the ONU by the
system. Configure according to the
network planning of the operator.

ONU Static Public IP Configure according to the network

255.255.0.0 255.255.0.0
Mask planning of the operator.

ONU Static Public IP Configure according to the network

10.90.1.254 10.90.1.254
Gateway planning of the operator.

The number of the actually used

Slot No. 15
slot on the PON interface card.
The number of the PON port
PON No. 1
actually used.

Select the authorization number of

ONU No. 1 2
the ONU to be configured.

The port No. of the ONU that is

Port No. connected with the subscriber 1 2 1 2
phone physically.
ONU POTS
Port Enable Select Enable. Enable Enable Enable Enable
Configure
Consistent with the signaling
Signaling Service
service name set in NGN Uplink ngn1 ngn1 ngn1 ngn1
Name
Interface Configuration.

The VLAN ID for the VoIP service. It

Signal VLAN ID is the CVLAN when QinQ is 1000 1000 100 100
enabled.
Configure this item according to the
Dis-
SVLAN State operator's network planning; the Disable Enable Enable
able
default setting is Disable.

Version: A 5-25
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-5 Planning Data on the ONU Side for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the
H.248 Protocol in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

It is SVLAN ID when the QinQ is

enabled. The SVLAN ID value
SVLAN ID should be within the range of the - - 1000 1000
uplink VLAN ID. It is invalid when
the QinQ is disabled.
Select the ONU pots advanced
Voice Port Profile ID configuration profile to be bound c c c c
with the ONU.
The domain name address of the
Endpoint domain gateway. Configure this item 10.90. 10.90. 10.90. 10.90.
name according to the operator’s network 60.1 60.1 60.2 60.2
planning.

Configure this item according to the

ONU Protocol Port
operator’s network planning; the 2944 2944 2944 2944
No.
default setting is 2944.

The Termination ID corresponding

to the port. Configure this item
Endpoint Username a/1 a/2 a/3 a/4
according to the operator’s network
planning.

5.2.4.2 Configuration Flow

The flow chart for configuring the VoIP services in a batch manner based on the
H.248 protocol is shown in Figure 5-16.

5-26 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Figure 5-16 Flow Chart for Configuring the VoIP Services in a Batch Manner - H.248

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface

Configure the relevant parameters of the media gateway controller, including

the IP address of the MGC, the protocol port No. of the NGN, etc.

3. Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the VoIP service bandwidth profile for the ONU.

Version: A 5-27
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. Binding the ONU with the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Bind the ONU with the bandwidth allocation profile; that is, apply the bandwidth
allocation profile to the ONU.

5. Configuring the ONU Voice Port Advanced Profile

Configure the VoIP service parameter related profile for the ONU port, including
voice code, fax mode, silence switch, echo cancel, input / output gain, DTMF
mode, etc.

6. Configuring Basic Voice Parameters for the ONU

Set the public network IP address configuration mode and the public network IP
address information for the ONU voice service.

7. Configuring the ONU Voice Port Parameters

Configure the related parameters of the ONU voice port, including user index,
voice service VLAN, endpoint domain name, endpoint user name, and the
advanced profile bound to the ONU voice port, etc.

5.2.4.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

5.2.4.4 Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface

See Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface for the configuration procedures.

5.2.4.5 Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

5-28 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add a bandwidth allocation
profile. Enter a in the Profile Name column.

4. Select Profile a, and click a blank area in the right pane. Then click the Append
button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for Add: dialog box that
appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a service.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-4.

6. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-17.

Figure 5-17 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - H.248 (Configured in a Batch Manner)

5.2.4.6 Binding the ONU with the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Configure to

access the ONU Configure window.

3. Click the Set Object As Condition button, select the AN5506-04-B[1] and the
AN5506-10-B1[2] under the PON port 1 of the GC8B card in Slot 15 from the
drop-down list of the object, and click OK.

4. The detailed information of the object will be displayed in the right pane.
Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-4, and
select a from the drop-down lists of GPON Bandwidth.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-18.

Version: A 5-29
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 5-18 ONU Configuration – H.248 (Configured in a Batch Manner)

5.2.4.7 Configuring the ONU Voice Port Advanced Profile

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→ONU POTS

Advanced Configure Profile to open the ONU POTS Advanced Configure
Profile tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for
Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add an
ONU voice port advanced profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-4.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-19.

Figure 5-19 ONU Voice Port Advanced Configuration Profile – H.248 (Configured in a Batch
Manner)

5-30 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

5.2.4.8 Configuring Basic Voice Parameters for the ONU

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Voice Basic

Configure to open the ONU Voice Basic Configure tab.

3. Click the Set Object As Condition button, select the AN5506-04-B[1] and the
AN5506-10-B1[2] under the PON port 1 of the GC8B card in Slot 15 from the
drop-down list of the object, and click OK.

4. The detailed information about the object will be displayed in the right pane.
Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-5.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-20.

Figure 5-20 Basic Voice Configuration for the ONU - H.248 (Configured in a Batch Manner)

5.2.4.9 Configuring the ONU Voice Port Parameters

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU POTS

Configure to open the ONU POTS Configure tab.

3. Click the Set Object As Condition button, select the AN5506-04-B[1] and the
AN5506-10-B1[2] under the PON port 1 of the GC8B card in Slot 15 from the
drop-down list of the object, and click OK.

Version: A 5-31
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. The detailed information about the object will be displayed in the right pane.
Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-5.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-21.

Figure 5-21 ONU Voice Port Configuration in a Batch Manner - H.248

5.2.4.10 Configuration Result

Both the AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are under the PON port 1 of the
GC8B card in Slot 15, with the authorization numbers 1 and 2 respectively. The
subscriber voice services under the FXS1 and FXS2 ports of the aforesaid two
ONUs have been started up respectively, and the subscribers can call each other
normally.

5.3 Configuring the VoIP Services - SIP Example

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the VoIP service using
the SIP protocol.

5.3.1 Configuration Rules

u If the OLT is not configured with the PUBA card, it is necessary to set the OLT
voice management mode to OLT CARD mode. See Configuring the Voice
Management Mode for the operation procedures.

5-32 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

u When the softswitch platform uses the SIP protocol to control the access
terminals, you should set the MGC protocol type to SIP for VoIP services, and
set the protocol port number of the access registrar and the proxy server to
5060.

u In the configuration of the VoIP service VLAN, when the single-tagged VLAN is
used, make sure that the signaling VLAN ID is within the range of the local end
service VLAN ID. When stacked VLANs are used, make sure that the SVLAN
ID is within the range of the local end service VLAN ID, and you can assign the
signaling VLAN ID as required.

5.3.2 Network Diagram

Figure 5-22 shows the network for the VoIP service based on the SIP protocol.

Figure 5-22 Network Diagram for the VoIP Service Based on the SIP

As shown in Figure 5-22, the GPON system conducts signaling interaction with the
softswitch based on the SIP protocol to implement call control. The ONU uses the
standard speech encoding technology to convert the subscriber’s voice signals into
IP packets. These IP packets are uplinked by the OLT to the IP network for
transmission. Thus VoIP services are implemented for the subscribers under the
GPON system.

Version: A 5-33
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5.3.3 Configuring the Services Respectively

The following introduces how to start up the SIP VoIP service by configuring ONU
ports respectively.

5.3.3.1 Planning Data

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the network-side
interface card and client-side interface card respectively. The HSWA card is
compulsory; the AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as the remote end
ONUs. The planning data are shown in Table 5-6 and Table 5-7.

Table 5-6 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol
Respectively on the OLT Side

Item Description Example

The type of the ONU actually

ONU type AN5506-04-B AN5506-10-B1
used.
The number of the slot on the
Slot No. PON interface card actually 15
ONU
used.
information
The number of the PON port
PON No. 1
actually used.

ONU Auth Configure according to the

1 2
No. network planning of the operator.

Service Configure according to the

ngn3
Name network planning of the operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the

Starting uplink port service. Configure
3000
VLAN ID according to the network
Local end planning of the operator.
service VLAN The ending VLAN ID number of
the uplink port service. Configure
VLAN ID End 3000
according to the network
planning of the operator.

The number of the actually used

Interface No. 20:SFP1
uplink port.

5-34 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-6 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol
Respectively on the OLT Side (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing

mode for the uplink service
VLAN. There are two options:
TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode,
the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped
automatically when they
pass the port and the
packets will be uplinked in
TAG/UNTAG TAG
the untag form, while the
downlink untag packets will
be added with designated
tags when they pass the
port.
u Under the TAG mode, the
tags of the uplink / downlink
data packets will not be
processed when they pass
the port.

Service Type Select NGN for VoIP services. NGN

Slot Bind Select Auto Bind for the service
Auto Bind
Mode VLAN.
This item should be consistent
Signaling
with the "Service Name" set in
Service ngn3
the Local End Service VLAN
Name
configuration.

Protocol Type Select SIP in this example. SIP

MGC1 IP
NGN Uplink Address /
Interface Standby SIP The IP address or domain name
10.80.20.3
Registrar of the SIP registrar.
Server
Address
SIP Registrar The port number of the SIP
Server Port registrar. The default setting is 5060
No. 5060.

Version: A 5-35
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-6 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol
Respectively on the OLT Side (Continued)

Item Description Example

SIP Proxy
The IP address or domain name
Server 10.80.20.3
of the SIP proxy server.
Address
SIP Proxy The port number of the SIP proxy
Server Port server. The default setting is 5060
No. 5060.
The timeout period of the SIP.
SIP Expires The value ranges from 120 to
3600
(S) 86400; the unit is second. The
default setting is 3600 seconds.

This item should be consistent

Signaling
with the "Service Name" set in
Service ngn3
the Local End Service VLAN
Name
configuration.

The logical number within the

system, for configuring the index
in the system. It is recommended
8888000- 8888000- 8888000- 8888000-
User Index to configure this item as the
1 2 3 4
actual phone number defined by
the softswitch. The value ranges
from 1 to 4294967294.
When the DHCP or the PPPoE
function is enabled, the IP
NGN
address assigned to the ONU
Configuration
ONU Public dynamically will override the
10.90.60.1 10.90.60.2
IP public IP address assigned to the
ONU by the system. Configure
according to the network
planning of the operator.

ONU Public
Configure according to the
IP Subnet 255.255.0.0 255.255.0.0
network planning of the operator.
Mask
ONU Public Configure according to the
10.90.1.254 10.90.1.254
IP Gateway network planning of the operator.

SIP
Configure according to the 8888000- 8888000- 8888000- 8888000-
Telephone
network planning of the operator. 1 2 3 4
No.

5-36 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-6 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol
Respectively on the OLT Side (Continued)

Item Description Example

The user name of the SIP

SIP User endpoint and the SIP registrar. 8888000- 8888000- 8888000- 8888000-
Name Configure this item according to 1 2 3 4
the operator’s network planning.

The user password of the SIP

SIP User endpoint and the SIP registrar.
test1 test2 test3 test4
Password Configure this item according to
the operator’s network planning.

Table 5-7 Planning Data for the ONU Side of the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol
(Configured Respectively)

Example (AN5506- Example (AN5506-10-

Item Description
04-B) B1)

Service Type Select VOI[P in this example. VOIP VOIP

Configure according to the
Fixed
network planning of the operator. 128 128
Bandwidth
ONU VoIP The default value is 128Kbit/s.
Bandwidth Configure this item according to
Assured
Configura- the operator’s network planning. 0 0
Bandwidth
tion The default setting is 0.

Configure according to the

Maximum
network planning of the operator. 512 512
Bandwidth
The default value is 512Kbit/s.
The number of the ONU port that
Port No. is connected with the subscriber 1 2 1 2
phone physically.

This item should be consistent

with the User Index in the NGN 8888000-
ONU VoIP User Index 88880001 88880003 88880004
uplink subscriber data 2
Service
configuration.
Configura-
The voice service VLAN ID; it is
tion Signal VLAN
the C-VLAN ID when the QinQ 3000 3000 300 300
ID
State is set to Enable.
Configure this item according to
Voice Code
the operator’s network planning. G.711A G.711A G.711A G.711A
Mode
The default setting is G.711A.

Version: A 5-37
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-7 Planning Data for the ONU Side of the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Example (AN5506- Example (AN5506-10-

Item Description
04-B) B1)

Configure this item according to

Transpar- Transpar- Transpar- Transpar-
Fax Mode the operator’s network planning;
ent ent ent ent
the default setting is Transparent.

Configure this item according to

Transpar- Transpar- Transpar- Transpar-
DTMF Mode the operator’s network planning;
ent ent ent ent
the default setting is Transparent.

Configure this item according to

Fax Control the operator’s network planning; Pass- Pass- Pass- Pass-
Mode the default setting is through through through through
Passthrough.

Configure this item according to

Echo Cancel the operator’s network planning; Enable Enable Enable Enable
it is selected by default.

Configure this item according to

Silence Switch the operator’s network planning. OFF OFF OFF OFF
The default setting is OFF.

Configure this item according to

Input Gain
the operator’s network planning. 0 0 0 0
(DB)
The default setting is 0.

Configure this item according to

Output Gain
the operator’s network planning. 0 0 0 0
(DB)
The default setting is 0.

Configure this item according to

QinQ State the operator’s network planning; Disable Disable Enable Enable
the default setting is Disable.

It is SVLAN ID when the QinQ is

enabled. The SVLAN ID value
SVLAN ID should be within the range of the - - 3000 3000
uplink VLAN ID. It is invalid when
the QinQ is disabled.
It is the outer VLAN priority when
Outer COS the QinQ is enabled; it is invalid - - 7 7
when QinQ is disabled.

5-38 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-7 Planning Data for the ONU Side of the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Example (AN5506- Example (AN5506-10-

Item Description
04-B) B1)

It is the inner VLAN priority when

the QinQ is enabled. It is
Inner COS configurable and serves as the - - 7 7
single-layer VLAN priority when
the QinQ is disabled.

5.3.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow chart for configuring the VoIP service respectively based on the SIP
protocol is shown in Figure 5-23.

Figure 5-23 Flow Chart for Configuring the VoIP Services Respectively - SIP

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

Version: A 5-39
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface

Configure the SIP-relevant parameters, including the IP address and the port
number of the SIP server, etc.

3. Configuring NGN Uplink Subscriber Data

Configure the public network IP address of the ONU, the SIP telephone number,
SIP user name and SIP user password corresponding to the ONU, etc.

4. Configuring VoIP Service Bandwidth of the ONU

Configure the VoIP service bandwidth of the ONU.

5. Configuring VoIP Service Parameters of the ONU

Configure the VoIP service parameters for the ONU, including VoIP service
VLAN, voice code, fax mode, silence switch, echo cancel, input / output gain,
DTMF mode, etc.

5.3.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a local VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-6.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-24.

Figure 5-24 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN Respectively- SIP

5-40 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

5.3.3.4 Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Voice Config→NGN Interface to open the NGN
Interface tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for
Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add an
NGN uplink interface.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-6.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-25.

Figure 5-25 Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface Respectively - SIP

5.3.3.5 Configuring NGN Uplink Subscriber Data

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select Voice Config→NGN Configuration in the Menu Tree pane to open the
NGN Configuration tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for
Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 4 and click OK to add four
NGN uplink subscriber information entries.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-6.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-26.

Version: A 5-41
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 5-26 Configuring the NGN Uplink Subscriber Data - SIP Example

5.3.3.6 Configuring VoIP Service Bandwidth of the ONU

Configuring Bandwidth of ONU 1

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
to open the GPON Service Bandwidth tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-6.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-27.

Figure 5-27 Bandwidth Allocation (ONU No.1) - SIP (Configured Respectively)

Configuring Bandwidth of ONU 2

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

5-42 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
to open the GPON Service Bandwidth tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-6.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-28.

Figure 5-28 Bandwidth Allocation (ONU No.2) - SIP (Configured Respectively)

5.3.3.7 Configuring VoIP Service Parameters of the ONU

Configuring the AN5506-04-B

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Voice Config tab.

3. Select FXS1 in Voice Port List and configure the parameters according to the
planning data in Table 5-7, as shown in Figure 5-29.

Version: A 5-43
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 5-29 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-04-B (FXS1) - SIP (Configured Respectively)

4. Select FXS2 in Voice Port List and configure the parameters according to the
planning data in Table 5-7, as shown in Figure 5-30.

5-44 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Figure 5-30 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-04-B (FXS2) - SIP (Configured Respectively)

5. Click the Modify On Device button to complete the voice service configuration
for the PON[1]-AN5506-04-B[1].

Configuring the AN5506-10-B1

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

Version: A 5-45
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Voice Config tab.

3. Select FXS1 in Voice Port List and configure the parameters according to the
planning data in Table 5-7, as shown in Figure 5-31.

Figure 5-31 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-10-B1 (FXS1) - SIP (Configured
Respectively)

4. Select FXS2 in Voice Port List and configure the parameters according to the
planning data in Table 5-7, as shown in Figure 5-32.

5-46 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Figure 5-32 Voice Configuration for the AN5506-10-B1 (FXS2) - SIP (Configured
Respectively)

5. Click the Modify On Device button to complete the voice service configuration
for the PON[1]-AN5506-10-B1[2].

Version: A 5-47
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5.3.3.8 Configuration Result

Both the AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are under the PON port 1 of the
GC8B card in Slot 15, with the authorization numbers 1 and 2 respectively. The
subscriber voice services under the FXS1 and FXS2 ports of the aforesaid two
ONUs have been started up respectively, and the subscribers can call each other
normally.

5.3.4 Configuring Services in a Batch Manner

The following introduces how to start up the SIP VoIP service by configuring ONU
ports in a batch manner.

5.3.4.1 Planning Data

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the network-side
interface card and client-side interface card respectively. The HSWA card is
compulsory; the AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as the remote end
ONUs. The planning data are shown in Table 5-8 and Table 5-9.

Table 5-8 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol in a
Batch Manner on the OLT Side

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B AN5506-10-B1
The number of the slot on the PON interface
Slot No. 15
ONU card actually used.
information PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1

ONU Auth Configure according to the network planning of

1 2
No. the operator.

Configure according to the network planning of

Service Name ngn3
the operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.

Local end Starting VLAN
Configure according to the network planning of 3000
service ID
the operator.
VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. Configure according to the network 3000
planning of the operator.

5-48 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-8 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol in a
Batch Manner on the OLT Side (Continued)

Item Description Example

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 20:SFP1
Configure the tag processing mode for the
uplink service VLAN. There are two options:
TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the
uplink packets will be stripped
automatically when they pass the port and
TAG/UNTAG the packets will be uplinked in the untag TAG
form, while the downlink untag packets will
be added with designated tags when they
pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the
uplink / downlink data packets will not be
processed when they pass the port.

Service Type Select NGN for VoIP services. NGN

Slot Bind
Select Auto Bind for service VLAN. Auto Bind
Mode
This item should be consistent with the "Service
Signaling
Name" set in the Local End Service VLAN ngn3
Service Name
configuration.

It is the logical identifier set for the NGN uplink

interface to identify the NGN uplink services
Interface ID -
when a local VLAN corresponds to multiple
NGN uplink services.

Protocol Type Select SIP in this example. SIP

MGC1 IP
NGN Address /
Interface Standby SIP The IP address or domain name of the SIP
10.80.20.3
Registrar registrar.
Server
Address
SIP Registrar
The port number of the SIP registrar. The
Server Port 5060
default setting is 5060.
No.
SIP Proxy
The IP address or domain name of the SIP
Server 10.80.20.3
proxy server.
Address

Version: A 5-49
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-8 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol in a
Batch Manner on the OLT Side (Continued)

Item Description Example

SIP Proxy
The port number of the SIP proxy server. The
Server Port 5060
default setting is 5060.
No.
The timeout period of the SIP. The value ranges
SIP Expires
from 120 to 86400; the unit is second. The 3600
(S)
default setting is 3600 seconds.

Table 5-9 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol in a
Batch Manner on the ONU Side

Example (AN5506- Example (AN5506-

Item Description
04-B) 10-B1)

The name of the voice service

bandwidth profile with an upper
Profile Name limit of 32 characters. Configure a
according to the network planning
of the operator.

Service Type Select voip in this example. voip

Bandwidth Configure according to the
Fixed
Config network planning of the operator. 128
Bandwidth
Profile The default value is 128Kbit/s.
Configure this item according to
Assured
the operator’s network planning. 0
Bandwidth
The default setting is 0.

Configure according to the

Maximum
network planning of the operator. 512
Bandwidth
The default value is 512Kbit/s.
The number of the actually used
Slot No. 15 15
slot on the PON interface card.
The number of the PON port
ONU PON No. 1 1
actually used.
Configura-
Select the authorization number
tion ONU No. 1 2
of the ONU to be configured.

Bandwidth Select the bandwidth profile to be

a a
Allocation bound with the ONU.

5-50 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-9 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol in a
Batch Manner on the ONU Side (Continued)

Example (AN5506- Example (AN5506-

Item Description
04-B) 10-B1)

The name of the advanced profile

of the ONU voice port with an
upper limit of 20 characters,
including numbers (0 to 9), letters
Profile Name c
(a to z and A to Z), and
underlines. Configure according
to the network planning of the
operator.

Configure this item according to

Voice Code
the operator’s network planning. G.711A
Mode
The default setting is G.711A.

Configure this item according to

Fax Mode the operator’s network planning; Transparent
the default setting is Transparent.

ONU POTS Configure this item according to

Silence
Advanced the operator’s network planning. OFF
Switch
Configure The default setting is OFF.

Profile Configure this item according to

Echo Cancel the operator’s network planning; it Enable
is selected by default.

Configure this item according to

Input Gain
the operator’s network planning. 0
(DB)
The default setting is 0.

Configure this item according to

Output Gain
the operator’s network planning. 0
(DB)
The default setting is 0.

Configure this item according to

DTMF Mode the operator’s network planning; Transparent
the default setting is Transparent.

Configure this item according to

Fax Control
the operator’s network planning; Passthrough
Mode
the default setting is Passthrough.

The number of the actually used

ONU voice Slot No. 15
slot on the PON interface card.
basic
The number of the PON port
configuration PON No. 1
actually used.

Version: A 5-51
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-9 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol in a
Batch Manner on the ONU Side (Continued)

Example (AN5506- Example (AN5506-

Item Description
04-B) 10-B1)

Select the authorization number

ONU No. 1 2
of the ONU to be configured.

Select static, PPPoE, or DHCP

IP Configure
mode to get IP address. The static static
Mode
default setting is static.

When the DHCP or the PPPoE

function is enabled, the IP
address assigned to the ONU
ONU Static dynamically will override the
10.90.60.1 10.90.60.2
Public IP public IP address assigned to the
ONU by the system. Configure
according to the network planning
of the operator.

ONU Static
Configure according to the
Public IP 255.255.0.0 255.255.0.0
network planning of the operator.
Mask
ONU Static
Configure according to the
Public IP 10.90.1.254 10.90.1.254
network planning of the operator.
Gateway

The number of the actually used

Slot No. 15
slot on the PON interface card.
The number of the PON port
PON No. 1
actually used.

Select the authorization number

ONU No. 1 2
of the ONU to be configured.

The port No. of the ONU that is

ONU POTS Port No. connected with the subscriber 1 2 1 2
Configure phone physically.

Port Enable Select Enable. Enable Enable Enable Enable

Signaling Consistent with the signaling
Service service name set in NGN Uplink ngn3 ngn3 ngn3 ngn3
Name Interface Configuration.

The VLAN ID for the VoIP service.

Signal VLAN
It is the CVLAN when QinQ is 3000 3000 300 300
ID
enabled.

5-52 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-9 Planning Data for Configuring the VoIP Service Based on the SIP Protocol in a
Batch Manner on the ONU Side (Continued)

Example (AN5506- Example (AN5506-

Item Description
04-B) 10-B1)

Configure this item according to

SVLAN State the operator's network planning; Disable Disable Enable Enable
the default setting is Disable.

It is SVLAN ID when the QinQ is

enabled. The SVLAN ID value
SVLAN ID should be within the range of the - - 3000 3000
uplink VLAN ID. It is invalid when
the QinQ is disabled.
Select the ONU pots advanced
Voice Port
configuration profile to be bound c c c c
Profile ID
with the ONU.
Configure this item according to
ONU Protocol
the operator’s network planning; 5060 5060 5060 5060
Port No.
the default setting is 5060.

SIP
Configure according to the 8888000- 8888000- 8888000-
Telephone 88880001
network planning of the operator. 2 3 4
No.
The user name of the SIP
SIP User endpoint and the SIP registrar. 8888000- 8888000- 8888000-
88880001
Name Configure this item according to 2 3 4
the operator’s network planning.

The user password of the SIP

SIP User endpoint and the SIP registrar.
test1 test2 test3 test4
Password Configure this item according to
the operator’s network planning.

5.3.4.2 Configuration Flow

The flow chart for configuring the VoIP services in a batch manner based on the SIP
protocol is shown in Figure 5-33.

Version: A 5-53
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 5-33 Flow Chart for Configuring VoIP Services in a Batch Manner - SIP

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface

Configure the SIP-relevant parameters, including the IP address and the port
number of the SIP server, etc.

3. Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the VoIP service bandwidth profile for the ONU.

5-54 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

4. Binding the ONU with the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Bind the ONU with the bandwidth allocation profile; that is, apply the bandwidth
allocation profile to the ONU.

5. Configuring the ONU Voice Port Advanced Profile

Configure the VoIP service parameter related profile for the ONU port, including
voice code, fax mode, silence switch, echo cancel, input / output gain, DTMF
mode, etc.

6. Configuring the Basic Voice Parameters for the ONU

Set the public network IP address configuration mode and the public network IP
address information for the ONU voice service.

7. Configuring the ONU Voice Port Parameters

Configure the related parameters of the ONU voice port, including telephone
number, voice service VLAN, SIP telephone number, SIP user name, SIP
password, and the bound ONU voice port advanced profile, etc.

5.3.4.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

5.3.4.4 Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface

See Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface for the configuration procedures.

5.3.4.5 Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

Version: A 5-55
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add a bandwidth allocation
profile. Enter a in the Profile Name column.

4. Select Profile a, and click a blank area in the right pane. Then click the Append
button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for Add: dialog box that
appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a service.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-9.

6. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-34.

Figure 5-34 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - SIP (Configured in a Batch Manner)

5.3.4.6 Binding the ONU with the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Configure to

access the ONU Configure window.

3. Click the Set Object As Condition button, select the AN5506-04-B[1] and the
AN5506-10-B1[2] under the PON port 1 of the GC8B card in Slot 15 from the
drop-down list of the object, and click OK.

4. The detailed information of the object will be displayed in the right pane.
Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-9, and
select a from the drop-down lists of GPON Bandwidth.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-35.

5-56 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Figure 5-35 ONU Configuration – SIP (Configured in a Batch Manner)

5.3.4.7 Configuring the ONU Voice Port Advanced Profile

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→ONU POTS

Advanced Configure Profile to open the ONU POTS Advanced Configure
Profile tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add an advanced profile for the ONU
voice port.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-9.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-36.

Figure 5-36 ONU Voice Port Advanced Configuration Profile – SIP Example

Version: A 5-57
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5.3.4.8 Configuring the Basic Voice Parameters for the ONU

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Voice Basic

Configure to open the ONU Voice Basic Configure tab.

3. Click the Set Object As Condition button, select the AN5506-04-B[1] and the
AN5506-10-B1[2] under the PON port 1 of the GC8B card in Slot 15 from the
drop-down list of the object, and click OK.

4. The detailed information about the object will be displayed in the right pane.
Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-9.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-37.

Figure 5-37 Basic Voice Configuration for the ONU – SIP Example

5.3.4.9 Configuring the ONU Voice Port Parameters

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU POTS

Configure to open the ONU POTS Configure tab.

3. Click the Set Object As Condition button, select the AN5506-04-B[1] and the
AN5506-10-B1[2] under the PON port 1 of the GC8B card in Slot 15 from the
drop-down list of the object, and click OK.

5-58 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

4. The detailed information about the object will be displayed in the right pane.
Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-9.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-38.

Figure 5-38 ONU Voice Port Configuration – SIP Example

5.3.4.10 Configuration Result

Both the AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are under the PON port 1 of the
GC8B card in Slot 15, with the authorization numbers 1 and 2 respectively. The
subscriber voice services under the FXS1 and FXS2 ports of the aforesaid two
ONUs have been started up respectively, and the subscribers can call each other
normally.

5.4 Optional Functions

The following introduces how to configure voice related optional functions provided
by the equipment.

5.4.1 Configuring the OLT Voice Management Mode

The OLT voice management mode is set to management by the PUBA card by
default. If the PUBA card is not provided in the OLT, it is necessary to set the OLT
voice management mode to the line card mode.

Version: A 5-59
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Planning Data

Table 5-10 Planning Data for OLT Voice Management Mode Configuration

Item Description Example

If the PUBA card is not provided in the OLT, it is

Voice management necessary to set the OLT voice management Line card
mode mode to the OLT CARD mode. The default management
setting is Public Card.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Voice Config→OLT VoIP Manage Mode to
open the OLT VoIP Manage Mode tab.

3. Select OLT CARD in the drop-down list, click Create on Device button to
complete the configuration, as shown in Figure 5-39.

Figure 5-39 Configuring the OLT Voice Management Mode

5.4.2 Configuring NGN Uplink PPPoE Parameters for a

Single ONU

Prerequisites

Configuration of relevant NGN parameters (including static public network IP address)

for the target ONU has been completed. After the PPPoE configuration takes effect,
the static IP address configured previously will be overridden by the IP address
obtained dynamically.

5-60 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Planning Data

Table 5-11 Planning Data for Configuring NGN Uplink PPPoE Parameters for a Single ONU

Item Description Example

The slot No. of the service interface card under which

Slot No. the ONU is located. The value ranges from 1 to 8 and 14
11 to 18.
The number of the PON port under which the ONU is
PON No. 1
located. The value range is 1 to 4 or 1 to 8.

The authentication number of the ONU. The value

ONU No. 1
range is 1 to 64.

Sets whether to enable the PPPoE dialing function on

PPPoE Enable the ONU (IAD) to get the IAD IP address for Enable
communication with the MGC.
PPPoE User The PPPoE user name. It is invalid when the PPPoE
test
Name Enable item is set to Disable.
PPPoE User The PPPoE user password. It is invalid when the
test
Password PPPoE Enable item is set to Disable.

Configuration Procedures

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Voice Config→PPPoE With NGN Uplinked to
open the PPPoE With NGN Uplinked tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for Add:
dialog box that appears subsequently, enter "1" and click "OK" to add an NGN
uplink PPPoE configuration entry.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-11.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-40.

Figure 5-40 Configuring NGN Uplink PPPoE Parameters for a Single ONU

Version: A 5-61
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5.4.3 Configuring NGN Uplink PPPoE Parameters for ONUs

in a Batch Manner

Prerequisites

Configuration of relevant NGN parameters (including static public network IP address)

for the target ONU has been completed. After the PPPoE configuration takes effect,
the static IP address configured previously will be overridden by the IP address
obtained dynamically.

Planning Data

Table 5-12 Planning Data for Configuring Uplink PPPoE Parameters for ONUs in a Batch
Manner

Item Description Example

The slot No. of the service interface card

Slot No. under which the ONU is located. The 14
value ranges from 1 to 8 and 11 to 18.

The No. of the PON port under which the

PON No. ONU is located. The value range is 1 to 1
2, 1 to 4 or 1 to 8.
The authentication number of the ONU.
ONU No. 1 2
The value range is 1 to 64.

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B AN5506-10-B1
Select the modes for obtaining the IP
IP Configure
address: static, PPPoE, and DHCP. The PPPoE
Mode
default setting is static.

Sets whether to enable the PPPoE

PPPoE dialing function on the ONU (IAD) to get
Enable
Enable the IAD IP address for communication
with the MGC.
PPPoE User The PPPoE user name. It is invalid when
test
Name the PPPoE Enable item is set to Disable.
The PPPoE user password. It is invalid
PPPoE User
when the PPPoE Enable item is set to test
Password
Disable.

5-62 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the system in the "Object Tree" pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Voice Basic

Configure to open the ONU Voice Basic Configure tab.

3. Click "Set Object As Condition", and in the "Object Tree" pane that appears,
select the objects that you need to configure in a batch manner according to the
planning data in Table 5-12, as shown in Figure 5-41.

Figure 5-41 Configuring Objects for GPON Configuration in a Batch Manner

4. Click OK, and configure basic parameters for the ONU voice service in the right
pane according to the planning data in Table 5-12.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-42.

Version: A 5-63
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 5-42 ONU Voice Basic Configuration - pppoe

5.4.4 Configuring the DHCP Function for the NGN Uplink of

a Single ONU

Configure a single ONU to get the public network IP address using the DHCP with
the Option 60 identifier.

Prerequisites

You have set the DHCP Enable in the NGN Interface to Enable.

Planning Data

Table 5-13 Planning Data for Configuring the DHCP Function of the NGN Uplink Interface

Item Description Example

The number of the slot on the service interface card

Slot No. 15
actually used.

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1

ONU No. The number of the ONU actually used. 1

Configure according to the network planning of the
DHCP Enable Enable
operator.

DHCP Option60 Configure according to the network planning of the

Enable
Enable operator.

DHCP Option60 Configure according to the network planning of the

test
Value operator.

5-64 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Configuration Procedures

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Voice Config→DHCP with NGN Uplinked to
open the DHCP with NGN Uplinked tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for Add:
dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add an NGN
uplink DHCP configuration entry.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-13.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-43.

Figure 5-43 Configuring the DHCP Function for the NGN Uplink Interface

5.4.5 Configuring the DHCP Function for the NGN Uplink of

ONUs in a Batch Manner

Configure multiple ONUs to get the public network IP address using the DHCP with
the Option 60 identifier.

Prerequisites

You have set the DHCP Enable in the NGN Interface to Enable.

Version: A 5-65
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Planning Data

Table 5-14 Planning Data for Configuring the DHCP Function of the NGN Uplink Interface for
ONUs in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

The number of the slot on the service

Slot No. 14
interface card actually used.

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1

ONU No. The number of the ONU actually used. 1 2

AN5506-04- AN5506-10-
ONU type The type of the ONU actually used.
B B1
Select the modes for obtaining the IP address:
IP Configure
static, PPPoE, and DHCP. The default setting DHCP
Mode
is static.
DHCP
Configure according to the network planning
Option60 Enable
of the operator.
Enable
DHCP
Configure according to the network planning
Option60 test
of the operator.
Value

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the system in the "Object Tree" pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Voice Basic

Configure to open the ONU Voice Basic Configure tab.

3. Click "Set Object As Condition", and in the "Object Tree" pane that appears,
select the objects that you need to configure in a batch manner according to the
planning data in Table 5-14, as shown in Figure 5-44.

5-66 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Figure 5-44 Configuring Objects for GPON Configuration in a Batch Manner

4. Click OK, and configure basic parameters for the ONU voice service in the right
pane according to the planning data in Table 5-14.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-45.

Figure 5-45 ONU Voice Basic Configuration - dhcp

5.4.6 Configuring the Intercommunication Profile

Parameters for the Softswitch

Configure the softswitch intercommunication profile and bind the profile to the ONU.

Version: A 5-67
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5.4.6.1 Configuring the Softswitch Intercommunication Profile

Configure the profile for parameters required for intercommunication between the
ONU and the softswitch to enable the VoIP service.

Configuration Rules

u The RTP resource settings are only required for the H.248 protocol.

u The digitmap settings are only required for the SIP protocol.

Planning Data

Table 5-15 Planning Data for Configuring Softswitch Intercommunication Profiles

Item Description Example

The name of the softswitch intercommunication

Profile Name parameter profile of the AN5116-06B. The value is a ngn1
string comprising letters, numbers and underlines.

RTP Name Fixed

The prefix of the RTP name. RTP/
Part
The value range: 0 to 65534. The RTP Name Var
RTP Name Var
Begin value must be smaller than the RTP Name Var 4000
Begin
End value. The default setting is 4000.

The value range: 0 to 65534. The RTP Name Var

RTP Name Var
End value must be larger than the RTP Name Var 9000
End
Begin value. The default setting is 9000.

The increment for the variable part of the RTP name.

RTP Name Var
The value ranges from 1 to 65534. The default setting 1
Step
is 1.
You can set the length of the RTP name to be fixed or
RTP Name Fixed unfixed. The default setting is fixed, i.e., the variable
fixed
Length part of the RTP name is filled with 0 so that the name
has the fixed length.

The time of waiting for a dialing. The value ranges

Digit Map Begin
from 1 to 254; the unit is second. The default setting 16
Timer (s)
is 16.

5-68 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-15 Planning Data for Configuring Softswitch Intercommunication Profiles (Continued)

Item Description Example

The digit string has matched a numbering scheme of

the DigitMap but with more digits it may match an
Digit Map Short alternative numbering scheme as well. Therefore,
4
Timer (s) you need to configure the time of waiting to receive
digits. The value ranges from 1 to 254; the unit is
second. The default setting is 4.

When at least one digit is required to match any

numbering scheme of DigitMap, you need to set the
Digit Map Long
time of waiting for receiving the digit. The value 16
Timer (s)
ranges from 1 to 254; the unit is second. The default
setting is 16.

The matching result will be reported as soon as the

Notify Match Each Notify Match
digit string matches any numbering scheme of
Map Only
DigitMap. The default setting is Notify Match Only.

Sets whether to enable the function of adjusting the

VBD State VBD Tx Interval (ms) and the VBD Rx Interval (ms) Disable
items. The default setting is Disable.

The time interval for sending packets. The value

VBD Tx Interval
ranges from 1 to 254; the unit is ms. The default 20
(ms)
setting is 20.

The time interval for receiving packets. The value

VBD Rx Interval
ranges from 1 to 254; the unit is ms. The default 10
(ms)
setting is 10.

The speech encoding method used in the T.30

transparent mode. The options include G711U,
VBD Voice Coder G711U
G711A, and Unmodified. The default setting is
Unmodified.
Registers the howler tone timeout function to stop
Off Hook Warning
playing the howler tone when the timer is expired. Unregistered
Tone Timeout
The default setting is Unregistered.

Flash Threshold The FLASH low-pulse width. The value ranges from
90
(ms) 90 to 120; the unit is ms. The default setting is 90 ms.

Sets whether to register the RFC2833 auto-

RFC2833 Nego negotiation function to encapsulate DTMF based on Non-auto-
State the RFC2833. The default setting is Non-auto- negotiation
negotiation.

The default RFC2833 loading mode. The value

Def RFC2833 PT 97
ranges from 96 to 127. The default setting is 97.

Version: A 5-69
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 5-15 Planning Data for Configuring Softswitch Intercommunication Profiles (Continued)

Item Description Example

The default RFC2198 loading mode. The value

Def RFC2198 PT 96
ranges from 96 to 127. The default setting is 96.

T38 Event Detect The mode for detecting and reporting the T.38 event.
normal
Mode The options include normal, only V21 and all V21.

The caller ID modes include the FSK mode and the

Caller ID Mode FSK
DTMF mode. The default setting is FSK.

The polling check time for on-hook events. The value

On Hook Detect
ranges from 90 to 2500; the unit is ms. The default 600
Time (ms)
setting is 600 ms.

The dialing tone timeout value. The value ranges

Dialing Tone
from 1 to 254; the unit is second. The default setting 60
Timeout (s)
is 60 seconds.
The ringing (no answer tone) timeout value: if the set
No Answer Tone period of time expires, it is considered that the phone
60
Timeout (s) is not answered. The value ranges from 1 to 254; the
unit is second. The default setting is 60 seconds.

The busy tone timeout value. The value ranges from

Busy Tone
1 to 254; the unit is second. The default setting is 60 60
Timeout (s)
seconds.
The timeout value for the howler tone played after the
ROHT Timeout (s) busy tone. The value ranges from 1 to 254; the unit is 60
second. The default setting is 60 seconds.

The retransmission timeout value: the timer counts

the time after the MG sends a request to the MGC; if
Retransmission
the timer is expired, the MG will stop sending the 25
Timeout (s)
request. The value ranges from 1 to 60; the unit is
second. The default setting is 25 seconds.

Correct the packets with some errors; the default

EC Mode Enable
setting is Disable.

The CLI language used by the IAD; the options

CLI Language English
include Chinese and English.

NGN Register
The value ranges from 1 to 3600; the unit is second.
Timer Threshold 600
The default setting is 600.
(s)

NGN Register The value ranges from 1 to 4096; the default setting
1
User Threshold is 1.
You can select Notify or Service Change. The
Alive format Notify
default setting is Notify.

5-70 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Procedure

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→Softswitch

Parameters Profile to open the Softswitch Parameters Profile tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for
Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a
Softswitch intercommunication parameter profile.

4. Configure the parameters of the softswitch intercommunication profile

according to the planning data in Table 5-15.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-46.

Figure 5-46 Configuring Softswitch Intercommunication Profiles

5.4.6.2 Binding the Softswitch Intercommunication Profile

Apply the configured softswitch intercommunication profile to a certain ONU.

Planning Data

Table 5-16 Planning Data for Binding the Softswitch Intercommunication Profile

Item Description Example

The number of the slot on the service

Slot No. 15
interface card actually used.

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1

ONU No. The number of the ONU actually used. 1

The name of the softswitch
Profile Name ngn1
intercommunication parameter profile.

Version: A 5-71
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Procedure

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Voice Config→IAD Softswitch Profile Binding
to open the IAD Softswitch Profile Binding tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-16.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-47.

Figure 5-47 Binding Softswitch Intercommunication Profile

5.4.6.3 Binding the Softswitch Intercommunication Profile in a

Batch Manner

Apply the configured softswitch intercommunication profile to multiple ONUs.

Planning Data

Table 5-17 Planning Data for Binding the Softswitch Intercommunication Profile in a Batch
Manner

Item Description Example

The number of the slot on the service interface card

Slot No. 14
actually used.

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1

ONU No. The number of the ONU actually used. 1 2

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B AN5506-10-B1

IP Configure Select the modes for obtaining the IP address: static,

static static
Mode PPPoE, and DHCP. The default setting is static.

5-72 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Table 5-17 Planning Data for Binding the Softswitch Intercommunication Profile in a Batch
Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

When the DHCP or the PPPoE function is enabled,

the IP address assigned to the ONU dynamically will
ONU Static
override the public IP address assigned to the ONU 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.2
Public IP
by the system. Configure according to the network
planning of the operator.

ONU Static Configure according to the network planning of the

255.255.0.0 255.255.0.0
Public IP Mask operator.

ONU Static
Configure according to the network planning of the
Public IP 192.168.1.254 192.168.1.254
operator.
Gateway

The name of the softswitch intercommunication

Profile Name ngn1
parameter profile.

Procedure

1. Click the system in the "Object Tree" pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Voice Basic

Configure to open the ONU Voice Basic Configure tab.

3. Click "Set Object As Condition", and in the "Object Tree" pane that appears,
select the objects that you need to configure in a batch manner according to the
planning data in Table 5-17, as shown in Figure 5-48.

Version: A 5-73
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 5-48 Configuring Objects for GPON Configuration in a Batch Manner

4. Click OK, and configure basic parameters for the ONU voice service in the right
pane according to the planning data in Table 5-17.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-49.

Figure 5-49 ONU Voice Basic Configuration

5.4.7 Configuring NGN Heartbeat Parameters

Configure the heartbeat parameters between the MG and the MGC.

Prerequisites

Set the Keep Alive in the Uplink Interface to Enable Initiative or Enable Passive.

5-74 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Planning Data

Table 5-18 Planning Data for Configuring the NGN Heartbeat Parameters

Item Description Example

Signaling This item should be consistent with the Service Name set in
Service Name Local End Service VLAN configuration and the Interface ngn1
@ Interface ID ID set in NGN Uplink Interface configuration.

The period of sending keep-alive messages. The value

Alive Interval
ranges from 1 to 43200; the unit is second. The default 30
(s)
setting is 30 seconds.

The maximum timeout times that the softswitch platform

MGC permits the ONU to send the keep-alive messages; if
Alive Times the value is exceeded, it is considered that the MGC loses 3
its communication with the ONU. The value ranges from 1
to 120. The default setting is 3.

Procedure

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select Voice Config→Keep Alive in the Menu Tree pane to open the Keep
Alive tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-18.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-50.

Figure 5-50 Configuring NGN Heartbeat Parameters

Version: A 5-75
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5.4.8 Configuring IAD MD5 Authentication

Configure the MD5 authentication of the voice service. This operation is mainly used
in the authentication between the IAD and the softswitch platform.

Prerequisites

The endpoint domain name has been configured in the NGN uplink subscriber data.

Planning Data

Table 5-19 Planning Data for Configuring the IAD MD5 Authentication

Item Description Example

Set this item to be consistent with the

Endpoint Domain
endpoint domain name configured in the 10.90.60.1
Name
NGN uplink subscriber data.

Configure according to the network

MD5 State Enable
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

MGID 1234567
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

KEY 0123456789ABCDEF
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

DHG value (g) 2
planning of the operator.

FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFA63-
A3620F44C42E9625E7EC
6E485B5766D51C2454F-
E1356DF25F1437302B0A
6DCD3A431BEF9519-
Configure according to the network B38E3404D-
DHP value (p)
planning of the operator. D514A08793B139
B22020BBEA68A67C-
C7429024E0880DC1CD1-
C4C6
628B2168C234C90FDAA2-
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF

5-76 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Procedure

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Voice Config→IAD MD5 Configuration to

open the IAD MD5 Configuration tab.

3. Click the Append button in the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for Add:
dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add an IAD MD5
entry.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-19.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-51.

Figure 5-51 Configuring IAD MD5 Authentication

5.4.9 Registering / Unregistering the NGN User

Register or unregister the NGN user to the MGC.

Prerequisites

The operation object is the user index. This user index should have been configured
in the system, and this index and the corresponding NGN configuration should have
been sent to the destination ONU.

Planning Data

Table 5-20 Planning Data for Registering / Unregistering the NGN Users

Item Description Example

User Index Enter the configured NGN user index. 77770001

Configure this item according to the actual
Register / Unregister Register
situation.

Version: A 5-77
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Procedure

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select System Control→NGN User Register/

Unregister to open the NGN User Register/Unregister tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 5-20.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-52.

Figure 5-52 Registering / Unregistering NGN Users

5.4.10 Configuring the Digitmap

Configure the digitmap of the SIP protocol. In course of dialing, the gateway
matches the dialed digits against the numbering scheme in the digitmap and reports
to the Softswitch or IMS when a match is found.

Note:

Please configure the digitmap according to the practical project

conditions to allow quick match of the digits.

Prerequisites

The VoIP service has been started up, and the configuration of the softswitch
intercommunication profile has been completed.

5-78 Version: A
 5 Configuring Voice Services

Planning Data

Table 5-21 Planning Data for Configuring the Digitmap

Item Description Configuration Procedures

Configure according to the network

Digit map [0-9ABCD].|[EF][0-9ABCDEF].
planning of the operator.

Procedure

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select Voice Config→DigitMap in the Menu Tree pane to open the DigitMap
tab.

3. Configure the digitmap according to the planning data in Table 5-21.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 5-53.

Figure 5-53 Configuring the Digitmap

Version: A 5-79
6 Configuring Data Services

The following uses examples to introduce how to configure data services in the
following modes: transparent transmission, TAG, VLAN 1:1 translation, VLAN N:1
translation, and flexible QinQ.

Example for Data Service Configuration – in the VLAN Transparent

Transmission Mode

Example for Data Service Configuration - in the TAG Mode

Example for Data Service Configuration – in the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode

Example for Data Service Configuration - in the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode

Example for Data Service Configuration - in the Selective QinQ Mode

Version: A 6-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.1 Example for Data Service Configuration – in

the VLAN Transparent Transmission Mode

The following introduces how to configure data services in the transparent

transmission mode using an example.

6.1.1 Configuration Rules

u The VLAN transparent transmission mode: The Ethernet data forwarded from
the subscriber side will be added with a VLAN ID when passing the
subscriber’s home gateway. Then, the data will be processed in the following
two ways:

4 The CVLAN ID will be transparently transmitted and added with an SVLAN

ID when passing the ONU. After being forwarded to the AN5116-06B, the
data service will not be processed by the AN5116-06B, but transparently
transmitted to the providers network side equipment.

4 The CVLAN ID will be transparently transmitted and forwarded to the

AN5116-06B via the ONU. After adding the SVLAN ID to the data service,
the AN5116-06B will transmit the data service to the providers network
side equipment.

u The VLAN ID of the ONU ranges from 1 to 4085.

4 To add stacked VLAN tags to the data service, the SVLAN ID must be
within the preset range of the local end VLAN.

4 If single VLAN is used for the data service, the CVLAN ID should be within
the range of the local VLAN.

u The ONU data service configuration can be implemented in the service profile
or the ONU service configuration. If the data service configurations of the ONUs
are the same, the batch configurations can be implemented using the service
profile.

u The sum of the fixed bandwidth and assured bandwidth of the service in the
bandwidth allocation should not exceed the configured maximum bandwidth.

u A LAN port of the AN5506-04-B ONU supports up to 6 data services, and a

LAN port of the AN5506-10-B1 ONU can support up to 10 data services.

6-2 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.1.2 Network Diagram

The data service network in the transparent transmission mode is shown in

Figure 6-1.

Figure 6-1 The Data Service Network in the VLAN Transparent Transmission Mode

u In the uplink direction, each subscriber's PC is connected to an ONU via a

home gateway, which adds a layer of CVLAN ID to the data service from the
PC. When the services are received at the ONU, the ONU will transparently
transmit the first VLAN tag, add an SVLAN ID to the data service and then
transmit the data service to the OLT using a splitter. The OLT will not process
the service but transmit it to the providers network via the uplink port directly.

u In the downlink direction, the data services carrying stacked VLANs pass by the
OLT without being processed. The services are transmitted to the
corresponding ONUs via the splitter. The ONUs strip the SVLAN and
transparently transmit the CVLAN. Then the data carrying CVLAN only are
transmitted to the corresponding HGs. The HGs strip the CVLAN and transmit
the data to the subscribers' PCs.

The AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as ONUs in this example. The
AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the interface cards at the
network side and the subscriber side respectively. And the HSWA card is
compulsory.

Version: A 6-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.1.3 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 1

ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-04-B as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for the ONUs of type 1 respectively in the transparent transmission
mode.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

6.1.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the AN5506-04-B in the transparent mode
respectively are shown in Table 6-1 and Table 6-2.

Table 6-1 Planning Data for the Configuring AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the Transparent
Mode Respectively

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1

ONU information Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-B

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service Name data1
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
Local end
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
service VLAN
VLAN ID End service. The starting VLAN ID should not be larger 3001
than the ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2

6-4 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-1 Planning Data for the Configuring AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the Transparent
Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink

service VLAN. There are two options: TAG and
UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when
they pass the port and the packets will be
TAG/UNTAG TAG
uplinked in the untag form, while the downlink
untag packets will be added with designated
tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind in this example. Auto Bind

Table 6-2 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the Transparent Mode
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select Data. Data

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even
Fixed if the service does not use the bandwidth resource,
128
Bandwidth other services cannot occupy the resource. The default
setting is 128 Kbit/s.

The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s

Bandwidth Assured uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by
0
allocation Bandwidth this service, the resource may be released for other
services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.

The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
Maximum
bandwidth value should not be larger than the 512
Bandwidth
maximum bandwidth value. The default setting is 512
Kbit/s.
Port No. The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2

ONU port Enable / Configure this item according to the operator’s network
Default
basic Disable Port planning; the default setting is Enable.
information Port Auto Configure this item according to the operator’s network
Default
Negotiation planning; the default setting is Enable.

Version: A 6-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-2 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the Transparent Mode
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Port Speed Default
enabled. The default setting is 100 Mbit/s.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Duplex Default
enabled. The default value is full-duplex.

Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Flow Control Default
planning; the default setting is Disable.

Configure according to the network planning of the

operator. Select Tag or Untag. In the Tag mode, the
TAG Tag
uplink data packets are tagged, whereas in the Untag
mode, the uplink data packets are untagged.

Service Type Select Unicast. Unicast

When CVLAN mode is Transparent, the item should be
consistent with the PON priority value. The value
COS ranges between 0 and 7. 7 stands for the highest 0
priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest one. It is
invalid when the item TAG is set to Untag.

When CVLAN mode is Transparent, the item should be

consistent with the CVLAN ID value. When the Tag
VLAN ID 100
mode is set to Untag, this item is unconfigurable. The

Configuring value range is 1 to 4085.

the ONU port When the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item can be
service CVLAN Mode Tag or Transparent. When the Tag Mode is set to Tag, Transparent
parameters this item can be Translation or Transparent.

Configure according to the network planning of the

CVLAN ID 100
operator. The value range is 1 to 4085.

The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for

PON priority or
the highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest 0
COS
one.
Ds Encrypt
Disabled by default Disable
State
QinQ State Enables / disables the QinQ configuration. Enable
When the QinQ State is Disable, this item cannot be
SVLAN ID 3000
configured. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

Corresponding to the service name in the local end

Service name service VLAN configuration. Unconfigurable when the data1
QinQ State is disable.

6-6 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-2 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the Transparent Mode
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

The SVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for

PON priority or the highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest
0
COS one. When the QinQ enabling status is "disable", this
item cannot be configured.

6.1.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service respectively in the transparent transmission
mode for the AN5506-04-B is shown in Figure 6-2.

Figure 6-2 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow and set the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU, and add VLAN
tags to the data service.

Version: A 6-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.1.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a local VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-3.

Figure 6-3 Local End Service VLAN Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively

6.1.3.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config to open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-2.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 6-4.

6-8 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-4 GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively

6.1.3.5 Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List. Click Add to create a data service.

4. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-2.

Figure 6-5 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Transparent
Transmission Mode Respectively

Version: A 6-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5. Click OK and return to the ONU Port Config tab. Right-click LAN1 in the Data
Port List and select Copy Port Config. Right-click LAN2 and select Paste
Port Config.

6. After the configuration, click the Modify On Device to complete the service
configuration for the AN5506-04-B, as shown in Figure 6-6.

Figure 6-6 The Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-04-B in the Transparent
Transmission Mode (Configured Respectively)

6.1.3.6 Configuration Result

The PC1 and PC2 can access the Internet normally.

6-10 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.1.4 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type

1 ONUs)

The following introduces how to configure the data service for type 1 ONUs in the
transparent mode in a batch manner using the AN5506-04-B as an example.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

6.1.4.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the AN5506-04-B in the transparent mode in a
batch manner are shown in Table 6-3 and Table 6-4.

Table 6-3 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the Transparent
Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

ONU PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1
informa- Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
tion operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-B

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service Name data1
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End The starting VLAN ID should not be larger than the ending 3001
VLAN ID.
Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2

Local end Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service

service VLAN. There are two options: TAG and UNTAG.

VLAN u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink

packets will be stripped automatically when they pass
the port and the packets will be uplinked in the untag
TAG/UNTAG TAG
form, while the downlink untag packets will be added
with designated tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink / downlink
data packets will not be processed when they pass
the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

Version: A 6-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-3 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the Transparent
Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind in this example. Auto Bind

Table 6-4 Planning data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU side in the Transparent
Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Profile Name The bandwidth allocation profile name. a

Service Type Selects Data in this example. Data
The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.
Even if the service does not use the bandwidth
Fixed Bandwidth 128
resource, other services cannot occupy the
resource. The default setting is 128 Kbit/s.

The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an

Bandwidth ONU’s uplink service. If the bandwidth resource
Allocation Assured Bandwidth is not used by this service, the resource may be 0
released for other services. The default setting
is 0.
The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink
service. The sum of the fixed bandwidth value
Maximum Bandwidth and the assured bandwidth value should not be 512
larger than the maximum bandwidth value. The
default setting is 512 Kbit/s.

Configure according to the network planning of

Profile Name b
the operator.

Enable / Disable The default setting is Enable. Enable

Auto Negotiation The default setting is Enable. Enable
The default setting is 10 Mbit/s, unconfigurable
Speed (bit/s) -
when Auto Negotiation is set to Enable.
Data
The default setting is Full-duplex,
Service
Duplex Mode unconfigurable when Auto Negotiation is set to -
Profile
Enable.
Flow Control Disabled by default Disable
Port Limit Enable /
Disabled by default Disable
Disable
The default value is 0. Unconfigurable when the
Port Uplink Limit -
port limit is disabled.

6-12 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-4 Planning data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU side in the Transparent
Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

The default value is 0. Unconfigurable when the

Port Downlink Limit -
port limit is disabled.

Configure according to the network planning of

the operator. Select Tag or Untag. In the Tag
TAG mode, the uplink data packets are tagged, Tag
whereas in the Untag mode, the uplink data
packets are untagged.

When CVLAN mode is Transparent, the item

should be consistent with the PON priority
COS value. The value ranges from 0 to 7. When the 0
Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item is
unconfigurable.

When CVLAN mode is set to Transparent, this

item should be consistent with the CVLAN ID
VLAN ID 100
value. It is invalid when the item TAG is set to
Untag. The value range is 1 to 4085.

Ds Encrypt State Disabled by default Disable

When the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item
can be Tag or Transparent. When the Tag Mode
CVLAN Mode Transparent
is set to Tag, this item can be Translation or
Transparent.

Configure according to the network planning of

CVLAN ID 100
the operator. The value range is 1 to 4085.

COS The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 0

The options include Enable and Disable. The
QinQ State Enable
default setting is Disable.

Corresponding to the service name in the local

SVLAN Name end service VLAN configuration. Unconfigurable data1
when the QinQ State is disable.
The value ranges from 1 to 4085.
SVLAN ID 3000
Unconfigurable when the QinQ State is disable.

The SVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7

stands for the highest priority level, and 0
COS 0
stands for the lowest one. Unconfigurable when
the QinQ State is disable.
Service Configure according to the network planning of
Profile Name c
Profile the operator.

Version: A 6-13
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-4 Planning data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU side in the Transparent
Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the actually used ONU. AN5506-04-B

Profile Select the Bandwidth Config Profile in this
ONU Bandwidth Config Profile
Type example.
Subpro-
Profile Consistent with the profile name configured in
file Config a
Name the bandwidth allocation profile.

Port Type The type of the actually used port LAN port

Port No. The port that is actually used. 1 2

Port Profile
Select Data Service Profile in this example. Data Service Profile
Subpro- Type
file Profile Consistent with the profile name configured in
b
Config Name the data service profile.

Consistent with the profile name configured in

Profile ID c
the service profile.

Action Bind the service profile to the ONU. Attach

Service
Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15
Profile
Binding PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1
The ONU authorization number assigned
ONU No. according to the network planning of the 1
operator.

6.1.4.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data services in the transparent transmission mode for
the AN5506-04-B in a batch manner is shown in Figure 6-7.

6-14 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-7 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow and set the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring the Data Service Profile

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU, and add VLAN
tags to the data service.

4. Creating the Service Profile

Configure the bandwidth allocation profile and data service profile.

5. Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

Apply the bandwidth allocation and data service configuration of the service
profile to the ONU by binding the ONU to the service profile.

Version: A 6-15
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.1.4.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.1.4.4 Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

3. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. In the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK. Then
double-click a blank area of the Profile Name and enter a.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in
the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-4.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-8.

Figure 6-8 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

6.1.4.5 Configuring the Data Service Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config, and then select the Data Service Profile tab.

6-16 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

3. Click the left pane, and then click the Append button in the toolbar. Enter 1 in
the Please Input the Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK to
add a data service profile b. Configure the basic parameters of the port
according to the planning data in Table 6-4.

4. Click the right pane, and then click the Append button in the toolbar. Enter 1 in
the Please Input the Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.
Configure the VLAN tags for the service flow according to the planning data in
Table 6-4.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-9.

Figure 6-9 Multicast Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Transparent
Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

6.1.4.6 Creating the Service Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config to open the Service Profile Config tab.

3. Click the left pane, and then click the button on the toolbar. In the Please Input
the Rows for Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK
to add a service profile.

4. Double-click the Profile Name text box, enter c, and select AN5506-04-B from
the drop-down list of the ONU Type. Double-click the blank area of ONU
Subprofile Config to access the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box.

5. In the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile entry.
Click the Profile Type drop-down list to select Bandwidth Config Profile. Click
the Profile Name drop-down list to select a.

Version: A 6-17
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-10 ONU Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

6. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

7. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.

8. Click the Port Type drop-down list to select LAN port. Double-click the blank
area of the Port No. and enter 1 and 2. Double-click the blank area of the ONU
Port Profile Config to access the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box.

9. In the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile entry.
Click the Profile Type drop-down list to select Bandwidth Config Profile. Click
the Profile Name drop-down list to select b.

6-18 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-11 Port Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

10. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

11. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the
configuration, as shown in Figure 6-12.

Figure 6-12 Service Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

6.1.4.7 Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

Version: A 6-19
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config, and then select the Service Profile Binding tab.

3. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in
the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK.

4. Double-click a blank area under the ONU No. item, and select PON-AN5506-
04-B[1] in the Select Objects dialog box.

Figure 6-13 Selecting Object - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Transparent
Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

5. Click OK and return to the Service Profile Binding window.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the alert box
that appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-14.

Figure 6-14 Binding the AN5506-04-B to the Service Profile - Configuring under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

6-20 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.1.4.8 Configuration Result

The PC1 and PC2 can access the Internet normally.

6.1.5 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 2

ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

data services for the ONUs of type 2 in the transparent transmission mode
respectively.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

6.1.5.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the transparent mode
respectively are shown in Table 6-5 and Table 6-6.

Table 6-5 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the Transparent
Transmission Mode Respectively

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-10-B1

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service Name data1
operator.

Local end Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
service The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN VLAN ID End The starting VLAN ID should not be larger than the ending 3001
VLAN ID.
Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2

Version: A 6-21
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-5 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the Transparent
Transmission Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service

VLAN. There are two options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they pass
the port and the packets will be uplinked in the untag
TAG/UNTAG TAG
form, while the downlink untag packets will be added
with designated tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed when
they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind in this example. Auto Bind

Table 6-6 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the
Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively

Item Description Example

Service Type Select integrated service. Integrated service

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even if

the service does not use the bandwidth resource, other
Fixed Bandwidth 128
services cannot occupy the resource. The default setting
is 128 Kbit/s.
The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s uplink
Bandwidth
Assured service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by this
allocation 0
Bandwidth service, the resource may be released for other services.
The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. The

Maximum sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
512
Bandwidth bandwidth value should not be larger than the maximum
bandwidth value. The default setting is 512 Kbit/s.

Port No. The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2

Enable / Disable Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Default
ONU port Port planning; the default setting is Enable.
basic Port Auto Configure this item according to the operator’s network
Default
information Negotiation planning; the default setting is Enable.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is enabled.

Port Speed Default
The default setting is 100 Mbit/s.

6-22 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-6 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the
Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is enabled.

Duplex Default
The default value is full-duplex.

Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Flow Control Default
planning; the default setting is Disable.

Configure according to the network planning of the

TLS No TLS
operator. Select TLS or No TLS.

Service Type Select Unicast. Unicast

Configure according to the network planning of the
VLAN Mode Transparent
operator. Select tag or transparent.

TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024

Configure according to the network planning of the
CVLAN ID 200
Configuring operator. The value range is 1 to 4085.

the ONU The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for the
Priority Or COS 0
port service highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest one.
parameters QinQ State Enables / disables the QinQ configuration. Enable
Corresponding to the service name in the local end
Service name data1
service VLAN configuration.

Configure according to the network planning of the

VLAN ID 3001
operator. The default value is 4085.

TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024

The SVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for the
Priority Or COS 0
highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest one.

6.1.5.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service respectively in the transparent transmission
mode for the AN5506-04-B is shown in Figure 6-15.

Version: A 6-23
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-15 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow and set the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU, and add VLAN
tags to the data service.

6.1.5.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.1.5.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

6-24 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Configto open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-6.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the dialog
box that appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-16.

Figure 6-16 GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under
the Transparent Transmission Mode Respectively

6.1.5.5 Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 from the Data Port List. Click Add to create a data service, and
configure it according to the planning data in Table 6-6.

Version: A 6-25
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-17 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Transparent
Transmission Mode Respectively

4. Click OK and return to the ONU Port Config tab. Right-click LAN1 in the Data
Port List and select Copy Port Config. Right-click LAN2 and select Paste
Port Config.

5. Click the Modify On Device button to complete the service configuration for the
AN5506-10-B1, as shown in Figure 6-18.

6-26 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-18 The Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-10-B1 in the
Transparent Transmission Mode (Configured Respectively)

6.1.5.6 Configuration Result

The PC3 to PC4 can access the Internet normally.

Version: A 6-27
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.1.6 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type

2 ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for the ONUs of type 2 in the transparent transmission mode in a
batch manner.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

6.1.6.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the transparent mode in a
batch manner are shown in Table 6-7 and Table 6-8.

Table 6-7 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the Transparent
Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-10-B1

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service Name data1
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End The starting VLAN ID should not be larger than the ending 3001
VLAN ID.
Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Local end
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service
service
VLAN. There are two options: TAG and UNTAG.
VLAN
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they pass
the port and the packets will be uplinked in the untag
TAG/UNTAG TAG
form, while the downlink untag packets will be added
with designated tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed when
they pass the port.

6-28 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-7 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the Transparent
Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind in this example. Auto Bind

Table 6-8 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Profile Name The bandwidth allocation profile name. a

Service Type Select Integrated Service in this example. Integrated service

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even if

the service does not use the bandwidth resource, other
Fixed Bandwidth 128
services cannot occupy the resource. The default setting
is 128 Kbit/s.
Bandwidth
The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s uplink
Config
Assured service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by this
Profile 0
Bandwidth service, the resource may be released for other services.
The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. The

Maximum sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
512
Bandwidth bandwidth value should not be larger than the maximum
bandwidth value. The default setting is 512 Kbit/s.

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

Binding the PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1
Bandwidth The ONU authorization number assigned according to the
ONU No. 2
Allocation network planning of the operator.
Profile
Bandwidth
The bandwidth allocation profile name. a
Allocation
Configure according to the network planning of the
Profile Name b
operator.

Service Service Type Select Unicast. Unicast

model Configure the CVLAN mode for this service; both the tag
CVLAN Mode transparent
profile mode and the transparent mode are supported.

The options include Enable and Disable. The default value

QinQ State Enable
is Disable.

Configuring Profile Name The SVLAN profile name c

the SVLAN Corresponding to the service name in the local end
SVLAN Name data1
Profile service VLAN configuration.

Version: A 6-29
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-8 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024

SVLAN ID The value ranges from 1 to 4085. 3001

The SVLAN priority. The value ranges from 0 to 7. 7
PON priority or
stands for the highest priority level, and 0 stands for the 0
COS
lowest one.
Port No. The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2
ONU data Enable / Disable Select Enable. Enable
port MAC Address
Configured without MAC limit. 0
Quantity Limit

CTPID The default setting is 33024. 33024

CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4085. 200

The CVLAN priority. The value ranges from 0 to 7. 7
CCOS stands for the highest priority level, and 0 stands for the 0
ONU data
lowest one.
service
Corresponding to the service name in the local VLAN
SVLAN Name data1
service configuration.

Service Profile Select the configured service model profile. b

SVLAN Profile Select the configured SVLAN profile. c

6.1.6.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data services in the transparent transmission mode for
the AN5506-04-B in a batch manner is shown in Figure 6-19.

6-30 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-19 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Bind the configured bandwidth allocation profile to the ONU.

4. Configuring the Service Model Profile

Configure the data service type, CVLAN mode, and whether to enable the
translation function and QinQ.

Version: A 6-31
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5. Configuring the SVLAN Profile

Configure the SVLAN profile for ONU data service parameter configuration.

6. Configuring the ONU Data Port Parameters

Enable the ONU ports and set the MAC address quantity limit in a batch
manner.

7. Configuring the ONU Data Service Parameters

Configure the CVLAN and SVLAN in a batch manner.

6.1.6.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.1.6.4 Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

3. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. In the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK. Then
double-click a blank area of the Profile Name and enter a.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in
the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-8.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-20.

6-32 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-20 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

6.1.6.5 Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Configure to

open the ONU Configure tab.

3. Click Set Object As Condition in the Config Object pane, and all
configuration objects will be displayed in in the lower pane. Select the AN5506-
10-B1[2] under the No.1 PON in Slot 15 and click the OK button.

Figure 6-21 Setting the Object to Bind the Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-33
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. The specific configuration information of the object will be displayed in the right
pane. Click the drop-down list of the GPON Bandwidth Profile to select the
configured bandwidth profile a.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration.
See Figure 6-22 for the status of a successful configuration.

Figure 6-22 Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

6.1.6.6 Configuring the Service Model Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→Service Model

Profile to open the Service Model Profile tab.

3. Click the Append button in the toolbar. In the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK to create a service model
profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-8.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-23.

6-34 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-23 Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Transparent
Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

6.1.6.7 Configuring the SVLAN Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→SVLAN Profile to

open the SVLAN Profile tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new SVLAN
profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-8.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-24.

Figure 6-24 SVLAN Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-35
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.1.6.8 Configuring the ONU Data Port Parameters

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Data Port

Configure to open the ONU Data Port Configure tab.

3. Click Set Object As Condition in the Config Object pane. Select the LAN1
and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-10-B1[2] under PON port 1 in Slot 15, and click
OK.

Figure 6-25 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1s under the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the objects will be displayed in in the

right pane. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-8.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-26.

6-36 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-26 Configuring ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

6.1.6.9 Configuring the ONU Data Service Parameters

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Data Service

Configure to open the ONU Data Service Configure tab.

3. Click the Add Item number button in the toolbar to bring up the Add Item
number dialog box. Selects the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the ONU in the left
pane and click OK to return to the ONU Data Service Configure window.

Version: A 6-37
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-27 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring
the AN5506-10-B1s under the Transparent Transmission Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the objects will be displayed in in the

right pane. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-8.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-28.

6-38 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-28 Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the Transparent Transmission mode in a Batch Manner

6.1.6.10 Configuration Result

The PC3 to PC4 can access the Internet normally.

6.2 Example for Data Service Configuration - in

the TAG Mode

The following introduces how to configure data services in the TAG mode using an
example.

6.2.1 Configuration Rules

u In the TAG mode, the data are processed in two ways:

4 The client side Ethernet data are added with the VLAN ID and SVLAN ID
via the ONU, and then are transmitted to the AN5116-06B. The data
service will not be processed by the AN5116-06B but transparently
transmitted to the providers network side equipment.

Version: A 6-39
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4 The client side Ethernet data are added with the VLAN ID via the ONU,
and then are transmitted to the AN5116-06B. After adding the SVLAN ID to
the data service, the AN5116-06B will transmit the data service to the
providers network side equipment.

u The VLAN ID of the ONU ranges from 1 to 4085.

4 To add stacked VLAN tags to the data service, the SVLAN ID must be
within the preset range of the local end VLAN.

4 If single VLAN is used for the data service, the CVLAN ID should be within
the range of the local VLAN.

u The ONU data service configuration can be implemented in the service profile
or the ONU service configuration. If the data service configurations of the ONUs
are the same, the batch configurations can be implemented using the service
profile.

u The sum of the fixed bandwidth and assured bandwidth of the service in the
bandwidth allocation should not exceed the configured maximum bandwidth.

u A LAN port of the AN5506-04-B ONU supports up to 6 data services, and a

LAN port of the AN5506-10-B1 ONU can support up to 10 data services.

6.2.2 Network Diagram

The data service network in the TAG mode is shown in Figure 6-29.

Figure 6-29 The Data Service Network in the TAG Mode

6-40 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

u In the uplink direction, the data services from the subscribers' PCs are added
with the CVLAN and SVLAN via the ONUs. Then the data with stacked VLANs
are transmitted to the OLT via the splitter. The OLT will not process the services
but transmit them to the providers network via the uplink port directly.

u In the downlink direction, the data services carrying stacked VLANs pass by the
OLT without being processed. The services are transmitted to the
corresponding ONUs via the splitter. Then the ONUs strip the SVLAN and
CVLAN, and transmit the data to the subscribers' PCs.

The AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as ONUs in this example. The
AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the interface cards at the
network side and the subscriber side respectively. And the HSWA card is
compulsory.

6.2.3 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 1

ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-04-B as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for the ONUs of type 1 in the tag mode respectively.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

6.2.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring data services for the AN5506-04-B in the TAG
mode respectively are shown in Table 6-9 and Table 6-10.

Table 6-9 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the TAG Mode
Respectively

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-B

Local end Configure according to the network planning of the

Service Name data2
service VLAN operator.

Version: A 6-41
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-9 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the TAG Mode
Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End The starting VLAN ID should not be larger than the 3001
ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service
VLAN. There are two options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will be uplinked in the
TAG/UNTAG untag form, while the downlink untag packets will be TAG
added with designated tags when they pass the
port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed when
they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind in this example. Auto Bind

Table 6-10 Planning data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU side in the TAG mode (configured
respectively)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select Data. Data

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even if
the service does not use the bandwidth resource, other
Fixed Bandwidth 128
services cannot occupy the resource. The default setting
is 128 Kbit/s.
The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s
Bandwidth
Assured uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by
allocation 0
Bandwidth this service, the resource may be released for other
services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.

Maximum The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
512
Bandwidth bandwidth value should not be larger than the maximum
bandwidth value. The default setting is 512 Kbit/s.

ONU port basic

Port No. The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2
information

6-42 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-10 Planning data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU side in the TAG mode (configured
respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Enable / Disable Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Default
Port planning; the default setting is Enable.

Port Auto Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Default
Negotiation planning; the default setting is Enable.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Port Speed Default
enabled. The default setting is 100 Mbit/s.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Duplex Default
enabled. The default value is full-duplex.

Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Flow Control Default
planning; the default setting is Disable.

Configure according to the network planning of the

operator. Select Tag or Untag. In the Tag mode, the
TAG Untag
uplink data packets are tagged, whereas in the Untag
mode, the uplink data packets are untagged.

Service Type Select "Unicast". Unicast

When CVLAN mode is Transparent, the item should be
consistent with the PON priority value. The value ranges
COS -
from 0 to 7. When the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this
item is unconfigurable.

When CVLAN mode is Transparent, the item should be

consistent with the CVLAN ID value. When the Tag
Configuring the VLAN ID -
mode is set to Untag, this item is unconfigurable. The
ONU port
value range is 1 to 4085.
service
parameters When the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item can be Tag
CVLAN Mode or Transparent. When the Tag Mode is set to Tag, this Tag
item can be Translation or Transparent.

Configure according to the network planning of the

CVLAN ID 300
operator. The value range is 1 to 4085.

PON priority or The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for the
0
COS highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest one.

Ds Encrypt State Disabled by default Disable

QinQ State Enables / disables the QinQ configuration. Enable

When the QinQ State is Disable, this item cannot be
SVLAN ID 3000
configured. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

Version: A 6-43
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-10 Planning data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU side in the TAG mode (configured
respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Corresponding to the service name in the local end

Service name service VLAN configuration. Unconfigurable when the data2
QinQ State is disable.
The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for the
PON priority or highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest one.
0
COS When the QinQ State is Disable, this item cannot be
configured.

6.2.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service respectively in the TAG mode for the
AN5506-04-B is shown in Figure 6-30.

Figure 6-30 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the TAG
Mode Respectively

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

6-44 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU, and add VLAN
tags to the data service.

6.2.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a local VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-9.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-31.

Figure 6-31 Local End Service VLAN Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
TAG Mode Respectively

6.2.3.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-10.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-32.

Version: A 6-45
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-32 GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Cconfiguring the AN5506-04-B under
the TAG Mode Respectively

6.2.3.5 Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List. Click Add to create a data service.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-10.

6-46 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-33 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the TAG Mode
Respectively

5. Click OK and return to the ONU Port Config tab. Right-click LAN1 in the Data
Port List and select Copy Port Config. Right-click LAN2 and select Paste
Port Config.

6. After the configuration, click the Modify On Device to complete the service
configuration for the AN5506-04-B, as shown in Figure 6-34.

Version: A 6-47
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-34 The Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-04-B in the TAG Mode
(Configured Respectively)

6.2.3.6 Configuration Result

The PC1 and PC2 can access the Internet normally.

6-48 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.2.4 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type

1 ONUs)

The following takes the AN5506-04-B as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for the ONUs of type 1 in the TAG mode in a batch manner.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

6.2.4.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring data services for the AN5506-04-B in the TAG
mode in a batch manner are shown in Table 6-11 and Table 6-12.

Table 6-11 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the TAG Mode
in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-B

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service Name data2
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End The starting VLAN ID should not be larger than the 3001
ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2

Local end Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service

service VLAN. There are two options: TAG and UNTAG.

VLAN u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink

packets will be stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will be uplinked in the
TAG/UNTAG TAG
untag form, while the downlink untag packets will be
added with designated tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed when
they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

Version: A 6-49
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-11 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the TAG Mode
in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind in this example. Auto Bind

Table 6-12 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the TAG Mode
in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Profile Name The bandwidth allocation profile name. a

Service Type Selects Data in this example. Data
The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even if
the service does not use the bandwidth resource, other
Fixed Bandwidth 128
services cannot occupy the resource. The default setting
is 128 Kbit/s.
Bandwidth
The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s uplink
Config
Assured service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by this
Profile 0
Bandwidth service, the resource may be released for other services.
The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. The

Maximum sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
512
Bandwidth bandwidth value should not be larger than the maximum
bandwidth value. The default setting is 512 Kbit/s.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Profile Name b
operator.

Enable / Disable The default setting is Enable. Enable

Auto Negotiation The default setting is Enable. Enable
The default setting is 10 Mbit/s, unconfigurable when
Speed (bit/s) -
Auto Negotiation is set to Enable.

The default setting is Full-duplex, unconfigurable when

Data Service Duplex Mode -
Auto Negotiation is set to Enable.
Profile
Flow Disabled by default Disable
Port Limit Enable /
Disabled by default Disable
Disable
The default value is 0. Unconfigurable when the port limit
Port Uplink Limit -
is disabled.
Port Downlink The default value is 0. Unconfigurable when the port limit
-
Limit is disabled.

6-50 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-12 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the TAG Mode
in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of the

operator. Select Tag or Untag. In the Tag mode, the uplink
TAG Untag
data packets are tagged, whereas in the Untag mode, the
uplink data packets are untagged.

The value ranges from 0 to 7. When the Tag Mode is set

COS -
to Untag, this item is unconfigurable.

It is invalid when the item TAG is set to Untag. The value

VLAN ID -
range is 1 to 4085.

Ds Encrypt State Disabled by default Disable

When the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item can be Tag
CVLAN Mode or Transparent. When the Tag Mode is set to Tag, this Tag
item can be Translation or Transparent.

Configure according to the network planning of the

CVLAN ID 300
operator. The value range is 1 to 4085.

COS The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 0

The options include Enable and Disable. The default
QinQ State Enable
value is Disable.
Corresponding to the service name in the local end
SVLAN Name service VLAN configuration. Unconfigurable when the data2
QinQ State is disable.
The value ranges from 1 to 4085. Unconfigurable when
SVLAN ID 3000
the QinQ State is disable.
The SVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for the
COS highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest one. 0
Unconfigurable when the QinQ State is disable.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Profile Name c
operator.

ONU type The type of the actually used ONU. AN5506-04-B

ONU Profile Bandwidth Config

Service Select the Bandwidth Config Profile in this example.
Subpro- Type Profile
Profile
file Profile Consistent with the profile name configured in the
a
Config Name bandwidth allocation profile.

Port Type The type of the actually used port LAN port

Port No. The port that is actually used. 1 2

Version: A 6-51
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-12 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the TAG Mode
in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Port Profile Data Service

Select Data Service Profile in this example.
Subpro- Type Profile
file Profile Consistent with the profile name configured in the data
b
Config Name service profile.

Consistent with the profile name configured in the service

Profile ID c
profile.

Service Action Bind the service profile to the ONU. Attach

Profile Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15
Binding PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1
The ONU authorization number assigned according to the
ONU No. 1
network planning of the operator.

6.2.4.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data services in the TAG mode for the AN5506-04-B in a
batch manner is shown in Figure 6-35.

Figure 6-35 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the TAG
Mode in a Batch Manner

6-52 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring the Data Service Profile

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU, and add VLAN
tags to the data service.

4. Creating the Service Profile

Configure the bandwidth allocation profile and data service profile.

5. Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

Apply the bandwidth allocation and data service configuration of the service
profile to the ONU by binding the ONU to the service profile.

6.2.4.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.2.4.4 Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

3. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. In the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK. Then
double-click a blank area of the Profile Name and enter a.

4. Click the pane on the right side and then click the Append button in the toolbar.
In the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and
click OK.

Version: A 6-53
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-11.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-36.

Figure 6-36 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
TAG Mode in a Batch Manner

6.2.4.5 Configuring the Data Service Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config, and then select the Data Service Profile tab.

3. Click the left pane, and then click the Append button in the toolbar. Enter 1 in
the Please Input the Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK to
add a data service profile b. Configure the basic parameters of the port
according to the planning data in Table 6-12.

4. Click the right pane, and then click the Append button in the toolbar. Enter 1 in
the Please Input the Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.
Configure the VLAN tags for the service flow according to the planning data in
Table 6-12.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-37.

6-54 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-37 Data Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the TAG Mode in a
Batch Manner

6.2.4.6 Creating the Service Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config to open the Service Profile Config tab.

3. Click the left pane, and then click the button on the toolbar. In the Please Input
the Rows for Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK
to add a service profile.

4. Double-click the Profile Name text box, enter c, and select AN5506-04-B from
the drop-down list of the ONU Type. Double-click the blank area of ONU
Subprofile Config to access the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box.

5. In the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile entry.
Click the Profile Type drop-down list to select Bandwidth Config Profile. Click
the Profile Name drop-down list to select a.

Version: A 6-55
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-38 ONU Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the TAG
Mode in a Batch Manner

6. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

7. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK.

8. Click the Port Type drop-down list to select LAN port. Double-click the blank
area of the Port No. and enter 1 and 2. Double-click the blank area of the ONU
Port Profile Config to access the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box.

9. In the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile entry.
Click the Profile Type drop-down list to select Bandwidth Config Profile. Click
the Profile Name drop-down list to select b.

6-56 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-39 Port Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the TAG
Mode in a Batch Manner

10. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

11. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the
configuration, as shown in Figure 6-40.

Figure 6-40 Service Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the TAG
Mode in a Batch Manner

6.2.4.7 Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config, and then select the Service Profile Binding tab.

Version: A 6-57
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar, and tner 1 in
the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK.

4. Double-click a blank area under the ONU No. item, and select PON-AN5506-
04-B[1] in the Select Objects dialog box.

Figure 6-41 The Planning Data of ONU Profile ID Configuration for the AN5506-04-B in the
TAG Translation Mode (in a Batch Manner)

5. Click OK and return to the Service Profile Binding window.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the alert box
that appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-42.

Figure 6-42 Binding the AN5506-04-B to the Service Profile - Configuring under the TAG Mode
in a Batch Manner

6-58 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.2.4.8 Configuration Result

The PC1 and PC2 can access the Internet normally.

6.2.5 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 2

ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the data services for the ONUs of type 2 in the TAG mode respectively.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

6.2.5.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring data services for the AN5506-10-B1 in the TAG
mode respectively are shown in Table 6-13 and Table 6-14.

Table 6-13 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the TAG Mode
Respectively

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-10-B1

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service Name data2
operator.

Local end Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
service The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN VLAN ID End service. The starting VLAN ID should not be larger 3001
than the ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2

Version: A 6-59
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-13 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the TAG Mode
Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink

service VLAN. There are two options: TAG and
UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will be uplinked in
TAG/UNTAG TAG
the untag form, while the downlink untag
packets will be added with designated tags
when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind in this example. Auto Bind

Table 6-14 Planning Data for the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the TAG Mode
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select integrated service. Integrated service

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even if

the service does not use the bandwidth resource, other
Fixed Bandwidth 128
services cannot occupy the resource. The default
setting is 128 Kbit/s.

The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s

Bandwidth uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by
Assured Bandwidth 0
allocation this service, the resource may be released for other
services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.

The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
Maximum Bandwidth bandwidth value should not be larger than the 512
maximum bandwidth value. The default setting is 512
Kbit/s.
Port No. The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2

ONU port Enable / Disable Configure this item according to the operator’s network
Default
basic Port planning; the default setting is Enable.
information Port Auto Configure this item according to the operator’s network
Default
Negotiation planning; the default setting is Enable.

6-60 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-14 Planning Data for the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the TAG Mode
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Port Speed Default
enabled. The default setting is 100 Mbit/s.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Duplex Default
enabled. The default value is full-duplex.

Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Flow Control Default
planning; the default setting is Disable.

Configure according to the network planning of the

TLS No TLS
operator. Select TLS or No TLS.

Service Type Select "Unicast". Unicast

Configure according to the network planning of the
VLAN Mode tag
operator. Select tag or transparent.

TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024

Configure according to the network planning of the
CVLAN ID 400
operator. The value range is 1 to 4085.
Configuring The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for
the ONU Priority Or COS the highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest 0
port service one.
parameters QinQ State Enables / disables the QinQ configuration. Enable
Corresponding to the service name in the local end
Service name data2
service VLAN configuration.

Configure according to the network planning of the

VLAN ID 3001
operator. The default value is 4085.

TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024

The SVLAN priority. The value ranges between 0 and
Priority Or COS 7. 7 stands for the highest priority level, and 0 stands 0
for the lowest one.

6.2.5.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service respectively in the TAG mode for the
AN5506-10-B1 is shown in Figure 6-43.

Version: A 6-61
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-43 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the TAG
Mode Respectively

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring the ONU Port Data Service Parameters

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU, and add VLAN
tags to the data service.

6.2.5.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6-62 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.2.5.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-14.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the dialog
box that appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-44.

Figure 6-44 GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under
the TAG Mode Respectively

6.2.5.5 Configuring the ONU Port Data Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 from the Data Port List. Click Add to create a data service, and
configure it according to the planning data in Table 6-14.

Version: A 6-63
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-45 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the TAG Mode
Respectively

4. Click OK and return to the ONU Port Config tab. Right-click LAN1 in the Data
Port List and select Copy Port Config. Right-click LAN2 and select Paste
Port Config.

5. Click the Modify On Device button to complete the service configuration for the
AN5506-10-B1, as shown in Figure 6-46.

6-64 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-46 The Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-10-B1 in the TAG
Mode (Configured Respectively)

6.2.5.6 Configuration Result

The PC3 to PC4 can access the Internet normally.

Version: A 6-65
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.2.6 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type

2 ONUs)

The following takes the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for type 2 ONUs in the TAG mode in a batch manner.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

6.2.6.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring data services for the AN5506-10-B1 in the TAG
mode in a batch manner are shown in Table 6-15 and Table 6-16.

Table 6-15 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the TAG Mode
in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-10-B1

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service Name data2
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End The starting VLAN ID should not be larger than the ending 3001
VLAN ID.
Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2

Local end Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service

service VLAN. There are two options: TAG and UNTAG.

VLAN u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink

packets will be stripped automatically when they pass
the port and the packets will be uplinked in the untag
TAG/UNTAG TAG
form, while the downlink untag packets will be added
with designated tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed when
they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

6-66 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-15 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the TAG Mode
in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind in this example. Auto Bind

Table 6-16 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the TAG
Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Profile Name The bandwidth allocation profile name. a

Service Type Select Integrated Service in this example. Integrated service

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even if

the service does not use the bandwidth resource, other
Fixed Bandwidth 128
services cannot occupy the resource. The default setting
is 128 Kbit/s.
Bandwidth
The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s uplink
Config
Assured service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by this
Profile 0
Bandwidth service, the resource may be released for other services.
The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. The

Maximum sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
512
Bandwidth bandwidth value should not be larger than the maximum
bandwidth value. The default setting is 512 Kbit/s.

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

Binding the PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1
Bandwidth The ONU authorization number assigned according to the
ONU No. 2
Allocation network planning of the operator.
Profile
Bandwidth
The bandwidth allocation profile name. a
Allocation
Configure according to the network planning of the
Profile Name b
operator.

Service Type Select Unicast. Unicast

Service
Configure the CVLAN mode for this service; both the tag
model profile CVLAN Mode tag
mode and the transparent mode are supported.

The options include Enable and Disable. The default

QinQ State Enable
value is Disable.
Profile Name The SVLAN profile name c
Configuring
Corresponding to the service name in the local end
the SVLAN SVLAN Name data2
service VLAN configuration.
Profile
TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024

Version: A 6-67
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-16 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the TAG
Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

SVLAN ID The value ranges from 1 to 4085. 3001

The SVLAN priority. The value ranges from 0 to 7. 7
PON priority or
stands for the highest priority level, and 0 stands for the 0
COS
lowest one.
Port No. The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2
ONU data Enable / Disable Select Enable. Enable
port MAC Address
Configured without MAC limit. 0
Quantity Limit

CTPID The default setting is 33024. 33024

CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4085. 400

The CVLAN priority. The value ranges from 0 to 7. 7
CCOS stands for the highest priority level, and 0 stands for the 0
ONU data
lowest one.
service
Corresponding to the service name in the local VLAN
SVLAN Name data2
service configuration.

Service Profile Select the configured service model profile. b

SVLAN Profile Select the configured SVLAN profile. c

6.2.6.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data services in the TAG mode for the AN5506-10-B1 in
a batch manner is shown in Figure 6-47.

6-68 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-47 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the TAG
Mode in a Batch Manner

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Bind the configured bandwidth allocation profile to the ONU.

4. Configuring the Service Model Profile

Configure the data service type, CVLAN mode, and whether to enable the
translation function and QinQ.

Version: A 6-69
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5. Configuring the SVLAN Profile

Configure the SVLAN profile for ONU data service parameter configuration.

6. Configuring the ONU Data Port Parameters

Enable the ONU ports and set the MAC address quantity limit in a batch
manner.

7. Configuring the ONU Data Service Parameters

Configure the CVLAN and SVLAN in a batch manner.

6.2.6.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.2.6.4 Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

3. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. In the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK. Then
double-click a blank area of the Profile Name and enter a.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in
the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-16.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-48.

6-70 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-48 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner

6.2.6.5 Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Configure to

open the ONU Configure tab.

3. Click Set Object As Condition in the Config Object pane, and all
configuration objects will be displayed in in the lower pane. Select the AN5506-
10-B1[2] under the No.1 PON in Slot 15 and click the OK button.

Figure 6-49 Setting the Object to Bind the Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-71
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. The specific configuration information of the object will be displayed in the right
pane. Click the drop-down list of the GPON Bandwidth Profile to select the
configured bandwidth profile a.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration.
See Figure 6-50 for the status of a successful configuration.

Figure 6-50 Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner

6.2.6.6 Configuring the Service Model Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→Service Model

Profile to open the Service Model Profile tab.

3. Click the Append button in the toolbar. In the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK to create a service model
profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-16.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-51.

6-72 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-51 Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the TAG Mode in a
Batch Manner

6.2.6.7 Configuring the SVLAN Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→SVLAN Profile to

open the SVLAN Profile tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new SVLAN
profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-16.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-52.

Figure 6-52 SVLAN Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the TAG
Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-73
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.2.6.8 Configuring the ONU Data Port Parameters

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Data Port

Configure to open the ONU Data Port Configure tab.

3. Click Set Object As Condition in the Config Object pane. Select the LAN1
and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-10-B1[2] under PON port 1 in Slot 15, and click
OK.

Figure 6-53 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1s under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the objects will be displayed in in the

right pane. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-16.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-54.

6-74 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-54 Configuring ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner

6.2.6.9 Configuring the ONU Data Service Parameters

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Data Service

Configure to open the ONU Data Service Configure tab.

3. Click the Add Item number button in the toolbar to bring up the Add Item
number dialog box. Selects the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the ONU in the left
pane and click OK to return to the ONU Data Service Configure window.

Version: A 6-75
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-55 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring
the AN5506-10-B1s under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the objects will be displayed in in the

right pane. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-16.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar and click "OK" in the alert box
that appears to complete the configuration, as shown in Figure 6-56.

Figure 6-56 Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the TAG Mode in a Batch Manner

6-76 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.2.6.10 Configuration Result

The PC3 to PC4 can access the Internet normally.

6.3 Example for Data Service Configuration – in

the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode

The following introduces how to configure data services in the VLAN 1:1 translation
mode using an example.

6.3.1 Configuration Rules

u Translation mode: The Ethernet data forwarded from the subscriber side will be
added with VLAN ID via the home gateway to the ONU. Three processing
modes are as follows.

4 The ONU converts the VLAN ID according to the operator's requirements

and adds the SVLAN ID and uploads to the AN5116-06B. The AN5116-
06B transparently transmits the data service to the providers network side
equipment without any processing.

4 The ONU converts the VLAN ID according to the operator's requirements

and uploads to the AN5116-06B. After adding the SVLAN ID, the AN5116-
06B transmits the data service to the providers network side equipment.

4 The ONU transparently transmits the CVLAN ID to the AN5116-06B. The

AN5116-06B converts the VLAN ID according to the operator's
requirements. After adding the SVLAN ID, the equipment transmits the
data service to the providers network side equipment.

u If you choose to add the SVLAN at the OLT side, the data in the User VLAN
Layer 1 of the OLT QinQ field should be consistent with the CVLAN ID added
by the ONU. Select the action transparent, enter the SVLAN ID in the New
VID box after User VLAN Layer 2, and select the action attach.

u When you bind the PON port of the GC8B card to the OLT QinQ domain, all the
ONUs under the PON port will forward data as per the rules defined in the QinQ
domain. When you bind an ONU to the OLT QinQ domain, the QinQ rules only
work to the bound ONU.

Version: A 6-77
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

u The VLAN ID of the ONU ranges from 1 to 4085.

4 To add stacked VLAN tags to the data service, the SVLAN ID must be
within the preset range of the local end VLAN.

4 If single VLAN is used for the data service, the CVLAN ID should be within
the range of the local VLAN.

u The ONU data service configuration can be implemented in the service profile
or the ONU service configuration. If the data service configurations of the ONUs
are the same, the batch configurations can be implemented using the service
profile.

u The sum of the fixed bandwidth and assured bandwidth of the service in the
bandwidth allocation should not exceed the configured maximum bandwidth.

u A LAN port of the AN5506-04-B ONU supports up to 6 data services, and a

LAN port of the AN5506-10-B1 ONU can support up to 10 data services.

u Each PON port can be bound with up to 32 VLAN operation tables.

6.3.2 Network Diagram

The data service network diagram (in the VLAN 1:1 translation mode) is shown in
Figure 6-57.

Figure 6-57 The Data Service Network Diagram (in the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode)

6-78 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

u In the uplink direction, the data services from the subscribers' PCs pass by the
HGs and are added with CVLAN tags. After that, the data services are sent to
the ONUs, which translate the CVLAN tags and transmit the data services to
the OLT via the splitter. The OLT adds SVLAN tags to the data services and
then transmit them to the providers network via the uplink port directly.

u In the downlink direction, the data services carrying stacked VLAN tags pass by
the OLT. The OLT strips the SVLAN tags, and transmits the data services to the
corresponding ONUs via the splitter. The ONUs translate the CVLAN tags and
send the data services to the corresponding HGs. The HGs strip the CVLAN
tags and transmit the data to the subscribers' PCs.

The AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as ONUs in this example. The
AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the interface cards at the
network side and the subscriber side respectively. And the HSWA card is
compulsory.

6.3.3 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 1

ONUs)

The following takes the AN5506-04-B as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for type 1 ONUs in the VLAN 1:1 translation mode respectively.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

6.3.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the data service for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN
1:1 translation mode respectively are shown in Table 6-17 and Table 6-18.

Table 6-17 Planning Data at the OLT Side for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1 Translation
Mode (Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-B

Version: A 6-79
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-17 Planning Data at the OLT Side for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1 Translation
Mode (Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of the

Service Name data3
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End The starting VLAN ID should not be larger than the 3001
ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink
service VLAN. There are two options: TAG and
Local end UNTAG.
service VLAN u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will be uplinked in
TAG/UNTAG TAG
the untag form, while the downlink untag packets
will be added with designated tags when they
pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed when
they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

Creating OLT The OLT QinQ domain name. Up to 1024 QinQ

Domain Name aa
QinQ domain domains can be configured.

Service Type The default setting is single. Share

CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID transparently transmitted. 1000

COS The priority of the CVLAN transparently transmitted.
(CVLAN The value range is from 0 to 7. 7 stands for the highest 0
priority) priority level and 0 stands for the lowest one.
VLAN
If the user VLAN layer 1 has been configured, you
layer 1
Configuring can set the action to transparent or translation; if the
Action Transparent
OLT QinQ user VLAN layer 1 is not configured, you can set the
Domain action to transparent or attach.

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default

COS (OLT The SVLAN priority. The value range is from 0 to 7. 7
SVLAN stands for the highest priority level and 0 stands for the 0
VLAN
priority) lowest one.
layer 2
Action Select attach. Attach
TPID The default setting is 33024. Default

6-80 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-17 Planning Data at the OLT Side for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1 Translation
Mode (Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

New VID SVLAN ID 3000

Configure this item according to the network planning
Bind type VLAN1
OLT QinQ of the operator.

domain's Configure according to the network planning of the

Operator =
service uplink operator.
rules Configure according to the network planning of the
Bind value 1000
operator.

Configure this item according to the network planning

OLT QinQ Bind type VLAN1
of the operator.
domain's
Configure according to the network planning of the
service Operator =
operator.
downlink
Configure according to the network planning of the
rules Bind value 1000
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Binding PON Action Binding
operator.
Port to QinQ
The configured domain name in the created OLT QinQ
Domain Domain Name aa
domain

Table 6-18 Planning Data at the ONU Side for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1 Translation
Mode (Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select Data. Data

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even if
the service does not use the bandwidth resource, other
Fixed Bandwidth 128
services cannot occupy the resource. The default setting is
128 Kbit/s.
The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s uplink
Bandwidth
Assured service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by this
allocation 0
Bandwidth service, the resource may be released for other services.
The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. The

Maximum sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
512
Bandwidth bandwidth value should not be larger than the maximum
bandwidth value. The default setting is 512 Kbit/s.

ONU port
basic Port No. The number of the actually used ONU port. 1
information

Version: A 6-81
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-18 Planning Data at the ONU Side for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1 Translation
Mode (Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Enable / Disable Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Default
Port planning; the default setting is Enable.

Port Auto Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Default
Negotiation planning; the default setting is Enable.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is enabled.

Port Speed Default
The default setting is 100 Mbit/s.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is enabled.

Duplex Default
The default value is full-duplex.

Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Flow Control Default
planning; the default setting is Disable.

Configure according to the network planning of the

operator. Select Tag or Untag. In the Tag mode, the uplink
TAG Tag
data packets are tagged, whereas in the Untag mode, the
uplink data packets are untagged.

Service Type Select "Unicast". Unicast

When the CVLAN mode is set to Transparent, this item
should be consistent with the COS (priority in the PON).
COS 0
The value ranges from 0 to 7. When the Tag Mode is set to
Untag, this item is unconfigurable.

When the CVLAN mode is set to Transparent, this item

should be consistent with the CVLAN ID. Unconfigurable
VLAN ID 500
Configuring When the TAG Mode is Untag. The value ranges between
the ONU port 1 and 4085.
service When the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item can be Tag
parameters CVLAN Mode or Transparent. When the Tag Mode is set to Tag, this item Translation
can be Translation or Transparent.

The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges from 1 to

CVLAN ID 1000
4085.
The VLAN priority after translation, ranging from 0 to 7. 7
PON priority or
refers to the highest priority level, 0 refers to the lowest 0
COS
priority level.

Ds Encrypt
Disabled by default Disable
State
QinQ State Enables / disables the QinQ configuration. Disable
When the QinQ State is Disable, this item cannot be
SVLAN ID -
configured. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

6-82 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-18 Planning Data at the ONU Side for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1 Translation
Mode (Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Corresponding to the service name in the local end service

Service Name VLAN configuration. Unconfigurable when the QinQ State -
is disable.
The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for the
PON priority or highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest one.
-
COS When the QinQ State is Disable, this item cannot be
configured.

6.3.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service in the VLAN 1:1 mode for the AN5506-04-B
respectively is shown in Figure 6-58.

Figure 6-58 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode Respectively

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

Version: A 6-83
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring the ONU Port Data Service Parameters

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU and translate the
inner VLAN ID of data services.

4. Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

Configure the OLT's QinQ domain parameters and the QinQ service.

5. Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

Bind the QinQ domain to the PON port on the service interface card.

6.3.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a local service VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-17.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-59.

Figure 6-59 The Local End Service VLAN Data in the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode for the
AN5506-04-B (Configured Respectively)

6-84 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.3.3.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-18.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the alert box
that appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-60.

Figure 6-60 The GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.3.3.5 Configuring the ONU Port Data Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List. Click Add to create a data service.

4. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-18.

Version: A 6-85
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-61 Service Configuration for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode
(Configured Respectively)

5. Click OK and return to the ONU Port Config tab. Right-click LAN1 in the Data
Port List and select Copy Port Config. Right-click LAN2 and select Paste
Port Config.

6. Click the Create On Device to complete the service configuration for the
AN5506-04-B, as shown in Figure 6-62.

6-86 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-62 Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode (Configured Respectively)

6.3.3.6 Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→OLT QinQ Domain to open the
OLT QinQ Domain tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create an OLT QinQ domain.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-17.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-63.

Version: A 6-87
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-63 Configuring the QLT QinQ Domain for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode (Configured Respectively)

6.3.3.7 Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GC8B card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→PON Attach/Detach Domain to open

the PON Attach/Detach Domain tab.

3. Click the PON port to be bound with the QinQ domain and click the pane on the
right side. Click the Appendix button in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a domain
name.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-17.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-64.

Figure 6-64 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6-88 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.3.3.8 Configuration Result

The PC1 and PC2 can access the Internet normally.

6.3.4 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type

1 ONUs)

The following takes the AN5506-04-B as an example to introduce how to configure

the data services for type 1 ONUs in the VLAN 1:1 translation mode in a batch
manner.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

6.3.4.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1 translation
mode in a batch manner are shown in Table 6-19 and Table 6-20.

Table 6-19 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of
information ONU Auth No. 1
the operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-B

Configure according to the network planning of
Service Name data3
the operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
Local end
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
service VLAN
VLAN ID End service. The starting VLAN ID should not be 3001
larger than the ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2

Version: A 6-89
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-19 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink

service VLAN. There are two options: TAG and
UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the
uplink packets will be stripped automatically
when they pass the port and the packets will
TAG/UNTAG TAG
be uplinked in the untag form, while the
downlink untag packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink
/ downlink data packets will not be
processed when they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

The OLT QinQ domain name. Up to 1024 QinQ
Creating OLT domains can be configured. The QinQ domain
Domain Name aa
QinQ domain name should not exceed 16 bytes and should be
composed of numbers, letters or underlines only.

Service Type The default setting is single. Share

CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID transparently transmitted. 1000

The priority of the CVLAN transparently
COS
transmitted. The value ranges between 0 and 7.
(CVLAN 0
7 stands for the highest priority level and 0
priority)
stands for the lowest one.
VLAN layer 1 If the user VLAN layer 1 has been configured,
you can set the action to transparent or
Configuring translation; if the user VLAN layer 1 is not Transparent
Action
OLT QinQ configured, you can set the action to
Domain transparent or attach.

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default

COS (OLT The SVLAN priority. The value ranges between 0
SVLAN and 7. 7 stands for the highest priority level and 0
priority) 0 stands for the lowest one.
VLAN layer 2
Action Select attach. Attach
TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
New VID SVLAN ID 3000

6-90 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-19 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure this item according to the network

Bind type VLAN1
OLT QinQ planning of the operator.

domain's Configure according to the network planning of

Operator =
service uplink the operator.
rules Configure according to the network planning of
Bind value 1000
the operator.

Configure this item according to the network

OLT QinQ Bind type VLAN1
planning of the operator.
domain's
Configure according to the network planning of
service Operator =
the operator.
downlink
Configure according to the network planning of
rules Bind value 1000
the operator.

Configure according to the network planning of

Binding PON Action Binding
the operator.
Port to QinQ
The configured domain name in the created OLT
Domain Domain Name aa
QinQ domain

Table 6-20 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Profile Name The bandwidth allocation profile name. a

Service Type Selects Data in this example. Data

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.
Even if the service does not use the bandwidth
Fixed Bandwidth 128
resource, other services cannot occupy the
resource. The default setting is 128 Kbit/s.
Bandwidth The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s
Config uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used
Profile Assured Bandwidth 0
by this service, the resource may be released for
other services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink

service. The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and
Maximum Bandwidth the assured bandwidth value should not be larger 512
than the maximum bandwidth value. The default
setting is 512 Kbit/s.

Version: A 6-91
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-20 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of the

Profile Name b
operator.

Enable / Disable The default setting is Enable. Enable

Auto Negotiation The default setting is Enable. Enable
The default setting is 10 Mbit/s, unconfigurable when
Speed (bit/s) -
Auto Negotiation is set to Enable.

The default setting is Full-duplex, unconfigurable

Duplex Mode -
when Auto Negotiation is set to Enable.

Flow Control Disabled by default Disable

Port Limit Enable /
Disabled by default Disable
Disable
The default value is 0. Unconfigurable when the port
Port Uplink Limit -
limit is disabled.
The default value is 0. Unconfigurable when the port
Port Downlink Limit -
limit is disabled.
Configure according to the network planning of the
operator. Select Tag or Untag. In the Tag mode, the
TAG Tag
uplink data packets are tagged, whereas in the
Data Service
Untag mode, the uplink data packets are untagged.
Profile
When the CVLAN mode is set to Transparent, this
item should be consistent with the COS (priority in
COS the PON). The value ranges from 0 to 7. When the 0
Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item is
unconfigurable.

When the CVLAN mode is set to Transparent, this

item should be consistent with the CVLAN ID. It is
VLAN ID 500
invalid when the item TAG is set to Untag. The value
ranges between 1 and 4085.

Ds Encrypt State Disabled by default Disable

When the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item can be
CVLAN Mode Tag or Transparent. When the Tag Mode is set to Translation
Tag, this item can be Translation or Transparent.

The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges from

CVLAN ID 1000
1 to 4085.
COS The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 0
The options include Enable and Disable. The default
QinQ State Disable
setting is Disable.

6-92 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-20 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Corresponding to the service name in the local end

Service VLAN name service VLAN configuration. Unconfigurable when -
the QinQ State is disable.
The value ranges from 1 to 4085. Unconfigurable
SVLAN ID -
when the QinQ State is disable.
The SVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for
the highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest
PON priority -
one. Unconfigurable when the QinQ State is
disable.
Configure according to the network planning of the
Profile Name c
operator.

ONU type The type of the actually used ONU. AN5506-04-B

Profile Bandwidth Config
ONU Select the Bandwidth Config Profile in this example.
Type Profile
Subprofile
Profile Consistent with the profile name configured in the
Service Config a
Name bandwidth allocation profile.
Profile
Port Type The type of the actually used port LAN port

Port No. The port that is actually used. 1 2

Profile Data Service
Port Select Data Service Profile in this example.
Type Profile
Subprofile
Profile Consistent with the profile name configured in the
Config b
Name data service profile.

Consistent with the profile name configured in the

Profile ID c
service profile.

Service Action Bind the service profile to the ONU. Attach

Profile Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15
Binding PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1
The ONU authorization number assigned according
ONU No. 1
to the network planning of the operator.

6.3.4.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service in the VLAN 1:1 translation mode for the
AN5506-04-B in a batch manner is shown in Figure 6-65.

Version: A 6-93
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-65 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring the Data Service Profile

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU and translate the
inner VLAN ID of data services.

4. Creating the Service Profile

6-94 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Configure the bandwidth allocation profile and data service profile.

5. Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

Apply the bandwidth allocation and data service configuration of the service
profile to the ONU by binding the ONU to the service profile.

6. Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

Configure the OLT's QinQ domain parameters and the QinQ service.

7. Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

Bind the QinQ domain to the PON port on the service interface card.

6.3.4.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.3.4.4 Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

3. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. In the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK. Then
double-click a blank area of the Profile Name and enter a.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in
the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-20.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-66.

Version: A 6-95
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-66 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.3.4.5 Configuring the Data Service Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config, and then select the Data Service Profile tab.

3. Click the left pane, and then click the Append button in the toolbar. Enter 1 in
the Please Input the Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK to
add a data service profile b. Configure the basic parameters of the port
according to the planning data in Table 6-20.

4. Click the right pane, and then click the Append button in the toolbar. Enter 1 in
the Please Input the Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.
Configure the VLAN tags for the service flow according to the planning data in
Table 6-20.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-67.

Figure 6-67 The Data Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6-96 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.3.4.6 Creating the Service Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config, and then select the Service Profile Config tab.

3. Click the left pane, and then click the button on the toolbar. In the Please Input
the Rows for Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK
to add a service profile.

4. Double-click the Profile Name text box, enter c, and select AN5506-04-B from
the drop-down list of the ONU Type. Double-click the blank area of ONU
Subprofile Config to access the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box.

5. In the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile entry.
Click the Profile Type drop-down list to select Bandwidth Config Profile. Click
the Profile Name drop-down list to select a.

Figure 6-68 The ONU Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

7. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.

Version: A 6-97
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

8. Click the Port Type drop-down list to select LAN port. Double-click the blank
area of the Port No. and enter 1 and 2. Double-click the blank area of the ONU
Port Profile Config to access the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box.

9. In the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile
configuration. Click the Profile Type drop-down list to select Bandwidth
Config Profile. Click the Profile Name drop-down list to select b.

Figure 6-69 The Port Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

10. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

11. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the
configuration, as shown in Figure 6-70.

Figure 6-70 The Service Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6-98 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.3.4.7 Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config, and then select the Service Profile Binding tab.

3. Click the pane on the left side and then click the Append button in the toolbar.
In the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and
click OK.

4. Select c from the drop-down list of Profile ID and select Attach from the drop-
down list of Action.

5. Click the pane on the right side and then click the Append button in the toolbar.
In the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and
click OK.

6. Double-click the ONU No. pane to bring up the Select Objects window and
select the AN5506-04-B as the ONU.

Figure 6-71 The Planning Data of ONU Profile ID Configuration for the AN5506-04-B in the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode (in a Batch Manner)

7. Click OK and return to the Service Profile Binding window.

Version: A 6-99
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

8. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the alert box
that appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-72.

Figure 6-72 Binding the AN5506-04-B to the Service Profile - Configuring under the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.3.4.8 Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→OLT QinQ Domain to open the
OLT QinQ Domain tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create an OLT QinQ domain.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-19.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-73.

Figure 6-73 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.3.4.9 Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GC8B card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

6-100 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→PON Attach/Detach Domain to open

the PON Attach/Detach Domain tab.

3. Click the PON port to be bound with the QinQ domain and click the pane on the
right side. Click the Appendix button in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a domain
name.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-19.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-74.

Figure 6-74 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.3.4.10 Configuration Result

The PC1 and PC2 can access the Internet normally.

6.3.5 Configuring Data Services Respectively (for Type 2

ONUs)

The following takes the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for type 2 ONUs in the VLAN 1:1 translation mode respectively.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

Version: A 6-101
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.3.5.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN 1:1 translation
mode respectively are shown in Table 6-21 and Table 6-23.

Table 6-21 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode Respectively

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the actually used PON port. 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-10-B1

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service Name data3
operator.

Starting VLAN
The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
ID
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service. The
VLAN ID End starting VLAN ID should not be larger than the ending 3001
VLAN ID.
Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service
Local end
VLAN. There are two options: TAG and UNTAG.
service VLAN
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they pass
the port and the packets will be uplinked in the untag
TAG/UNTAG TAG
form, while the downlink untag packets will be added
with designated tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink / downlink
data packets will not be processed when they pass the
port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. data

6-102 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-22 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode Respectively

Item Description Example

The OLT QinQ domain name. Up to 1024 QinQ

Creating OLT domains can be configured. The QinQ domain name
Domain Name aa
QinQ domain should not exceed 16 bytes and should be composed
of numbers, letters or underlines only.

Service Type The default setting is single. Share

CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID transparently transmitted. 2000

COS The priority of the CVLAN transparently transmitted.
(CVLAN The value ranges between 0 and 7. 7 stands for the 0
priority) highest priority level and 0 stands for the lowest one.
VLAN
If the user VLAN layer 1 has been configured, you
layer 1
can set the action to transparent or translation; if
Configuring Action Transparent
the user VLAN layer 1 is not configured, you can set
OLT QinQ
the action to transparent or attach.
Domain
TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
COS (OLT The SVLAN priority. The value ranges between 0 and
SVLAN 7. 7 stands for the highest priority level and 0 stands 0
VLAN priority) for the lowest one.
layer 2 Action Select attach. Attach
TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
New VID SVLAN ID 3001
Configure this item according to the network planning
Bind type VLAN1
OLT QinQ of the operator.

domain's Configure according to the network planning of the

Operator =
service uplink operator.
rules Configure according to the network planning of the
Bind value 2000
operator.

Configure this item according to the network planning

OLT QinQ Bind type VLAN1
of the operator.
domain's
Configure according to the network planning of the
service Operator =
operator.
downlink
Configure according to the network planning of the
rules Bind value 2000
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Binding PON Action Binding
operator.
Port to QinQ
The configured domain name in the created OLT
Domain Domain Name aa
QinQ domain

Version: A 6-103
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-23 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode Respectively

Item Description Example

Service Type Select integrated service. Integrated service

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even if

the service does not use the bandwidth resource, other
Fixed Bandwidth 128
services cannot occupy the resource. The default
setting is 128 Kbit/s.

The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s

Bandwidth uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by
Assured Bandwidth 0
allocation this service, the resource may be released for other
services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.

The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
Maximum Bandwidth bandwidth value should not be larger than the 512
maximum bandwidth value. The default setting is 512
Kbit/s.
Port No. The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2
Configure this item according to the operator’s network
Enable / Disable Port Default
planning; the default setting is Enable.

Port Auto Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Default
ONU port Negotiation planning; the default setting is Enable.
basic Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is
Port Speed Default
information enabled. The default setting is 100 Mbit/s.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Duplex Default
enabled. The default value is full-duplex.

Configure this item according to the operator’s network

Flow Control Default
planning; the default setting is Disable.

Configure according to the network planning of the

TLS No TLS
operator. Select TLS or No TLS.

Service Type Select Unicast. Unicast

Configure according to the network planning of the
Configuring VLAN Mode Transparent
operator. Select tag or transparent.
the ONU port
TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024
service
parameters CVLAN ID The VLAN ID prior to translation 600
The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 stands for
Priority Or COS the highest priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest 0
one.
Translation State Enables/disables the translation configuration. Enable

6-104 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-23 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges from 1

Translation VID 2000
to 4085.
TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024
Translates the new VLAN priority level. The value
Priority Or COS ranges between 0 and 7, and 7 is the highest value 0
while 0 is the lowest value.

6.3.5.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service in the VLAN 1:1 translation mode for the
AN5506-10-1 respectively is shown in Figure 6-75.

Figure 6-75 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode Respectively

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

Version: A 6-105
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Configuring the ONU Port Data Service Parameters

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU and translate the
inner VLAN ID of data services.

4. Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

Configure the OLT's QinQ domain parameters and the QinQ service.

5. Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

Bind the QinQ domain to the PON port on the service interface card.

6.3.5.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.3.5.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-23.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the dialog
box that appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-76.

Figure 6-76 ONU Bandwidth Allocation Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6-106 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.3.5.5 Configuring the ONU Port Data Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 from the Data Port List. Click Add to create a data service, and
configure it according to the planning data in Table 6-23.

Figure 6-77 The Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode Respectively

4. Click OK and return to the ONU Port Config tab. Right-click LAN1 in the Data
Port List and select Copy Port Config. Right-click LAN2 and select Paste
Port Config.

5. Click the Modify On Device button to complete the service configuration for the
AN5506-10-B1, as shown in Figure 6-78.

Version: A 6-107
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-78 The Port Service Configuration is Completed - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.3.5.6 Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→OLT QinQ Domain to open the
OLT QinQ Domain tab.

6-108 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create an OLT QinQ domain.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-21.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-79.

Figure 6-79 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.3.5.7 Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GC8B card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→PON Attach/Detach Domain to open

the PON Attach/Detach Domain tab.

3. Click the PON port to be bound with the QinQ domain and click the pane on the
right side. Click the Appendix button in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a domain
name.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-21.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-80.

Version: A 6-109
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-80 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.3.5.8 Configuration Result

The PC3 to PC4 can access the Internet normally.

6.3.6 Configuring Data Services in a Batch Manner (for Type

2 ONUs)

The following takes the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for type 2 ONUs in the VLAN 1:1 translation mode in a batch
manner.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

6.3.6.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN 1:1 translation
mode in a batch manner are shown in Table 6-24 and Table 6-25.

6-110 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-24 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the OLT Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used . 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-10-B1

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service name data3
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End The starting VLAN ID should not be larger than the 3001
ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink
Local end service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
service UNTAG.
VLAN u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will be uplinked in
TAG/UNTAG TAG
the untagged form, while the downlink untagged
packets will be added with designated tags when
they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink / downlink
data packets will not be processed when they
pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data

The OLT QinQ domain name. Up to 1024 QinQ
Creating
domains can be configured. The QinQ domain name
OLT QinQ Domain Name aa
should not exceed 16 bytes in length and should be
domain
composed of only numbers, letters or underlines.

Service Type Single is selected by default. Share

Configuring CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID transparently transmitted. 2000

OLT QinQ VLAN COS The CVLAN priority transparently transmitted. The
Domain Layer 1 (CVLAN value ranges between 0 and 7. 7 is the highest priority 0
priority) while 0 is the lowest.

Version: A 6-111
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-24 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the OLT Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

If the user VLAN layer 1 has been configured, users

can set the action to transparent or translation; if the
Action Transparent
user VLAN layer 1 is not configured, users can set the
action to transparent or attach.

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default

COS (OLT
The SVLAN priority. The value ranges between 0 and
SVLAN 0
7. 7 is the highest priority while 0 is the lowest.
VLAN priority)

Layer 2 Action Select Attach. Attach

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
New VID SVLAN ID 3001

Configuring Configure this item according to the network planning

Bind type VLAN1
service of the operator.

uplink rules Configure according to the network planning of the

Operator =
for OLT operator.
QinQ Configure according to the network planning of the
domain Bind value 2000
operator.

Configuring Configure this item according to the network planning

Bind type VLAN1
service of the operator.

downlink Configure according to the network planning of the

Operator =
rules for OLT operator.
QinQ Configure according to the network planning of the
domain Bind value 2000
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Binding PON Action Bind
operator.
Port to QinQ
The configured domain name in the created OLT QinQ
Domain Domain Name aa
domain.

Table 6-25 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Bandwidth Profile name The bandwidth allocation profile name. a

Config Profile Service Type Select Integrated service in this example. Integrated service

6-112 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-25 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even if

the service does not use the bandwidth resource, other
Fixed Bandwidth 128
services cannot occupy the resource. The default
setting is 128 Kbit/s.

The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s

uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by
Assured Bandwidth 0
this service, the resource may be released for other
services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.

The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
Maximum Bandwidth 512
bandwidth value should not be larger than the maximum
bandwidth value. The default setting is 512 Kbit/s.

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

Binding the
PON No. The number of the PON port actually used . 1
Bandwidth
The ONU authorization number assigned according to
Allocation ONU No. 2
the network planning of the operator.
Profile
Bandwidth Allocation The bandwidth allocation profile name. a

Configure according to the network planning of the

Profile name b
operator.

Service Service Type Select unicast. unicast

model profile Configure the CVLAN mode for this service; both the
CVLAN Mode transparent
tag mode and the transparent mode are supported.

Translation State Enables / disables the translation configuration. Enable

ONU data Port No. The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2
port Enable / Disable Enables the port. Enable
configuration MAC Limit Set to no MAC limit. 0
CTPID The default setting is 33024. 33024
The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges from 1
CVLAN ID 600
to 4085.
CVLAN PON priority The priority of the CVLAN. The value ranges between 0
ONU data 0
or COS and 7. 7 is the highest priority while 0 is the lowest.
service
TTPID The default setting is 33024. 33024
configuration
The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges from 1
Translation VID 2000
to 4085.
Translation VLAN The translation VLAN priority, ranging from 1 to 7, or
0
PON priority or COS null.

Version: A 6-113
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-25 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Service model profile Select the configured service model profile. b

6.3.6.2 Configuration Flow

In the VLAN 1:1 translation mode, the flow to configure the data service in a batch
manner for the AN5506-10-B1 is shown in Figure 6-81.

Figure 6-81 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN 1:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

6-114 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Bind the configured bandwidth allocation profile to the ONU.

4. Configuring the Service Model Profile

Configure the data service type, CVLAN mode, and whether to enable the
translation function and QinQ.

5. Configuring the ONU Data Port Parameters

Enable the ONU ports and set the MAC address quantity limit in a batch
manner.

6. Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters

Configure the CVLAN and SVLAN in a batch manner.

7. Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

Configure the OLT's QinQ domain parameters and the QinQ service.

8. Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

Bind the QinQ domain to the PON port on the service interface card.

6.3.6.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Planning Data for the configuration procedures.

6.3.6.4 Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to access the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

Version: A 6-115
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK. Then
double-click a blank area of the Profile Name and enter a.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box, and click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-25.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-82.

Figure 6-82 The ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.3.6.5 Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Configure to

open the ONU Configure tab.

3. Click Set Object As Condition in the Config Object pane, and all
configuration objects will be displayed in in the lower pane. Select the AN5506-
10-B1[2] under the No.1 PON in Slot 15 and click the OK button.

6-116 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-83 Setting the Object to Bind the Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the object will be displayed in the right
pane. Click the drop-down list of the GPON Bandwidth Profile to select the
configured bandwidth profile a.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration.
See Figure 6-84 for the status of a successful configuration.

Figure 6-84 Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-117
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.3.6.6 Configuring the Service Model Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→Service Model

Profile to open the Service Model Profile tab.

3. Click the Append button in the toolbar. In the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK to create a service model
profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-25.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-85.

Figure 6-85 Configuring the Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.3.6.7 Configuring the ONU Data Port Parameters

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Data Port

Configure to open the ONU Data Port Configure tab.

3. Click Set Object As Condition in the Config Object pane. Select the LAN1
and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-10-B1[2] under PON port 1 in Slot 15, and click
OK.

6-118 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-86 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the objects will be displayed in in the

right pane. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-25.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-87.

Figure 6-87 Configuring the ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-119
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.3.6.8 Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Data Service

Configure to open the ONU Data Service Configure tab.

3. Click the Add Item number button in the toolbar to bring up the Add Item
number dialog box. Selects the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the ONU in the left
pane and click OK to return to the ONU Data Service Configure window.

Figure 6-88 Setting the Condition Object of the ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring
the AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the objects will be displayed in in the

right pane. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-25.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar and click "OK" in the alert box
that appears to complete the configuration, as shown in Figure 6-89.

6-120 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-89 Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.3.6.9 Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the active HSWA card, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→OLT QinQ Domain to open the
OLT QinQ Domain tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create an OLT QinQ domain.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-24.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-90.

Figure 6-90 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-121
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.3.6.10 Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GC8B card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→PON Attach/Detach Domain to open

the PON Attach/Detach Domain tab.

3. Click the PON port to be bound with the QinQ domain and click the pane on the
right side. Click the Appendix button in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a domain
name.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-24.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-91.

Figure 6-91 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.3.6.11 Configuration Result

The PC3 to PC4 can access the Internet normally.

6-122 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.4 Example for Data Service Configuration - in

the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure data services in the
VLAN N:1 translation mode.

6.4.1 Configuration Rules

u Translation mode: The Ethernet data at the subscriber side will be added with
VLAN ID via the home gateway and then forwarded to the ONU. The data will
be processed in one of the three processing modes subsequently:

4 The ONU converts the VLAN ID into the one meeting the operator's
requirements and adds the SVLAN ID to the data. After that, the ONU
forwards the data to the AN5116-06B. The AN5116-06B transparently
transmits the data service to the providers network side equipment without
any processing.

4 The ONU converts the VLAN ID according to the operator's requirements

and forwards the data to the AN5116-06B. After adding the SVLAN ID to
the data, the AN5116-06B transmits the data service to the providers
network side equipment.

4 The ONU transparently transmits the CVLAN ID to the AN5116-06B. The

AN5116-06B converts the VLAN ID according to the operator's
requirements. After adding the SVLAN ID to the data, the AN5116-06B
transmits the data service to the providers network side equipment.

u If the SVLAN is added at the OLT side, the data of Subscriber VLAN Layer 1
of the OLT QinQ domain should be consistent with the CVLAN ID marked by
the ONU. Select Transparent for action and fill in the SVLAN ID in the New
VID after the Subscriber VLAN Layer 2 and select Add for action.

u When you bind the PON port of the GC8B card to the OLT QinQ domain, all the
ONUs under the PON port will forward data as per the rules defined in the QinQ
domain. When you bind the ONU to the OLT QinQ, the QinQ rules only work to
the bound ONU.

u The VLAN ID of the ONU ranges from 1 to 4085.

Version: A 6-123
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4 To add stacked VLAN tags to the data service, the SVLAN ID must be
within the preset range of the local end VLAN.

4 To add a single VLAN for the data service, the CVLAN ID must be within
the range of the local end VLAN.

u The ONU data service configuration can be implemented in the service profile
or the ONU service configuration. If the data service configurations of the ONUs
are the same, the batch configurations can be implemented using the service
profile.

u The sum of the fixed bandwidth and assured bandwidth of the service in the
bandwidth allocation should not exceed the configured maximum bandwidth.

u A LAN port of the AN5506-04-B ONU supports up to 6 data services, and a

LAN port of the AN5506-10-B1 ONU can support up to 10 data services.

u Each PON port can be bound up to 32 VLAN operation tables.

6.4.2 Network Diagram

The data service network in the VLAN N:1 translation mode is shown in Figure 6-92.

Figure 6-92 Data Service Network in the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode

6-124 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

u In the uplink direction, each home gateway (HG) is connected to two

subscribers' PCs. The data services uploaded from different subscribers' PCs
are added with different CVLANs and then transmitted to the ONUs via the HGs.
The ONUs translate the CLVAN tags and transmit the data services to the OLT
via the splitter. The OLT adds SVLAN tags to the data services and transmits
the data services to the providers network via the uplink interface.

u In the downlink direction, the data service with stacked VLANs passes through
the OLT. The OLT untags the SVLAN and transmits the data service to the ONU
via the splitter. The ONU translates the CVLAN then transmits to the HG. After
untagging the CVLAN, the HG transmits data to the PC user.

The AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as ONUs in this example. The
AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the interface cards at the
network side and the subscriber side respectively. And the HSWA card is
compulsory.

6.4.3 Configuring Respectively (for Type 1 ONUs)

The following takes the AN5506-04-B for example to introduce how to configure the
data service for the ONUs of type 1 in the VLAN N:1 translation mode respectively.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

6.4.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1 translation
mode respectively are shown in Table 6-26 and Table 6-27.

Table 6-26 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used . 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-B

Version: A 6-125
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-26 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of the

Service name data4
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. The starting VLAN ID should not be larger 3001
than the ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink
service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
Local end UNTAG.
service VLAN u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will be uplinked in
TAG/UNTAG TAG
the untagged form, while the downlink untagged
packets will be added with designated tags
when they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data

The OLT QinQ domain name. Up to 1024 QinQ
Creating OLT domains can be configured. The QinQ domain name
Domain Name aa
QinQ domain should not exceed 16 bytes in length and should be
composed of only numbers, letters or underlines.

Service Type Single is selected by default. Share

CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID transparently transmitted. 1000

COS The CVLAN priority transparently transmitted. The
(CVLAN value ranges between 0 and 7. 7 is the highest 0
priority) priority while 0 is the lowest.
VLAN
Configuring If the user VLAN layer 1 has been configured, users
Layer 1
OLT QinQ can set the action to transparent or translation; if
Action Transparent
Domain the user VLAN layer 1 is not configured, users can
set the action to transparent or attach.

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default

COS (OLT
VLAN The SVLAN priority. The value ranges between 0
SVLAN 0
Layer 2 and 7. 7 is the highest priority while 0 is the lowest.
priority)

6-126 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-26 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

Action Select Attach. Attach

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
New VID SVLAN ID 3000
Configure this item according to the network
Bind type VLAN1
Configuring planning of the operator.

service uplink Configure according to the network planning of the

Operator =
rules for OLT operator.
QinQ domain Configure according to the network planning of the
Bind value 1000
operator.

Configure this item according to the network

Configuring Bind type VLAN1
planning of the operator.
service
Configure according to the network planning of the
downlink rules Operator =
operator.
for OLT QinQ
Configure according to the network planning of the
domain Bind value 1000
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Binding PON Action Bind
operator.
Port to QinQ
The configured domain name in the created OLT
Domain Domain Name aa
QinQ domain.

Table 6-27 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively

Item Description Example

Service Type Select Data. Data

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.
Even if the service does not use the bandwidth
Fixed Bandwidth 128
resource, other services cannot occupy the
Bandwidth
resource. The default setting is 128 Kbit/s.
allocation
The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s
Assured uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used
0
Bandwidth by this service, the resource may be released for
other services. The default setting is 0.

Version: A 6-127
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-27 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink

service. The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and
Maximum
the assured bandwidth value should not be larger 512
Bandwidth
than the maximum bandwidth value. The default
setting is 512 Kbit/s.

ONU port
The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2
number
Enable / disable Configure this item according to the operator’s
Default
port network planning; the default setting is Enable.

Port Auto Configure this item according to the operator’s

ONU port Default
Negotiation network planning; the default setting is Enable.
basic
Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is
information Port Speed Default
enabled. The default setting is 100 Mbit/s.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Duplex Default
enabled. The default value is full-duplex.

Configure this item according to the operator’s

Flow Control Default
network planning; the default setting is Disable.

The number of the configured service. Up to six

Service No. 1 2 1 2
services can be configured at an ONU port.

Configure according to the network planning of the

operator. Select Tag or Untag. In the Tag mode, the
TAG Tag
uplink data packets are tagged, whereas in the
Untag mode, the uplink data packets are untagged.

Service Type Select "Unicast". unicast

When the CVLAN mode is set to Transparent, this
Configuring
item should be consistent with the COS (priority in
the ONU port
Ethernet priority the PON). The value ranges from 0 to 7. When the 0
service
Tag mode is set to Untag, this item is
parameters
unconfigurable.

When the CVLAN mode is set to Transparent, this

item should be consistent with the CVLAN ID.
VLAN ID 50 60 50 60
When the Tag mode is set to Untag, this item is
unconfigurable. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

When the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item can

CVLAN Mode be Tag or Transparent. When the Tag Mode is set Translation
to Tag, this item can be Translation or Transparent.

6-128 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-27 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges

CVLAN ID 1000
from 1 to 4085.
The VLAN priority after translation; the value range
PON priority or
is from 0 to 7. 7 refers to the highest priority level, 0 0
COS
refers to the lowest priority level.

Ds Encrypt State The default value is Disable. Disable

QinQ State Enables / disables the QinQ. Disable
It is unconfigurable when the QinQ State is set to
SVLAN ID -
disable. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

Select the service name configured in the local end

Service name VLAN. This item cannot be configured when QinQ -
Enable is set to Disable.
The SVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 refers to
PON priority or the highest priority level, 0 refers to the lowest
-
COS priority level. It is unconfigurable when the QinQ
State is set to disable.

6.4.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
translation mode respectively is shown in Figure 6-93.

Version: A 6-129
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-93 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU and translate the
inner VLAN ID of data services.

4. Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

Configure the OLT's QinQ domain parameters and the QinQ service.

5. Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

Bind the QinQ domain to the PON port on the service interface card.

6-130 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.4.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box. Click OK to create a local end VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-26.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-94.

Figure 6-94 Local End Service VLAN Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.4.3.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-27.

4. Click Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the alert box that
appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-95.

Version: A 6-131
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-95 The GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.4.3.5 Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List. Click Add to create two data services.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-27.

Figure 6-96 Service Configuration (VLAN ID 50) - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN
N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6-132 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-97 Service Configuration (VLAN ID 60) - Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN
N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

5. Click OK and return to the ONU Port Config tab. Right-click LAN1 in the Data
Port List and select Copy Port Config. Right-click LAN2 and select Paste
Port Config.

6. Click the Create On Device to complete the service configuration for the
AN5506-04-B, as shown in Figure 6-98.

Version: A 6-133
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-98 Port Service Configuration Completed for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode (Configured Respectively)

6.4.3.6 Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→OLT QinQ Domain to open the
OLT QinQ Domain tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create an OLT QinQ domain.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-26.

6-134 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-99.

Figure 6-99 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.4.3.7 Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GC8B card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→PON Attach/Detach Domain to open

the PON Attach/Detach Domain tab.

3. Click the PON port to be bound with the QinQ domain and click the pane on the
right side. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a domain name.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-26.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-100.

Version: A 6-135
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-100 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.4.3.8 Configuration Result

The PC1 to PC4 can access the Internet normally.

6.4.4 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 1 ONUs)

The following takes the AN5506-04-B as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for the ONUs of type 1 in the VLAN N:1 translation mode in a batch
manner.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

6.4.4.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1 translation
mode in a batch manner are shown in Table 6-28 and Table 6-29.

Table 6-28 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

ONU
Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15
information

6-136 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-28 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used . 1

Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-B

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service name data4
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. The starting VLAN ID should not be larger 3001
than the ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink
service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
Local end UNTAG.
service VLAN u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when
they pass the port and the packets will be
TAG/UNTAG TAG
uplinked in the untagged form, while the
downlink untagged packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data

The OLT QinQ domain name. Up to 1024 QinQ
domains can be configured. The QinQ domain
Creating OLT
Domain Name name should not exceed 16 bytes in length and aa
QinQ domain
should be composed of only numbers, letters or
underlines.
Service Type Single is selected by default. Share

Configuring CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID transparently transmitted. 1000

OLT QinQ VLAN The CVLAN priority transparently transmitted. The
COS (CVLAN
Domain Layer 1 value ranges between 0 and 7. 7 is the highest 0
priority)
priority while 0 is the lowest.

Version: A 6-137
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-28 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

If the user VLAN layer 1 has been configured,

users can set the action to transparent or
Action translation; if the user VLAN layer 1 is not Transparent
configured, users can set the action to transparent
or attach.
TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
COS (OLT
The SVLAN priority. The value ranges between 0
SVLAN 0
and 7. 7 is the highest priority while 0 is the lowest.
VLAN priority)

Layer 2 Action Select Attach. Attach

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
New VID SVLAN ID 3000
Configure this item according to the network
Bind type VLAN1
Configuring planning of the operator.

service uplink Configure according to the network planning of the

Operator =
rules for OLT operator.
QinQ domain Configure according to the network planning of the
Bind value 1000
operator.

Configure this item according to the network

Configuring Bind type VLAN1
planning of the operator.
service
Configure according to the network planning of the
downlink rules Operator =
operator.
for OLT QinQ
Configure according to the network planning of the
domain Bind value 1000
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Binding PON Action Bind
operator.
Port to QinQ
The configured domain name in the created OLT
Domain Domain Name aa
QinQ domain.

Table 6-29 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Bandwidth Profile name The bandwidth allocation profile name. a

Config Profile Service Type Select Data in this example. Data

6-138 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-29 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service. Even if

the service does not use the bandwidth resource, other
Fixed Bandwidth 128
services cannot occupy the resource. The default setting
is 128 Kbit/s.
The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s
uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used by
Assured Bandwidth 0
this service, the resource may be released for other
services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.

Maximum The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the assured
512
Bandwidth bandwidth value should not be larger than the maximum
bandwidth value. The default setting is 512 Kbit/s.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Profile name b
operator.

Enable/disable The default setting is Enable. Enable

Auto Negotiation The default setting is Enable. Enable
The default setting is 10 Mbit/s, unconfigurable when
Rate -
Auto Negotiation is set to Enable.

The default setting is Full-duplex, unconfigurable when

Duplex Mode -
Auto Negotiation is set to Enable.

Flow Control The default value is Disable. Disable

Port Limit Enable /
The default value is Disable. Disable
Data Service Disable
Profile The default value is 0. Unconfigurable when the port
Port Uplink Limit -
limit is disabled.
The default value is 0. Unconfigurable when the port
Port Downlink Limit -
limit is disabled.
Configure according to the network planning of the
operator. Select Tag or Untag. In the Tag mode, the
TAG Tag
uplink data packets are tagged, whereas in the Untag
mode, the uplink data packets are untagged.

When the CVLAN mode is set to Transparent, this item

should be consistent with the COS (priority in the PON).
Ethernet priority 0
The value ranges from 0 to 7. When the Tag mode is set
to Untag, this item is unconfigurable.

Version: A 6-139
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-29 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

When the CVLAN mode is set to Transparent, this item

should be consistent with the CVLAN ID. This item is
VLAN ID 50 60
invalid when TAG is set to Untag. The value ranges from
1 to 4085.
Ds Encrypt State The default value is Disable. Disable
When the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item can be
CVLAN Mode Tag or Transparent. When the Tag Mode is set to Tag, Translation
this item can be Translation or Transparent.

The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges from 1

CVLAN ID 1000
to 4085.
PON priority The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 0
The options include Enable and Disable. The default
QinQ State Disable
value is Disable.
Select the service name configured in the local end
Service VLAN
VLAN. This item cannot be configured when QinQ -
name
Enable is set to Disable.
The value ranges from 1 to 4085. This item cannot be
SVLAN ID -
configured when QinQ Enable is set to Disable.

The SVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 refers to the

PON priority highest priority level, 0 refers to the lowest priority level. -
This item is invalid when QinQ Enable is set to Disable.
Configure according to the network planning of the
Profile name c
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B

ONU Profile Bandwidth Config

Select the Bandwidth Allocation Profile in this example.
Sub- Type Profile
profile Profile Consistent with the profile name configured in the
a
Service Profile Config Name bandwidth allocation profile.

Port Type The type of the port actually used. LAN port

Port No. The number of the port actually used. 1 2

Port Profile Data Service

Select Data Service Profile in this example.
Sub- Type Profile
profile Profile Consistent with the profile name configured in the data
b
Config Name service profile.

Service Profile Consistent with the profile name configured in the

Profile ID c
Binding service profile.

6-140 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-29 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Action Bind the service profile to the ONU. Bind

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used . 1

The ONU authorization number assigned according to
ONU No. 1
the network planning of the operator.

6.4.4.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service for the AN5506-04-B in the VLAN N:1
translation mode in a batch manner is shown in Figure 6-101.

Figure 6-101 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs in the VLAN
N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-141
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring Data Service Profile

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU and translate the
inner VLAN ID of data services.

4. Creating Service Profile

Configure the bandwidth allocation profile and data service profile.

5. Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

Apply the bandwidth allocation and data service configuration of the service
profile to the ONU by binding the ONU to the service profile.

6. Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

Configure the OLT's QinQ domain parameters and the QinQ service.

7. Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

Bind the QinQ domain to the PON port on the service interface card.

6.4.4.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.4.4.4 Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to access the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

6-142 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

3. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK. Then
double-click a blank area of the Profile Name and enter a.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-29.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-102.

Figure 6-102 ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.4.4.5 Configuring Data Service Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config→Service Config Profile, and
access the Data Service Profile tab.

3. Click the pane on the left side then click Append on the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows for Add: dialog box and click OK to add a data
service profile b. Configure basic parameters of the port according to
Table 6-29.

4. Click the pane on the right side then click Append on the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows for Add: dialog box and click OK. Configure the
VLAN tags of the traffic flow according to Table 6-29.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-103.

Version: A 6-143
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-103 The Data Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.4.4.6 Creating Service Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config, and access the Service Profile tab.

3. Click the left pane, and then click the Append button on the toolbar. In the
Please Input the Rows for Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1
and click OK to add a service profile.

4. Double-click the Profile Name text box , enter c and select AN5506-04-B from
the drop-down list of the ONU Type. Double-click the blank area of the ONU
Subprofile Config to access the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box.

5. In the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile
configuration. Click the Profile Type drop-down list to select Bandwidth Config
Profile. Click the Profile Name drop-down list to select a.

6-144 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-104 The ONU-level Subsidiary Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

7. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.

8. Click the Port Type drop-down list to select LAN port. Double-click the blank
area of the Port No. and enter 1 and 2. Double-click the blank area of the ONU
Port Profile Config to access the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box.

9. In the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile
configuration. Click the Profile type drop-down list to select Data Service
Profile. Click the Profile Name drop-down list to select b.

Version: A 6-145
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-105 The Port-level Subsidiary Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

10. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

11. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-106.

Figure 6-106 The Service Profile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.4.4.7 Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config, and access the Service Profile Binding tab.

6-146 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

3. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. Eenter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK.

4. Select c from the drop-down list of Profile ID and select Attach from the drop-
down list of Action.

5. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.

6. Double-click the ONU S.N. field to bring up the Select Objects dialog box.
Select AN5506-04-B in the dialog box.

Figure 6-107 Specific Configuration Data for the ONU No. - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs in
the VLAN N:1 Mode in a Batch Manner

7. Click OK and return to the Service Profile Binding window.

8. Click Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the alert box that
appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-108.

Version: A 6-147
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-108 Binding the AN5506-04-B to the Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.4.4.8 Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→OLT QinQ Domain to open the
OLT QinQ Domain tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For Add:
dialog box that appears, and click OK to create an OLT QinQ domain.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-28.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-109.

Figure 6-109 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.4.4.9 Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GC8B card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→PON Attach/Detach Domain to open

the PON Attach/Detach Domain tab.

6-148 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

3. Click the PON port to be bound with the QinQ domain and click the pane on the
right side. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a domain name.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-28.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-110.

Figure 6-110 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.4.4.10 Configuration Result

The PC1 to PC4 can access the Internet normally.

6.4.5 Configuring Respectively (for Type 2 ONUs)

The following takes the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for the ONUs of type 2 in the VLAN N:1 translation mode
respectively.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

Version: A 6-149
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.4.5.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the data service for the AN5506-10-B1 in the
VLAN N:1 translation mode respectively are shown in Table 6-30 and Table 6-31.

Table 6-30 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used . 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-10-B1

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service name data4
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. The starting VLAN ID should not be larger 3001
than the ending VLAN ID.

UInterface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink
service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
Local end UNTAG.
service VLAN u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will be uplinked in
TAG/UNTAG TAG
the untagged form, while the downlink untagged
packets will be added with designated tags when
they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data

The OLT QinQ domain name. Up to 1024 QinQ
Creating OLT domains can be configured. The QinQ domain name
Domain Name aa
QinQ domain should not exceed 16 bytes in length and should be
composed of only numbers, letters or underlines.

Configuring Service Type Single is selected by default. Share

OLT QinQ VLAN
CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID transparently transmitted. 2000
Domain Layer 1

6-150 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-30 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

COS The CVLAN priority transparently transmitted. The

(CVLAN value ranges between 0 and 7. 7 is the highest priority 0
priority) while 0 is the lowest.
If the user VLAN layer 1 has been configured, users
can set the action to transparent or translation; if the
Action Transparent
user VLAN layer 1 is not configured, users can set
the action to transparent or attach.

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default

COS (OLT
The SVLAN priority. The value ranges between 0 and
SVLAN 0
7. 7 is the highest priority while 0 is the lowest.
VLAN priority)

Layer 2 Action Select Attach. Attach

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
New VID SVLAN ID 3001
Configure this item according to the network planning
Bind type VLAN1
Configuring of the operator.

service uplink Configure according to the network planning of the

Operator =
rules for OLT operator.
QinQ domain Configure according to the network planning of the
Bind value 2000
operator.

Configure this item according to the network planning

Configuring Bind type VLAN1
of the operator.
service
Configure according to the network planning of the
downlink rules Operator =
operator.
for OLT QinQ
Configure according to the network planning of the
domain Bind value 2000
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Binding PON Action Bind
operator.
Port to QinQ
The configured domain name in the created OLT
Domain Domain Name aa
QinQ domain.

Table 6-31 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively

Item Description Example

Bandwidth
Service Type Select integrated service. Integrated service
allocation

Version: A 6-151
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-31 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.

Even if the service does not use the bandwidth
Fixed Bandwidth 128
resource, other services cannot occupy the
resource. The default setting is 128 Kbit/s.

The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s

Assured uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not
0
Bandwidth used by this service, the resource may be released
for other services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink

service. The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and
Maximum
the assured bandwidth value should not be larger 512
bandwidth
than the maximum bandwidth value. The default
setting is 512 Kbit/s.

ONU port number The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2
Enable / disable Configure this item according to the operator’s
Default
port network planning; the default setting is Enable.

Port Auto Configure this item according to the operator’s

Default
ONU port Negotiation network planning; the default setting is Enable.
basic Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is
Port Speed Default
information enabled. The default setting is 100 Mbit/s.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Duplex Default
enabled. The default value is full-duplex.

Configure this item according to the operator’s

Flow Control Default
network planning; the default setting is Disable.

The number of the configured service. Up to six

Service No. 1 2 1 2
services can be configured at an ONU port.

Configure according to the network planning of the

TLS Non TLS
operator. Select TLS or Non TLS.

Configuring Service Type Select "Unicast". unicast

the ONU Configure according to the network planning of the
VLAN Mode Transparent
port service operator. Select tag or transparent.
parameters TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024

CVLAN ID The VLAN ID prior to translation 500 600 500 600

The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 refers to
Priority or COS the highest priority level, 0 refers to the lowest 0
priority level.

6-152 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-31 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode Respectively (Continued)

Item Description Example

Translation State Enables / disables the translation configuration. Enable

The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges
Translation VID 2000
from 1 to 4085.
TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024
Translates the new VLAN priority level. The value
Priority or COS range is from 0 to 7, and 7 is the highest value 0
while 0 is the lowest value.

6.4.5.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service respectively for the AN5506-10-B1 in the
VLAN 1:1 translation mode respectively is shown in Figure 6-111.

Figure 6-111 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN
N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

Version: A 6-153
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU and translate the
inner VLAN ID of data services.

4. Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

Configure the OLT's QinQ domain parameters and the QinQ service.

5. Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

Bind the QinQ domain to the PON port on the service interface card.

6.4.5.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.4.5.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-31.

4. Click Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the dialog box
that appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-112.

6-154 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-112 ONU Bandwidth Allocation Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the
VLAN 1:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.4.5.5 Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 from the Data Port List. Click Add to create two data services,
and configure them according to the planning data in Table 6-31.

Version: A 6-155
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-113 Service Configuration (VLAN ID 500) - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6-156 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-114 Service Configuration (VLAN ID 600) - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

4. Click OK and return to the ONU Port Config tab. Right-click LAN1 in the Data
Port List and select Copy Port Config. Right-click LAN2 and select Paste
Port Config.

5. Click the Modify On Device button to complete the service configuration for the
AN5506-10-B1, as shown in Figure 6-115.

Version: A 6-157
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-115 Port Service Configuration Completed - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.4.5.6 Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→OLT QinQ Domain to open the
OLT QinQ Domain tab.

6-158 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create an OLT QinQ domain.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-30.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-116.

Figure 6-116 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.4.5.7 Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GC8B card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→PON Attach/Detach Domain to open

the PON Attach/Detach Domain tab.

3. Click the PON port to be bound with the QinQ domain and click the pane on the
right side. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a domain name.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-30.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-117.

Version: A 6-159
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-117 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode Respectively

6.4.5.8 Configuration Result

The PC5 to PC8 can access the Internet normally.

6.4.6 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 2 ONUs)

The following takes the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the data service for the ONUs of type 2 in the VLAN N:1 translation mode in a batch
manner.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

6.4.6.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the data service for the AN5506-10-B1 in the
VLAN N:1 translation mode in a batch manner are shown in Table 6-32 and
Table 6-33.

6-160 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-32 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the OLT Side in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used . 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-10-B1

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service name data4
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End The starting VLAN ID should not be larger than the 3001
ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink
Local end service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
service UNTAG.
VLAN u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink packets
will be stripped automatically when they pass the
port and the packets will be uplinked in the
TAG/UNTAG TAG
untagged form, while the downlink untagged
packets will be added with designated tags when
they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink / downlink
data packets will not be processed when they pass
the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data

The OLT QinQ domain name. Up to 1024 QinQ
Creating
domains can be configured. The QinQ domain name
OLT QinQ Domain Name aa
should not exceed 16 bytes in length and should be
domain
composed of only numbers, letters or underlines.

Service Type Single is selected by default. Share

Configuring CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID transparently transmitted. 2000

OLT QinQ VLAN COS The CVLAN priority transparently transmitted. The
Domain Layer 1 (CVLAN value ranges between 0 and 7. 7 is the highest priority 0
priority) while 0 is the lowest.

Version: A 6-161
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-32 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the OLT Side in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

If the user VLAN layer 1 has been configured, users

can set the action to transparent or translation; if the
Action Transparent
user VLAN layer 1 is not configured, users can set the
action to transparent or attach.

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default

COS (OLT
The SVLAN priority. The value ranges between 0 and 7.
SVLAN 0
7 is the highest priority while 0 is the lowest.
VLAN priority)

Layer 2 Action Select Attach. Attach

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
New VID SVLAN ID 3001

Configuring Configure this item according to the network planning of

Bind type VLAN1
service the operator.

uplink rules Configure according to the network planning of the

Operator =
for OLT operator.
QinQ Configure according to the network planning of the
domain Bind value 2000
operator.

Configuring Configure this item according to the network planning of

Bind type VLAN1
service the operator.

downlink Configure according to the network planning of the

Operator =
rules for OLT operator.
QinQ Configure according to the network planning of the
domain Bind value 2000
operator.

Binding Configure according to the network planning of the

Action Bind
PON Port to operator.
QinQ The configured domain name in the created OLT QinQ
Domain Name aa
Domain domain.

Table 6-33 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Bandwidth Profile name The bandwidth allocation profile name. a

Config
Service Type Select Integrated service in this example. Integrated service
Profile

6-162 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-33 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.

Even if the service does not use the bandwidth
Fixed Bandwidth 128
resource, other services cannot occupy the resource.
The default setting is 128 Kbit/s.

The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s

Assured uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used
0
Bandwidth by this service, the resource may be released for
other services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.

The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and the
Maximum
assured bandwidth value should not be larger than 512
Bandwidth
the maximum bandwidth value. The default setting is
512 Kbit/s.
Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

Binding the PON No. The number of the PON port actually used . 1
Bandwidth The ONU authorization number assigned according
ONU No. 2
Allocation to the network planning of the operator.
Profile
Bandwidth
The bandwidth allocation profile name. a
Allocation
Configure according to the network planning of the
Profile name b
operator.

Service Service Type Select unicast. unicast

model profile Configure the CVLAN mode for this service; both the
CVLAN Mode transparent
tag mode and the transparent mode are supported.

Translation State Enables / disables the translation configuration. Enable

ONU data Port No. The number of the actually used ONU port. 1 2
port Enable / Disable Enables the port. Enable
configuration MAC Limit Set to no MAC limit. 0
CTPID The default setting is 33024. 33024
The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges from
CVLAN ID 500 600 500 600
1 to 4085.
ONU data
CVLAN PON The priority of the CVLAN. The value ranges between
service 0
priority or COS 0 and 7. 7 is the highest priority while 0 is the lowest.
configuration
TTPID The default setting is 33024. 33024
The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges from
Translation VID 2000
1 to 4085.

Version: A 6-163
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-33 Planning Data for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the VLAN N:1
Translation Mode in a Batch Manner (Continued)

Item Description Example

Translation VLAN
The translation VLAN priority, ranging from 1 to 7, or
PON priority or 0
null.
COS
Service model
Select the configured service model profile. b
profile

6.4.6.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service for the AN5506-10-B1 in the VLAN N:1
translation mode is shown in Figure 6-118.

Figure 6-118 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s in the VLAN
N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

6-164 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Bind the configured bandwidth allocation profile to the ONU.

4. Configuring Service Model Profile

Configure the data service type, CVLAN mode, and whether to enable the
translation function and QinQ.

5. Configuring ONU Data Port Parameters

Enable the ONU ports and set the MAC address quantity limit in a batch
manner.

6. Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters

Configure the CVLAN and SVLAN in a batch manner.

7. Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

Configure the OLT's QinQ domain parameters and the QinQ service.

8. Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

Bind the QinQ domain to the PON port on the service interface card.

6.4.6.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.4.6.4 Configuring the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to access the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

Version: A 6-165
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK. Then
double-click a blank area of the Profile Name and enter a.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and Click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-33.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-119.

Figure 6-119 ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.4.6.5 Binding the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, selectConfig→Batch Configure→ONU Configure to

open the ONU Configure tab.

3. Click Set Object As Condition in the Config Object pane, and all
configuration objects will be displayed in in the lower pane. Select the AN5506-
10-B1[2] under PON port 1 in Slot 15 and click the OK button.

6-166 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-120 Setting the Object to Bind the Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-
B1s under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the object will be displayed in the right
pane. Click the drop-down list of the GPON Bandwidth Profile to select the
configured bandwidth profile a.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-121.

Figure 6-121 Binding the ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-167
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.4.6.6 Configuring Service Model Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→Service Model

Profile to open the Service Model Profile tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a service model profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-33.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-122.

Figure 6-122 Configuring the Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under
the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.4.6.7 Configuring ONU Data Port Parameters

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, selectConfig→Batch Configure→ONU Data Port

Configure to open the ONU Data Port Configure tab.

3. Click Set Object As Condition in the Config Object pane, and all
configuration objects will be displayed in in the lower pane. Select LAN1 and
LAN2 ports of the AN5506-10-B1[2] listed under the PON 1 in Slot 15 and click
the OK button.

6-168 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-123 Setting the Condition Object for the Data Port Parameters - Configuring the
AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the objects will be displayed in in the

right pane. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-33.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-124.

Figure 6-124 Configuring the ONU Data Port Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-169
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.4.6.8 Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Data Service

Configure to open the ONU Data Service Configure tab.

3. Click the Add Item Number button in the toolbar to bring up the Add Item
Number dialog box. Select the ports LAN1 and LAN2 of the ONU in the left
pane.

4. Click Batch Modify to bring up the Batch Modify dialog box. Select Item No.
filed and enter 2 in the Start Value blank field of the Parameter Define pane.
Click Modify Selected Field and configure two services for each port.

Figure 6-125 Modification in a Batch Manner - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

5. Return to the Add Item Number dialog box and each port is configured with
two services. Click OK and return to the ONU Data Service Configure window.

6-170 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-126 Setting the Condition Object for the ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring
the AN5506-10-B1s under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6. The specific configuration information of the objects will be displayed in in the

right pane. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-33.

7. Click Create On Device in the toolbar and click "OK" in the alert box that
appears to complete the configuration, as shown in Figure 6-127.

Figure 6-127 Configuring the ONU Data Service Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 6-171
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.4.6.9 Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→OLT QinQ Domain to open the
OLT QinQ Domain tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create an OLT QinQ domain.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-32.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-128.

Figure 6-128 Configuring the OLT QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.4.6.10 Binding PON Port to QinQ Domain

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GC8B card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→PON Attach/Detach Domain to open

the PON Attach/Detach Domain tab.

3. Click the PON port to be bound with the QinQ domain and click the pane on the
right side. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a domain name.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-32.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-129.

6-172 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-129 Binding the PON Port to the QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the VLAN N:1 Translation Mode in a Batch Manner

6.4.6.11 Configuration Result

The PC5 to PC8 can access the Internet normally.

6.5 Example for Data Service Configuration - in

the Selective QinQ Mode

The following uses an example to introduce the configuration method of the data
service in the selective QinQ mode.

6.5.1 Configuration Rules

u The AN5116-06B supports the QinQ data service, i.e., the VLAN Stacking.

u Selective QinQ: The system can process the CVLAN and SVLAN of the service
based on the source MAC address, destination MAC address, source IP
address, destination IP address, L4 source port number, L4 destination port
number, Ethernet type, inner VLAN, outer VLAN, service type, Time to Live,
protocol type, Layer 1 CoS, Layer 2 CoS and other conditions.

Version: A 6-173
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.5.2 Network Diagram

The network of the data service in the selective QinQ mode is shown in
Figure 6-130.

Figure 6-130 Data Service Network Connection under the Flexible QinQ Mode

u In the uplink direction, each PC is connected to the ONU directly. The data
uploaded from the PC is added with a CVLAN ID by the ONU and then
transmitted to the OLT by the splitter. The OLT classifies the uploaded data
services, adds SVLAN tags to the qualified service flow and transmits the
service flow to the providers network via the uplink port.

u In the downlink direction, the data service with two VLAN tags pass through the
OLT. The OLT classifies the data service flow and untags the SVLAN of the
qualified service flow and transmit it to the ONU via the splitter. The ONU
untags the CVLAN and transmits data to the subscriber's PC.

The AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as ONUs in this example. The
AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the interface cards at the
network side and the subscriber side respectively. And the HSWA card is
compulsory.

6-174 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.5.3 Configuring in the Selective QinQ Mode (for Type 1

ONU)

The following introduces how to configure the data service of the AN5506-04-B in
the selective QinQ mode.

6.5.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the data service for the AN5506-04-B in the
selective QinQ mode in a batch manner are shown in Table 6-34 and Table 6-35.

Table 6-34 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the Selective QinQ Mode

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used . 1

ONU
Configure according to the network planning of the
information ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-B

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service name data5
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. The starting VLAN ID should not be larger 3001
than the ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink
service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
Local end UNTAG.
service VLAN u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when
they pass the port and the packets will be
TAG/UNTAG TAG
uplinked in the untagged form, while the
downlink untagged packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data

Version: A 6-175
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-35 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the Selective QinQ Mode

Item Description Example

Service Type Select Data. Data

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.
Even if the service does not use the bandwidth
Fixed Bandwidth 128
resource, other services cannot occupy the
resource. The default setting is 128 Kbit/s.

The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s

Bandwidth uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used
Assured Bandwidth 0
allocation by this service, the resource may be released for
other services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink

service. The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and
Maximum Bandwidth the assured bandwidth value should not be larger 512
than the maximum bandwidth value. The default
setting is 512 Kbit/s.

ONU port number The number of the actually used ONU port. 1
Configure this item according to the operator’s
Enable / disable port Default
network planning; the default setting is Enable.

Configure this item according to the operator’s

Port Auto Negotiation Default
ONU port network planning; the default setting is Enable.
basic Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is
Port Speed Default
information enabled. The default setting is 100 Mbit/s.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Duplex Default
enabled. The default value is full-duplex.

Configure this item according to the operator’s

Flow Control Default
network planning; the default setting is Disable.

Configure according to the network planning of the

operator. Select Tag or Untag. In the Tag mode, the
TAG Untag
uplink data packets are tagged, whereas in the
Untag mode, the uplink data packets are untagged.

Configuring Service Type Select "Unicast". unicast

the ONU port The value ranges from 0 to 7. When the Tag mode is
Ethernet priority -
service set to Untag, this item is unconfigurable.
parameters When the Tag mode is set to Untag, this item is
VLAN ID -
unconfigurable. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

When the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item can be

CVLAN Mode Tag or Transparent. When the Tag Mode is set to Tag
Tag, this item can be Translation or Transparent.

6-176 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-35 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the Selective QinQ Mode
(Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of the

CVLAN ID 500
operator. The value ranges between 0 and 4085.

The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 refers to

PON priority or COS the highest priority level, 0 refers to the lowest 0
priority level.

Ds Encrypt State The default value is Disable. Disable

QinQ State Enables / disables the QinQ. Disable
It is unconfigurable when the QinQ State is set to
SVLAN ID -
disable. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

Select the service name configured in the local end

Service name VLAN. This item is invalid when QinQ State is set to -
Disable.
The SVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 refers to
the highest priority level, 0 refers to the lowest
PON priority or COS -
priority level. It is unconfigurable when the QinQ
State is set to disable.
Domain Name The flexible QinQ domain name aa
Service Type Single is selected by default. Share

CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID transparently transmitted. 500

COS The CVLAN priority transparently transmitted. The
(CVLAN value ranges between 0 and 7. 7 is the highest 0
User priority) priority while 0 is the lowest.
VLAN If the user VLAN layer 1 has been configured, users
layer 1 can set the action to transparent or translation; if
OLT QinQ Action Transparent
the user VLAN layer 1 is not configured, users can
Domain
set the action to transparent or attach.

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default

Action Select Attach. Attach
TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
User
COS
VLAN The SVLAN priority. The value ranges between 0
(SVLAN 0
layer 2 and 7. 7 is the highest priority while 0 is the lowest.
priority)

New VID SVLAN ID 3000

Configuring
service uplink Configure this item according to the network Based On
Bind type
rules for OLT planning of the operator. Ethernet Type
QinQ domain

Version: A 6-177
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-35 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the Selective QinQ Mode
(Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of the

Operator =
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Bind value 2048
operator.

Configure this item according to the network Source MAC

Configuring Bind type
planning of the operator. address
service
Configure according to the network planning of the
downlink rules Operator Match if exist
operator.
for OLT QinQ
Configure according to the network planning of the 00-00-00-00-77-
domain Bind value
operator. 77
The number of the slot connected with the ONU.
Slot No. 15
Read only.

The number of the actually used PON port. Read

PON No. 1
only.
Bind / unbind
Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

Action Bind QinQ domain to ONU Bind

Domain Name The bound QinQ domain. aa

6.5.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service for the AN5506-04-B in the selective QinQ
mode is shown in Figure 6-131.

6-178 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-131 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Flexible QinQ Mode

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU, and add VLAN
tags to the data service.

4. Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

Flexibly process the VLAN TAG of the service stream transmitted to the OLT by
configuring the OLT QinQ domain.

5. Binding QinQ domain to ONU

Apply the configured OLT QinQ domain to the ONU.

Version: A 6-179
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.5.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box. Click OK to create a local end VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-34.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-132.

Figure 6-132 The Service VLAN Local End Data Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the Flexible QinQ Mode

6.5.3.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-35.

4. Click Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the alert box that
appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-133.

6-180 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-133 The GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the Flexible QinQ Mode

6.5.3.5 Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List. Click Add to create a data service.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-35.

Version: A 6-181
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-134 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Flexible QinQ
Mode

5. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

6. Click the Create On Device to complete the service configuration for the
AN5506-04-B, as shown in Figure 6-135.

6-182 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-135 The Port Service Configuration is Completed - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the Flexible QinQ Mode

6.5.3.6 Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→OLT QinQ Domain to open the
OLT QinQ Domain tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create an OLT QinQ domain.

4. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-35.

Version: A 6-183
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-136.

Figure 6-136 QinQ Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Flexible QinQ Mode

6.5.3.7 Binding QinQ domain to ONU

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→ONU Attach/Unattach
Domain to access the ONU Attach/Unattach Domain tab.

3. Select the PON port 1 and select Attach in the drop-down list of Action field.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.

5. Click Domain name drop-down list and select aa.

6. Click Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the alert box that
appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-137.

Figure 6-137 Binding the ONU and the Domain - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Flexible QinQ Mode

6.5.3.8 Configuration Result

The PC1 and PC2 can access the Internet normally.

6-184 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

6.5.4 Configuring in the Selective QinQ Mode (for Type 2

ONU)

The following introduces how to configure the data service of the AN5506-10-B1 in
the selective QinQ mode.

6.5.4.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the data service for the AN5506-10-B1 in the
selective QinQ mode are shown in Table 6-36 and Table 6-37.

Table 6-36 Planning Data at the OLT Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the Flexible
QinQ Mode

Item Description Example

Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used . 1

ONU information Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-10-B1

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service name data5
operator.

Starting VLAN ID The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. 3000
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. The starting VLAN ID should not be larger 3001
than the ending VLAN ID.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink
service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
Local end UNTAG.
service VLAN u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when
they pass the port and the packets will be
TAG/UNTAG TAG
uplinked in the untagged form, while the
downlink untagged packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data

Version: A 6-185
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-37 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the Flexible
QinQ Mode

Item Description Example

Service Type Select integrated service. Integrated service

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.

Even if the service does not use the bandwidth
Fixed Bandwidth 128
resource, other services cannot occupy the
resource. The default setting is 128 Kbit/s.

The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an

ONU’s uplink service. If the bandwidth resource
Bandwidth
Assured Bandwidth is not used by this service, the resource may be 0
allocation
released for other services. The default setting is
0.
The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink
service. The sum of the fixed bandwidth value
Maximum Bandwidth and the assured bandwidth value should not be 512
larger than the maximum bandwidth value. The
default setting is 512 Kbit/s.

ONU port number The number of the actually used ONU port. 1
Configure this item according to the operator’s
Enable / disable port Default
network planning; the default setting is Enable.

Configure this item according to the operator’s

Port Auto Negotiation Default
ONU port network planning; the default setting is Enable.
basic Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is
Port Speed Default
information enabled. The default setting is 100 Mbit/s.

Unconfigurable when the port auto negotiation is

Duplex Default
enabled. The default value is full-duplex.

Configure this item according to the operator’s

Flow Control Default
network planning; the default setting is Disable.

Configure according to the network planning of

TLS Non TLS
the operator. Select TLS or Non TLS.

Service Type Select "Unicast". unicast

Configuring
Configure according to the network planning of
the ONU port VLAN Mode Tag
the operator. Select tag or transparent.
service
parameters TPID The default setting is 33024. 33024
Configure according to the network planning of
CVLAN ID the operator. The value ranges between 0 and 600
4085.

6-186 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Table 6-37 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the Flexible
QinQ Mode (Continued)

Item Description Example

The CVLAN priority, ranging from 0 to 7. 7 refers

Priority or COS to the highest priority level, 0 refers to the lowest 0
priority level.

Domain Name The flexible QinQ domain name bb

Service Type Single is selected by default. Share

CVLAN ID The CVLAN ID transparently transmitted. 600

COS The CVLAN priority transparently transmitted.
(CVLAN The value ranges between 0 and 7. 7 is the 0
priority) highest priority while 0 is the lowest.
User
If the user VLAN layer 1 has been configured,
VLAN
users can set the action to transparent or
layer 1
OLT QinQ Action translation; if the user VLAN layer 1 is not Transparent
Domain configured, users can set the action to
transparent or attach.

TPID The default setting is 33024. Default

Action Select Attach. Attach
TPID The default setting is 33024. Default
User
COS The SVLAN priority. The value ranges between 0
VLAN
(SVLAN and 7. 7 is the highest priority while 0 is the 0
layer 2
priority) lowest.
New VID SVLAN ID 3001
Configure this item according to the network Based On Ethernet
Bind type
Configuring planning of the operator. Type

service uplink Configure according to the network planning of

Operator =
rules for OLT the operator.
QinQ domain Configure according to the network planning of
Bind value 2048
the operator.

Configure this item according to the network Source MAC

Configuring Bind type
planning of the operator. address
service
Configure according to the network planning of
downlink rules Operator Match if exist
the operator.
for OLT QinQ
Configure according to the network planning of
domain Bind value 00-00-00-00-77-77
the operator.

The number of the slot connected with the ONU.

Bind / unbind Slot No. 15
Read only.

Version: A 6-187
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 6-37 Planning Data at the ONU Side for Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 in the Flexible
QinQ Mode (Continued)

Item Description Example

The number of the actually used PON port. Read

PON No. 1
only.

Configure according to the network planning of

ONU Auth No. 2
the operator.

Action Bind QinQ domain to ONU Bind

Domain Name The bound QinQ domain. bb

6.5.4.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the data service for the AN5506-10-B1 in the selective QinQ
mode is shown in Figure 6-138.

Figure 6-138 Data Service Configuration Flow - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Flexible QinQ Mode

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

6-188 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Configure the uplink port VLAN of the AN5116-06B for the designated service
flow to limit the VLAN ID range of the service.

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU data service and limit the traffic flow.

3. Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

Configure the LAN port status and working mode of the ONU, and add VLAN
tags to the data service.

4. Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

Flexibly process the VLAN TAG of the service stream transmitted to the OLT by
configuring the OLT QinQ domain.

5. Binding QinQ domain to ONU

Apply the configured OLT QinQ domain to the ONU.

6.5.4.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

6.5.4.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 6-37.

4. Click Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the alert box that
appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-139.

Version: A 6-189
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-139 The GPON Service Bandwidth Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the Flexible QinQ Mode

6.5.4.5 Configuring Data Service Parameters for the ONU Port

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 from the Data Port List. Click Add to create a data service, and
configure it according to the planning data in Table 6-37.

6-190 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

Figure 6-140 The Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Flexible
QinQ Mode

4. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

5. Click the Modify On Device button to complete the service configuration for the
AN5506-10-B1, as shown in Figure 6-141.

Version: A 6-191
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 6-141 The Port Service Configuration is Completed - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the Flexible QinQ Mode

6.5.4.6 Configuring OLT QinQ Domain

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→OLT QinQ Domain to open the
OLT QinQ Domain tab.

6-192 Version: A
 6 Configuring Data Services

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create an OLT QinQ domain.

4. Configure according to the planning data in Table 6-37.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 6-142.

Figure 6-142 The QinQ Mode - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Flexible QinQ Mode

6.5.4.7 Binding QinQ domain to ONU

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→ONU Attach/Unattach
Domain to access the ONU Attach/Unattach Domain tab.

3. Select the PON port 1 and select Attach in the drop-down list of Action field.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.

5. Click Domain name drop-down list and select bb.

6. Click Create On Device button on the toolbar and click OK in the alert box that
appears. The configuration is completed, as shown in Figure 6-143.

Figure 6-143 Binding the ONU and the Domain - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Flexible QinQ Mode

Version: A 6-193
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

6.5.4.8 Configuration Result

The PC1 and PC2 can access the Internet normally.

6-194 Version: A
7 Multicast Service Configuration

The AN5116-06B supports four multicast modes, including proxy mode, snooping
mode, proxy-snooping mode and controllable mode, for different network
environments. The four multicast modes have the same service configuration
procedures, only different in mode selection. In addition, multicast proxy IP is not
required in the snooping mode. The following uses examples to introduce
configuration of various multicast services and the multicast optional functions.

Example for Multicast Service Configuration - in the Proxy-Snooping Mode

Example for Multicast Service Configuration - in the Proxy Mode

Example for Multicast Service Configuration - in the Controllable Mode

Example for Configuring Multicast VLAN 1:2 Translation

Example for SSM Multicast Configuration

Optional Functions

Version: A 7-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.1 Example for Multicast Service Configuration -

in the Proxy-Snooping Mode

The following gives an example to introduce the multicast service configuration

method in the proxy-snooping mode.

7.1.1 Configuration Rules

u The processing methods in the three multicast modes are described as follows:

4 In the proxy mode, the core switch card and the GPON interface card are
both in the proxy mode; the system proactively manages the statuses of
multicast group members, which can effectively reduce the protocol
processing load on the uplink equipment.

4 In the snooping mode, the core switch card and the GPON interface card
are both in the snooping mode; they only snoop and forward the IGMP
messages. This mode has smallest influence on the system load, but
cannot lower the protocol processing load on the uplink equipment.

4 In the proxy-snooping mode, the core switch card is in the proxy mode,
and the GPON interface card is in the snooping mode, which is a
combination of the proxy mode and the snooping mode.

u For a type 1 ONU, after adding a multicast service to the ONU port, users
should also add a unicast service; for a type 2 ONU, users need not add a
unicast service after adding a multicast service.

u For a type 1 ONU, the VLANs of the multicast uplink and downlink protocols
can be configured respectively; For a type 2 ONU, the uplink protocol VLAN is
translated to the port signaling VLAN, i.e. CVLAN, and the VLANs of the
downlink protocol messages and the downlink multicast stream are processed
in the same way.

u The VLAN CoS does not need to be configured in the multicast services. The
CoS of the downlink multicast stream is carried by the multicast stream and
cannot be modified on the OLT and the ONU. The CoS of the uplink / downlink
multicast protocol message is 0 by default.

u The VLAN of the multicast group should be within the range of the local VLAN.

7-2 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

u One multicast program can belong to only one multicast VLAN; one multicast
VLAN can include one multicast program or one multicast program group (a
collection of the multicast programs with integrated authority management).

u The uplink ports of the AN5116-06B cannot join multiple VLANs at the same
time in the untagged mode.

7.1.2 Network Diagram

Figure 7-1 shows the network diagram of the AN5116-06B which provides the
multicast services in the proxy-snooping mode.

Figure 7-1 The Multicast Service Network Connection under the Proxy-snooping Mode

u Downlink direction: The ONU strips the tag from the multicast stream with
VLAN Tag=100 at the AN5116-06B side, then sends the stream to the set top
box to forward it to the video users.

u Uplink direction: The ONU attaches the tag with the VLAN=100 to the join /
leave multicast protocol messages; and then sends the messages to the
AN5116-06B. The AN5116-06B then forwards the messages to the IPTV
server.

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A and GC8B card as the interface cards at the
network side and user side respectively. The HSWA card is compulsory. The
AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as ONUs in this example.

Version: A 7-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.1.3 Configuring Respectively (for Type 1 ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-04-B as an example to introduce how to configure

the multicast service for the ONUs of type 1 in the proxy-snooping mode
respectively.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

7.1.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the multicast service for the AN5506-04-B in the proxy-
snooping mode (configured respectively) are shown in Table 7-1 and Table 7-2.

Table 7-1 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B

The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Slot No. 15
ONU interface card.
information PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Service name iptv1
operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.

Starting VLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of the 100
Local end
operator.
service VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. Configure according to the network 100
planning of the operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 20:SFP1

7-4 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-1 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink

service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when
they pass the port and the packets will be
TAG/UNTAG TAG
uplinked in the untagged form, while the
downlink untagged packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto for the service VLAN. Auto Bind

Uplink port Port No. Select 20:2, corresponding to 20:SFP1. 20:2

packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example. Multicast Package
suppression Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable

Multicast Configure according to the network planning of the

IGMP Mode Proxy-snooping mode
Mode operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Multicast
VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the 100
VLAN
range of the local VLAN.

Table 7-2 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network planning of
Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of

ONU multicast Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.
bandwidth
Configure according to the network planning of
configuration Maximum Bandwidth 512
the operator. The default value is 512.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data

Configure according to the network planning of
Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

Version: A 7-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-2 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of

Maximum Bandwidth 512
the operator. The default value is 512.

Configure according to the number of the

Port No. 1, 2
actually used ONU port.

The options include TAG and UNTAG.

u TAG indicates that the downlink multicast
data stream passing the ONU port has a
certain VLAN tag.
IGMP data VLAN mode u UNTAG indicates that the downlink TAG
multicast data stream passing the ONU
port does not have a VLAN tag. Configure
according to the network planning of the
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of

the operator. The ONU only receives the
IGMP data VLAN 100
downlink multicast data stream with the
designated VLAN Tag.
ONU multicast Configure according to the network planning of
service the operator. The options include
configuration TRANSPARENT, TAG, RETAG and REMOVE.
u TRANSPARENT indicates that the uplink
multicast protocol message is transmitted
transparently.
u TAG indicates that the uplink multicast
IGMP protocol VLAN mode protocol message is added with a VLAN RETAG
tag.
u RETAG indicates that the VLAN tag of the
uplink multicast protocol message is
translated into a new tag.
u REMOVE indicates that the VLAN tag of
the uplink multicast protocol message is
stripped.

Configure according to the network planning of

IGMP Up protocol VLAN the operator. The multicast VLAN should be 100
within the range of the local VLAN.

7-6 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-2 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the number of the

Port list LAN1, LAN2
actually used ONU port.

Service Type Unicast unicast

Configure according to the network planning of
the operator. Select Tag or Untag. In the Tag
TAG mode, the uplink data packets are tagged, Untag
whereas in the Untag mode, the uplink data
packets are untagged.
ONU data
Configure according to the network planning of
service
the operator. Select tag or transparent. When
configuration
the Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item can be
CVLAN Mode Tag
Tag or Transparent. When the Tag Mode is set
to Tag, this item can be Translation or
Transparent.

Configure according to the network planning of

CVLAN ID 100
the operator.

The options include 0 to 7; 0 is the lowest and 7

PON priority or COS 7
is the highest.

7.1.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of the multicast service configuration respectively in the proxy-snooping

mode for the AN5506-04-B is shown in Figure 7-2.

Version: A 7-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-2 Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Proxy-snooping Mode
Respectively for the AN5506-04-B

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.

4. Configuring Multicast VLAN

7-8 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. The users can configure
one or more VLANs dedicated for the multicast service to isolate it from other
services.

5. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

6. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

Configure the VLAN of the multicast data flow and the VLAN of the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol message.

7. Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters

Configure the VLAN of the multicast uplink/downlink protocol message.

7.1.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local End Service VLAN to
access the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for Add: dialog box
that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a local service VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-3.

Figure 7-3 The Service VLAN Local End Data Configuration- Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the Proxy Mode Respectively

Version: A 7-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.1.3.4 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Security Config→Upport Packet Rate Control
to open the Upport Packet Rate Control tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-1. Select 20:2 in Port No. and clear the
Enable/Disable check box of the corresponding multicast packet.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-4.

Figure 7-4 The Designated Uplink Port Packet Suppression-Configure the AN5506-04-B in the
Proxy Mode Respectively

7.1.3.5 Configuring Multicast Mode

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Mode to open the IGMP
Mode tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-1, select Proxy-snooping Mode in the
pull-down list of the IGMP Mode item.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-5.

7-10 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-5 Multicast Mode - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy-snooping Mode
Respectively

7.1.3.6 Configuring Multicast VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Multicast VLAN to open the
Multicast VLAN tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-1, double-click the VLAN column and
enter 100.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-6.

Figure 7-6 Multicast VLAN - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy-snooping Mode
Respectively

7.1.3.7 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

Version: A 7-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-2.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-7.

Figure 7-7 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy-
snooping Mode Respectively

7.1.3.8 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→ONU IGMP Service Config,
and then click the ONU IGMP Service Config tab.

3. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
two services.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-8.

7-12 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-8 ONU Multicast Service - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy-snooping
Mode Respectively

7.1.3.9 Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List pane, and click the Add button to bring up
the Services Configuration dialog box. Configure parameters in the dialog
box according to the planning data in Table 7-2, as shown in Figure 7-9.

Version: A 7-13
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-9 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy-snooping
Mode Respectively

4. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

7-14 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-10 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy-snooping
Mode Respectively

5. Select LAN2 in the Data Port List pane, and then configure the LAN2 port in
the same way as the LAN1 port.

6. Return to Data port Config tab and click Modify On Device. The data service
configuration of the AN5506-04-B ports is now completed.

7.1.3.10 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-04-B are started
up; and the users can watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is 100
normally.

Version: A 7-15
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.1.4 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 1 ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-04-B as an example to introduce how to configure

the multicast service for the ONUs of type 1 in the proxy-snooping mode in a batch
manner.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

7.1.4.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the multicast service for the AN5506-04-B in the proxy-
snooping mode (configured in a batch manner) are shown in Table 7-3 and
Table 7-4.

Table 7-3 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured in a Batch Manner)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B

The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Slot No. 15
ONU interface card.
information PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Configure according to the network planning of
ONU Auth No. 1
the operator.

Configure according to the network planning of

Service name iptv1
the operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.

Starting VLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of 100
Loal end
the operator.
service VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. Configure according to the network 100
planning of the operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 20:SFP1

7-16 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-3 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink

service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG
and UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when
they pass the port and the packets will be
TAG/UNTAG uplinked in the untagged form, while the TAG
downlink untagged packets will be added
with designated tags when they pass the
port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto for the service VLAN. Auto Bind

Uplink port Port No. Select 20:2, corresponding to 20:SFP1. 20:2

packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example. Multicast Package
suppression Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable

Multicast Configure according to the network planning of

IGMP Mode Proxy-snooping mode
mode the operator.

Configure according to the network planning of

Multicast
VLAN the operator. The multicast VLAN should be 100
VLAN
within the range of the local VLAN.

Table 7-4 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured in a Batch Manner)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of the

Profile name a
operator.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network planning of the
Bandwidth Fixed Bandwidth 128
operator. The default value is 128.
Config Profile
Configure according to the network planning of the
Assured Bandwidth 0
operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Maximum Bandwidth 512
operator. The default value is 512.

Version: A 7-17
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-4 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data

Configure according to the network planning of the
Fixed Bandwidth 128
operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Assured Bandwidth 0
operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Maximum Bandwidth 512
operator. The default value is 512.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Profile name b
operator.

The options include Tag and Untag.

u Tag indicates that the downlink multicast data
stream passing the ONU port has a certain
VLAN tag.
IGMP data VLAN mode TAG
u Untag indicates that the downlink multicast
data stream passing the ONU port does not
have a VLAN tag. Configure according to the
network planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

operator. The ONU only receives the downlink
IGMP data VLAN 100
multicast data stream with the designated VLAN
ONU Tag.
multicast Configure according to the network planning of the
service operator. The options include TRANSPARENT,
configuration TAG, RETAG and REMOVE.
u TRANSPARENT indicates that the uplink
multicast protocol message is transmitted
transparently.
IGMP protocol VLAN
u TAG indicates that the uplink multicast RETAG
mode
protocol message is added with a VLAN tag.
u RETAG indicates that the VLAN tag of the
uplink multicast protocol message is
translated into a new tag.
u REMOVE indicates that the VLAN tag of the
uplink multicast protocol message is stripped.

Configure according to the network planning of the

IGMP Up protocol VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the 100
range of the local VLAN.

7-18 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-4 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of the

Profile name c
operator.

ONU type The type of the actually used ONU. AN5506-04-B

Service
ONU Subprofile Config ONU Bandwidth allocation profile a
Profile
Port Type Designated ONU port type LAN port

Port No. Select the actually used ONU port number. 1, 2

Port Subprofile Config ONU multicast service profile b
Select the name of the bandwidth profile to be
Profile ID c
bound with the ONU.
Action Select Bind in this example. Bind
Service
The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Profile Slot No. 15
interface card.
Binding
PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Select according to the ONU authorization number
ONU No. 1
to be bound to the service profile.

7.1.4.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of multicast service configuration in the proxy-snooping mode in a batch

manner (for the AN5506-04-B) is shown in Figure 7-11.

Version: A 7-19
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-11 The Flow of Multicast Service Configuration under the Proxy-snooping Mode in a
Batch Manner (for the AN5506-04-B)

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.

4. Configuring Multicast VLAN

7-20 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. The users can configure
one or more VLANs dedicated for the multicast service to isolate it from other
services.

5. Configuring ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

6. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Profile

Configure the VLAN of the multicast data flow and the VLAN of the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol message.

7. Configuring Service Profile

Configure the bandwidth allocation profile and multicast service profile.

8. Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

Bind the ONU to the service profile and apply the parameters of the service
profile to the ONU.

7.1.4.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.1.4.4 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

See Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression for the configuration
procedures.

7.1.4.5 Configuring Multicast Mode

See Configuring Multicast Mode for the configuration procedures.

7.1.4.6 Configuring Multicast VLAN

See Configuring Multicast VLAN for the configuration procedures.

Version: A 7-21
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.1.4.7 Configuring ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to access the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

3. Click the left pane and click Append in the toolbar. In the Please Input the
Rows for Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK to add a
bandwidth allocation profile. Enter a in the Profile Name field.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
two services.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-4.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-12.

Figure 7-12 The GPON Service Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner

7.1.4.8 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config to access the Service Profile Config tab.

7-22 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

3. Select the "IGMP Service Profile" tab and click Append in the toolbar.Enter 1 in
the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and lick OK to
add a service profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-4.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-13.

Figure 7-13 Multicast Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy-
snooping Mode in a Batch Manner

7.1.4.9 Configuring Service Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config to access the Service Profile Config tab.

3. Click the Service Profile tab.

4. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
a service profile.

5. Double-click the Profile Name text box , enter c and select AN5506-04-B from
the drop-down list of the ONU Type. Double-click the blank area of the ONU
Subprofile Config to access the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box.

6. In the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile
configuration. Click the Profile Type drop-down list to select Bandwidth
Config Profile. Click the Profile Name drop-down list to select a, as shown in
Figure 7-14.

Version: A 7-23
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-14 ONU Subprofile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy-snooping Mode
in a Batch Manner

7. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

8. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.

9. Click the Port Type drop-down list to select LAN port. Double-click the blank
area of the Port No. and enter 1. Double-click the blank area of the ONU Port
Profile Config to access the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box.

10. In the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile
entry. Click the drop-down list of the Profile Type to select IGMP Service
Profile. Double-click the blank area below the Profile Name to enter b, as
shown in Figure 7-15.

7-24 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-15 Port Subprofile - Configuring for the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy-snooping
Mode in a Batch Manner

11. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

12. Repeat Step 7 to Step 9 to configure the multicast service profile of port 2.

13. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-16.

Figure 7-16 Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy-snooping Mode
in a Batch Manner

Version: A 7-25
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.1.4.10 Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config to access the Service Profile Config tab.

3. Click the Service Profile Binding tab.

4. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
a service profile.

5. Select c from the drop-down list of Profile ID and select Attach from the drop-
down list of Action.

6. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears and click OK.

7. Double-click a blank area under the ONU No. item to select the designated
ONU in the Select Objects dialog box, as shown in Figure 7-17.

7-26 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-17 Selecting Object - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy-snooping mode
in a Batch Manner

8. Click OK and return to the Service Profile Binding window.

9. Click Create On Device in the toolbar and click "OK" in the alert box that
appears to complete the configuration, as shown in Figure 7-18.

Figure 7-18 Service Profile Binding - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy-snooping
Mode in a Batch Manner

7.1.4.11 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-04-B are started
up; and the users can watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is 100
normally.

Version: A 7-27
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.1.5 Configuring Respectively (for Type 2 ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the multicast service for the ONUs of type 2 in the proxy-snooping mode
respectively.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

7.1.5.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the multicast service for the AN5506-10-B1 in the proxy-
snooping mode (configured respectively) are shown in Table 7-5 and Table 7-6.

Table 7-5 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-10-B1

The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Slot No. 15
ONU interface card.
information PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Service name iptv1
operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.

Starting VLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of the 100
Loal end
operator.
service VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. Configure according to the network planning 100
of the operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 20:SFP1

7-28 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-5 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink

service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will be uplinked in
TAG/UNTAG TAG
the untagged form, while the downlink untagged
packets will be added with designated tags
when they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind in this example. Auto Bind

Uplink port Port No. Select 20:2, corresponding to 20:SFP1. 20:2

packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example. Multicast Package
suppression Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable

Multicast Configure according to the network planning of the

IGMP Mode Proxy-snooping mode
mode operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Multicast
VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the 100
VLAN
range of the local VLAN.

Table 7-6 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network planning of
Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

ONU Configure according to the network planning of

Assured Bandwidth 0
multicast the operator. The default value is 0.
bandwidth Configure according to the network planning of
Maximum Bandwidth 512
configuration the operator. The default value is 512.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Integrated service

Configure according to the network planning of

Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

Version: A 7-29
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-6 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of

Maximum Bandwidth 512
the operator. The default value is 512.

Configure according to the number of the

Port list LAN1 to LAN2
actually used ONU port.

Service Type Select multicast for the multicast service. Multicast

Configure according to the network planning of
ONU the operator. The options include tag and
multicast transparent. tag is to strip the VLAN Tag from
VLAN Mode Tag
service the downlink multicast stream that passes the
configuration ONU port. transparent is to transparently
transmit the downlink multicast stream.
The VLAN ID that the downlink multicast stream
CVLAN ID carries. Configure according to the network 100
planning of the operator.

7.1.5.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of the multicast service configuration in the proxy-snooping mode

respectively for the AN5506-10-B1 is shown in Figure 7-19.

7-30 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-19 The Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Proxy-snooping Mode
Respectively (for the AN5506-10-B1)

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.

4. Configuring Multicast VLAN

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. The users can configure
one or more VLANs dedicated for the multicast service to isolate it from other
services.

5. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

Version: A 7-31
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

6. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

Configure the VLAN of the multicast data flow and the VLAN of the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol message.

7.1.5.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.1.5.4 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

See Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression for the configuration
procedures.

7.1.5.5 Configuring Multicast Mode

See Configuring Multicast Mode for the configuration procedures.

7.1.5.6 Configuring Multicast VLAN

See Configuring Multicast VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.1.5.7 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-6.

4. Click the button on the toolbar to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 7-20.

7-32 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-20 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Proxy-
snooping Mode Respectively

7.1.5.8 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List pane, and click Add to bring up the
Services Configuration dialog box. Configure parameters in the dialog box
according to the planning data in Table 7-6, as shown in Figure 7-21.

Version: A 7-33
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-21 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Proxy-snooping
Mode Respectively

4. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

7-34 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-22 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Proxy-
snooping Mode Respectively

5. Select LAN2 in the Data Port List pane, and then configure the LAN2 port in
the same way as the LAN1 port.

6. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

7. Click Modify On Device to complete the port data service configuration of the
AN5506-10-B1.

Version: A 7-35
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.1.5.9 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-10-B1 are
started up; and the users can watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is
100 normally.

7.1.6 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 2 ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the multicast service for the ONUs of type 2 in the proxy-snooping mode in a batch
manner.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

7.1.6.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the multicast service for the AN5506-10-B1 in the proxy-
snooping mode (configured in a batch manner) are shown in Table 7-7 and
Table 7-8.

Table 7-7 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured in a Batch Manner)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-10-B1

The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Slot No. 15
ONU interface card.
information PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 2
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Service name iptv1
operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.

Starting VLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of the 100
Loal end
operator.
service VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. Configure according to the network 100
planning of the operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 20:SFP1

7-36 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-7 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink

service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when
they pass the port and the packets will be
TAG/UNTAG TAG
uplinked in the untagged form, while the
downlink untagged packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Slot Bind Mode Select Auto Bind in this example. Auto Bind

Uplink port Port No. Select 20:2, corresponding to 20:SFP1. 20:2

packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example. Multicast Package
suppression Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable

Multicast Configure according to the network planning of the

IGMP Mode Proxy-snooping mode
mode operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Multicast
VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the 100
VLAN
range of the local VLAN.

Table 7-8 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured in a Batch Manner)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

Profile name d
the operator.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network planning of
Fixed Bandwidth 128
Bandwidth the operator. The default value is 128.
Config Profile Configure according to the network planning of
Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of

Maximum Bandwidth 512
the operator. The default value is 512.

Service Type Select Integrated Service for the data service. Integrated service

Version: A 7-37
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-8 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy-Snooping Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of

Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of

Maximum Bandwidth 512
the operator. The default value is 512.

The number of the slot for the actually used

Slot No. 15
PON interface card.
PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
ONU
Select the authorization number of the ONU to
Configuration ONU No. 2
be configured.

Select the bandwidth profile to be bound with

Bandwidth Allocation d
the ONU.
Configure according to the network planning of
Profile name e
the operator.

Service Type Select multicast for the multicast service. Multicast

Multicast Configure according to the network planning of
Service Model the operator. The options include tag and
Profile transparent. tag is to strip the VLAN Tag from
CVLAN Mode Tag
the downlink multicast stream that passes the
ONU port. transparent is to transparently
transmit the downlink multicast stream.
The number of the slot for the actually used
Slot No. 15
PON interface card.
PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Select the authorization number of the ONU to
ONU No. 2
be configured.
ONU data
Select the authorization number of the ONU to
service Port No. 1, 2
be configured.
configuration
Service ID Select the service stream sequence number. 1
The VLAN ID that the downlink multicast stream
CVLAN ID 100
carries.
Select the multicast service model profile to
Service Model Profile e
which the ONU ports binds.

7-38 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.1.6.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of the multicast service configuration in the proxy-snooping mode in a

batch manner (for the AN5506-10-B1) is shown in Figure 7-23.

Figure 7-23 The Flow of Multicast Service Configuration under the Proxy-snooping Mode in a
Batch Manner (for the AN5506-10-B1)

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Version: A 7-39
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the equipment.

4. Configuring Multicast VLAN

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. The users can configure
one or more VLANs dedicated for the multicast service to isolate it from other
services.

5. Configuring ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

6. Binding the ONU with the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Bind the ONU with the bandwidth allocation profile; that is, apply the bandwidth
allocation profile to the ONU.

7. Configuring Multicast Service Model Profile

Configure the multicast service VLAN profile.

8. Configuring ONU Multicast Parameters

Bind the multicast service model profile to the ONU port and configure the
VLAN ID of the downlink multicast data stream.

7.1.6.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.1.6.4 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

See Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression for the configuration
procedures.

7-40 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.1.6.5 Configuring Multicast Mode

See Configuring Multicast Mode for the configuration procedures.

7.1.6.6 Configuring Multicast VLAN

See Configuring Multicast VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.1.6.7 Configuring ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to access the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

3. Click the left pane and click Append in the toolbar. In the "Please Input the
Rows for Add:" dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK to add a
bandwidth allocation profile. Enter a in the Profile Name field.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
two services.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-8.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-24.

Figure 7-24 The GPON Service Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner

Version: A 7-41
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.1.6.8 Binding the ONU with the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Configure to

open the ONU Configure tab.

3. Click the Set Object As Condition button, select AN5506-10-B1[2] under the
PON port 1 in Slot 15 from the lower pane, and click OK.

4. The detailed information of the object will be displayed in the right pane. Select
d from the drop-down lists of GPON Bandwidth.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-25.

Figure 7-25 ONU Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Proxy-snooping
Mode in a Batch Manner

7.1.6.9 Configuring Multicast Service Model Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→Service Model

Profile to open the Service Model Profile tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a service model profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-8.

7-42 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-26.

Figure 7-26 The Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Proxy-
snooping Mode in a Batch Manner

7.1.6.10 Configuring ONU Multicast Parameters

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Data Service

Configure to open the ONU Data Service Configure tab.

3. Click the Add Item Number button in the toolbar to bring up the Add Item
Number dialog box. Select LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the ONU and click OK to
return to the ONU Data Service Configure window.

Version: A 7-43
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-27 Adding Entry Number - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Proxy-snooping
Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the objects will be displayed in in the

right pane. Configure according to the planning data in Table 7-8.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-28.

Figure 7-28 ONU Data Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506–10–B1s under the
Proxy-snooping Mode in a Batch Manner

7-44 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.1.6.11 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-10-B1 are
started up; and the users can watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is
100 normally.

7.2 Example for Multicast Service Configuration -

in the Proxy Mode

The following gives an example to introduce the multicast service configuration

method in the proxy mode.

7.2.1 Configuration Rules

u In the proxy mode, the core switch card and the GPON interface card are both
in the proxy mode; the system proactively manages the statuses of multicast
group members, which can effectively reduce the protocol processing load on
the uplink equipment.

u For a type 1 ONU, after adding a multicast service to the ONU port, users
should also add a unicast service; For a type 2 ONU, users need not add a
unicast service after adding a multicast service.

u For a type 1 ONU, the VLANs of the multicast uplink and downlink protocols
can be configured respectively; For a type 2 ONU, the uplink protocol VLAN is
translated to the port signaling VLAN, i.e. CVLAN, and the VLANs of the
downlink protocol messages and the downlink multicast stream are processed
in the same way.

u The VLAN CoS does not need to be configured in the multicast services. The
CoS of the downlink multicast stream is carried by the multicast stream and
cannot be modified on the OLT and the ONU. The CoS of the uplink / downlink
multicast protocol message is 0 by default.

u The VLAN of the multicast group should be within the range of the local VLAN.

u One multicast program can belong to only one multicast VLAN; one multicast
VLAN can include one multicast program or one multicast program group (a
collection of the multicast programs with integrated authority management).

Version: A 7-45
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

u The AN5116-06B supports multiple multicast VLANs and different multicast

services belong to different multicast VLANs.

u The uplink ports of the AN5116-06B cannot join multiple VLANs at the same
time in the untagged mode.

7.2.2 Network Diagram

Figure 7-29 shows the network diagram of the AN5116-06B which provides
multicast services in the proxy mode.

Figure 7-29 The Multicast Service Network Connection under the Proxy Mode

u Downlink direction: The OLT transmits the multicast messages with VLAN ID =
100 / 200 to the ONU via the PON link. The ONU strips the Tag from the
multicast messages and then transmits the stream to the set top box for
forwarding it to the video users.

u Uplink direction: The ONU attaches the join / leave multicast protocol
messages with the VLAN ID = 100 / 200 tag transmitted from the set top box,
and then transmits the messages to the AN5116-06B. The AN5116-06B
forwards them to the IPTV server.

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A and GC8B card as the interface cards at the
network side and user side respectively. The HSWA card is compulsory. The
AN5506-04-B and the AN5506-10-B1 are used as ONUs in this example.

7-46 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.2.3 Configuring Respectively (for Type 1 ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-04-B as an example to introduce how to configure

the multicast service for the ONUs of type 1 in the proxy mode respectively.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

7.2.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the multicast service for the AN5506-04-B in the proxy mode
(configured respectively) are shown in Table 7-9 and Table 7-10.

Table 7-9 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-04-B (Configured
Respectively)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B

The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Slot No. 15
ONU interface card.
information PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Service name iptv1
operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.

Starting VLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of the 100
Local end
operator.
service VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. Configure according to the network planning 200
of the operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP1

Version: A 7-47
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-9 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-04-B (Configured
Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink

service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will be uplinked in
TAG/UNTAG TAG
the untagged form, while the downlink untagged
packets will be added with designated tags when
they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Uplink port Port No. Select 19:2, corresponding to 19:SFP1. 19:2

packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example. Multicast Package
suppression Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable

Multicast Configure according to the network planning of the

IGMP Mode Proxy mode
mode operator.

Enabling
Dynamic Configure according to the network planning of the
Enable/Disable Enable
Multicast operator.
VLAN Mode
Configure according to the network planning of the
Multicast
VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the 100
VLAN
range of the local VLAN.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Profile name IGMP_Profile
operator.
IGMP Profile
Configure according to the network planning of the
Auth group 224.0.1.0
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Auth group 224.0.1.0
operator.
Group
Configure according to the network planning of the
parameters
Group VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the 200
range of the local VLAN.

7-48 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-10 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network
Fixed Bandwidth planning of the operator. The default 128
value is 128.
Configure according to the network
Assured Bandwidth planning of the operator. The default 0
value is 0.
Configure according to the network
Maximum Bandwidth planning of the operator. The default 512
ONU multicast
value is 512.
bandwidth
Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data
configuration
Configure according to the network
Fixed Bandwidth planning of the operator. The default 128
value is 128.
Configure according to the network
Assured Bandwidth planning of the operator. The default 0
value is 0.
Configure according to the network
Maximum Bandwidth planning of the operator. The default 512
value is 512.
Configure according to the number
Port No. 1 2
of the actually used ONU port.

The options include Tag and Untag.

u Tag indicates that the downlink
multicast data stream passing
the ONU port has a certain
VLAN tag.
IGMP data VLAN mode u Untag indicates that the TAG
ONU multicast
downlink multicast data stream
service
passing the ONU port does not
configuration
have a VLAN tag. Configure
according to the network
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

planning of the operator. The ONU
IGMP data VLAN only receives the downlink multicast 100 200
data stream with the designated
VLAN Tag.

Version: A 7-49
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-10 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network

planning of the operator. The options
include TRANSPARENT, TAG,
RETAG and REMOVE.
u TRANSPARENT indicates that
the uplink multicast protocol
message is transmitted
transparently.
u TAG indicates that the uplink
IGMP protocol VLAN mode RETAG
multicast protocol message is
added with a VLAN tag.
u RETAG indicates that the VLAN
tag of the uplink multicast
protocol message is translated
into a new tag.
u REMOVE indicates that the
VLAN tag of the uplink multicast
protocol message is stripped.

Configure according to the network

planning of the operator. The
IGMP Up protocol VLAN 100 200
multicast VLAN should be within the
range of the local VLAN.

Configure according to the number

Port list LAN1 LAN2
of the actually used ONU port.

Configure according to the network

planning of the operator. Select Tag
or Untag. In the Tag mode, the
TAG Untag
uplink data packets are tagged,
whereas in the Untag mode, the
ONU data
uplink data packets are untagged.
service
Configure according to the network
configuration
planning of the operator. When the
Tag Mode is set to Untag, this item
CVLAN Mode Tag
can be Tag or Transparent. When
the Tag Mode is set to Tag, this item
can be Translation or Transparent.

Configure according to the network

CVLAN ID 100 200
planning of the operator.

7-50 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-10 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-04-B
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network

PON priority or COS 5 5
planning of the operator.

7.2.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of the multicast service configuration respectively in the proxy mode for the
AN5506-04-B is shown in Figure 7-30.

Version: A 7-51
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-30 The Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Proxy Mode Respectively
for the AN5506-04-B

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

7-52 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.

4. Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode

Enable / disable the dynamic multicast VLAN mode of the AN5116-06B.

5. Configuring Multicast VLAN

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. The users can configure
one or more VLANs dedicated for the multicast service to isolate it from other
services.

6. Configuring Multicast Profile

Create a multicast profile, and add multicast programs to this profile.

7. Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

Configure related parameters of the multicast programs added to the multicast

profile.

8. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

9. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

Configure the VLAN of the multicast data flow and the VLAN of the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol message.

10. Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters

Configure the VLAN of the multicast uplink/downlink protocol message.

7.2.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local End Service VLAN to
access the Local End Service VLAN tab.

Version: A 7-53
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a local end VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-9.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-31.

Figure 7-31 Service VLAN Local End Data - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy
Mode Respectively

7.2.3.4 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Security Config→Upport Packet Rate Control
to open the Upport Packet Rate Control tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-9, select 19:2 in the Port No., and clear
the Enable/Disable check box of the corresponding multicast packet.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-32.

Figure 7-32 The Designated Uplink Port Packet Suppression - Configuring the AN5506-04-B
under the Proxy Mode Respectively

7-54 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.2.3.5 Configuring Multicast Mode

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Mode to open the IGMP
Mode tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-9, and select Proxy Mode in the drop-
down list of the IGMP Mode item.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-33.

Figure 7-33 Multicast Mode - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy Mode
Respectively

7.2.3.6 Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Dynamic IGMP VLAN Mode to
open the Dynamic IGMP VLAN Mode tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-9.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-34.

Version: A 7-55
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-34 Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy
Mode Respectively

7.2.3.7 Configuring Multicast VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Multicast VLAN to open the
Multicast VLAN tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-9, double-click the VLAN column, and
enter 100.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-35.

Figure 7-35 Multicast VLAN - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy Mode
Respectively

7.2.3.8 Configuring Multicast Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

7-56 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Profile and Port to
access the IGMP Profile and Port tab.

3. Click the IGMP Profile tab.

4. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
a multicast profile.

5. According to Table 7-9, enter IGMP_Profile in the Profile Name text box.

6. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
a multicast program.

7. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-9.

8. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-36.

Figure 7-36 Multicast Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy Mode
Respectively

7.2.3.9 Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

Note:

If the Group VLAN item is configured for any specific group in this step,
the default multicast VLAN will be no longer valid for the group.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Profile and Port to
access the IGMP Profile and Port tab.

Version: A 7-57
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Click the Group Parameter tab.

4. Click the Append button in the toolbar, and type 1 in the Please Input the
Rows for Add: dialog box that appears; click the OK button to add one
multicast program, and the Auth group bar will automatically obtain the
multicast program IP address added in the multicast profile.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-9.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-37.

Figure 7-37 Group Parameters - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy Mode
Respectively

7.2.3.10 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-10.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-38.

7-58 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-38 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy
Mode Respectively

7.2.3.11 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→ONU IGMP Service Config,
and then click the ONU IGMP Service Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-10.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-39.

Figure 7-39 ONU Multicast Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the
Proxy Mode Respectively

7.2.3.12 Configuring ONU Data Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

Version: A 7-59
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List pane, and click the Add button to bring up
the Services Configuration dialog box. Configure parameters in the dialog
box according to the planning data in Table 7-10, as shown in Figure 7-40.

Figure 7-40 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy Mode
Respectively

4. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

7-60 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-41 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-B under the Proxy Mode
Respectively

5. Select LAN2 in the Data Port List pane, and then configure the LAN2 port in
the same way as the LAN1 port.

6. Return to Data port Config tab and click Modify On Device. The data service
configuration of the AN5506-04-B ports is now completed.

7.2.3.13 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-04-B are started
up. Users can watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is 100 normally via
the LAN1 port and watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is 200 normally
via the LAN2 port.

Version: A 7-61
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.2.4 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 1 ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-04-B as an example to introduce how to configure

the multicast service for the ONUs of type 1 in the proxy mode in a batch manner.

See Table 1-1 for the ONUs of type 1.

7.2.4.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the multicast service for the AN5506-04-B in the proxy mode
(configured in a batch manner) are shown in Table 7-11 and Table 7-12.

Table 7-11 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the Proxy Mode (Configured
in a Batch Manner)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-B

The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Slot No. 15
ONU interface card.
information PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Service name iptv1
operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.

Starting VLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of the 100
Local end
operator.
service VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End Configure according to the network planning of the 200
operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP1

7-62 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-11 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the OLT Side in the Proxy Mode (Configured
in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service

VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink packets
will be stripped automatically when they pass the
port and the packets will be uplinked in the untagged
TAG/UNTAG form, while the downlink untagged packets will be TAG
added with designated tags when they pass the
port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink / downlink
data packets will not be processed when they pass
the port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Uplink port Port No. Select 19:2, corresponding to 19:SFP1. 19:2

packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example. Multicast Package
suppression Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable

Multicast Configure according to the network planning of the

IGMP Mode Proxy mode
mode operator.

Enabling
Dynamic Configure according to the network planning of the
Enable/Disable Enable
Multicast operator.
VLAN Mode
Configure according to the network planning of the
Multicast
VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the range 100
VLAN
of the local VLAN.
Configure according to the network planning of the
Profile name IGMP_Profile
operator.
IGMP Profile
Configure according to the network planning of the
Auth group 224.0.1.0
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Auth group 224.0.1.0
operator.
Group
Configure according to the network planning of the
parameters
Group VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the range 200
of the local VLAN.

Version: A 7-63
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-12 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the Proxy Mode
(Configured in a Batch Manner)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

Profile name test1
the operator.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network planning of
Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of

Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.

Bandwidth Configure according to the network planning of

Maximum Bandwidth 512
Config Profile the operator. The default value is 512.

Service Type Select Data for the data service. Data

Configure according to the network planning of
Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of

Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of

Maximum Bandwidth 512
the operator. The default value is 512.

Configure according to the network planning of

Profile name a b
the operator.

The options include TAG and UNTAG.

u TAG indicates that the downlink multicast
data stream passing the ONU port has a
certain VLAN tag.
ONU
IGMP data VLAN mode u Untag indicates that the downlink TAG
multicast
multicast data stream passing the ONU
service
port does not have a VLAN tag. Configure
configuration
according to the network planning of the
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of

the operator. The ONU only receives the
IGMP data VLAN 100 200
downlink multicast data stream with the
designated VLAN Tag.

7-64 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-12 Planning Data for the AN5506-04-B at the ONU Side in the Proxy Mode
(Configured in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

the operator. The options include
TRANSPARENT, TAG, RETAG and
REMOVE.
u TRANSPARENT indicates that the uplink
multicast protocol message is transmitted
transparently.
IGMP protocol VLAN u TAG indicates that the uplink multicast
RETAG
mode protocol message is added with a VLAN
tag.
u RETAG indicates that the VLAN tag of the
uplink multicast protocol message is
translated into a new tag.
u REMOVE indicates that the VLAN tag of
the uplink multicast protocol message is
stripped.

Configure according to the network planning of

IGMP Up protocol VLAN the operator. The multicast VLAN should be 100 200
within the range of the local VLAN.

Configure according to the network planning of

Profile name c
the operator.

ONU type The type of the actually used ONU. AN5506-04-B

Service
ONU Subprofile Config ONU Bandwidth allocation profile a
Profile
Port Type Designated ONU port type LAN port

Port No. Select the actually used ONU port number. 1 2

Port Subprofile Config ONU multicast service profile a b
Select the name of the bandwidth profile to be
Profile ID c
bound with the ONU.
Action Select Bind in this example. Bind
Service
The number of the slot for the actually used
Profile Slot No. 15
PON interface card.
Binding
PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Select according to the ONU authorization
ONU No. 1
number to be bound to the service profile.

Version: A 7-65
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.2.4.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of the multicast service configuration in a batch manner in the proxy mode
(for the AN5506-04-B) is shown in Figure 7-42.

Figure 7-42 Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Proxy Mode in a Batch
Manner (for the AN5506-04-B)

7-66 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.

4. Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode

Enable / disable the dynamic multicast VLAN mode of the AN5116-06B.

5. Configuring Multicast VLAN

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. The users can configure
one or more VLANs dedicated for the multicast service to isolate it from other
services.

6. Configuring Multicast Profile

Create a multicast profile, and add multicast programs to this profile.

7. Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

Configure related parameters of the multicast programs added to the multicast

profile.

8. Configuring ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

9. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Profile

Configure the VLAN of the multicast data flow and the VLAN of the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol message.

10. Configuring Service Profile

Configure the bandwidth allocation profile and multicast service profile.

11. Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

Bind the ONU to the service profile and apply the parameters of the service
profile to the ONU.

Version: A 7-67
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.2.4.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.2.4.4 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

See Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression for the configuration
procedures.

7.2.4.5 Configuring Multicast Mode

See Configuring Multicast Mode for the configuration procedures.

7.2.4.6 Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode

See Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode for the configuration procedures.

7.2.4.7 Configuring Multicast VLAN

See Configuring Multicast VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.2.4.8 Configuring Multicast Profile

See Configuring Multicast Profile for the configuration procedures.

7.2.4.9 Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

See Configuring Multicast Group Parameters for the configuration procedures.

7.2.4.10 Configuring ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

7-68 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to access the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

3. Click the left pane and click Append in the toolbar. In the Please Input the
Rows for Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK to add a
bandwidth allocation profile. Enter test1 in the Profile Name field.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
two services.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-11.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-43.

Figure 7-43 The GPON Service Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the
Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner

7.2.4.11 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config to access the Service Profile Config tab.

3. Select the "IGMP Service Profile" tab and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2
in the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK
to add two multicast service profiles.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-11.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-44.

Version: A 7-69
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-44 Multicst Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy Mode in
a Batch Manner

7.2.4.12 Configuring Service Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config to access the Service Profile Config tab.

3. Click the Service Profile tab.

4. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
a service profile.

5. Double-click the Profile Name text box , enter c and select AN5506-04-B from
the drop-down list of the ONU Type. Double-click the blank area of the ONU
Subprofile Config to access the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box.

6. In the ONU Subprofile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile entry.
Click the Profile Type drop-down list to select Bandwidth Config Profile. Click
the Profile Name drop-down list to select test1, as shown in Figure 7-45.

7-70 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-45 ONU Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy
Mode in a Batch Manner

7. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

8. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK.

9. Click the Port Type drop-down list to select LAN port. Double-click the blank
area of the Port No. and enter 1 and 2. Double-click the blank area of the ONU
Port Profile Config of port 1 to access the ONU Port Profile Config dialog
box.

10. In the ONU Port Profile Config dialog box, click Add to add a new profile
entry. Click the drop-down list of the Profile Type and select IGMP Service
Profile; double-click the blank area below the Profile Name and enter a, as
shown in Figure 7-46.

Version: A 7-71
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-46 Port Subprofile Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy
Mode in a Batch Manner

11. Double-click the blank area of the ONU Port Profile Config of port 2 to bind
the multicast service profile b.

12. Click OK and return to the Service Profile window.

13. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-47.

Figure 7-47 Service Profile - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy Mode in a Batch
Manner

7-72 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.2.4.13 Binding the ONU to the Service Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→Service Profile

Config to access the Service Profile Config tab.

3. Click the Service Profile Binding tab.

4. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
a service profile.

5. Select c from the drop-down list of Profile ID and select Attach from the drop-
down list of Action.

6. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK.

7. Double-click a blank area under the ONU No. item to select the designated
ONU in the Select Objects dialog box, as shown in Figure 7-48.

Version: A 7-73
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-48 Selecting Object - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy Mode in a
Batch Manner

8. Click OK and return to the Service Profile Binding window.

9. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-49.

Figure 7-49 Service Profile Binding - Configuring the AN5506-04-Bs under the Proxy Mode in
a Batch Manner

7-74 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.2.4.14 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-04-B are started
up. Users can watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is 100 normally via
the LAN1 port and watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is 200 normally
via the LAN2 port.

7.2.5 Configuring Respectively (for Type 2 ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the multicast service for the ONUs of type 2 in the proxy mode respectively.

See Table 1-2 for the ONUs of type 2.

7.2.5.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the multicast service for the AN5506-10-B1 in the proxy mode
(configured respectively) are shown in Table 7-13 and Table 7-14.

Table 7-13 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-10-B1

The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Slot No. 15
interface card.
ONU information
PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Service name iptv1
operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.

Starting VLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of the 100
Local end
operator.
service VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End Configure according to the network planning of the 200
operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP1

Version: A 7-75
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-13 Planning Data at the OLT Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service

VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink packets
will be stripped automatically when they pass the
port and the packets will be uplinked in the
TAG/UNTAG untagged form, while the downlink untagged TAG
packets will be added with designated tags when
they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink / downlink
data packets will not be processed when they pass
the port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Port No. Select 19:2, corresponding to 19:SFP1. 19:2

Uplink port
Multicast
packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example.
Package
suppression
Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable
Configure according to the network planning of the
Multicast mode IGMP Mode Proxy mode
operator.

Enabling
Dynamic Configure according to the network planning of the
Enable/Disable Enable
Multicast VLAN operator.
Mode
Configure according to the network planning of the
Multicast VLAN VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the range 100
of the local VLAN.
Configure according to the network planning of the
Profile name IGMP_Profile
operator.
IGMP Profile
Configure according to the network planning of the
Auth group 224.0.1.0
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Auth group 224.0.1.0
operator.
Group
Configure according to the network planning of the
parameters
Group VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the range 200
of the local VLAN.

7-76 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-14 Planning Data at the ONU Side in the Proxy Mode for the AN5506-10-B1
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network planning
Fixed Bandwidth 128
of the operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning

Assured Bandwidth 0
of the operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning

ONU multicast Maximum Bandwidth 512
of the operator. The default value is 512.
bandwidth
Service Type Select Integrated service for data services. Integrated service
configuration
Configure according to the network planning
Fixed Bandwidth 128
of the operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning

Assured Bandwidth 0
of the operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning

Maximum Bandwidth 512
of the operator. The default value is 512.

Configure according to the number of the

Port list LAN1 LAN2
actually used ONU port.

Service Type Select multicast for the multicast service. Multicast

Configure according to the network planning
of the operator. The options include tag and
ONU multicast transparent. tag is to strip the VLAN Tag
service VLAN Mode from the downlink multicast stream that Tag
configuration passes the ONU port. transparent is to
transparently transmit the downlink multicast
stream.
The VLAN ID that the downlink multicast
CVLAN ID stream carries. Configure according to the 100 200
network planning of the operator.

7.2.5.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of the multicast service configuration respectively in the proxy mode (for
the AN5506-10-B1) is shown in Figure 7-50.

Version: A 7-77
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-50 Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Proxy Mode Respectively (for
the AN5506-10-B1)

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

7-78 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.

4. Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode

Enable / disable the dynamic multicast VLAN mode of the AN5116-06B.

5. Configuring Multicast VLAN

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. The users can configure
one or more VLANs dedicated for the multicast service to isolate it from other
services.

6. Configuring Multicast Profile

Create a multicast profile, and add multicast programs to this profile.

7. Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

Configure related parameters of the multicast programs added to the multicast

profile.

8. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

9. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

Configure the VLAN of the multicast data flow and the VLAN of the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol message.

7.2.5.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.2.5.4 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

See Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression for the configuration
procedures.

7.2.5.5 Configuring Multicast Mode

See Configuring Multicast Mode for the configuration procedures.

Version: A 7-79
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.2.5.6 Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode

See Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode for the configuration procedures.

7.2.5.7 Configuring Multicast VLAN

See Configuring Multicast VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.2.5.8 Configuring Multicast Profile

See Configuring Multicast Profile for the configuration procedures.

7.2.5.9 Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

See Configuring Multicast Group Parameters for the configuration procedures.

7.2.5.10 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-14.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-51.

Figure 7-51 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Proxy
Mode Respectively

7-80 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.2.5.11 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List pane, and click Add to bring up the
Services Configuration dialog box. Configure parameters in the dialog box
according to the planning data in Table 7-14, as shown in Figure 7-52.

Figure 7-52 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Proxy Mode
Respectively (VLAN 100)

4. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

Version: A 7-81
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-53 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Proxy Mode
Respectively (VLAN 100)

5. Select LAN2 in the Data Port List pane, and click Add to bring up the
Services Configuration dialog box. Configure parameters in the dialog box
according to the planning data in Table 7-14, as shown in Figure 7-54.

7-82 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-54 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Proxy Mode
Respectively (VLAN 200)

6. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

Version: A 7-83
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-55 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Proxy Mode
Respectively (VLAN 200)

7. Click Modify On Device to complete the port data service configuration of the
AN5506-10-B1.

7.2.5.12 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-10-B1 are
started up. Users can watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is 100
normally via the LAN1 port and watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is
200 normally via the LAN2 port.

7-84 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.2.6 Configuring in a Batch Manner (for Type 2 ONUs)

The following uses the AN5506-10-B1 as an example to introduce how to configure

the multicast service for the ONUs of type 2 in the proxy mode in a batch manner.

See Table 1-2 for the ONU of type 2.

7.2.6.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the multicast service for the AN5506-10-B1 in the proxy mode
(configured in a batch manner) are shown in Table 7-15 and Table 7-16.

Table 7-15 Planning Data for the AN5506-10-B1 at the OLT Side in the Proxy Mode
(Configured in a Batch Manner)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-10-B1

The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Slot No. 15
interface card.
ONU information
PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Service name iptv1
operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.

Starting VLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of the 100
Local end
operator.
service VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.
VLAN ID End Configure according to the network planning of the 200
operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP1

Version: A 7-85
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-15 Planning Data for the AN5506-10-B1 at the OLT Side in the Proxy Mode
(Configured in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service

VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink packets
will be stripped automatically when they pass the
port and the packets will be uplinked in the
TAG/UNTAG untagged form, while the downlink untagged TAG
packets will be added with designated tags when
they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink / downlink
data packets will not be processed when they pass
the port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Port No. Select 19:2, corresponding to 19:SFP1. 19:2

Uplink port
Multicast
packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example.
Package
suppression
Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable
Configure according to the network planning of the
Multicast mode IGMP Mode Proxy mode
operator.

Enabling
Dynamic Configure according to the network planning of the
Enable/Disable Enable
Multicast VLAN operator.
Mode
Configure according to the network planning of the
Multicast VLAN VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the range 100
of the local VLAN.
Configure according to the network planning of the
Profile name IGMP_Profile
operator.
IGMP Profile
Configure according to the network planning of the
Auth group 224.0.1.0
operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Auth group 224.0.1.0
operator.
Group
Configure according to the network planning of the
parameters
Group VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the range 200
of the local VLAN.

7-86 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-16 Planning Data for the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the Proxy Mode
(Configured in a Batch Manner)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

Profile name d
the operator.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network planning of
Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of

Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.

Bandwidth Configure according to the network planning of

Maximum Bandwidth 512
Config Profile the operator. The default value is 512.

Service Type Select Integrated Service for the data service. Integrated service

Configure according to the network planning of

Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of

Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of

Maximum Bandwidth 512
the operator. The default value is 512.

The number of the slot for the actually used

Slot No. 15
PON interface card.
PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
ONU
Select the authorization number of the ONU to
Configuration ONU No. 1
be configured.

Select the bandwidth profile to be bound with

Bandwidth Allocation d
the ONU.
Configure according to the network planning of
Profile name e
the operator.

Service Type Select multicast for the multicast service. Multicast

Multicast Configure according to the network planning of
Service Model the operator. The options include tag and
Profile transparent. tag is to strip the VLAN Tag from
CVLAN Mode Tag
the downlink multicast stream that passes the
ONU port. transparent is to transparently
transmit the downlink multicast stream.
ONU data The number of the slot for the actually used
Slot No. 15
service PON interface card.
configuration PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1

Version: A 7-87
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-16 Planning Data for the AN5506-10-B1 at the ONU Side in the Proxy Mode
(Configured in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Select the authorization number of the ONU to

ONU No. 1
be configured.

Select the authorization number of the ONU to

Port No. 1 2
be configured.

Service ID Select the service stream sequence number. 1

The VLAN ID that the downlink multicast
CVLAN ID 100 200
stream carries.
Select the multicast service model profile to
Service Model Profile e
which the ONU ports binds.

7.2.6.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of the multicast service configuration in a batch manner in the proxy mode
(for the AN5506-10-B1) is shown in Figure 7-56.

7-88 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-56 Flow of Configuring the Multicast Services under the Proxy Mode in a Batch
Manner (for the AN5506-10-B1)

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the VLAN ID range for the services
that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

Version: A 7-89
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the equipment.

4. Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode

Enable / disable the dynamic multicast VLAN mode of the equipment.

5. Configuring Multicast VLAN

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. The users can configure
one or more VLANs dedicated for the multicast service to isolate it from other
services.

6. Configuring Multicast Profile

Create a multicast profile, and add multicast programs to this profile.

7. Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

Configure related parameters of the multicast programs added to the multicast

profile.

8. Configuring ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

9. Binding the ONU with the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Bind the ONU with the bandwidth allocation profile; that is, apply the bandwidth
allocation profile to the ONU.

10. Configuring Multicast Service Model Profile

Configure the multicast service VLAN profile.

11. Configuring ONU Multicast Services

Bind the multicast service model profile to the ONU port and configure the
VLAN ID of the downlink multicast data stream.

7.2.6.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7-90 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.2.6.4 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

See Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression for the configuration
procedures.

7.2.6.5 Configuring Multicast Mode

See Configuring Multicast Mode for the configuration procedures.

7.2.6.6 Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode

See Enabling Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode for the configuration procedures.

7.2.6.7 Configuring Multicast VLAN

See Configuring Multicast VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.2.6.8 Configuring Multicast Profile

See Configuring Multicast Profile for the configuration procedures.

7.2.6.9 Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

See Configuring Multicast Group Parameters for the configuration procedures.

7.2.6.10 Configuring ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to access the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

Version: A 7-91
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Click the left pane and click Append in the toolbar. In the "Please Input the
Rows for Add:" dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK to add a
bandwidth allocation profile. Enter d in the Profile Name field.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
two services.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-16.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-57.

Figure 7-57 The GPON Service Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner

7.2.6.11 Binding the ONU with the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Configure to

open the ONU Configure tab.

3. Click the Set Object As Condition button, select PON[15]-AN5506-10-B1[1]

under the PON port 1 in Slot 15 from the lower pane, and click OK.

4. The detailed information of the object will be displayed in the right pane. Select
d from the drop-down lists of GPON Bandwidth.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-58.

7-92 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-58 ONU configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Proxy Mode in a
Batch Manner

7.2.6.12 Configuring Multicast Service Model Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→Service Model

Profile to open the Service Model Profile tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a service model profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-16.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-59.

Figure 7-59 Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Proxy Mode in
a Batch Manner

Version: A 7-93
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.2.6.13 Configuring ONU Multicast Services

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Data Service

Configure to open the ONU Data Service Configure tab.

3. Click the Add Item Number button in the toolbar to bring up the Add Item
Number dialog box. Select LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the ONU and click OK to
return to the ONU Data Service Configure window.

Figure 7-60 Adding Item Number - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Proxy Mode in a
Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information of the objects will be displayed in in the

right pane. Configure according to the planning data in Table 7-16.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-61.

7-94 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-61 ONU Data Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Proxy Mode in a Batch Manner

7.2.6.14 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-10-B1 are
started up. Users can watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is 100
normally via the LAN1 port and watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is
200 normally via the LAN2 port.

7.3 Example for Multicast Service Configuration -

in the Controllable Mode

The following gives an example to introduce the multicast service configuration

methods in the controllable mode.

7.3.1 Configuration Rules

u In the controllable mode, users can configure the authority for each subscriber
to access each channel. The authority can be normal view or preview with
preview counts, time, and time interval.

u Each ONU user port supports up to 32 multicast VLANs, i.e., each port can
belong to 32 multicast groups, so that each subscriber can view up to 32
multicast programs simultaneously.

Version: A 7-95
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

u For a type 1 ONU, after adding a multicast service to the ONU port, users
should also add a unicast service; For a type 2 ONU, users need not add a
unicast service after adding a multicast service.

u For a type 1 ONU, the VLANs of the multicast uplink and downlink protocols
can be configured respectively; For a type 2 ONU, the uplink protocol VLAN is
translated to the port signaling VLAN, i.e. CVLAN, and the VLANs of the
downlink protocol messages and the downlink multicast stream are processed
in the same way.

u The VLAN CoS does not need to be configured in the multicast services. The
CoS of the downlink multicast stream is carried by the multicast stream and
cannot be modified on the OLT and the ONU. The CoS of the uplink / downlink
multicast protocol message is 0 by default.

u The VLAN of the multicast group should be within the range of the local VLAN.

u One multicast program can belong to only one multicast VLAN; yet one
multicast VLAN can include one multicast program or one multicast program
group (a collection of the multicast programs with integrated authority
management).

u The uplink ports of the AN5116-06B cannot join multiple VLANs at the same
time in the untagged mode.

7.3.2 Network Diagram

Figure 7-62 shows the network diagram of the AN5116-06B which provides the
multicast services in the controllable mode.

Figure 7-62 The Service Network for Multicast under the Controllable Mode

7-96 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

u Downlink direction: The ONU strips the tag from the multicast streams with
VLAN ID = 200 / 300 at the AN5116-06B side, and then sends the streams to
the set top box for forwarding it to the video users.

u Uplink direction: The ONU attaches the tag with VLAN ID = 1 / 2 to the join /
leave multicast protocol messages transmitted from the set top box, and
transmits the messages to the AN5116-06B. The AN5116-06B then forwards
the messages to the IPTV server.

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A and GC8B card as the interface cards at the
network side and user side respectively. The HSWA card is compulsory. The
AN5506-10-B1 is used as the ONU in this example.

7.3.3 Configuring Services Respectively

The following introduces how to configure multicast services in the controllable

mode respectively.

7.3.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the multicast service in the controllable mode (configured
respectively) are shown in Table 7-17 and Table 7-18.

Table 7-17 Planning Data at the OLT Side of the Multicast Service in Controllable Mode
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-10-B1

The number of the slot for the actually
Slot No. 15
used PON interface card.
ONU
The number of the PON port actually
information PON No. 1
used.
ONU Auth Configure according to the network
2
No. planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Service name iptv2
Loal end planning of the operator.
service The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port
Starting
VLAN service. Configure according to the 200
VLAN ID
network planning of the operator.

Version: A 7-97
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-17 Planning Data at the OLT Side of the Multicast Service in Controllable Mode
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink

VLAN ID End port service. Configure according to the 300
network planning of the operator.

The number of the actually used uplink

Interface No. 20:SFP1
port.

Configure the tag processing mode for the

uplink service VLAN. Two options can be
used: TAG and UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the
uplink packets will be stripped
automatically when they pass the port
and the packets will be uplinked in the
TAG/UNTAG untagged form, while the downlink TAG
untagged packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the
port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the
uplink / downlink data packets will not
be processed when they pass the
port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Port No. Select 20:2, corresponding to 20:SFP1. 20:2

Uplink port Type Of
Select multicast packet for this example. Multicast Package
packet Packet
suppression Enable/Disa-
Disables the suppression in this example. Disable
ble
Multicast Configure according to the network
IGMP Mode Controlled mode
mode planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Multicast planning of the operator. The multicast
VLAN 200
VLAN VLAN should be within the range of the
local VLAN.
Configure according to the network
Profile name igmp1
planning of the operator.
IGMP Profile The IP address of multicast programs.
Auth group Configure according to the network 225.0.1.1 225.0.1.2 225.0.1.3
planning of the operator.

7-98 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-17 Planning Data at the OLT Side of the Multicast Service in Controllable Mode
(Configured Respectively) (Continued)

Item Description Example

The authority to view the multicast

programs. The options include Normal
Authority Normal Normal Preview
and Preview. Configure according to the
network planning of the operator.

The times a subscriber can preview a

Preview
given program. Configure according to the － － 4
Number
network planning of the operator.

The duration for subscribers to preview

Preview multicast programs each time. Configure
－ － 10
duration according to the network planning of the
operator.

The interval for subscribers to preview

Preview multicast programs each time. Configure
－ － 30
Interval according to the network planning of the
operator.
Group
The reset period of subscriber preview
parameters
authority. When the preview rest time
Preview reset
expires, subscribers can preview again. － － 24
time
Configure according to the network
planning of the operator.

The total duration for the subscribers to

Preview Total preview the multicast programs. Configure
－ － 254
Time according to the network planning of the
operator.

The VLAN ID of the multicast group.

Group VLAN Configure according to the network 200 200 300
planning of the operator.

Select the authorization number of the

ONU port No. 1, 2
ONU to be configured.

Configure according to the network

Control
planning of the operator. The options Controlled
switch
Port include Controlled and Uncontrolled.
Parameters The profile name to be bound with the
Profile name igmp1
multicast port.

The VLAN ID of the multicast uplink

Signal VLAN protocol message VLAN, which should be 1, 2
consistent with the ONU port number.

Version: A 7-99
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-18 Planning Data at the ONU Side of the Multicast Service in the Controllable Mode
(Configured Respectively)

Item Description Example

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network planning of the
Fixed Bandwidth 128
operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Assured Bandwidth 0
operator. The default value is 0.

Maximum Configure according to the network planning of the

ONU 512
Bandwidth operator. The default value is 512.
multicast
Integrated
bandwidth Service Type Select Integrated service for data services.
service
configuration
Configure according to the network planning of the
Fixed Bandwidth 128
operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Assured Bandwidth 0
operator. The default value is 0.

Maximum Configure according to the network planning of the

512
Bandwidth operator. The default value is 512.

Select the authorization number of the ONU to be

Port list LAN1, LAN2
configured.

Service Type Select Multicast for multicast services. Multicast

Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU
operator. The options include tag and transparent. tag is
multicast
VLAN Mode to strip the VLAN Tag from the downlink multicast stream Tag
service
that passes the ONU port. transparent is to transparently
configuration
transmit the downlink multicast stream.
The VLAN ID that the downlink multicast stream carries.
CVLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of the 200, 300
operator.

7.3.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of the multicast service configuration respectively in the controllable mode
(for the AN5506-10-B1) is shown in Figure 7-63.

7-100 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-63 Flow of Configuring the Multicast Service under the Controllable Mode
Respectively (for the AN5506-10-B1)

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the service VLAN of the uplink port to process the service VLAN tag
that passes through the uplink port.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

Version: A 7-101
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.

4. Configuring Multicast VLAN

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. Configure one or more
VLANs dedicated for the multicast services. When multiple mutlcast services
are configured, dynamic multicast VLAN mode should be used to isolate them
from other service.

5. Configuring Multicast Profile

Create a multicast profile, add multicast programs to the profile, and set the
user's authority to view the programs.

6. Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

Configure relevant parameters of the multicast programs added to the multicast

profile.

7. Configuring Port Parameters

Configure related multicast parameters of the ONU port.

8. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

9. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

Configure the VLAN of the multicast data flow and the VLAN of the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol message.

7.3.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local End Service VLAN to
access the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for Add: dialog box
that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a local VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-17.

7-102 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-64.

Figure 7-64 Local End Service VLAN Data - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Controllable Mode Respectively

7.3.3.4 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Security Config→Upport Packet Rate Control
to open the Upport Packet Rate Control tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-17, select 20:2 in Port No. and clear the
Enable/Disable check box of the corresponding multicast packet.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-65.

Figure 7-65 Designated Uplink Port Packet Suppression - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1
under the Controllable Mode Respectively

Version: A 7-103
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.3.3.5 Configuring Multicast Mode

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Mode to open the IGMP
Mode tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-17, select Controlled Mode in the pull-
down list of the IGMP Mode item.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-66.

Figure 7-66 Multicast Mode - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Controllable Mode
Respectively

7.3.3.6 Configuring Multicast VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Multicast VLAN to open the
Multicast VLAN tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-17, double-click the VLAN column and
enter 200.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-67.

7-104 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-67 Multicast VLAN - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Controllable Mode
Respectively

7.3.3.7 Configuring Multicast Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Profile and Port to
access the IGMP Profile and Port tab.

3. Click the IGMP Profile tab.

4. Click the pane on the left side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
a multicast profile.

5. According to Table 7-17, enter igmp1 in the Profile Name text box.

6. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 3 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and click OK to add
three multicast programs.

7. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-17.

8. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-68.

Version: A 7-105
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-68 Multicast Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Controllable Mode
Respectively

7.3.3.8 Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

Note:

If the Group VLAN item is configured for any specific group in this step,
the default multicast VLAN will be no longer valid for the group.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Profile and Port to
access the IGMP Profile and Port tab.

3. Click the Group Parameter tab.

4. Click the Append button in the toolbar, and type 3 in the Please Input the
Rows for Add: dialog box that appears; click the OK button to add three
multicast programs, and the Auth group bar will automatically obtain the
multicast program IP address added in the multicast profile.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-17.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-69.

7-106 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-69 Group Parameter - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Controllable Mode
Respectively

7.3.3.9 Configuring Port Parameters

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Profile and Port to
access the IGMP Profile and Port tab.

3. Click the Port Parameter tab.

4. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add two ONU ports.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-17.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-70.

Figure 7-70 Port Parameter - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Controllable Mode
Respectively

Version: A 7-107
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.3.3.10 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane , select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-17.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-71.

Figure 7-71 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the
Controllable Mode Respectively

7.3.3.11 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List pane, and click Add to bring up the
Services Configuration dialog box. Configure parameters in the dialog box
according to the planning data in Table 7-18, as shown in Figure 7-72.

7-108 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-72 Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Controllable
Mode Respectively

4. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

Version: A 7-109
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-73 Data Port Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1 under the Controllable
Mode Respectively

5. Add another multicast service in the same way with the VLAN Mode as tag
and the CVLAN ID as 300.

6. Select LAN2 in the Data Port List pane, and then configure the LAN2 port in
the same way as the LAN1 port.

7. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

8. Click Modify On Device to complete the port data service configuration of the
AN5506-10-B1.

7-110 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.3.3.12 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-10-B1 are
started up; and the users can watch the video programs 225.0.1.1 and 225.0.1.2
whose multicast VLAN is 200 normally, and can preview the multicast program
225.0.1.3 whose VLAN is 300.

7.3.4 Configuring the Services in a Batch Manner

The following introduces how to configure multicast services in the controllable

mode in a batch manner.

7.3.4.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the multicast service in the controllable mode (configured in a
batch manner) are shown in Table 7-19 and Table 7-20.

Table 7-19 Planning Data on the OLT Side of the Multicast Service in the Controllable Mode
(Configuring in a Batch Manner)

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-10-B1

The number of the slot for the actually
Slot No. 15
used PON interface card.
ONU
The number of the PON port actually
information PON No. 1
used.
Configure according to the network
ONU Auth No. 2
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Service name iptv2
planning of the operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port

Starting VLAN
service. Configure according to the 200
ID
Loal end network planning of the operator.
service VLAN The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink
VLAN ID End port service. Configure according to the 300
network planning of the operator.

The number of the actually used uplink

Interface No. 20:SFP1
port.

Version: A 7-111
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-19 Planning Data on the OLT Side of the Multicast Service in the Controllable Mode
(Configuring in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the

uplink service VLAN. Two options can be
used: TAG and UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the
uplink packets will be stripped
automatically when they pass the port
and the packets will be uplinked in the
TAG/UNTAG untagged form, while the downlink TAG
untagged packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the
port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the
uplink / downlink data packets will not
be processed when they pass the
port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Uplink port Port No. Select 20:2, corresponding to 20:SFP1. 20:2

packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example. Multicast Package
suppression Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable
Configure according to the network
Multicast mode IGMP Mode Controlled mode
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

planning of the operator. The multicast
Multicast VLAN VLAN 200
VLAN should be within the range of the
local VLAN.
Configure according to the network
Profile name igmp1
planning of the operator.

The IP address of multicast programs.

225.0.1.
Auth group Configure according to the network 225.0.1.2 225.0.1.3
1
IGMP Profile planning of the operator.

The authority to view the multicast

programs. The options include Normal
Authority Normal Normal Preview
and Preview. Configure according to the
network planning of the operator.

The times a subscriber can preview a

Group Preview
given program. Configure according to the － － 4
parameters Number
network planning of the operator.

7-112 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-19 Planning Data on the OLT Side of the Multicast Service in the Controllable Mode
(Configuring in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

The duration for subscribers to preview

Preview multicast programs each time. Configure
－ － 10
duration according to the network planning of the
operator.

The interval for subscribers to preview

Preview multicast programs each time. Configure
－ － 30
Interval according to the network planning of the
operator.

The reset period of subscriber preview

authority. When the preview rest time
Preview reset
expires, subscribers can preview again. － － 24
time
Configure according to the network
planning of the operator.

The total duration for the subscribers to

Preview Total preview the multicast programs. Configure
－ － 254
Time according to the network planning of the
operator.

The VLAN ID of the multicast group.

Group VLAN Configure according to the network 200 200 300
planning of the operator.

The port number of the ONU to be

ONU port No. 1, 2
configured.

Configure according to the network

Control switch planning of the operator. The options Controlled
Port include Controlled and Uncontrolled.
Parameters The profile name to be bound with the
Profile name igmp1
multicast port.

The VLAN ID of the multicast uplink

Signal VLAN protocol message VLAN, which should be 1, 2
consistent with the ONU port number.

Table 7-20 Planning Data on the ONU Side of the Multicast Service in the Controllable Mode
(Configuring in a Batch Manner)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

Bandwidth Profile name a
the operator.
Config Profile
Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Version: A 7-113
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-20 Planning Data on the ONU Side of the Multicast Service in the Controllable Mode
(Configuring in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of

Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of

Maximum Bandwidth 512
the operator. The default value is 512.

Service Type Select Integrated Service for the data service. Integrated service

Configure according to the network planning of

Fixed Bandwidth 128
the operator. The default value is 128.

Configure according to the network planning of

Assured Bandwidth 0
the operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of

Maximum Bandwidth 512
the operator. The default value is 512.

The number of the slot for the actually used

Slot No. 15
PON interface card.
PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
ONU
Select the authorization number of the ONU to
Configuration ONU No. 2
be configured.

Select the bandwidth profile to be bound with

Bandwidth Allocation a
the ONU.
Configure according to the network planning of
Profile name b
the operator.

Service Type Select multicast for the multicast service. Multicast

Multicast Configure according to the network planning of
Service Model the operator. The options include tag and
Profile transparent. tag is to strip the VLAN Tag from
CVLAN Mode Tag
the downlink multicast stream that passes the
ONU port. transparent is to transparently
transmit the downlink multicast stream.
The number of the slot for the actually used
Slot No. 15
PON interface card.

ONU data PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
service Select the authorization number of the ONU to
ONU No. 2
configuration be configured.

Select the authorization number of the ONU to

Port No. 1, 2
be configured.

7-114 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-20 Planning Data on the ONU Side of the Multicast Service in the Controllable Mode
(Configuring in a Batch Manner) (Continued)

Item Description Example

Service ID Select the service stream sequence number. 1, 2

The VLAN ID that the downlink multicast stream
CVLAN ID 200, 300
carries.
Select the multicast service model profile to
Service model profile b
which the ONU ports binds.

Version: A 7-115
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.3.4.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of configuring the multicast service in the controllable mode is as shown in
Figure 7-74.

Figure 7-74 The Flow of the Multicast Service Configuration in a Batch Manner under the
Controllable Mode

7-116 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the service VLAN of the uplink port to process the service VLAN tag
that passes through the uplink port.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.

4. Configuring Multicast VLAN

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. Configure one or more
VLANs dedicated for the multicast services. When multiple mutlcast services
are configured, dynamic multicast VLAN mode should be used to isolate them
from other service.

5. Configuring Multicast Profile

Create a multicast profile, add multicast programs to the profile, and set the
user's authority to view the programs.

6. Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

Configure relevant parameters of the multicast programs added to the multicast

profile.

7. Configuring Port Parameters

Configure related multicast parameters of the ONU port.

8. Configuring ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

9. Binding the ONU with the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

Bind the ONU with the bandwidth allocation profile; that is, apply the bandwidth
allocation profile to the ONU.

10. Configuring Multicast Service Model Profile

Configure the multicast service VLAN profile.

11. Configuring ONU Multicast Services

Version: A 7-117
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Bind the multicast service model profile to the ONU port and configure the
VLAN ID of the downlink multicast data stream.

7.3.4.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

See Configuring the Local End Service VLAN for the configuration procedures.

7.3.4.4 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

See Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression for the configuration
procedures.

7.3.4.5 Configuring Multicast Mode

See Configuring Multicast Mode for the configuration procedures.

7.3.4.6 Configuring Multicast VLAN

See Configuring Multicast Group Parameters for the configuration procedures.

7.3.4.7 Configuring Multicast Profile

See Configuring Multicast Profile for the configuration procedures.

7.3.4.8 Configuring Multicast Group Parameters

See Configuring Multicast Group Parameters for the configuration procedures.

7.3.4.9 Configuring Port Parameters

See Configuring Port Parameters for the configuration procedures.

7-118 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.3.4.10 Configuring ONU Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→GPON Service

Bandwidth Config Profile to access the GPON Service Bandwidth Config
Profile tab.

3. Click the left pane and click Append in the toolbar. In the Please Input the
Rows for Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK to add a
bandwidth allocation profile. Enter a in the Profile Name field.

4. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, and lick OK to add
two services.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-20.

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-75.

Figure 7-75 The GPON Service Bandwidth Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Controllable Mode in a Batch Manner

7.3.4.11 Binding the ONU with the Bandwidth Allocation Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, selectConfig→Batch Configure→ONU Configure to

open the ONU Configure tab.

3. Click the Set Object As Condition button, select AN5506-10-B1[2] under the
PON port 1 in Slot 15 from the lower pane, and click OK.

Version: A 7-119
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. The detailed information of the object will be displayed in the right pane. Select
a from the drop-down list of GPON Service Bandwidth Config Profile.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-76.

Figure 7-76 ONU Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Controllable
Mode in a Batch Manner

7.3.4.12 Configuring Multicast Service Model Profile

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→Service Model

Profile to open the Service Model Profile tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a service model profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-20.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-77.

Figure 7-77 Service Model Profile - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Controllable
Mode in a Batch Manner

7-120 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.3.4.13 Configuring ONU Multicast Services

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Batch Configure→ONU Data Service

Configure to open the ONU Data Service Configure tab.

3. Click Add Item Numbers in the toolbar and the Add Item Numbers dialog box
appears. Select LAN1 and LAN2 of the ONU in the left pane and set Item
number to 2, and click the OK button, as shown in Figure 7-78.

Figure 7-78 Adding Item Number - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the Controllable
Mode in a Batch Manner

4. The specific configuration information about the selected objects will be

displayed in in the right pane. Configure according to the planning data in
Table 7-20.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-79.

Version: A 7-121
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-79 ONU Data Service Configuration - Configuring the AN5506-10-B1s under the
Controllable Mode in a Batch Manner

7.3.4.14 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 and LAN2 ports of the AN5506-10-B1 are
started up; and the users can watch the video programs 225.0.1.1 and 225.0.1.2
whose multicast VLAN is 200 normally, and can preview the multicast program
225.0.1.3 whose VLAN is 300.

7.4 Example for Configuring Multicast VLAN 1:2

Translation

The following uses an example to introduce how to configure the multicast service in
the VLAN 1:2 translation mode.

7.4.1 Configuration Rules

u When users need to watch the IPTV service and the video telephone service at
the same time, the VLAN 1:2 translation is needed to translate the multicast
VLAN into the IPTV service VLAN and the video telephone service VLAN at the
same time.

u The AN5116-06B only supports the VLAN 1:2 translation of the multicast
service.

u The multicast service VLAN 1:2 translation is supported in the proxy mode,
proxy-snooping mode and snooping mode.

7-122 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

u For a type 1 ONU, after adding a multicast service to the ONU port, users
should also add a unicast service; For a type 2 ONU, users need not add a
unicast service after adding a multicast service.

u The VLAN CoS does not need to be configured in the multicast services. The
CoS of the downlink multicast stream is carried by the multicast stream and
cannot be modified on the OLT and the ONU. The CoS of the uplink / downlink
multicast protocol message is 0 by default.

u The VLAN of the multicast group should be within the range of the local VLAN.

u One multicast program can belong to only one multicast VLAN; one multicast
VLAN can include one multicast program or one multicast program group (a
collection of the multicast programs with integrated authority management).

u The uplink ports of the AN5116-06B cannot join multiple VLANs at the same
time in the untagged mode.

7.4.2 Network Diagram

The network diagram for the multicast service under the VLAN 1:2 translation mode
is shown in Figure 7-80.

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A and GC8B card as the interface cards at the
network side and user side respectively. The HSWA card is compulsory. The
AN5506-10-B1 is used as the ONU in this example.

Figure 7-80 The Network Diagram for the Multicast Service under the VLAN 1:2 Translation
Mode

u Downlink direction: The ONU translates the multicast stream with the VLAN ID
1000 at the AN5116-06B side into the IPTV service with the CVLAN ID 256 and
the video telephone service with the CVLAN ID 512 respectively.

Version: A 7-123
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

u Uplink direction: The ONU translates the VLAN ID of the join / leave multicast
protocol messages transmitted from the set top box into 1000, and transmits
the messages to the AN5116-06B. The AN5116-06B then forwards the
messages to the IPTV server.

7.4.3 Planning Data

The planning data in the multicast VLAN 1:2 translation mode are shown in
Table 7-21 and Table 7-22.

Table 7-21 The OLT Side Planning Data in the Multicast VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-10-B1

The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Slot No. 15
ONU interface card.
information PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Configure according to the network planning of
ONU Auth No. 1
the operator.

Configure according to the network planning of

Service name iptv1
the operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.

Starting VLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of 1000
Local end
the operator.
service VLAN
The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port
VLAN ID End service. Configure according to the network 1000
planning of the operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP1

7-124 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-21 The OLT Side Planning Data in the Multicast VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode
(Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink

service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when
they pass the port and the packets will be
TAG/UNTAG uplinked in the untagged form, while the TAG
downlink untagged packets will be added
with designated tags when they pass the
port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Uplink port Port No. Select 19:2, corresponding to 19:SFP1. 19:2

packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example. Multicast Package
suppression Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable
Configure according to the network planning of
Multicast mode IGMP Mode Proxy mode
the operator.

Configure according to the network planning of

Multicast
VLAN the operator. The multicast VLAN should be within 1000
VLAN
the range of the local VLAN.

Table 7-22 The ONU Side Planning Data in the Multicast VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode

Item Description Example

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network planning of the
Fixed Bandwidth 128
operator. The default value is 128.

ONU Configure according to the network planning of the

Assured Bandwidth 0
multicast operator. The default value is 0.
bandwidth Configure according to the network planning of the
Maximum Bandwidth 512
configuration operator. The default value is 512.

Service Type Select Integrated service for data services. Integrated service

Configure according to the network planning of the

Fixed Bandwidth 128
operator. The default value is 128.

Version: A 7-125
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-22 The ONU Side Planning Data in the Multicast VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode
(Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of the

Assured Bandwidth 0
operator. The default value is 0.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Maximum Bandwidth 512
operator. The default value is 512.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Port No. LAN1
operator.

Service Type Select Multicast. Multicast

Configure according to the network planning of the
VLAN Mode Transparent
operator.

When the translation function is enabled, this item

is the VLAN ID before the translation. When the
CVLAN ID 1000
Tag mode is set to Untag, this item is
unconfigurable. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

The VLAN priority before translation; the value

Priority or COS range is from 0 to 7. 7 refers to the highest priority 5
ONU level, 0 refers to the lowest priority level.
multicast The translation enabling / disabling switch.
service config Translation State Selected.
Parameters are valid in the transparent mode.

The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges

Translation VID 256
from 1 to 4085.
The VLAN priority level after translation. The value
Priority or COS ranges from 0 to 7. 7 refers to the highest priority 5
level, 0 refers to the lowest priority level.

QinQ State Enables / disables the QinQ. -

It is unconfigurable when the QinQ State is set to
SVLAN ID -
disable. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

Select the service name configured in the local

Service name end VLAN. This item is invalid when QinQ State is -
set to Disable.
Configure according to the network planning of the
Port No. LAN1
ONU operator.

multicast Service Type Select Multicast. Multicast

service config Configure according to the network planning of the
VLAN Mode Transparent
operator.

7-126 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-22 The ONU Side Planning Data in the Multicast VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode
(Continued)

Item Description Example

When the translation function is enabled, this item

is the VLAN ID before the translation. When the
CVLAN ID 1000
Tag mode is set to Untag, this item is
unconfigurable. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

The VLAN priority before translation; the value

Priority or COS range is from 0 to 7. 7 refers to the highest priority 5
level, 0 refers to the lowest priority level.

The translation enabling / disabling switch.

Translation State Selected.
Parameters are valid in the transparent mode.

The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges

Translation VID 512
from 1 to 4085.
The VLAN priority level after translation. The value
Priority or COS ranges from 0 to 7. 7 refers to the highest priority 5
level, 0 refers to the lowest priority level.

QinQ State Enables / disables the QinQ. -

It is unconfigurable when the QinQ State is set to
SVLAN ID -
disable. The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

Select the service name configured in the local

Service name end VLAN. This item is invalid when QinQ State is -
set to Disable.

7.4.4 Configuration Flow

The flow of configuring multicast under the VLAN 1:2 translation mode is shown in
Figure 7-81.

Version: A 7-127
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-81 The Flow of Configuring Multicast under the VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the service VLAN of the uplink port to process the service VLAN tag
that passes through the uplink port.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

3. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.

4. Configuring Multicast VLAN

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. The users can configure
one or more VLANs dedicated for the multicast service to isolate it from other
services.

5. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

7-128 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

6. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

Configure the VLAN of the multicast data flow and the VLAN of the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol message.

7.4.5 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local End Service VLAN to
access the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar to enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box. Click OK to create a local end VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-21.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-82.

Figure 7-82 Local End Service VLAN Data - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode

7.4.6 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Security Config→Upport Packet Rate Control
to open the Upport Packet Rate Control tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-21, select 19:2 in the Port No. list and
clear the Enable/Disable check box of the corresponding multicast packet.

Version: A 7-129
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-83.

Figure 7-83 Configuring Packet Suppression at the Designated Uplink Port - VLAN 1:2
Translation Mode

7.4.7 Configuring Multicast Mode

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Mode to open the IGMP
Mode tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-21, select Proxy Mode in the drop-down
list of the IGMP Mode item.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-84.

Figure 7-84 Multicast Mode - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode

7-130 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.4.8 Configuring Multicast VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Multicast VLAN to open the
Multicast VLAN tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-21, double-click the VLAN column and
enter 1000.

4. Click the button on the toolbar to execute the configuration command, as

shown in Figure 7-85.

Figure 7-85 Multicast VLAN - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode

7.4.9 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane , select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-22.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-86.

Version: A 7-131
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-86 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode

7.4.10 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List pane, and click Add to bring up the
Services Configuration dialog box. Configure parameters in the dialog box
according to the planning data in Table 7-22, as shown in Figure 7-87.

7-132 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-87 Service Configuration - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode (IPTV Service)

4. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List pane, and click Add to bring up the
Services Configuration dialog box. Configure parameters in the dialog box
according to the planning data in Table 7-22, as shown in Figure 7-88.

Version: A 7-133
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-88 Service Configuration - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode (Video Telephone)

5. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

7-134 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-89 Data Port Configuration - VLAN 1:2 Translation Mode

6. Click Modify On Device to complete the port data service configuration of the
AN5506-10-B1.

7.4.11 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 port that belong to the AN5506-10-B1 are
started up; and the users can watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is
1000 normally via the set top box or the video telephone.

Version: A 7-135
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.5 Example for SSM Multicast Configuration

The following gives an example to introduce the SSM multicast service

configuration method.

7.5.1 Configuration Rules

u For a type 1 ONU, after adding a multicast service to the ONU port, users
should also add a unicast service; For a type 2 ONU, users need not add a
unicast service after adding a multicast service.

u For a type 1 ONU, the VLANs of the multicast uplink and downlink protocols
can be configured respectively; For a type 2 ONU, the uplink protocol VLAN is
translated to the port signaling VLAN, i.e. CVLAN, and the VLANs of the
downlink protocol messages and the downlink multicast stream are processed
in the same way.

u The VLAN CoS does not need to be configured in the multicast services. The
CoS of the downlink multicast stream is carried by the multicast stream and
cannot be modified on the OLT and the ONU. The CoS of the uplink / downlink
multicast protocol message is 0 by default.

u The VLAN of the multicast group should be within the range of the local VLAN.

u One multicast program can belong to only one multicast VLAN; one multicast
VLAN can include one multicast program or one multicast program group (a
collection of the multicast programs with integrated authority management).

u The uplink ports of the AN5116-06B cannot join multiple VLANs at the same
time in the untagged mode.

u When configuring the source IP address of the multicast SSM-Mapping, the IP

address is the unicast IP address; when configuring the multicast SSM
destination IP address range, the IP address is the multicast IP address.

u When configuring the multicast SSM, select IGMP V3 as the IGMP version.

7.5.2 Network Diagram

The network diagram for the SSM multicast service is shown in Figure 7-90.

7-136 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-90 Configuring the SSM Multicast Service Network

u Downlink direction: The multicast SPT (Shortest Path Tree) is set up between
the multicast source and the AN5116-06B. The multicast source 10.90.20.1
provides special multicast service for the subscribers under the AN5116-06B.
The ONU strips the VLAN tag of the multicast message and forwards it to the
set top box at the client side.

u Uplink direction: The ONU adds the tag to the joining / leaving multicast
protocol message transmitted from the set top box, and sends it to the AN5116-
06B. Then the AN5116-06B forwards the protocol message to the IPTV server.

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A and GC8B card as the interface cards at the
network side and user side respectively. The HSWA card is compulsory. The
AN5506-10-B1 is used as the ONU in this example.

7.5.3 Planning Data

See Table 7-23 and Table 7-24 for the planning data of the SSM multicast service.

Table 7-23 The OLT Side Planning Data in the SSM Multicast Configuration

Item Description Example

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-10-B1

The number of the slot for the actually used PON
Slot No. 15
ONU interface card.
information PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1
Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

Version: A 7-137
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-23 The OLT Side Planning Data in the SSM Multicast Configuration (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of the

Service name iptv1
operator.

The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service. Configure

Starting VLAN ID 1000
according to the network planning of the operator.

The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port service.

VLAN ID End Configure according to the network planning of the 1000
operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP1

Local end Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink service
service VLAN VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink packets
will be stripped automatically when they pass the
port and the packets will be uplinked in the untagged
TAG/UNTAG TAG
form, while the downlink untagged packets will be
added with designated tags when they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink / downlink
data packets will not be processed when they pass
the port.

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Port No. Select 19:2, corresponding to 19:SFP1. 19:2

Uplink port
Multicast
packet Type Of Packet Select multicast packet for this example.
Package
suppression
Enable/Disable Disables the suppression in this example. Disable
Multicast
Multicast protocol Configure according to the network planning of the
protocol IGMPv3
version operator.
version
Multicast Configure according to the network planning of the
IGMP Mode Proxy mode
mode operator.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Multicast
VLAN operator. The multicast VLAN should be within the range 1000
VLAN
of the local VLAN.
SSM IP Configure according to the network planning of the IPv4: 225.0.0.1 /
SSM IP
address range operator. 255.255.0.0
Multicast
SSM-Mapping SSM-Mapping IP Configure according to the network planning of the
IPv4: 10.90.20.1
source IP address operator.
address

7-138 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-24 The ONU Side Planning Data in the SSM Multicast Configuration

Item Description Example

Service Type Select IPTV for the multicast service. IPTV

Configure according to the network planning of the
Fixed Bandwidth 128
operator. The default value is 128.

Assured Configure according to the network planning of the

0
Bandwidth operator. The default value is 0.

Maximum Configure according to the network planning of the

ONU 512
Bandwidth operator. The default value is 512.
multicast
Integrated
bandwidth Service Type Select Integrated service for data services.
service
configuration
Configure according to the network planning of the
Fixed Bandwidth 128
operator. The default value is 128.

Assured Configure according to the network planning of the

0
Bandwidth operator. The default value is 0.

Maximum Configure according to the network planning of the

512
Bandwidth operator. The default value is 512.

Configure according to the network planning of the

Port No. LAN1
operator.

Service Type Select Multicast. Multicast

Configure according to the network planning of the
VLAN Mode Tag
operator.

When the translation function is enabled, this item is the

VLAN ID before the translation. When the Tag mode is set
CVLAN ID 1000
to Untag, this item is unconfigurable. The value ranges
from 1 to 4085.
ONU The VLAN priority before translation; the value range is
multicast Priority or COS from 0 to 7. 7 refers to the highest priority level, 0 refers to 5
service the lowest priority level.
configuration The translation enabling / disabling switch. Parameters
Translation State -
are valid in the transparent mode.

The VLAN ID after translation; the value ranges from 1 to

Translation VID -
4085.
The VLAN priority level after translation. The value ranges
Priority or COS from 0 to 7. 7 refers to the highest priority level, 0 refers to -
the lowest priority level.

QinQ State Enables / disables the QinQ. -

It is unconfigurable when the QinQ State is set to disable.
SVLAN ID -
The value ranges from 1 to 4085.

Version: A 7-139
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-24 The ONU Side Planning Data in the SSM Multicast Configuration (Continued)

Item Description Example

Select the service name configured in the local end

Service name VLAN. This item is invalid when QinQ State is set to -
Disable.

7.5.4 Configuration Flow

The flow of configuring the SSM multicast service is as shown in Figure 7-91.

7-140 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-91 The SSM Multicast Configuration Flow

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the service VLAN of the uplink port to process the service VLAN tag
that passes through the uplink port.

2. Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

Disable the suppression on the uplink port multicast flows.

Version: A 7-141
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Configuring Multicast Protocol Version

Configure the multicast protocol version of the AN5116-06B.

4. Configuring Multicast Mode

Configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.

5. Configuring Multicast VLAN

Configure the default VLAN of the multicast service. The users can configure
one or more VLANs dedicated for the multicast service to isolate it from other
services.

6. Configuring Multicast SSM IP Address Range

Configure the multicast SSM IP address range.

7. Configuring Multicast SSM-Mapping Source IP Address

Configure the static SSM policy. When the client end VOD program does not
support the IGMPv3, the multicast messages are forwarded via the source
multicast IP address.

8. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

Configure the bandwidth of the ONU downlink multicast flow and the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol flow.

9. Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

Configure the VLAN of the multicast data flow and the VLAN of the uplink /
downlink multicast protocol message.

7.5.5 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local End Service VLAN to
access the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar to enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box. Click OK to create a local end VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-23.

7-142 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-92.

Figure 7-92 Local End Service VLAN Data - Configuring SSM Multicast

7.5.6 Disabling Uplink Port Multicast Packet Suppression

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Security Config→Upport Packet Rate Control
to open the Upport Packet Rate Control tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-23, select 19:2 in the Port No. list and
clear the Enable/Disable check box of the corresponding multicast packet.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-93.

Figure 7-93 Designating Uplink Port Packet Suppression - Configuring SSM Multicast

7.5.7 Configuring Multicast Protocol Version

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

Version: A 7-143
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Version to open the
IGMP Version tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-23, and select IGMP V3 from the IGMP
Version drop-down list.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-94.

Figure 7-94 Multicast Protocol Version - Configuring SSM Multicast

7.5.8 Configuring Multicast Mode

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Mode to open the IGMP
Mode tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-23, and select Proxy Mode in the drop-
down list of the IGMP Mode item.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-95.

Figure 7-95 Multicast Mode - Configuring SSM Multicast

7-144 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

7.5.9 Configuring Multicast VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Multicast VLAN to open the
Multicast VLAN tab.

3. Refer to the planning data in Table 7-23, double-click the VLAN column, and
enter 1000.

4. Click the button on the toolbar to execute the configuration command, as

shown in Figure 7-96.

Figure 7-96 Multicast VLAN - Configuring SSM Multicast

7.5.10 Configuring Multicast SSM IP Address Range

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP SSM IP Address Range
to open the IGMP SSM IP Address Range tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-23.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-97.

Version: A 7-145
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-97 Multicast SSM IP Address Range - Configuring SSM Multicast

7.5.11 Configuring Multicast SSM-Mapping Source IP

Address

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP SSM-Mapping Source IP

Address to open the IGMP SSM-Mapping Source IP Address tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-23.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-98.

Figure 7-98 Multicast SSM - Mapping Source IP Address - Configuring SSM Multicast

7.5.12 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Bandwidth

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

7-146 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane , select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config, and then click the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-24.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-99.

Figure 7-99 Multicast Bandwidth Allocation - Configuring SSM Multicast

7.5.13 Configuring ONU Multicast Service Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the Data Port Config tab.

3. Select LAN1 in the Data Port List pane, and click the Add button to bring up
the Services Configuration dialog box. Configure the parameters in the dialog
box according to the planning data in Table 7-24.

Version: A 7-147
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-100 Service Configuration - Configuring SSM Multicast

4. Click OK to return to the Data Port Config tab.

7-148 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-101 Data Port Configuration - Configuring SSM Multicast

5. Click Modify On Device to complete the port data service configuration of the
AN5506-10-B1.

7.5.14 Configuration Result

The multicast services on the LAN1 port that belong to the AN5506-10-B1 are
started up; and the users can watch the video programs whose multicast VLAN is
1000 normally via the set top box.

Version: A 7-149
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

7.6 Optional Functions

The following introduces how to configure the multicast related optional functions
provided by the equipment.

7.6.1 Configuring Multicast Cascade Port

When the AN5116-06B is cascaded with other equipment to provide multicast

service, you need to set the uplink port that connects to the cascaded equipment as
the cascade port.

Planning Data

Table 7-25 Planning Data of the Multicast Cascade Port

Item Description Example

Cascade Port Configure according to the network planning

20:SFP1
Number of the operator.

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Cascade Port to access
the IGMP Cascade Port tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-25.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-102.

7-150 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-102 Multicast Cascaded Port Configuration

7.6.2 Configuring Maximum Multicast Bandwidth of Uplink

Ports

Configure the maximum bandwidth for multicast services of the uplink ports.

Planning Data

Table 7-26 Planning Data of the Uplink Port's Maximum Bandwidth for Multicast Services

Item Description Example

Total bandwidth of the uplink Configure according to the network planning

60000
ports (Kbit/s) of the operator. The default value is 0.

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Cascade Port to access
the IGMP Cascade Port tab.

3. Click the Max Uplink IGMP Bandwidth tab.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-26.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-103.

Version: A 7-151
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 7-103 Configuring the Uplink Port's Maximum Bandwidth for Multicast Services

7.6.3 Configuring OLT Multicast Protocol Parameters

Configure the multicast protocol parameters. It is recommended to use the default

settings.

Planning Data

Table 7-27 Planning Data of the OLT Multicast Protocol Parameters

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning

Robustness 2
of the operator. The default value is 2.

General query response Configure according to the network planning

10
interval (second) of the operator. The default value is 10.

Last group member query Configure according to the network planning

1
interval (second) of the operator. The default value is 1.

Last group member query Configure according to the network planning

2
count of the operator. The default value is 2.

General query interval Configure according to the network planning

125
(second) of the operator. The default value is 125.

Group member aging time Configure according to the network planning

260
(second) of the operator. The default value is 260.

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

7-152 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP Profile and Port to
access the IGMP Profile and Port tab.

3. Click the IGMP Profile Parameter tab.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-27.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-104.

Figure 7-104 Configuring Multicast Protocol Parameters

7.6.4 Configuring ONU Multicast Parameters

Configure the ONU multicast parameters.

Planning Data

Table 7-28 Planning Data of the ONU Multicast Parameters

Item Description Example

Slot number of the PON interface card that

Slot No. 5
connects to the ONU.
PON No. Number of the PON port that connects to the ONU. 1
ONU Auth No. The authorization number of the ONU 1
Configure the way the users under the ONU port
leave the multicast group according to the network
Leave mode NON FAST LEAVE
planning of the operator. The options include NON
FAST LEAVE and FAST LEAVE.
Number of times that the ONU sends the multicast
Robustness count downlink query messages. The value ranges from 2
0 to 12. The default value is 2.

Version: A 7-153
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 7-28 Planning Data of the ONU Multicast Parameters (Continued)

Item Description Example

Number of times that the ONU sends the special

Last query count group query. The value ranges from 0 to 12. The 2
default value is 2.
The multicast mode of the ONU. The options
IGMP mode include Snooping Mode, Proxy Mode, and Proxy mode
Controlled Mode.

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→ONU Configuration to open the
ONU Configuration tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-28.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-105.

Figure 7-105 Configuring ONU Parameters

7.6.5 Configuring Prejoin Groups

Save the prejoined multicast program flows to the uplink ports. When users need to
watch the prejoined multicast programs, they can watch them in fast viewing mode.

7-154 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Planning Data

Table 7-29 Planning Data of Prejoin Groups

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning

Prejoin group 224.0.1.1
of the operator.

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Prejoin Groups to open the
Prejoin Groups tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add dialog box that appears. Click Ok to add a prejoin group.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-29.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-106.

Figure 7-106 Configuring the Prejoin Group

7.6.6 Configuring Default Multicast Preview Parameters

Configure the default value of the multicast preview parameters. If the preview
parameters of a multicast program is not configured in the Port Parameters window,
the users will preview the program with the default preview parameters.

Version: A 7-155
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Planning Data

Table 7-30 Planning Data of the Multicast Preview Parameters

Item Description Example

The times for a subscriber to preview the multicast program.

Preview Count This parameter is valid only under the controllable mode
4
(Times) when the authority of this multicast group is Preview. The
value ranges between 0 and 16; and the default value is 4.

The maximum viewing time for each preview. This

parameter is valid only under the controllable mode when
Preview duration the authority of this multicast group is Preview. The value 10
ranges between 0 and 254; the unit is minute; and the
default value is 10.
The interval limit for the users to preview the multicast
programs. This parameter is valid only under the
Preview Interval controllable mode when the authority of this multicast group 30
is Preview. The value range is 1 to 254; the unit is minute;
and the default value is 30.
The reset time of subscriber preview authority. This
parameter is valid only under the controllable mode when
Preview reset
the authority of this multicast group is Preview. The value 24
time
range is 1 to 254; the unit is hour; and the default value is
24.
The total duration limit for the users to preview the multicast
programs. This parameter is valid only under the
Preview Total
controllable mode when the authority of this multicast group 254
Time
is Preview. The value range is 1 to 254; the unit is minute;
and the default value is 254.

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Default Preview Parameters to

open the Default Preview Parameters tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-30.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-107.

7-156 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-107 Configuring the Default Preview Parameters

7.6.7 Configuring Multicast Log Time

Configure the time parameters of the multicast log. The multicast log is used to
record the operations of users joining or leaving the multicast groups.

Planning Data

Table 7-31 Planning Data of the Multicast Log Time

Item Description Example

When the time that a user spend in watching the

program continuously is less than the ignoring time,
the operation of joining and leaving the multicast
group will not be recorded in the multicast log.
Log ignoring time The value range is 1 to 60; the unit is second. The 0
default value is 0, which means that all the
operations of the users joining or leaving the
multicast groups will be recorded in the multicast
log.

When the time that a user spend in watching the

program continuously is longer than this interval
Automatic log time, a multicast log indicating that the user is online
60
generation interval time will be generated.
The value range is 1 to 60; the unit is minute; and
the default value is 60.

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

Version: A 7-157
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Log Management to open the
Log Management tab.

3. Click the Log Time tab.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-31.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-108.

Figure 7-108 Configuring the Multicast Log Time

7.6.8 Configuring Automatic Uploading of Multicast Logs

Enable / disable the function of automatic uploading the multicast logs to the server
and configures the related parameters of this function.

Planning Data

Table 7-32 Planning Data for Automatic Multicast Log Uploading

Item Description Example

Select to enable / disable the automatic upload of the

multicast logs to the server.
Select Enable, and users should configure the related
Enable Enable
parameters.
Select Disable, and users need not configure the related
parameters.

Uploading The time interval for automatically uploading the multicast

interval logs to the server. 30
(minute) The value ranges between 1 and 1440; the unit is minute.

IP address of the server to which the multicast logs are

Server IP 192.168.1.1
uploaded.

7-158 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Table 7-32 Planning Data for Automatic Multicast Log Uploading (Continued)

Item Description Example

The user name used to log in the server to which the

Username multicast logs are uploaded. 1
The maximum length is 20 characters.

The password used to log in the server to which the

Password multicast logs are uploaded. 1
The maximum length is 20 characters.

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Log Management to open the
Log Management tab.

3. Click the IGMP Log Auto Upload tab.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-32.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 7-109.

Figure 7-109 Configuring Automatic Uploading of Multicast Logs

7.6.9 Configuring Uploading of Multicast Logs to FTP

Manually upload the multicast logs to the FTP server.

Version: A 7-159
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Planning Data

Table 7-33 Planning Data of the Multicast Log Uploading to the FTP

Item Description Example

IP address of the server to which the

Host IP 192.168.1.188
multicast logs are uploaded.

The user name used to log in the server to

Username 1
which the multicast logs are uploaded.

The password used to log in the server to

Password 1
which the multicast logs are uploaded.

The name of the file that saves the multicast

File name igmp.txt
logs.

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→IGMP LOG Upload to open the
IGMP LOG Upload tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-33.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-110.

Figure 7-110 Configuring Uploading of Multicast Logs to FTP

7.6.10 Clearing Logs

Clear the multicast log information saved in the core switch card’s memory.

7-160 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Clear IGMP Record to open the
Clear IGMP Record tab.

3. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-111.

Figure 7-111 Clearing Logs

7.6.11 Forcing Users to Leave

Force the users who are watching the multicast programs to leave. This function is
valid only in the controllable mode.

Planning Data

Table 7-34 Planning Data for Forcing Users to Leave

Item Description Example

The slot number of the PON interface card

Slot No. 15
that is connected to the ONU.
PON No. The number of the PON port. 1
ONU No. The ONU authorization number. 1
ONU port number The number of the ONU port. 1
Group Address The IP address of the multicast program. 224.0.1.1

Version: A 7-161
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Force Leave to open the Force
Leave tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 7-34.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-112.

Figure 7-112 Configuration of Forcing Users to Leave

7.6.12 Refreshing Multicast Configuration Information

Redeliver all the multicast configuration data to the equipment. This command will
not interfere with the users watching the multicast programs.

Procedure

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select IGMP Config→Flush IGMP Configuration to

open the Flush IGMP Configuration tab.

3. Right-click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select IGMP
Config→Flush IGMP Configuration.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 7-113.

7-162 Version: A
 7 Multicast Service Configuration

Figure 7-113 Refreshing Multicast Configuration Information

Version: A 7-163
8 TDM Service Configuration

The following introduces how to configure the TDM service for the AN5116-06B.

Configuration Rules

Network Diagram

Example of Configuring TDM Service

Version: A 8-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

8.1 Configuration Rules

The E1 ports of ONU should correspond to the E1 sequence numbers of the TDM
interface card one by one.

8.2 Network Diagram

See Figure 8-1 for the network of the AN5116-06B for the TDM service.

Figure 8-1 The TDM Service Network

The E1 interface of the ONU can access the TDM services of the E1 private line
subscribers and the mobile service subscribers. The ONU uploads the TDM
services to the OLT side, where the services will be identified, forwarded and sent to
the upper layer SDH network.

The AN5116-06B uses the CE1B card and the GC8B card as the interface cards at
the network side and client side respectively. The HSWA card is compulsory. The
ONU that provides the TDM services is the AN5506-06-E.

8.3 Example of Configuring TDM Service

The following introduces how to configure the TDM services using examples.

8-2 Version: A
 8 TDM Service Configuration

8.3.1 Planning Data

See Table 8-1 and Table 8-2 for the planning data of the TDM service.

Table 8-1 Planning Data of the TDM Service at the OLT Side

Item Description Example

The slot number of the GC8B card that is

Slot No. 15
connected to the ONU.
The number of the PON port that
ONU PON No. 1
connects to the ONU.
information
Configure according to the network
ONU Auth No. 3
planning of the operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-06-E

The slot number of the TDM card that is
Slot No. 1
actually used.
Configuring
The mode that the AN5116-06B acquires
system clock
the clock. The options include internal,
mode Clock source internal
Ext clock1, Ext clock2, and recovery. The
default setting is “internal”.

The slot number of the TDM card that is

Slot No. 1
actually used.
Configuring The clock recovery mode between the
the recovery ONU and the OLT. The options include
mode of the Clock recovery adaptive clock, loopback time1,
Adaptive clock
clock mode Differential Clock, and enhance_adaptive
clock. The default setting is “Adaptive
clock”.

Table 8-2 Planning Data of the TDM Service at the ONU Side

Item Description Example

Service Type For TDM service TDM

The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink
Bandwidth service. Even if the service does not use
allocation Fixed Bandwidth the bandwidth resource, other services 128
cannot occupy the resource. The default
setting is 128 Kbit/s.

Version: A 8-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 8-2 Planning Data of the TDM Service at the ONU Side (Continued)

Item Description Example

The minimum bandwidth for provisioning

an ONU’s uplink service. If the bandwidth
Assured
resource is not used by this service, the 0
Bandwidth
resource may be released for other
services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s

uplink service. The sum of the fixed
Maximum
bandwidth value and the assured 5120
Bandwidth
bandwidth value should not be larger than
the maximum bandwidth value.
The E1 port number which is actually
Port number 1
used by ONU

Slot number of The slot number of the TDM card that is

1
the TDM card actually used.

Local end TDM

E1 The E1 number of the TDM card that is
E1 sequence 8
configuration actually used.
number
of ONU
Maximum capacity for storing the E1
users
Far end buffer frames received by the TDM card. The 32
default setting is 32 ×125us E1 frames.

Maximum capacity for storing the E1

Local end buffer frames received by the TDM card. The 32
default setting is 32 ×125us E1 frames

8.3.2 Configuration Flow

See Figure 8-2 for the flow of configuring the TDM service.

8-4 Version: A
 8 TDM Service Configuration

Figure 8-2 The TDM Service Configuration Flow

1. Configuring System Clock

Configure the way to get the clock of the OLT, so as to provide the downlink
TDM service clock.

2. Configuring Clock Recovery

After receiving the GEM frames from the ONU side, the OLT will resolve the
Ethernet frames from the GEM frames and adapt them to the TDM frames;
meanwhile, the OLT will recover the TDM service clock and send it to the uplink
equipment.

3. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Allocate bandwidth for the TDM service.

4. Configuring User E1 Parameters

Bind the E1 port of the ONU with the corresponding E1 sequence number of
the TDM card, and configure the buffer of the far and local ends.

Version: A 8-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

8.3.3 Configuring System Clock

1. Click the CE1B card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Reference Clock to open the

Reference Clock tab.

3. Select internal in the drop-down list of Clock source.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 8-3.

Figure 8-3 The System Clock Configuration

8.3.4 Configuring Clock Recovery

1. Click the CE1B card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Clock Recovery Mode to open the
Clock Recovery Mode tab.

3. Select adaptive clock from the drop-down list of mode.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 8-4.

Figure 8-4 Configuring the Clock Recovery Mode

8-6 Version: A
 8 TDM Service Configuration

8.3.5 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 3 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane , select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config to open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 8-1.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 8-5.

Figure 8-5 Bandwidth Allocation of the TDM Service

8.3.6 Configuring User E1 Parameters

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 3 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the User E1 Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 8-1.

4. Click the "Modify On Device" button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 8-6.

Version: A 8-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 8-6 E1 Parameter Settings for Users

8.3.7 Configuration Result

Users can use the TDM service.

8-8 Version: A
9 Configuring Wi-Fi Service

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the Wi-Fi service for
the AN5116-06B.

Configuration Rules

Network Diagram

Wi-Fi Service Configuration Example

Version: A 9-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

9.1 Configuration Rules

u Only the ONU with the Wi-Fi function can provide the Wi-Fi service.

u The VLAN ID connected with the WAN should be within the local VLAN ID
range of the Wi-Fi service on the OLT side.

u The password configuration rules are described as follows:

4 When the WLAN authentication mode is OPEN and the encryption type is
NONE, users do not need to configure the password.

4 When the WLAN authentication mode is one of OPEN, SHARED and

WEPAUTO, users need to configure WEP key 1 to WEP key 4, and the
key index will determine the valid password.

4 In other cases, users should configure the WPA pre-shared key.

9.2 Network Diagram

See Figure 9-1 for the network of the AN5116-06B for the Wi-Fi service.

Figure 9-1 The Wi-Fi Service Network

The mobile terminal equipment accesses the network via the Wi-Fi interface of the
ONU.

u Uplink direction

The ONU provides the integrated access service by connecting with the OLT
equipment via the GPON interface.

9-2 Version: A
 9 Configuring Wi-Fi Service

u Downlink direction

4 The ONU allows the data service accessing by connecting with PC via
Ethernet interface.

4 The ONU allows the VoIP service accessing by connecting with telephone
via the VoIP interface.

4 The ONU allows the WLAN service accessing by connecting with wireless
equipment via the Wi-Fi interface.

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the interface cards at
the network side and client side respectively. The HSWA card is compulsory. The
ONU that provides the Wi-Fi services is the AN5506-04-G1.

9.3 Wi-Fi Service Configuration Example

The following introduces the procedures of configuring the Wi-Fi services with an
example.

9.3.1 Planning Data

See Table 9-1 for the planning data of the Wi-Fi service.

Table 9-1 Planning Data of the Wi-Fi Service

Item Description Example

The slot number of the GC8B card that is connected

Slot No. 6
to the ONU.
The number of the PON port that connects to the
ONU PON No. 1
ONU.
information
Configure according to the network planning of the
ONU Auth No. 1
operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-G1

Configure according to the network planning of the
Service name Data
Configuring operator.
the Local End The starting VLAN ID of the uplink port service.
Service VLAN Starting VLAN ID Configure according to the network planning of the 200
operator.

Version: A 9-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 9-1 Planning Data of the Wi-Fi Service (Continued)

Item Description Example

The ending VLAN ID number of the uplink port

VLAN ID End service. Configure according to the network 200
planning of the operator.

Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink
service VLAN. Two options can be used: TAG and
UNTAG.
u In the UNTAG mode, the tags of the uplink
packets will be stripped automatically when
they pass the port and the packets will be
TAG/UNTAG TAG
uplinked in the untagged form, while the
downlink untagged packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the port.
u In the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select Data for the Wi-Fi service. Data

Service Type Select Data for the Wi-Fi service. Data
The fixed bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink service.
Even if the service does not use the bandwidth
Fixed Bandwidth 128
resource, other services cannot occupy the
resource. The default setting is 128 Kbit/s.
Configuring The minimum bandwidth for provisioning an ONU’s
the GPON uplink service. If the bandwidth resource is not used
Assured Bandwidth 0
service by this service, the resource may be released for
bandwidth other services. The default setting is 0.

The maximum bandwidth of an ONU’s uplink

service. The sum of the fixed bandwidth value and
Maximum
the assured bandwidth value should not be larger 512
Bandwidth
than the maximum bandwidth value. The default
setting is 512 Kbit/s.

Select INTERNET or the mode with INTERNET for

Configuring WAN_Mode INTERNET
the Wi-Fi service.
WAN
Select Bridge or Route according to the ISP
Connection
requirement. Bridge refers to the two-layer bridge
Service of WAN_Conn_Type Route
connection mode; route refers to the three-layer
TL1 Interface
route connection mode.

9-4 Version: A
 9 Configuring Wi-Fi Service

Table 9-1 Planning Data of the Wi-Fi Service (Continued)

Item Description Example

Set the VLAN ID for the WAN connection according

to the ISP requirement, which should range between
WAN_Vlan_Id 1 and 4085. The VLAN ID should not be occupied 200
by other connections, and should be within the local
VLAN ID range of the Wi-Fi service on the OLT side.

The 802.1p priority level of the WAN connection.

The value range is 0 to 7. 7 stands for the highest
WAN_Cos 1
priority level, and 0 stands for the lowest priority
level.
Select whether to enable the network address
conversion function according to the ISP
WAN_NAT_Enable Disable
requirement, so as to change the private network IP
address to public network IP address.

IGD_WLAN_AP
Select to enable the function. Enable
Module Enable
IGD_WLAN_
Set the WLAN channel range. ETSI
COUNTRY
IGD_WLAN_
The serial number of the WLAN channel. 0
CHANNEL
The WLAN specification supported by the
IGD_WLAN_
equipment. Configure according to the operator’s 802.11bgn
STANDARD
network planning.

The WLAN identifier. Configure according to the

IGD_WLAN_SSID abc
operator’s network planning.
Configuring
EGD_WLAN_
Wi-Fi Service Select to enable the function. Enable
ENABLE
IGD WLAN
Select whether to hide the SSID. Available
SSIDHide
IGD_WLAN Configure according to the network planning of the
WPAPSK
authentication mode operator.

WLAN encryption Configure according to the network planning of the

TKIP
type operator.

WPA pre-shared The WPA pre-shared key with an upper limit of 64

12345678
key characters.
WPA key refreshing
The WPA key refreshing interval; the unit is second. 86400
interval

Version: A 9-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

9.3.2 Configuration Flow

See Figure 9-2 for the Wi-Fi service's configuration flow.

Figure 9-2 The Wi-Fi Service Configuration Flow

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the service VLAN of the uplink port, and limit the VLAN ID range of
the service passing the uplink port.

2. Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

Configure the bandwidth of the Wi-Fi service.

3. Configuring WAN Connection Service of TL1 Interface

Configure the WAN connection service of the TL1 interface, and set the
parameters such as the WAN connection mode.

4. Configuring Wi-Fi Service

Configure the related parameters of the Wi-Fi service.

9-6 Version: A
 9 Configuring Wi-Fi Service

9.3.3 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local End Service VLAN to
access the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click the Append button in the toolbar. In the Please Input the Rows for Add:
dialog box that appears subsequently, enter 1 and click OK to add a local
VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 9-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 9-3.

Figure 9-3 Local End VLAN Data of the Wi-Fi Service

9.3.4 Configuring Bandwidth Allocation

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in slot 6, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane , select Config→GPON Service Bandwidth
Config to open the GPON Service Bandwidth Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 9-1.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 9-4.

Version: A 9-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 9-4 Bandwidth Allocation for the Wi-Fi Service

9.3.5 Configuring WAN Connection Service of TL1 Interface

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in slot 6, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→WAN Service to access the
WAN Service tab.

3. Click the pane on the right side and then click the Append button in the toolbar.
In the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and
click OK.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 9-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 9-5.

Figure 9-5 The WAN Connection Service of the TL1 Interface

9-8 Version: A
 9 Configuring Wi-Fi Service

9.3.6 Configuring Wi-Fi Service

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in slot 6, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→WiFi Service Config to
access the WiFi Service Config tab.

3. Click the pane on the right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 1 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box, and click OK.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 9-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 9-6.

Figure 9-6 Configuring Wi-Fi Services

9.3.7 Configuration Result

The mobile terminal can perform wireless connection with ONU AN5506-04-G1, and
can access the Internet via the ONU.

Version: A 9-9
10 Configuring CATV Service

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the CATV service for
the AN5116-06B.

Configuration Rules

Network Diagram

CATV Service Configuration Example

Version: A 10-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

10.1 Configuration Rules

u Only the ONU with the CATV optical module can provide the CATV service.

u Provide subscribers with CATV services by configuring the ONU.

10.2 Network Diagram

Figure 10-1 shows the network diagram of the AN5116-06B for the CATV service.

Figure 10-1 The CATV Service Network

The CATV service uses the WDM technology. The TV signal is multiplexed with the
data signal and voice signal via the multiplexer. The downlink data wavelength is
1490 nm, the uplink data wavelength is 1310 nm, and the CATV signal wavelength
is 1550 nm.

The AN5116-06B uses the HU1A card and the GC8B card as the interface cards at
the network side and client side respectively. The HSWA card is compulsory. The
ONU here is the AN5506-04-G1 with the CATV optical module.

10.3 CATV Service Configuration Example

The following introduces how to configure the CATV service using an example.

10-2 Version: A
 10 Configuring CATV Service

10.3.1 Planning Data

See Table 10-1 for the planning data of the CATV service.

Table 10-1 Planning Data of the CATV Service

Item Description Example

The slot number of the GC8B card that

Slot No. 6
is connected to the ONU.
The number of the PON port that
ONU PON No. 1
connects to the ONU.
information
Configure according to the network
ONU Auth No. 1
planning of the operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU. AN5506-04-G1

CATV CATV Enable / Select whether to enable the CATV
Enable
configuration Disable service.

10.3.2 Configuration Flow

See Figure 10-2 for the CATV service's configuration flow.

Figure 10-2 The CATV Service Configuration Flow

1. Starting up CATV Service

The following introduces the method to start up the CATV services.

Version: A 10-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

10.3.3 Starting up CATV Service

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in slot 6, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Service Config, and then
click the CATV Config tab.

3. Select the CATV Enable / Disable check box.

4. Click the Modify On Device button to complete the configuration. See

Figure 10-3.

Figure 10-3 Configuring the CATV Service

10.3.4 Configuration Result

Users can use the CATV service.

10-4 Version: A
11 Configuring MSTP Service

The following introduces how to configure the MSTP services for the equipment.

Configuration Rules

Network Diagram

Planning Data

Configuration Flow

Configuring Bridge Basic Properties

Configuring Bridge Parameters

Configuring Bridge Priority

Configuring Port Parameters

Configuring Multiple Spanning Tree Domain

Configuring Basic Properties of the Instance

Configuring the Port Related to the Instance

Configuring Instance Parameters of the Bridge

Configuring the Tree Parameters of the Instance on the Port

Configuration Result

Version: A 11-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

11.1 Configuration Rules

The rules for configuring the MSTP services for the AN5116-06B are described as
follows:

u The equipment sets inside one MST domain must be the same in the following
aspects: domain name, mapping relationship between the VLAN and the
spanning tree instance, and the MSTP revision level (version).

u In the flow of configuring the MSTP service, the compulsory and optional steps
are described as follows:

4 To configure the MSTP service, users need to enable the MSTP function of
the designated uplink port. Therefore, the step configuring bridge basic
properties is compulsory.

4 If the MST domain contains two or more equipment sets, the step
configuring multiple spanning tree domain is required to configure the
same domain name (by default the equipment MAC address is used as the
domain name) and version for each equipment set.

4 For other steps the default settings are recommended, and users can
configure them as required.

u The bridge priority is used to elect the CIST. Its value must be a multiple of
4096. The smaller is the value, the higher is the priority.

u The multiple spanning tree instance priority is used to elect the multiple
spanning tree instance. Its value must be a multiple of 4096; the smaller is the
value, the higher is the priority.

u For the port priority in the multiple spanning tree instance, its value must be a
multiple of 16. The smaller is the value, the higher is the priority.

u An uplink port with the MSTP function enabled supports two link types: point-to-
point and shared.

u If the uplink port whose MSTP function is enabled is at the network edge, users
can set it to the border port.

u The equipment supports up to 64 multiple spanning tree instances. Each

instance can be bound with 32 VLANs at most; while each VLAN can be bound
with only one instance.

11-2 Version: A
 11 Configuring MSTP Service

11.2 Network Diagram

The network diagram of the MSTP service is shown in Figure 11-1.

Figure 11-1 The MSTP Service Network Diagram

Inside the MST domain, A is the AN5116-06B with the MSTP function, B and C are
switches, and C is the domain root. The packets from VLAN 10 are transmitted via
the link between A and C, and the packets from other VLANs are transmitted via the
link between B and C.

Version: A 11-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

11.3 Planning Data

To meet the requirements in the MSTP service network, users need to configure the
MSTP functions at equipment sets A, B, C at the same time. Here we take the
AN5116-06B (equipment set A) as an example. The equipment is configured with
the MSTP service, and the HU2A card in Slot 19 serves as the uplink card. The
planning data are shown in Table 11-1.

Table 11-1 Planning Data of the MSTP Service

Item Description Example

Bridge No. The equipment number; the value is 1. 1

Bridge Name The equipment name. bridge1

Configuring The options include MSTP and Unsupported

Protocol MSTP
Bridge Basic (supporting / not supporting the MSTP).
Properties The number of the slot containing the uplink card
Uplink Slot No. 19
actually used.

Uplink Port No. The number of the uplink card port actually used. 1
Bridge No. The equipment number; the value is 1. 1
When the bridge port status changes, the system will
Forward-Time (s) delay in forwarding packets for a certain period of time. 15
The value ranges from 4 to 30; the unit is second.

Used to detect whether faults exist on the link. The

equipment sends the Hello packets to other
Hello-Time (s) 2
Configuring equipment periodically. The value ranges from 1 to 10;
Bridge the unit is second.
Parameters Used to set the timeout time of the BPDU packets.
Max-Age (s) 20
The value ranges from 6 to 40; the unit is second.

Used to limit the scope of the MST domain. From the

root bridge of the MST domain spanning tree, the hop
Max_Hops number is reduced by 1 each time the BPDU packet is 20
forwarded by a equipment set. The value range is 1 to
40.
Bridge No. The equipment number; the value is 1. 1
Sets the bridge priority, used for election of the CIST.
Configuring
The parameter value must be a multiple of 4096. The
Bridge Priority Priority 32768
value range is 0 to 61440, and the default setting is
32768.
Configuring Port The number of the slot containing the uplink card
Slot No. 19
Parameters actually used.

11-4 Version: A
 11 Configuring MSTP Service

Table 11-1 Planning Data of the MSTP Service (Continued)

Item Description Example

Uplink Port No. The number of the uplink card port actually used. 1
Used to set the port to the border port. Supports Auto
Port-Auto/Edge Auto Edge
Edge and Edge Port.

Used to set the link type in the network containing the

Link Type Point-to-Point
port. Supports Point-to-Point and Shared.

Bridge No. The equipment number; the value is 1. 1

The equipment sets inside one MST domain must be
Configuring Version the same in the revision level (version). The value 0
Multiple ranges between 0 and 255.
Spanning Tree Used to set the MST domain containing the
Domain equipment. The equipment sets inside one MST
Region MST1
domain must be the same in the domain name. The
default value is the MAC address of the equipment.

Bridge No. The equipment number; the value is 1. 1

Configuring
The ID of the spanning tree instance; the value ranges
Basic Instance ID 1
from 1 to 64.
Properties of
The ID of the VLAN bound with the spanning tree
the Instance VLAN ID 10
instance; the value ranges from 1 to 4094.

Bridge No. The equipment number; the value is 1. 1

The ID of the spanning tree instance; the value ranges
Configuring the Instance ID 1
from 1 to 64.
Port Related to
The number of the slot containing the uplink card
the Instance Slot No. 19
actually used.

Uplink Port No. The number of the uplink card port actually used. 1
Bridge No. The equipment number; the value is 1. 1
The ID of the spanning tree instance; the value ranges
Configuring Instance ID 1
from 1 to 64.
Instance
Sets the priority of the bridge in the instance, used for
Parameters of
election of the MSTI. The parameter value must be a
the Bridge Priority 32768
multiple of 4096. Its value range is 0 to 61440, with
the default value being 32768.

Configuring the The number of the slot accommodating the uplink

Slot No. 19
Tree card actually used.

Parameters of Uplink Port No. The number of the uplink card port actually used. 1
the Instance on The ID of the spanning tree instance; the value ranges
the Port Instance ID 1
from 1 to 64.

Version: A 11-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 11-1 Planning Data of the MSTP Service (Continued)

Item Description Example

Sets the path cost in the instance of the port. The

Path-Cost value range is 1 to 20000000000, and the default 2000
value is 20000000000/port rate (unit: kbps).

Sets the priority of the port in the instancet. The

Priority parameter value must be a multiple of 16. The value 128
range is 0 to 240, and the default value is 128.

11.4 Configuration Flow

See Figure 11-2 for the MSTP service's configuration flow.

11-6 Version: A
 11 Configuring MSTP Service

Figure 11-2 The MSTP Service Configuration Flow

11.5 Configuring Bridge Basic Properties

Configure the basic properties of the bridge, and enable the MSTP function of the
port.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

Version: A 11-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Mstp Config→Bridge Basic

Properties to open the Bridge Basic Properties tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 11-3.

Figure 11-3 Configuring Basic Properties of Bridge

11.6 Configuring Bridge Parameters

Configure the bridge parameters, including the port forwarding delay time, the Hello
message interval, etc.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Mstp Config→Bridge

Parameter to open the Bridge Parameter tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 11-4.

Figure 11-4 Configuring the Bridge Parameters

11.7 Configuring Bridge Priority

Configure the bridge priority, used for election of the CIST.

11-8 Version: A
 11 Configuring MSTP Service

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Mstp Config→Bridge Priority

to open the Bridge Priority tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 11-5.

Figure 11-5 Configuring the Bridge Priority

11.8 Configuring Port Parameters

Configure the port parameters, including setting of border port property and the link
type of the network containing the port.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Mstp Config→Interface

Parameter to open the Interface Parameter tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 11-6.

Figure 11-6 Configuring Port Parameters

Version: A 11-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

11.9 Configuring Multiple Spanning Tree Domain

Configure the domain name and version (revision level) of the multiple spanning
tree domain containing the equipment. The equipment sets inside one domain have
the same domain name and version.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Mstp Config→Mstp Region to

open the Mstp Region tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 11-7.

Figure 11-7 Configuring MSTP (Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol) Domain

11.10 Configuring Basic Properties of the Instance

Configure basic properties of the instance, and set up the binding relationship
between the multiple spanning tree instance and the VLAN.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Mstp Config→Instance Basic

Properties to open the Instance Basic Properties tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 11-8.

11-10 Version: A
 11 Configuring MSTP Service

Figure 11-8 Configuring the Basic Properties of the Instance

11.11 Configuring the Port Related to the Instance

Configure the port related to the multiple spanning tree instance, and set up the
mapping relationship between the instance and the port.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Mstp Config→Instance

Associate Port to open the Instance Associate Port tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 11-9.

Figure 11-9 Configuring the Port Associated with the Instance

11.12 Configuring Instance Parameters of the

Bridge

Configure the priority of the multiple spanning tree instance, which is used in
election of the multiple spanning tree instance.

Version: A 11-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Mstp Config→Bridge Instance

Parameter to open the Bridge Instance Parameter tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 11-10.

Figure 11-10 Configuring Parameters for the Bridge Instance

11.13 Configuring the Tree Parameters of the

Instance on the Port

Configure the tree parameters of the instance on the port, which is used in election
of the multiple spanning tree instance.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Mstp Config→Interface

Instance Parameter to open the Interface Instance Parameter tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to execute the configuration
command, as shown in Figure 11-11.

11-12 Version: A
 11 Configuring MSTP Service

Figure 11-11 Configuring the Instance Tree Parameters for the Port

11.14 Configuration Result

u In the physical loop composed of equipment sets A, B, and C, multiple logical

tree links are formed via the MSTP, so as to avoid infinite loop of packets in the
loop network.

u The data of VLAN 10 is transmitted via a link different from that for data of other
VLANs, so as to share the data load.

Version: A 11-13
12 Time and Clock Configuration

The following uses examples to introduce how to configure the time synchronization,
clock synchronization and base station backhaul services under the 1588 mode and
the 1PPS+TOD mode respectively.

Time Synchronization Configuration - 1588 Mode

Time Synchronization Configuration - 1PPS+TOD Mode

Clock Synchronization Configuration

Example of Configuring Base Station Backhualing Service

Version: A 12-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

12.1 Time Synchronization Configuration - 1588

Mode

The following introduces how to configure the time synchronization function in the
1588 mode for the equipment.

12.1.1 Configuration Rules

u Time synchronization is mainly used in scenarios where the network equipment

needs to be calibrated with a reference time to keep precise timing, so as to
provide the foundation for applications closely connected with time such as
charging and timing.

u For the time synchronization in the 1588 mode, the time source should be set to
the PORT mode, where the 1588 messages are obtained from the uplink.

u When the PTP mode is set to "Disable", the time synchronization is disabled. If
multiple time resources exist, the time source can be selected in the BMC
mode.

u Delay compensation is an optional function. Users can configure the delay

compensation at the OLT side according to the practical conditions of the
current network. However, when delay compensation is configured on a certain
clock card, all the downlink ONUs related with the clock card will implement
time synchronization as per the set delay compensation. Be cautious to this
application. If the delay compensation parameters are different for the ONUs,
you can set the delay compensation on the ONU side respectively.

u In configuration of message transmission, it is not recommended to modify the

multicast MAC address and the IP address, and you can use the default values
(the standard values specified in the protocol). The VLAN ID in message
transmission configuration should be consistent with the VLAN ID of the uplink
network; otherwise, the messages will not be received normally.

12-2 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

12.1.2 Planning Data

Table 12-1 shows the planning data for configuring time synchronization under the
1588 mode for the AN5116-06B.

Table 12-1 Planning Data for Configuring Time Synchronization under the 1588 Mode

Configuration Item Description Example

Slot No. This item is read-only. 18

Sets the mode for
PTP Mode Manual
selecting the time source.

The options available are

Select Time AUTO, TOD and PORT.
PORT
Source Select PORT for the
1588 mode.
Sets the type of
equipment that the
Clock Mode BC
Configuring the AN5116-06B serves as
synchronization for time synchronization.
parameters Sets the current time
Time Zone GMT+8:00
zone.
Sets whether to enable
Frequency the frequency Enable
synchronization.

Sets the time domain

Time Domain that the AN5116-06B 0
belongs to.

Sets whether to enable

Slave Only Enable Enable
the Slave Only function.

Slot No. This item is read-only. 18

System
TOD Input TOD Output
Interface This item is read-only. Output
Interface Interface
Interface
1PPS+TOD
Delay Configure this item
Interface
Compensate according to the network + + -
Config
Property planning of the operator.

Delay Configure this item

Compensate Value according to the network 0 0 10
(ns) planning of the operator.

Version: A 12-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 12-1 Planning Data for Configuring Time Synchronization under the 1588 Mode
(Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Slot No. This item is read-only. 18

Sets the quantity of the
1588 1
ports.

Measurement The E2E mode is

E2E
Mechanism supported only currently.

Basic Config of It is recommended to use

Message Mode One step.
Port Interface the default value.

(optional) Sets the relationship

Asymmetric Delay between the delay
Compensate compensation values in Delay(M2S)=Delay(S2M)
Property the two directions of the
link.
Asymmetric Delay Sets the asymmetric
5
Compensate Value delay compensate value.

Sets the frequency for

Delay_Req sending the Delay_Req
Message Send messages. It is 1
Frequency (HZ) recommended to use the
default value.
Sets the threshold value
for the timeout of the
Announce
Announce messages. It 5
Message Timeout
is recommended to use
the default value.
Message
Select Layer 2 or Layer 3
Transfer Message
encapsulation format
Settings Encapsulation UDP over IPv4
according to the type of
Format
the uplink equipment.

Sets the mode for

Communication forwarding the time
Multicast
Mode synchronization
messages.

The destination multicast

Destination MAC MAC address. It is
01-1B-19-00-00-00
address recommended to use the
default value.

12-4 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

Table 12-1 Planning Data for Configuring Time Synchronization under the 1588 Mode
(Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Sets whether to enable

the VLAN function and to
VLAN TAG remove the VLAN ID Enable
carried by the messages
received.
Set it to the same VLAN
VLAN ID 100
ID of the uplink.

The destination multicast

Destination IP IP address. It is
IPv4;224.0.1.129
Address recommended to use the
default value.

12.1.3 Configuration Flow

Figure 12-1 shows the flow of configuring time synchronization under the 1588
mode.

Figure 12-1 Configuring Time Synchronization - 1588 Mode

Version: A 12-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

12.1.4 Configuring the Synchronization Parameters

Configure basic parameters of the clock source, such as the working mode and the
time zone and time domain for it.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→

Synchronization Parameter Config to open the Synchronization Parameter
Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-2.

Figure 12-2 Configuring Synchronization Parameters - 1588 Mode

12.1.5 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface

Configure the delay compensation property and delay compensation value for the
1PPS+TOD interface to ensure the effectiveness of time synchronization.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→1PPS+TOD

Interface Config to open the 1PPS+TOD Interface Config tab.

12-6 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add an interface configuration item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-3.

Figure 12-3 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface - 1588 Mode

12.1.6 Configuring Basic Parameters of the Port

Configure the basic parameters of the port, including Measurement Mechanism,

Message Mode and Asymmetric Delay, etc.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→Basic

Config of Port Interface Config to open the Basic Config of Port Interface
Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a port parameter configuration
item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-4.

Version: A 12-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 12-4 Configuring Basic Parameters of the Port - 1588 Mode

12.1.7 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters

Configure the time synchronization message transmission parameters for different

network modes so that the messages can be sent to the destination equipment via
networks of different types.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→Message

Transfer Settings to open the Message Transfer Settings tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a row of transmission parameter
configuration item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-5.

Figure 12-5 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters - 1588 Mode

12-8 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

12.1.8 Configuration Result

After the configuration is completed, the downlink ONU can obtain the time
synchronization information correctly.

12.2 Time Synchronization Configuration - 1PPS

+TOD Mode

The following introduces how to configure the time synchronization function in the
1PPS+TOD mode for the equipment.

12.2.1 Configuration Rules

u Time synchronization is mainly used in scenarios where the network equipment

needs to be calibrated with a reference time to keep precise timing, so as to
provide the foundation for applications closely connected with time such as
charging and timing.

u When the time synchronization is in the 1PPS+TOD mode, the time source
should be set to the TOD mode, where the 1PPS+TOD time messages are
directly obtained from the external time source.

u When the PTP mode is set to "Disable", the time synchronization is disabled. If
multiple time resources exist, the time source can be selected in the BMC
mode.

u Delay compensation is an optional function. Users can configure the delay

compensation at the OLT side according to the practical conditions of the
current network. However, when delay compensation is configured on a certain
clock card, all the downlink ONUs related with the clock card will implement
time synchronization as per the set delay compensation. Be cautious to this
application. If the delay compensation parameters are different for the ONUs,
you can set the delay compensation on the ONU side respectively.

u In configuration of message transmission, it is not recommended to modify the

multicast MAC address and the IP address, and you can just use the default
values (the standard values specified in the protocol). The VLAN ID to be
configured should be consistent with the VLAN ID of the uplink network;
otherwise, the messages cannot be received normally.

Version: A 12-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

12.2.2 Planning Data

Table 12-2 shows the planning data for configuring time synchronization under the
1PPS+TOD mode for the AN5116-06B.

Table 12-2 Planning Data for Configuring Time Synchronization under the 1PPS+TOD Mode

Configuration Item Description Example

Slot No. This item is read-only. 18

Sets the mode for
PTP Mode Manual
selecting the time source.

The options available are

Select Time AUTO, TOD and PORT.
TOD
Source Select TOD for the 1PPS
+TOD mode.
Sets the type of
equipment that the
Clock Mode BC
Configuring the AN5116-06B serves as
synchronization for time synchronization.
parameters Sets the current time
Time Zone GMT+8:00
zone.
Sets whether to enable
Frequency the frequency Enable
synchronization.

Sets the time domain that

Time
the AN5116-06B belongs 0
Domain
to.
Slave Only Sets whether to enable
Enable
Enable the Slave Only function.

Slot No. This item is read-only. 18

TOD Input TOD Output System Output
Interface This item is read-only.
Interface Interface Interface
Delay Configure this item
1PPS+TOD
Compensate according to the network + + -
Interface Config
Property planning of the operator.

Delay Configure this item

Compensate according to the network 0 0 10
Value (ns) planning of the operator.

12-10 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

Table 12-2 Planning Data for Configuring Time Synchronization under the 1PPS+TOD Mode
(Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Delay_Req Sets the frequency for

Message sending the Delay_Req
Send messages. It is 1
Frequency recommended to use the
(HZ) default value.
Sets the threshold value
Announce for the timeout of the
Message Announce messages. It is 5
Timeout recommended to use the
default value.
Select Layer 2 or Layer 3
Message
encapsulation format
Encapsula- UDP over IPv4
according to the type of
tion Format
the uplink equipment.

Sets the mode for

Message Communica- forwarding the time
Multicast
Transfer tion Mode synchronization
Settings messages.

The destination multicast

Destination
MAC address. It is
MAC 01-1B-19-00-00-00
recommended to use the
address
default value.
Sets whether to enable
the VLAN function and to
VLAN TAG remove the VLAN ID Enable
carried by the messages
received.
Set it to the same VLAN
VLAN ID 200
ID of the uplink.

The destination multicast

Destination IP address. It is
IPv4;224.0.1.129
IP Address recommended to use the
default value.

Version: A 12-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

12.2.3 Configuration Flow

Figure 12-6 shows the flow of configuring time synchronization under the 1PPS
+TOD mode.

Figure 12-6 Configuring Time Synchronization - 1PPS+TOD Mode

12.2.4 Configuring the Synchronization Parameters

Configure basic parameters of the clock source, such as the working mode and the
time zone and time domain for it.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→

Synchronization Parameter Config to open the Synchronization Parameter
Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-7.

12-12 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

Figure 12-7 Configuring Synchronization Parameters - 1PPS+TOD Mode

12.2.5 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface

Configure the delay compensation property and delay compensation value for the
1PPS+TOD interface to ensure the effectiveness of time synchronization.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→1PPS+TOD

Interface Config to open the 1PPS+TOD Interface Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add an interface configuration item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-8.

Figure 12-8 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface - 1PPS+TOD Mode

Version: A 12-13
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

12.2.6 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters

Configure the time synchronization message transmission parameters for different

network modes so that the messages can be sent to the destination equipment.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→Message

Transfer Settings to open the Message Transfer Settings tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a row of message transmission
parameter configuration item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-9.

Figure 12-9 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters - 1PPS+TOD Mode

12.2.7 Configuration Result

After the configuration is completed, the downlink ONU can obtain the time
synchronization information correctly.

12.3 Clock Synchronization Configuration

The following introduces how to configure clock synchronization for the AN5116-
06B.

12-14 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

12.3.1 Configuration Rules

u Clock synchronization is mainly used in scenarios requiring frame transmission

synchronization for precise alignment of the data and timeslots without
introducing time concepts such as hour, minute and second.

u Please note that the QL Enable Select item in Basic Clock Config is for
setting whether to enable the SSM function instead of whether to enable the
clock synchronization function.

u It is recommended that you configure the relevant items via the NMS after the
clock source has been connected properly. When unnecessary clock source is
removed, you need to modify the clock source configuration on the equipment
simultaneously, so as to avoid faults such as out-of-frame and incorrect setting
of clock source.

u If the QL (Qaulity Level) of the clock source is Not for Synchronization, the
clock source cannot be locked.

u The configuration items relevant to QL SA Select are valid only when the clock
source type is HDB3.

Version: A 12-15
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

12.3.2 Planning Data

Table 12-3 shows the planning data for configuring clock synchronization for the
AN5116-06B.

Table 12-3 Planning Data for Configuring Clock Synchronization

Configuration Item Description Example

The number of the slot accommodating the

Slot No. 18
clock card actually used.

CLK Work Mode Sets the working mode of the clock source. AUTO

QL Enable Select Enables the clock synchronization function. Enable

External Clock Sets the quality level threshold value for the
G813
Basic Clock Config SSM Limit input of the external clock.

System Clock Sets the quality level threshold value for the
G813
SSM Limit system clock.

Configure this item according to the network

Clock Timer
planning of the operator. Sets the value to 5
Restore Time (Min)
an integer between 0 and 12.

Slot No. This item is read-only. 18

External Clock 1 Configure this item according to the network
Hz
Input Type planning of the operator.

External Clock 2 Configure this item according to the network

Hz
Input Type planning of the operator.

External Clock Configure this item according to the network

External Clock Hz
Output Type planning of the operator.
Config
External Clock
Enables the external clock output function. Enable
Output Enable

QL User Output Configure this item according to the network

SA4
Source SA Select planning of the operator.

QL User Input Configure this item according to the network

SA4
Source SA Select planning of the operator.

Clock Source
Select the clock source as required. EXT1
Name
Sets the quality level for the timing source
Config of Input QL Select G813
clock.
Timing Source Clock
Waiting Restore Sets whether to enable the waiting restore
OFF
Timer Switch function.
Clock Priority Sets the priority for the timing source clock. 0

12-16 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

Table 12-3 Planning Data for Configuring Clock Synchronization (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Clock Source Select the clock source to be output to the

Clock in Slot 19.
Config of Output Name external.
Clock Sets the priority of the clock source. Sets the
Clock Priority 0
value to an integer between 0 and 255.

Clock Source
Select the clock source to be configured. Clock in Slot 19.
TQL Value of the Name
Output Source Clock Output Clk Source
Sets the quality level of the clock source. G813
QL Select

12.3.3 Configuration Flow

Figure 12-10 shows the clock synchronization configuration flow.

Figure 12-10 The Clock Synchronization Configuration Flow

Version: A 12-17
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

12.3.4 Configuring Basic Parameters of Clock

Configure basic parameters for the clock synchronization function, including the
CLK Work Mode, QL Enable Select, External Clock SSM Limit and Clock Timer
Restore Time, etc.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Clock Synchronization Config→

Basic Config of Clock to open the Basic Config of Clock tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-11.

Figure 12-11 Configuring Basic Parameters of the Clock

12.3.5 Configuring External Clock

Configure the relevant parameters for the input and output of the clock source
accessed via the clock card.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Clock Synchronization Config→

External Clock Config to open the External Clock Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

12-18 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-12.

Figure 12-12 Configuring the External Clock

12.3.6 Configuring the Parameters for the Input Timing

Source Clock

Configure the parameters for the input timing source clock, including Clock Source
Name, QL Select, Waiting Timer Restore Switch, and Clock Priority, etc.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Clock Synchronization Config→

Config of Input Timing Source Clock to open the Config of Input Timing
Source Clock tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a row of input timing source
clock configuration item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-13.

Figure 12-13 Configuring the Parameters for the Input Timing Source Clock

Version: A 12-19
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

12.3.7 Configuring Clock Ouptut

Configure the priority of the output clock source.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Clock Synchronization Config→

Config of Output Clock to open the Config of Output Clock tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a row of clock source
configuration item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-14.

Figure 12-14 Configuring Clock Ouptut

12.3.8 Configuring the QL Value of the Output Clock Source

Configure the quality level of the output clock source.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Clock Synchronization Config→TQL

Value of the Output Source Clock to open the TQL Value of the Output
Source Clock tab.

12-20 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a row of clock source QL
configuration item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-15.

Figure 12-15 Configuring the QL Value of the Output Clock Source

12.3.9 Configuration Result

After the configuration is completed, the downlink ONU can trace the specified clock
source and obtain the clock synchronization information correctly.

12.4 Example of Configuring Base Station

Backhualing Service

The following introduces how to configure the combination of the AN5116-06B and
the CBU-type ONU to provide base station backhualing services.

Version: A 12-21
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

12.4.1 Configuration Rules

u For the time synchronization in the 1588 mode, the time source should be set to
the PORT mode, where the 1588 messages are obtained from the uplink.

u When the time synchronization is in the 1PPS+TOD mode, the time source
should be set to the TOD mode, where the 1PPS+TOD time messages are
directly obtained from the external time source.

u When the PTP mode is set to "Disable", the time synchronization is disabled. If
multiple time resources exist, the time source can be selected in the BMC
mode.

u Delay compensation is an optional function. Users can configure the delay

compensation at the OLT side according to the practical conditions of the
current network. However, when delay compensation is configured on a certain
clock card, all the downlink ONUs related with the clock card will implement
time synchronization as per the set delay compensation. Be cautious to this
application. If the delay compensation parameters are different for the ONUs,
you can set the delay compensation on the ONU side respectively.

u Please note that in basic configuration of the port, the measurement

mechanism supports the E2E mode only currently.

u In configuration of message transmission, it is not recommended to modify the

multicast MAC address and the IP address, and you can just use the default
values (the standard values specified in the protocol).

u The VLAN ID to be configured should be consistent with the VLAN ID of the

uplink network; otherwise, the messages cannot be received normally.

12.4.2 Network Diagram

Figure 12-16 shows the network digram for the base station backhauling service
configuration example.

12-22 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

Figure 12-16 Example Network for the Base Station Backhualing Service

On the network side, the AN5116-06B connects with the 1588V2 clock source via
the Internet to obtain the synchronization information; on the user side, the AN5116-
06B connects with the CBU-type ONU via the PON network, and the ONU is
responsible for the communication and interaction between the base station and the
uplink equipment.

Version: A 12-23
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

12.4.3 Planning Data

Table 12-4 and Table 12-5 show the planning data for configuring the clock
synchronization for the AN5116-06B.

Table 12-4 Planning Data for the Base Station Backhualing Service Configuration Example

Configuration Item Description Example

Slot No. This item is read-only. 18

Sets the mode for selecting the time
PTP Mode Manual
source.
The options available are AUTO,
Select Time Source TOD and PORT. Select PORT for the PORT
1588 mode.
Configuring
Sets the type of equipment that the
the
Clock Mode AN5116-06B serves as for time BC
synchroniza-
synchronization.
tion
Time Zone Sets the current time zone. GMT+8:00
parameters
Sets whether to enable the frequency
Frequency Enable
synchronization.

Sets the time domain that the

Time Domain 0
AN5116-06B belongs to.

Sets whether to enable the Slave

Slave Only Enable Enable
Only function.

Slot No. This item is read-only. 18

TOD TOD System
Interface This item is read-only. Input Output Output
1PPS+TOD
Interface Interface Interface
Interface
Delay Compensate Configure this item according to the
Config + + -
Property network planning of the operator.

Delay Compensate Configure this item according to the

0 0 10
Value (ns) network planning of the operator.

Slot No. This item is read-only. 18

1588 Sets the quantity of the ports. 1

Basic Config
Measurement The E2E mode is supported only
of Port E2E
Mechanism currently.
Interface
It is recommended to use the default
Message Mode One step.
value.

12-24 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

Table 12-4 Planning Data for the Base Station Backhualing Service Configuration Example
(Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Sets the relationship between the

Asymmetric Delay
delay compensation values in the Delay(M2S)=Delay(S2M)
Compensate Property
two directions of the link.
Asymmetric Delay Sets the asymmetric delay
0
Compensate Value compensate value.

Sets the frequency for sending the

Delay_Req Message Delay_Req messages. It is
1
Send Frequency (HZ) recommended to use the default
value.
Sets the threshold value for the
Announce Message timeout of the Announce messages.
5
Timeout It is recommended to use the default
value.
Select Layer 2 or Layer 3
Message
encapsulation format according to UDP over IPv4
Encapsulation Format
the type of the uplink equipment.
Message
Sets the mode for forwarding the
Transfer Communication Mode Multicast
time synchronization messages.
Settings
The destination multicast MAC
Destination MAC
address. It is recommended to use 01-1B-19-00-00-00
address
the default value.
Sets whether to enable the VLAN
VLAN TAG function and to remove the VLAN ID Enable
carried by the messages received.

Set it to the same VLAN ID of the

VLAN ID 100
uplink.

The destination multicast IP address.

Destination IP
It is recommended to use the default IPv4;224.0.1.129
Address
value.

Table 12-5 Planning Data for Configuring the Time Service at the ONU Port

Configuration Item Description Example

Configures the number of the port that the

Port No. LAN1
Configuring the service passes by.
time service at Sets the port service type to multicast or
Service type Multicast
the ONU port unicast.
VLAN Mode Configuration Transparent

Version: A 12-25
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 12-5 Planning Data for Configuring the Time Service at the ONU Port (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Sets the VLAN ID carried by the current

CVLAN ID 100
service messages.

Priority or COS Sets the COS level for the service flow. 0
Priority1 Sets the priority of the local clock 1. 0

Clock Grade Sets the quality level of the local clock. 0

Local clock Clock Accuracy Sets the accuracy of the local clock 1. Unknown
configuration Priority2 Sets the priority of the local clock 2. 1
Clock Type Sets the clock source type of the local clock 2. GPS
Time Domain Sets the clock domain of the local clock 2. 0
Message Select Layer 2 or Layer 3 encapsulation
Encapsulation format according to the type of the uplink UDP over IPv4
Format equipment.

Communication Sets the mode for forwarding the time

Multicast
Mode synchronization messages.

Destination MAC The destination multicast MAC address. It is

00-00-00-00-00-00
Message address recommended to use the default value.
Transfer Sets whether to enable the VLAN function and
Settings VLAN TAG remove the VLAN ID carried by the messages Disable
received.
VLAN ID Set it to the same VLAN ID of the uplink. 100
Destination IP The destination multicast IP address. It is
IPv4;224.0.1.129
Address recommended to use the default value.
The IP address of the multicast source. It is
Source IP Address IPv4;192.168.1.108
the IP address of the ONU in this example.

12.4.4 Configuration Flow

Figure 12-17 shows the flow of configuring the base station backhauling service.

12-26 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

Figure 12-17 Configuring the Base Station Backhualing Service

12.4.5 Configuring the Synchronization Parameters

Configure basic parameters of the clock source, such as the working mode and the
time zone and time domain for it.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→

Synchronization Parameter Config to open the Synchronization Parameter
Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

Version: A 12-27
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-18.

Figure 12-18 Configuring the Synchronization Parameters - Base Station Backhualing Service

12.4.6 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface

Configure the delay compensation property and delay compensation value for the
1PPS+TOD interface to ensure the effectiveness of time synchronization.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→1PPS+TOD

Interface Config to open the 1PPS+TOD Interface Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add an interface configuration item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-19.

Figure 12-19 Configuring the 1PPS+TOD Interface - Base Station Backhauling Service

12-28 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

12.4.7 Configuring Basic Parameters of the Port

Configure the basic parameters of the port, including Measurement Mechanism,

Message Mode and Asymmetric Delay, etc.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→Basic

Config of Port Interface Config to open the Basic Config of Port Interface
Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a port parameter configuration
item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-20.

Figure 12-20 Configuring Basic Parameters of the Port - Base Station Backhualing Service

12.4.8 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters

Configure the time synchronization message transmission parameters for different

network modes so that the messages can be sent to the destination equipment.

Configuration Procedures

1. Click the clock card of the AN5116-06B in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

Version: A 12-29
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Time Synchronization→Message

Transfer Settings to open the Message Transfer Settings tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a row of transmission parameter
configuration item.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data.

5. Click the Create On Device button to complete the configuration, as shown in

Figure 12-21.

Figure 12-21 Configuring Message Transmission Parameters - Base Station Backhualing

Service

12.4.9 Configuring the Time Service at the ONU Port

Configure the time parameters and time service for the ONU connected to the OLT
interface card.

1. Click the service interface card in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click the ONU
AN5506-06G[1] under this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→
Service Config, and then click the Data Port Config tab.

3. In the Data Port List pane, select the interfaces LAN1 and LAN2 respectively,
and then click Add. In the Service Config dialog box that appears, configure
the parameters according to the planning data to add a time service on the two

12-30 Version: A
 12 Time and Clock Configuration

LAN ports respectively.

4. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Local Clock Config to open the Local
Clock Config tab. Configure the local clock on the ONU side according to the
planning data.

5. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Message Transfer Settings to open

the Message Transfer Settings tab. Configure the message transmission on
the ONU side according to the planning data.

12.4.10 Configuration Result

After the configuration is completed, every base station under the ONU can have
service communication with the higher level equipment normally, and the clock
information can be normally received and transmitted via the PON system.

Version: A 12-31
13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the Layer 3 function of
the AN5116-06B.

Configuring ARP Proxy

Routing Protocol OSPF Configuration

Configuring RIP Routing Protocol

DHCP

Version: A 13-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.1 Configuring ARP Proxy

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the AN5116-06B

when it serves as the ARP Proxy.

13.1.1 Configuration Rules

u When the AN5116-06B serves as the ARP proxy, it can either serve as the ARP
proxy only or serve as both the ARP proxy and the gateway. Under both
conditions, the Super VLAN interface are added as the Layer 3 interface, so as
to achieve the service interconnection between the subscribers who access the
same OLT.

4 Super VLAN: a virtual route interface, also known as VLAN aggregation. A

Super VLAN contains multiple Sub VLANs.

4 Sub VLAN: the subsidiary VLAN of the Super VLAN, which is in the
master-slave relationship with the Super VLAN.

u The AN5116-06B can be configured with up to 16 Super VLANs. Each Super

VLAN can be added with four Sub VLANs at most.

u The IP address bound to the downlink Super VLAN should be in the same
network segment as the IP address that is interconnected with the ARP proxy
function of this Super VLAN.

u The VLAN IDs set for the Super VLANs and Sub VLANs range from 1 to 4085.

u The ARP proxy switches under the VLAN are available in three types: route,
intra–VLAN and inter-VLAN. To enable the ARP proxy function of the OLT,
users need only to enable any of these three types.

u When the subscribers that access the same OLT need communication via the
ARP proxy function, the IP addresses of the subscribers should be added onto
the ACL white list. Add the slot numbers of the subscribers to the slot
interconnection configuration and enable the white list.

13-2 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.1.2 ARP Proxy Configuration Example - OLT Serving as

Proxy

The following uses an example to introduce how to configure the AN5116-06B as

ARP Proxy when it serves as only proxy.

13.1.2.1 Network Diagram

Figure 13-1 shows the network connection when the OLT serves as the ARP proxy
only.

Figure 13-1 Network Connection - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

PC1 and PC2 are in Layer 2 isolation state and cannot communicate with each
other directly. As the ARP proxy, the OLT processes the ARP request message by
configuring the Super VLAN as the Layer 3 interface. When the ONU adds VLAN
IDs different from the Sub VLAN for the data services uploaded by PC1 and PC2,
the service interconnection between different Sub VLAN subscribers can be
achieved.

13.1.2.2 Planning Data

Planning data when the OLT serves as the ARP proxy only is as shown in
Table 13-1.

Version: A 13-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-1 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning

Service Name uplink
of the operator.

Starting VLAN The starting sub VLAN ID. The value ranges
100
ID from 1 to 4085.
The ending sub VLAN ID. The value ranges
VLAN ID End 100
from 1 to 4085.
Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the
uplink service VLAN. There are two options:
TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the
uplink packets will be stripped
automatically when they pass the port
TAG/UNTAG and the packets will be uplinked in the UNTAG
untag form, while the downlink untag
packets will be added with designated
Local end
tags when they pass the port.
service
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the
VLAN
uplink / downlink data packets will not
be processed when they pass the port.

The default service type for the equipment is

Service Type NGN
NGN.
The options include Auto Bind and
Manually Bind. If users need to add the
designated uplink port and the interface card
PON port to the Sub VLAN, select Manually
Bind and configure in the Add Slot Port to
VLAN window; if users need to add only the
Slot Bind Mode Manually Bind
designated uplink port to the Sub VLAN,
select Manually Bind and do not configure
in the Add Slot Port to VLAN window; if
users need to add all line card PON ports to
the Sub VLAN, select Auto Bind and the
Interface No. should be blank.
The slot number of the interface card that
Slot number 15
Adding joins the Sub VLAN.
Port to The corresponding PON port of the ONU to
Card port
VLAN which the user who needs the ARP proxy 1
number
function is connected.

13-4 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Table 13-1 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Starting VLAN
The joined starting Sub VLAN ID. 100
ID
VLAN ID End The joined ending Sub VLAN ID. 100
The tag processing mode of the interface
card PON port for the service VLAN. There
are two options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the
uplink packets will be stripped
automatically when they pass the port
TAG/UNTAG and the packets will be uplinked in the UNTAG
untag form, while the downlink untag
packets will be added with designated
tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the
uplink / downlink data packets will not
be processed when they pass the port.

The created Super VLAN ID value, which

VLAN ID 1
ranges from 1 to 4085.

According to the service virtual port quantity,

the VLANs are divided into two types:
VLAN type u SIN VLAN: only one service virtual port; SIN
Configuring
u MUL VLAN: multiple service virtual
VLAN
ports.
property
Service Type Select Data. Data

VLAN role Select Super VLAN. Super VLAN

Indicate the multicast attribute of VLAN,

Multicast VLAN
including Multicast VLAN and Non- Non-Multicast VLAN
tag
Multicast VLAN.
Binding Super VLAN ID Select the created Super VLAN ID value. 1
Service
VLAN to Service VLAN The Sub VLAN value that is bound to the
100
Super ID Super VLAN.
VLAN

Configuring VLAN ID The value of VLAN ID. 1

VLAN IP Main IP address The added IP address of Super VLAN. 192.168.1.100 / 255.255.255.0

Enabling VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1

ARP Proxy ARP proxy
Select to enable the ARP proxy function
under switch (inside Enable
switch.
VLAN VLAN)

Version: A 13-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-1 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Disabling
Slot
Isolation of
Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15
PON
Interface
Card
Access control
Creating Set the name of the access control list. a
list name
Layer 3
Matching Set the sequence of the matching list rules.
ACL Auto
sequence The options include Auto and Configured.

Number The sequence number of the rule. 1 2

Operation type Set whether to enable the rule. Set Set

IP / subnet Set the IP address and subnet mask of the 192.168.1.1 / 192.168.1.2 /
Configuring
address object subject to the ACL rule. 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0
Layer 3
Set the action of the rule. The options
ACL Permit / deny Permit Permit
include deny and permit.

Set the matching mode to normal matching

Type Normal Normal
or precise matching.

Configuring
Access control Select the name of the created access
ARP Proxy a
list name control list.
Range

13.1.2.3 Configuration Flow

The configuration flow with the OLT serving as the ARP proxy only is shown in
Figure 13-2.

13-6 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-2 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Add a Sub VLAN to the uplink port of the equipment.

2. Adding Slot Port to VLAN

Add the PON port of the line card to the configured Sub VLAN.

3. Configuring VLAN Property

Create a Super VLAN.

4. Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

Version: A 13-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Configure the member relationship between the Super VLAN and the Sub
VLAN.

5. Configuring VLAN IP

Configure the IP address for the Super VLAN.

6. Enabling ARP Proxy under VLAN

Enable the ARP proxy function for the OLT.

7. Disabling Slot Isolation of PON Interface Card

Interconnect the PON interface cards, so as to allow the users of different PON
ports under the same slot to visit each other.

8. Configuring ARP Proxy Range

Configure an ARP proxy range, and the rules are valid within the configured
range.

13.1.2.4 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create one Sub VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-3.

Figure 13-3 Local End VLAN Configuration - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

13-8 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.1.2.5 Adding Slot Port to VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Add Slot Port to
VLAN to open the Add Slot Port to VLAN tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input
The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add the slot port
information.

4. Click the Slot No. item, select 15 from the drop-down list. Click the Port No.
item, and select 1 from the drop-down list.

5. Click the right pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to configure the
information of the binding Sub VLAN.

6. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-1.

7. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-4.

Figure 13-4 Adding Slot Port to VLAN - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

13.1.2.6 Configuring VLAN Property

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→VLAN Attribute

Config to open the VLAN Attribute Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new Super VLAN.

Version: A 13-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-5.

Figure 13-5 Configuring VLAN Properties - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

13.1.2.7 Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Bind Service

VLAN to Super VLAN to open the Bind Service VLAN to Super VLAN tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the
Super VLAN ID value to be bound.

4. Click the right pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the Sub
VLAN ID value to be bound.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-1.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-6.

Figure 13-6 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

13-10 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.1.2.8 Configuring VLAN IP

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Configure

VLAN IP to open the Configure VLAN IP tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new
VLAN IP.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-7.

Figure 13-7 Configuring VLAN IP - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

13.1.2.9 Enabling ARP Proxy under VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→ARP Proxy Manage→ARP

Proxy Switch On VLAN to open the ARP Proxy Switch On VLAN tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-1.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-8.

Version: A 13-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 13-8 Configuring ARP Proxy Switch under VLAN - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

13.1.2.10 Disabling Slot Isolation of PON Interface Card

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→ARP Proxy Manage→Slot

Interworking Config to open the Slot Interworking Config tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-9.

Figure 13-9 Slot Intercommunication Configuration - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

13.1.2.11 Creating Layer 3 ACL

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→Three-layer ACL Config→Create L3

ACL to open the Create L3 ACL tab.

13-12 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a new access control list.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-10.

Figure 13-10 Creating Layer 3 ACL - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

13.1.2.12 Configuring Layer 3 ACL

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→Three-layer ACL Config→Configure L3

ACL to open the Configure L3 ACL tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input
The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the newly-
created ACL name.

4. Click the pane on right side and click Append in the toolbar. Enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears subsequently, and
click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-1.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-11.

Figure 13-11 Configuring Layer 3 ACL - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

Version: A 13-13
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.1.2.13 Configuring ARP Proxy Range

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→ARP Proxy Manage→ARP

Proxy Range to open the ARP Proxy Range tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a new ARP proxy range.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-12.

Figure 13-12 Configuring ARP Proxy Range - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy Only

13.1.2.14 Configuration Result

After completing the configuration, PC1 and PC2 in two VLAN domains can both
access the external network and communicate with each other via the OLT and the
ARP proxy function simultaneously, which are released from the restriction of Layer
2 isolation.

13.1.3 ARP Proxy Configuration Example - OLT Serving as

both Proxy and Gateway

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the AN5116-06B as

ARP Proxy when the equipment serves as both proxy and gateway.

13-14 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.1.3.1 Network Diagram

Figure 13-13 shows the network connection when the OLT serves as both the ARP
proxy and gateway.

Figure 13-13 Network Connection - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy and Gateway

PC1 and PC2 are in Layer 2 isolation state and cannot communicate with each
other directly. As the ARP proxy, the OLT processes the ARP request message by
configuring the Super VLAN as the Layer 3 interface. When the ONU adds VLAN
IDs different from the Sub VLAN for the data services uploaded by PC1 and PC2,
the service interconnection between different Sub VLAN subscribers can be
achieved. At the same time, the OLT serves as the gateway. It achieves the gateway
function via configuring the IP address of the Super VLAN, so as to enable the
access that crosses the network segments for the users.

13.1.3.2 Planning Data

Planning data when the OLT serves as both the ARP proxy and gateway is as
shown in Table 13-2.

Version: A 13-15
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-2 Planning Data – OLT Serving as Both ARP Proxy and Gateway

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the network

Service Name uplink downlink1 downlink2
planning of the operator.

Starting VLAN The Sub VLAN ID value. The value

100 200 300
ID ranges from 1 to 4085.

The Sub VLAN ID value. The value

VLAN ID End 100 200 300
ranges from 1 to 4085.

The number of the actually used

Interface No. 19:SFP2 — —
uplink port.

Configure the tag processing mode for

the uplink service VLAN. There are
two options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the
tags of the uplink packets will be
stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will
Tag/untag
be uplinked in the untag form, UNTAG TAG TAG
property
while the downlink untag packets
will be added with designated
Local end tags when they pass the port.
service u Under the TAG mode, the tags of
VLAN the uplink / downlink data packets
will not be processed when they
pass the port.

The default service type for the

Service Type NGN
equipment is NGN.

The options include Auto Bind and

Manually Bind. If users need to add
the designated uplink port and the
interface card PON port to the Sub
VLAN, select Manually Bind and
configure in the Add Slot Port to
VLAN window; if users need to add Manually
Slot Bind Mode Auto Bind Auto Bind
only the designated uplink port to the Bind
Sub VLAN, select Manually Bind and
do not configure in the Add Slot Port
to VLAN window; if users need to add
the PON ports of all interface cards to
the Sub VLAN, select Auto Bind and
the Interface No. should be blank.

13-16 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Table 13-2 Planning Data – OLT Serving as Both ARP Proxy and Gateway (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

The created Super VLAN ID value,

VLAN ID 1 2 2
which ranges from 1 to 4085.

According to the service virtual port

quantity, the VLANs are divided into
two types:
VLAN type u SIN VLAN: only one service SIN
Configuring
virtual port;
VLAN
u MUL VLAN: multiple service
property
virtual ports.

Service Type Select Data. Data

VLAN role Select Super VLAN. Super VLAN

Identify the multicast attribute of

Multicast VLAN
VLAN, including Multicast VLAN and Non-Multicast VLAN
tag
Non-Multicast VLAN.
Binding Select the created Super VLAN ID
Super VLAN ID 1 2 2
Service value.
VLAN to
Service VLAN The value of the Sub VLAN bound to
Super 100 200 300
ID the Super VLAN.
VLAN
VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1 2
Configuring 10.1.1.1 /
The added IP address of the Super 192.168.1.254 / 255.
VLAN IP Main IP address 255.
VLAN. 255.255.0
255.0.0
The Super VLAN ID value for
Enabling VLAN ID 2
downlink.
ARP Proxy
ARP proxy
under Select to enable the ARP proxy
switch (inside Enable
VLAN function switch.
VLAN)

Disabling
Slot
Isolation of
Slot No. The number of the slot actually used. 15
PON
Interface
Card
Access control Set the name of the access control
a
Creating list name list.
Layer 3 Set the sequence of the matching list
Matching
ACL rules. The options include Auto and Auto
sequence
Configured.

Version: A 13-17
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-2 Planning Data – OLT Serving as Both ARP Proxy and Gateway (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Number The sequence number of the rule. 1 2

Operation type Set whether to enable the rule. Set Set
192.168.1.1 /
IP / subnet Set the IP address and subnet mask 192.168.1.2 / 255.255.
Configuring 255.255.255.
address of the object subject to the ACL rule. 255.0
Layer 3 0
ACL Set the action of the rule. The options
Permit / deny Permit Permit
include deny and permit.

Set the matching mode to normal

Type Normal Normal
matching or precise matching.

Configuring
Access control Select the name of the created access
ARP Proxy a
list name control list.
Range

13.1.3.3 Configuration Flow

The configuration flow with the OLT serving as both the ARP proxy and gateway is
shown in Figure 13-14.

13-18 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-14 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy and Gateway

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Add one uplink Sub VLAN to the uplink port of the equipment and add
downlink1 Sub VLAN and downlink2 Sub VLAN to the PON ports of all line
cards.

2. Configuring VLAN Property

Create two Super VLANs.

3. Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

Configure the member relationship between the Super VLAN and the Sub
VLANs.

4. Configuring VLAN IP

Version: A 13-19
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Configure the IP address for the Super VLAN.

5. Enabling ARP Proxy under VLAN

Enable the ARP proxy function for the OLT.

6. Disabling Slot Isolation of PON Interface Card

Interconnect the PON interface cards, so as to allow the users of different PON
ports under the same slot to visit each other.

7. Configuring ARP Proxy Range

Configure an ARP proxy range, and the rules are valid within the configured
range.

13.1.3.4 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 3 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create three Sub VLANs.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-2.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-15.

Figure 13-15 Local End VLAN Configuration - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy and
Gateway

13-20 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.1.3.5 Configuring VLAN Property

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→VLAN Attribute

Config to open the VLAN Attribute Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two Super VLAN items.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-2.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-16.

Figure 13-16 Configuring VLAN Properties - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy and Gateway

13.1.3.6 Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Bind Service

VLAN to Super VLAN to open the Bind Service VLAN to Super VLAN tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the
Super VLAN ID value to be bound. Click the right pane. Click Append on the
toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that
appears. Click OK to select the Sub VLAN ID value to be bound.

Version: A 13-21
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the
Super VLAN ID value to be bound. Click the right pane. Click Append on the
toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that
appears. Click OK to select the Sub VLAN ID value to be bound.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-2.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-17.

Figure 13-17 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy and
Gateway

13.1.3.7 Configuring VLAN IP

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Configure

VLAN IP to open the Configure VLAN IP tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two new
VLAN IP addresses.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-2.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-18.

13-22 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-18 Configuring VLAN IP - OLT Serving as the ARP Proxy and Gateway

13.1.3.8 Enabling ARP Proxy under VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→ARP Proxy Manage→ARP

Proxy Switch On VLAN to open the ARP Proxy Switch On VLAN tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-2.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-19.

Figure 13-19 Configuring ARP Proxy Switch under VLAN - OLT Serving as Both the ARP
Proxy and Gateway

13.1.3.9 Disabling Slot Isolation of PON Interface Card

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→ARP Proxy Manage→Slot

Interworking Config to open the Slot Interworking Config tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK.

Version: A 13-23
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-2.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-20.

Figure 13-20 Slot Intercommunication Configuration - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy and
Gateway

13.1.3.10 Creating Layer 3 ACL

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→Three-layer ACL Configure

→Create L3 ACL to open the Create L3 ACL tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a new access control list.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-2.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-21.

Figure 13-21 Creating Layer 3 ACL - OLT as Both the ARP Proxy and Gateway

13-24 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.1.3.11 Configuring Layer 3 ACL

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→Three-layer ACL Config→Configure L3

ACL to open the Configure L3 ACL tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input
The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the newly-
created ACL name.

4. Click the pane on right side and click Append in the toolbar to enter 2 in the
Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box. Click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-2.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-22.

Figure 13-22 Configuring Layer 3 ACL - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy and Gateway

13.1.3.12 Configuring ARP Proxy Range

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→ARP Proxy Manage→ARP

Proxy Range to open the ARP Proxy Range tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a new ARP proxy range.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-2.

Version: A 13-25
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-23.

Figure 13-23 Configuring ARP Proxy Range - OLT Serving as Both the ARP Proxy and
Gateway

13.1.3.13 Configuration Result

PC1 and PC2 can both access the external network and communicate with each
other via the OLT simultaneously.

13.2 Routing Protocol OSPF Configuration

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the AN5116-06B

running the OSPF protocol to perform the routing and forwarding function together
with the adjacent router that runs the OSPF protocol.

13.2.1 Configuration Rules

Via running the OSPF protocol, the AN5116-06B performs the routing and
forwarding with the adjacent router that runs the OSPF protocol.

u The Super VLAN and Sub VLAN configured for the AN5116-06B are in the
primary-secondary relationship. A Super VLAN contains multiple Sub VLANs.

u The IP address bound to the downlink Super VLAN should be in the same
network segment as the IP address of the succeeding equipment.

u The IP address bound to the uplink Super VLAN should be in the same network
segment as the IP address of the previous equipment that runs the OSPF
protocol such as the router.

u The VLAN IDs set for the Super VLANs and Sub VLANs range from 1 to 4085.

13-26 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.2.2 OSPF Routing Protocol Configuration Example

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the OSPF routing
protocol for the AN5116-06B.

13.2.2.1 Network Diagram

Figure 13-24 shows the network diagram for the OSPF routing protocol.

Figure 13-24 Network Diagram for the OSPF Routing Protocol

The OLT serves as the router when configured with the Super VLANs and Sub
VLANs of the uplink type and downlink type respectively. When running the OSPF
protocol, the OSPF routing function is achieved. When the address of the user is
different from the pre-access address, the routing and forwarding is performed via
the OLT, so as to enable users to access the cross-network segments.

13.2.2.2 Planning Data

Planning data of OSPF routing protocol configuration is as shown in Table 13-3.

Version: A 13-27
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-3 Routing Protocol OSPF Configuration

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the network

Service Name uplink downlink
planning of the operator.

Starting VLAN The Sub VLAN ID value. The value

100 200
ID ranges from 1 to 4085.

The Sub VLAN ID value. The value

VLAN ID End 100 200
ranges from 1 to 4085.

The number of the actually used uplink

Interface No. 19:SFP2 -
port.

Configure the tag processing mode for the

uplink service VLAN. There are two
options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of
the uplink packets will be stripped
automatically when they pass the port
and the packets will be uplinked in
Tag/untag
the untag form, while the downlink UNTAG TAG
property
untag packets will be added with
Local end designated tags when they pass the
service port.
VLAN u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the
uplink / downlink data packets will not
be processed when they pass the
port.

The default service type for the equipment

Service Type NGN
is NGN.
The options include Auto Bind and
Manually Bind. If users need to add the
designated uplink port and the line card
PON port to the Sub VLAN, select
Manually Bind and configure in the Add
Slot Port to VLAN window; if users need
Slot Bind Mode to add only the designated uplink port to Manually Bind Auto Bind
the Sub VLAN, select Manually Bind and
do not configure in the Add Slot Port to
VLAN window; if users need to add all line
card PON ports to the Sub VLAN, select
Auto Bind and the Interface No. should
be blank.

13-28 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Table 13-3 Routing Protocol OSPF Configuration (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

The created Super VLAN ID value, which

VLAN ID 1 2
ranges from 1 to 4085.

According to the service virtual port

quantity, the VLANs are divided into two
types:
VLAN type u SIN VLAN: only one service virtual SIN
Configuring
port;
VLAN
u MUL VLAN: multiple service virtual
property
ports.

Service Type Select Data. Data

VLAN role Select Super VLAN. Super VLAN

Identify the multicast attribute of VLAN,

Multicast VLAN
including Multicast VLAN and Non- Non-Multicast VLAN
tag
Multicast VLAN.
Binding Super VLAN ID Select the created Super VLAN ID value. 1 2
Service
Service VLAN
VLAN to The Sub VLAN bound to the Super VLAN 100 200
ID
Super VLAN

VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1 2

Configuring
10.1.1.1 / 255. 10.98.1.254 /
VLAN IP Main IP address The added IP address of Super VLAN.
255.255.0 255.255.255.0
Enabling
Enable / disable Run the OSPF protocol. Enable
OSPF
Configuring
Configure according to the network
OSPF IP Address 10.12.1.3
planning of the operator.
Router ID

OSPF The network segment of the OSPF 10.1.1.0 / 255. 10.98.1.0 / 255.
IP Address
network network advertisement. 255.255.0 255.255.0
advertise- Configure according to the network
Domain ID 1.0.0.1
ment planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Configuring Domain ID 1.0.0.1
planning of the operator.
OSPF
Configure according to the network
Domain Domain type STUB
planning of the operator.

Configuring VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1 2

OSPF Basic Configure according to the network
Invalid interval 40
Parameters planning of the operator.

Version: A 13-29
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-3 Routing Protocol OSPF Configuration (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Hello message Configure according to the network

10
interval planning of the operator.

Re-transmitting Configure according to the network

5
LSA interval planning of the operator.

Refreshing Configure according to the network

1
message time planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Network type Broadcast
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Cost value 10
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

MTU value 1500
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Priority 1
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

VLAN ID 1 2
Configuring planning of the operator.

OSPF Authentication Configure this item according to the Simple password No

Authentica- mode network planning of the operator. authentication authentication
tion Configure according to the network
Key / key chain test -
planning of the operator.

13.2.2.3 Configuration Flow

The flow of configuring the OSPF routing protocol is as shown in Figure 13-25.

13-30 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-25 Configuration Flow for the OSPF Routing Protocol

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Add an uplink Sub VLAN to the uplink port of the equipment and add a
downlink Sub VLAN for all line card PON ports.

2. Configuring VLAN Property

Create two Super VLANs.

3. Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

Configure the member relationship between the Super VLAN and the Sub
VLAN.

Version: A 13-31
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. Configuring VLAN IP

Configure the IP address for the Super VLAN.

5. Starting OSPF

Configure the OLT to run the OSPF routing protocol.

6. Configuring OSPF Router ID

Configure the router ID for the OSPF.

7. Configuring OSPF Network Advertisement

Configure the LSA area to which the OLT is configured as the OSPF router.

8. Configuring OSPF Domain

Configure the domain ID and type of the OSPF domain.

9. Configuring OSPF Basic Parameters

Configure the related parameters of the OSPF routing protocol, including Hello
message interval and re-transmitting LSA interval.

10. Configuring OSPF Authentication

Configure the authentication mode of the OSPF protocol. The OSPF protocol
support three kinds of authentication modes: non-authentication, simple clear
text authentication and MD5 authentication.

13.2.2.4 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two Sub VLANs.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-3.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-26.

13-32 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-26 Local End VLAN Configuration - OSPF Protocol

13.2.2.5 Configuring VLAN Property

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→VLAN Attribute

Config to open the VLAN Attribute Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two Super VLAN items.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-3.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-27.

Figure 13-27 Configuring VLAN Properties - OSPF Protocol

13.2.2.6 Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

Version: A 13-33
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Bind Service

VLAN to Super VLAN to open the Bind Service VLAN to Super VLAN tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the
Super VLAN ID value to be bound. Click the right pane. Click Append on the
toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that
appears. Click OK to select the Sub VLAN ID value to be bound.

4. Repeat step 2 to bind the second Super VLAN with the second Sub VLAN.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-3.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-28.

Figure 13-28 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - OSPF Protocol

13.2.2.7 Configuring VLAN IP

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Configure

VLAN IP to open the Configure VLAN IP tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two new
VLAN IP addresses.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-3.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-29.

13-34 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-29 Configuring VLAN IP - OSPF Protocol

13.2.2.8 Starting OSPF

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→OSPF→Router OSPF to

open the Router OSPF tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-3.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-30.

Figure 13-30 Starting OSPF

13.2.2.9 Configuring OSPF Router ID

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→OSPF→OSPF Router_ID

Config to open the OSPF Router_ID Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-3.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-31.

Version: A 13-35
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 13-31 Configuring the OSPF Router ID

13.2.2.10 Configuring OSPF Network Advertisement

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→OSPF→OSPF Network

Advertise to open the OSPF Network Advertise tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two OSPF network
advertisements.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-3.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-32.

Figure 13-32 OSPF Network Announcement

13.2.2.11 Configuring OSPF Domain

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→OSPF→OSPF Area to open

the OSPF Area tab.

13-36 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-3.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-33.

Figure 13-33 Configuring OSPF Domain

13.2.2.12 Configuring OSPF Basic Parameters

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→OSPF→OSPF Parameter

Configure to open the OSPF Parameter Configure tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-3.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-34.

Figure 13-34 Configuring OSPF Basic Parameters

13.2.2.13 Configuring OSPF Authentication

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→OSPF→OSPF Auth

Configure to open the OSPF Auth Configure tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-3.

Version: A 13-37
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-35.

Figure 13-35 Configuring OSPF Authentication

13.2.2.14 Configuration Result

As the OSPF router, the OLT establishes the link state database via transmitting the
LSA within the announced domain. Taking itself as the root node, the OLT calculates
the shortest path tree, so as to achieve the cross-segment network access via this
path tree for the subscribers.

13.3 Configuring RIP Routing Protocol

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the AN5116-06B

running the RIP protocol to perform the routing and forwarding function together with
the adjacent router that runs the RIP protocol.

13.3.1 Configuration Rules

Via running the RIP protocol, the AN5116-06B performs the routing and forwarding
with the adjacent router that runs the RIP protocol.

u The Super VLAN and Sub VLAN configured for the AN5116-06B are in the
primary-secondary relationship. A Super VLAN contains multiple Sub VLANs.

u The IP address bound to the downlink Super VLAN should be in the same
network segment as the IP address of the succeeding equipment.

u The IP address bound to the uplink Super VLAN should be in the same network
segment as the IP address of the previous equipment that runs the RIP
protocol such as the router.

u The VLAN IDs set for the Super VLANs and Sub VLANs range from 1 to 4085.

13-38 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.3.2 RIP Routing Protocol Configuration Example

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the RIP routing
protocol for the AN5116-06B.

13.3.2.1 Network Diagram

Figure 13-36 shows the network diagram for RIP routing protocol.

Figure 13-36 Network Diagram for the RIP Routing Protocol

The OLT serves as the router when configured with the Super VLANs and Sub
VLANs of the uplink type and downlink type. When running the RIP protocol, the
RIP routing function is achieved. When the address of the user is different from the
pre-access address, the routing and forwarding is performed via the OLT, so as to
enable users to access the cross-network segments.

13.3.2.2 Planning Data

Planning data of RIP routing protocol configuration is as shown in Table 13-4.

Table 13-4 Configuring the RIP Routing Protocol

Configuration Item Description Example

Local end
Configure according to the network
service Service Name uplink downlink
planning of the operator.
VLAN

Version: A 13-39
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-4 Configuring the RIP Routing Protocol (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Starting VLAN The Sub VLAN ID value. The value

100 200
ID ranges from 1 to 4085.

The Sub VLAN ID value. The value

VLAN ID End 100 200
ranges from 1 to 4085.

The number of the actually used

Interface No. 19:SFP2 -
uplink port.

Configure the tag processing mode for

the uplink service VLAN. There are
two options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the
tags of the uplink packets will be
stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will
Tag/untag
be uplinked in the untag form, UNTAG TAG
property
while the downlink untag packets
will be added with designated
tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of
the uplink / downlink data packets
will not be processed when they
pass the port.

The default service type for the

Service Type NGN
equipment is NGN.

The options include Auto Bind and

Manually Bind. If users need to add
the designated uplink port and the line
card PON port to the Sub VLAN,
select Manually Bind and configure
in the Add Slot Port to VLAN
window; if users need to add only the
Slot Bind Mode Manually Bind Auto Bind
designated uplink port to the Sub
VLAN, select Manually Bind and do
not configure in the Add Slot Port to
VLAN window; if users need to add all
line card PON ports to the Sub VLAN,
select Auto Bind and the Interface
No. should be blank.
Configuring
The created Super VLAN ID value,
VLAN VLAN ID 1 2
which ranges from 1 to 4085.
property

13-40 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Table 13-4 Configuring the RIP Routing Protocol (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

According to the service virtual port

quantity, the VLANs are divided into
two types:
VLAN type u SIN VLAN: only one service SIN
virtual port;
u MUL VLAN: multiple service
virtual ports.

Service Type Select Data. Data

VLAN role Select Super VLAN. Super VLAN

Identify the multicast attribute of

Multicast VLAN
VLAN, including Multicast VLAN and Non-Multicast VLAN
tag
Non-Multicast VLAN.
Binding Select the created Super VLAN ID
Super VLAN ID 1 2
Service value.
VLAN to
The Sub VLAN bound to the Super
Super Service VLAN ID 100 200
VLAN
VLAN
VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1 2
Configuring
The added IP address of Super 10.1.1.1 / 255. 10.98.1.254 / 255.255.
VLAN IP Main IP address
VLAN. 255.255.0 255.0
Enabling
Enable / disable Run the RIP protocol. Enable
RIP
RIP
network The network segment of the RIP 10.1.1.0 / 255. 10.98.1.0 / 255.255.
IP Address
advertise- network advertisement. 255.255.0 255.0
ment
Configure according to the network
Refreshing timer 40
planning of the operator.

Configuring Configure according to the network

Invalid timer 170
RIP Timer planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Deleting timer 100
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

VLAN ID 1 2
Configuring planning of the operator.

RIP Receiving Configure according to the network

RIP version 2 RIP version 2
Interface version planning of the operator.
Version Transmitting Configure according to the network
RIP version 2 RIP version 2
version planning of the operator.

Version: A 13-41
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-4 Configuring the RIP Routing Protocol (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the network

VLAN ID 1 2
planning of the operator.
Configuring
Simple
RIP Authentication Configure this item according to the
password No authentication
Authentica- mode network planning of the operator.
authentication
tion
Configure according to the network
Key / key chain test -
planning of the operator.

13.3.2.3 Configuration Flow

The flow of configuring the RIP routing protocol is shown in Figure 13-37.

Figure 13-37 The RIP Routing Protocol Configuration Flow

13-42 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Add an uplink Sub VLAN to the uplink port of the equipment and add a
downlink Sub VLAN for all line card PON ports.

2. Configuring VLAN Property

Create two Super VLANs.

3. Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

Configure the member relationship between the Super VLAN and the Sub
VLAN.

4. Configuring VLAN IP

Configure the IP address for the Super VLAN.

5. Starting RIP

Configure the OLT to run the RIP routing protocol.

6. Configuring RIP Network Advertisement

Configure the network segment to which the OLT advertises its routing
information as the RIP router.

7. Configuring RIP Timer

Adjust the performance of routing protocol by configuring the RIP timer, to meet
the current network requirements.

8. Configuring RIP Interface Version

Configure the versions of the Rx and Tx protocols for the RIP interface.

9. Configuring RIP Authentication

Configure the authentication mode of the RIP protocol. The RIP protocol
supports three kinds of authentication modes: non-authentication, simple clear
text authentication and MD5 authentication.

13.3.2.4 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

Version: A 13-43
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two Sub VLANs.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-4.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-38.

Figure 13-38 Local End VLAN Configuration - RIP

13.3.2.5 Configuring VLAN Property

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→VLAN Attribute

Config to open the VLAN Attribute Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two Super VLAN items.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-4.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-39.

13-44 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-39 Configuring VLAN Properties - RIP

13.3.2.6 Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Bind Service

VLAN to Super VLAN to open the Bind Service VLAN to Super VLAN tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the
Super VLAN ID value to be bound. Click the right pane. Click Append on the
toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that
appears. Click OK to select the Sub VLAN ID value to be bound.

4. Repeat Step 2 to bind the second Super VLAN with the second Sub VLAN.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-4.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-40.

Figure 13-40 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - RIP

Version: A 13-45
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.3.2.7 Configuring VLAN IP

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Configure

VLAN IP to open the Configure VLAN IP tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two new
VLAN IP addresses.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-4.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-41.

Figure 13-41 Configuring VLAN IP - RIP Routing Protocol

13.3.2.8 Starting RIP

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→L3 Config→Router RIP to

open the Router RIP tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-4.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-42.

13-46 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-42 Starting RIP

13.3.2.9 Configuring RIP Network Advertisement

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→L3 Config→RIP Network

Advertise to open the RIP Network Advertise tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create 2 RIP network
advertisements.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-4.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-43.

Figure 13-43 RIP Network Announcement

13.3.2.10 Configuring RIP Timer

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

Version: A 13-47
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→L3 Config→RIP Timer

Configure to open the RIP Timer Configure tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-4.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-44.

Figure 13-44 Configuring the RIP Timer

13.3.2.11 Configuring RIP Interface Version

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→L3 Config→RIP Interface

Version Configure to open the RIP Interface Version Configure tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-4.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-45.

Figure 13-45 Configuring the RIP Interface Version

13-48 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.3.2.12 Configuring RIP Authentication

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→L3 Config→L3 Config→RIP Auth

Configure to open the RIP Auth Configure tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-4.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-46.

Figure 13-46 Configuring the RIP Authentication

13.3.2.13 Configuration Result

The OLT serves as the RIP router. When it receives the routing information from the
adjacent routers, the OLT refreshes its local route list and transmits the refreshed
table to the adjacent routers. The transmission is performed layer by layer and
finally the entire network synchronization is achieved. The users under the OLT can
perform the routing and forwarding via the OLT and access segments crossing
networks.

13.4 DHCP

The following use an example to introduce how to configure the DHCP function of
the AN5116-06B.

Version: A 13-49
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.4.1 Configuration Rules

u When the AN5116-06B serves as the DHCP Relay, it can either be the DHCP
proxy only or be both the DHCP proxy and the gateway. Under both conditions,
the Super VLAN interface should be added as the Layer 3 interface, so as to
convert the users' DHCP broadcast messages to the unicast messages and
forward the messages to the designated DHCP server.

4 Super VLAN: a virtual route interface, also known as VLAN aggregation. A

Super VLAN contains multiple Sub VLANs.

4 Sub VLAN: the subsidiary VLAN of the Super VLAN, which is in the
master-slave relationship with the Super VLAN.

u The AN5116-06B can be configured with up to 16 Super VLANs. Each Super

VLAN can be added with four Sub VLANs at most.

u The IP address bound to the downlink Super VLAN should be in the same
network segment as the IP address of the DHCP Client that uses the DHCP
proxy function of the Super VLAN.

u The VLAN IDs set for the Super VLANs and Sub VLANs range from 1 to 4085.

u When the AN5116-06B serves as the DHCP proxy only, the static routing
should be configured for it. The DHCP request is forwarded to the DHCP server
via the gateway.

u When the DHCP Snooping function is enabled for the AN5116-06B, the
equipment will not process the users' DHCP broadcast messages. However,
when trusted ports have been configured for the DHCP Snooping, only the
trusted ports can normally receive and forward the DHCP request messages,
while the DHCP response messages from the untrusted ports and the
untrusted DHCP request messages from the users will be filtered, so as to
ensure that the client end can obtain the IP address from a leagal DHCP
Server.

u When the AN5116-06B serves as the DHCP Server, it will search for an
undistributed IP address from the address pool after it receives the DHCP
broadcast messages from the users, and transmits the PING packet to check
whether the IP address has been occupied. If the IP address is available, it will
be allocated to the user.

13-50 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.4.2 DHCP Relay Configuration Example - OLT Serving as

Proxy

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the AN5116-06B as

the DHCP Proxy when the equipment serves as only the proxy.

13.4.2.1 Network Diagram

Figure 13-47 shows the network diagram when the OLT serves as the DHCP proxy
only.

Figure 13-47 Network Diagram - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only

When the OLT serves as the DHCP proxy only, it converts the broadcast DHCP
request messages received from the DHCP Client into unicast messages, and
modify the parameters such as source MAC address, destination MAC address,
source IP address and destination IP address. After that, the OLT will forward the
messages to the DHCP Server via the external gateway.

13.4.2.2 Planning Data

Planning data when the OLT serves as the DHCP proxy only is as shown in
Table 13-5.

Version: A 13-51
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-5 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the network

Service Name uplink
planning of the operator.

The Sub VLAN ID value. The value ranges

Starting VLAN ID 100
from 1 to 4085.
The Sub VLAN ID value. The value ranges
VLAN ID End 100
from 1 to 4085.
The number of the actually used uplink
Interface No. 19:SFP2
port.

Configure the tag processing mode for the

uplink service VLAN. There are two
options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of
the uplink packets will be stripped
automatically when they pass the port
and the packets will be uplinked in the
TAG/UNTAG UNTAG
untag form, while the downlink untag
packets will be added with designated
tags when they pass the port.
Local end service
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the
VLAN
uplink / downlink data packets will not
be processed when they pass the
port.

The default service type for the equipment

Service Type NGN
is NGN.
The options include Auto Bind and
Manually Bind. If users need to add the
designated uplink port and the line card
PON port to the Sub VLAN, select
Manually Bind and configure in the Add
Slot Port to VLAN window; if users need
Slot Bind Mode to add only the designated uplink port to Manually Bind
the Sub VLAN, select Manually Bind and
do not configure in the Add Slot Port to
VLAN window; if users need to add all line
card PON ports to the Sub VLAN, select
Auto Bind and the Interface No. should
be blank.
Adding Port to The slot number of the line card that joins
Slot number 15
VLAN the Sub VLAN.

13-52 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Table 13-5 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

The corresponding PON port of the ONU

Card port number that the user who needs the DHCP proxy 1
function connects to.
Starting VLAN ID The value of the added starting VLAN ID. 100

VLAN ID End The joined ending Sub VLAN ID. 100

Configure the tag processing mode of the
line card PON port for the service VLAN.
There are two options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of
the uplink packets will be stripped
automatically when they pass the port
and the packets will be uplinked in the
TAG/UNTAG UNTAG
untag form, while the downlink untag
packets will be added with designated
tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the
uplink / downlink data packets will not
be processed when they pass the
port.

The created Super VLAN ID value, which

VLAN ID 1
ranges from 1 to 4085.

According to the service virtual port

quantity, the VLANs are divided into two
types:
VLAN type u SIN VLAN: only one service virtual SIN
Configuring VLAN port;
property u MUL VLAN: multiple service virtual
ports.

Service Type Select Data. Data

VLAN role Select Super VLAN. Super VLAN

Identify the multicast attribute of VLAN,

Multicast VLAN tag including Multicast VLAN and Non- Non-Multicast VLAN
Multicast VLAN.

Binding Service Super VLAN ID Select the created Super VLAN ID value. 1
VLAN to Super The value of the Sub VLAN bound to the
Service VLAN ID 100
VLAN Super VLAN.

Configuring VLAN
VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1
IP

Version: A 13-53
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-5 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

192.168.1.100 / 255.255.
Main IP address The added IP address of the Super VLAN.
255.0
Slot No. The slot number of the core switch card. 9
Destination
Configuring Static The IP address of the DHCP Server. 10.98.20.2
network address
Routing
Gateway The IP address of the next hop. 192.168.1.254
Mask The mask address. 255.255.255.0
Configuring DHCP
DHCP global
function global Enable the DHCP global switch. Enable
switch
switch
Super VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1
Configuring DHCP
DHCP interface
Interface Mode Select the Relay mode. Enable
mode
Configuring Super VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1
Server Address of
Server IP address The IP address of the DHCP Server. 10.98.20.2
Interface

13.4.2.3 Configuration Flow

The configuration flow with the OLT serving as the DHCP proxy only is shown in
Figure 13-48.

13-54 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-48 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Add a Sub VLAN to the uplink port of the equipment.

2. Adding Port to VLAN

Add the PON port of the line card to the configured Sub VLAN.

3. Configuring VLAN Property

Create a Super VLAN.

4. Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

Version: A 13-55
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Configure the member relationship between the Super VLAN and the Sub
VLAN.

5. Configuring VLAN IP

Configure the IP address for the Super VLAN.

6. Configuring the Static Routing

Configure the static route to the next hop for the Layer 3 interface of the OLT,
for the routing and forwarding of the packets.

7. Enabling DHCP Function Global Switch

Enable the DHCP Layer 3 function switch of the OLT.

8. Configuring DHCP Interface Mode

Configure the Layer 3 interface of the OLT to the DHCP proxy mode.

9. Configuring Server Address of Interface

Configure the IP address of the DHCP Server corresponding to the Layer 3

interfaces of the OLT.

13.4.2.4 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create one Sub VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-5.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-49.

13-56 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-49 Local End VLAN Configuration - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only

13.4.2.5 Adding Port to VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Add Slot Port to
VLAN to open the Add Slot Port to VLAN tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input
The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add the slot port
information.

4. Click the Slot No. item, select 15 from the drop-down list. Click the Port No.
item, and select 1 from the drop-down list.

5. Click the right pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to configure the
information of the binding Sub VLAN.

6. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-5.

7. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-50.

Figure 13-50 Adding Port to VLAN - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only

Version: A 13-57
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.4.2.6 Configuring VLAN Property

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→VLAN Attribute

Config to open the VLAN Attribute Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new Super VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-5.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-51.

Figure 13-51 Configuring VLAN Properties - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only

13.4.2.7 Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Bind Service

VLAN to Super VLAN to open the Bind Service VLAN to Super VLAN tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the
Super VLAN ID value to be bound.

4. Click the right pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the Sub
VLAN ID value to be bound.

13-58 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-5.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-52.

Figure 13-52 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only

13.4.2.8 Configuring VLAN IP

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Configure

VLAN IP to open the Configure VLAN IP tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new
VLAN IP.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-5.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-53.

Figure 13-53 Configuring VLAN IP - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only

Version: A 13-59
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.4.2.9 Configuring the Static Routing

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Static Routing to open the
Static Routing tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-5.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-54.

Figure 13-54 Configuring Static Routing - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only

13.4.2.10 Enabling DHCP Function Global Switch

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→DHCP Global→DHCP Global Switch to

open the DHCP Global Switch tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-5.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-55.

13-60 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-55 Configuring DHCP Function Global Switch - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy
Only

13.4.2.11 Configuring DHCP Interface Mode

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→DHCP Global→Set DHCP Interface

Mode to open the Set DHCP Interface Mode tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a new DHCP interface mode
configuration entry.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-5.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-56.

Figure 13-56 Configuring the DHCP Interface Mode - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy Only

Version: A 13-61
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.4.2.12 Configuring Server Address of Interface

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→DHCP Relay→Set Port's Dhcp Server IP

to open the Set Port's Dhcp Server IP tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the
Super VLAN ID value to be configured.

4. Click the right pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Enter the server IP address
and click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-5.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-57.

Figure 13-57 Configuring Server Address of the Interface - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy
Only

13.4.2.13 Configuration Result

The OLT converts the DHCP broadcast messages of the DHCP Client into the
unicast messages and forcibly forwards the DHCP request to the designated DHCP
server.

13-62 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.4.3 DHCP Relay Configuration Example - OLT Serving as

Proxy and Gateway

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the AN5116-06B as

the DHCP Relay when the equipment serves as both the proxy and gateway.

13.4.3.1 Network Diagram

Figure 13-58 shows the network diagram when the OLT serves as both the DHCP
proxy and gateway.

Figure 13-58 Network Diagram - OLT Serving as Both the DHCP Proxy and Gateway

When the OLT serves as the DHCP proxy, it converts the broadcast DHCP request
messages received from the DHCP Client to the unicast messages, and replaces
the gateway IP address of the messages with the IP address of the downlink Super
VLAN. The OLT also functions as the gateway and forwards the unicast messages
to the DHCP Server that is in a different network segment by configuring the IP
address of the Super VLAN.

13.4.3.2 Planning Data

Planning data when the OLT serves as both the DHCP proxy and gateway is as
shown in Table 13-6.

Version: A 13-63
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-6 Planning Data – OLT Serving as Both DHCP Proxy and Gateway

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the network

Service Name uplink downlink
planning of the operator.

Starting VLAN The Sub VLAN ID value. The value

100 200
ID ranges from 1 to 4085.

The Sub VLAN ID value. The value

VLAN ID End 100 200
ranges from 1 to 4085.

The number of the actually used uplink

Interface No. 19:SFP2 –
port.

Configure the tag processing mode for

the uplink service VLAN. There are two
options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags
of the uplink packets will be
stripped automatically when they
pass the port and the packets will
Tag/untag
be uplinked in the untag form, UNTAG TAG
property
while the downlink untag packets
will be added with designated tags
Local end when they pass the port.
service u Under the TAG mode, the tags of
VLAN the uplink / downlink data packets
will not be processed when they
pass the port.

The default service type for the

Service Type NGN
equipment is NGN.

The options include Auto Bind and

Manually Bind. If users need to add
the designated uplink port and the line
card PON port to the Sub VLAN, select
Manually Bind and configure in the
Add Slot Port to VLAN window; if
users need to add only the designated
Slot Bind Mode Manually Bind Auto Bind
uplink port to the Sub VLAN, select
Manually Bind and do not configure in
the Add Slot Port to VLAN window; if
users need to add all line card PON
ports to the Sub VLAN, select Auto
Bind and the Interface No. should be
blank.

13-64 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Table 13-6 Planning Data – OLT Serving as Both DHCP Proxy and Gateway (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

The created Super VLAN ID value,

VLAN ID 1 2
which ranges from 1 to 4085.

According to the service virtual port

quantity, the VLANs are divided into
two types:
VLAN type u SIN VLAN: only one service virtual SIN
Configuring
port;
VLAN
u MUL VLAN: multiple service virtual
property
ports.

Service Type Select Data. Data

VLAN role Select Super VLAN. Super VLAN

Identify the multicast attribute of VLAN,

Multicast VLAN
including Multicast VLAN and Non- Non-Multicast VLAN
tag
Multicast VLAN.
Binding Select the created Super VLAN ID
Super VLAN ID 1 2
Service value.
VLAN to
The value of the Sub VLAN bound to
Super Service VLAN ID 100 200
the Super VLAN.
VLAN
VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1 2
Configuring
The added IP address of the Super 10.98.20.1 / 192.168.1.254 / 255.
VLAN IP Main IP address
VLAN. 255.255.255.0 255.255.0
Configuring
DHCP
DHCP global
function Enable the DHCP global switch. Enable
switch
global
switch
Configuring Super VLAN ID The value of the uplink Super VLAN ID. 2
DHCP
DHCP interface
Interface Select the Relay mode. Enable
mode
Mode
Configuring Super VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 2
Server
Server IP
Address of The IP address of the DHCP Server. 10.98.20.2
address
Interface

Version: A 13-65
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.4.3.3 Configuration Flow

The configuration flow with the OLT serving as both the DHCP proxy and gateway is
shown in Figure 13-59.

Figure 13-59 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as Both the DHCP Proxy and Gateway

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Add an uplink Sub VLAN to the uplink port of the equipment and add a
downlink Sub VLAN for all line card PON ports.

2. Configuring VLAN Property

Create two Super VLANs.

3. Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

Configure the member relationship between the Super VLAN and the Sub
VLAN.

4. Configuring VLAN IP

Configure the IP address for the Super VLAN.

13-66 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

5. Enabling DHCP Function Global Switch

Enable the DHCP Layer 3 function for the OLT.

6. Configuring DHCP Interface Mode

Configure the Layer 3 interface of the OLT to the DHCP proxy mode.

7. Configuring Server Address of Interface

Configure the IP address of the DHCP Server corresponding to the Layer 3

interfaces of the OLT.

13.4.3.4 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two Sub VLANs.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-6.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-60.

Figure 13-60 Local End VLAN Configuration - OLT Serving as Both the DHCP Proxy and
Gateway

13.4.3.5 Configuring VLAN Property

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

Version: A 13-67
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→VLAN Attribute

Config to open the VLAN Attribute Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two Super VLAN items.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-6.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-61.

Figure 13-61 Configuring VLAN Properties - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy and Gateway

13.4.3.6 Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Bind Service

VLAN to Super VLAN to open the Bind Service VLAN to Super VLAN tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the
Super VLAN ID value to be bound. Click the right pane. Click Append on the
toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that
appears. Click OK to select the Sub VLAN ID value to be bound.

4. Repeat step 2 to bind the second Super VLAN with the second Sub VLAN.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-6.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-62.

13-68 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-62 Binding Super VLAN to Service VLAN - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy and
Gateway

13.4.3.7 Configuring VLAN IP

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Configure

VLAN IP to open the Configure VLAN IP tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 2 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create two new
VLAN IP addresses.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-6.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-63.

Figure 13-63 Configuring VLAN IP - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy and Gateway

13.4.3.8 Enabling DHCP Function Global Switch

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

Version: A 13-69
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→DHCP Global→DHCP Global Switch to

open the DHCP Global Switch tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-6.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-64.

Figure 13-64 Configuring DHCP Function Global Switch - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy
and Gateway

13.4.3.9 Configuring DHCP Interface Mode

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→DHCP Global→Set DHCP Interface

Mode to open the Set DHCP Interface Mode tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a new DHCP interface mode
configuration entry.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-6.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-65.

13-70 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Figure 13-65 Configuring DHCP Interface Mode - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy and
Gateway

13.4.3.10 Configuring Server Address of Interface

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→DHCP Relay→Set Port's Dhcp Server IP

to open the Set Port's Dhcp Server IP tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the
Super VLAN ID value to be configured.

4. Click the right pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Enter the server IP address
and click OK.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-6.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-66.

Figure 13-66 Configuring Server Address of the Interface - OLT Serving as the DHCP Proxy
and Gateway

Version: A 13-71
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.4.3.11 Configuration Result

The OLT converts the DHCP broadcast messages of the DHCP Client into the
unicast messages and forcibly forwards the DHCP request to the designated DHCP
server.

13.4.4 DHCP Server Configuration Example

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the AN5116-06B as

the DHCP Server.

13.4.4.1 Network Diagram

Figure 13-67 introduces the network diagram when the OLT serves as the DHCP
Server.

Figure 13-67 Network Diagram with OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

When the OLT serves as the DHCP Server, after receiving the broadcast DHCP
request messages from the DHCP Client, the OLT will directly allocate the IP
address in the IP address pool to the user.

13-72 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

13.4.4.2 Planning Data

Planning data when the OLT serves as the DHCP Server is as shown in Table 13-7.

Table 13-7 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

Service Name uplink
the operator.

The Sub VLAN ID value. The value ranges from

Starting VLAN ID 100
1 to 4085.
The Sub VLAN ID value. The value ranges from
VLAN ID End 100
1 to 4085.
Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2
Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink
service VLAN. There are two options: TAG and
UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the
uplink packets will be stripped automatically
when they pass the port and the packets will
TAG/UNTAG UNTAG
be uplinked in the untag form, while the
downlink untag packets will be added with
Local end designated tags when they pass the port.
service VLAN u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink
/ downlink data packets will not be
processed when they pass the port.

The default service type for the equipment is

Service Type NGN
NGN.
The options include Auto Bind and Manually
Bind. If users need to add the designated uplink
port and the line card PON port to the Sub
VLAN, select Manually Bind and configure in
the Add Slot Port to VLAN window; if users
Slot Bind Mode need to add only the designated uplink port to Manually Bind
the Sub VLAN, select Manually Bind and do not
configure in the Add Slot Port to VLAN window;
if users need to add all line card PON ports to
the Sub VLAN, select Auto Bind and the
Interface No. should be blank.
Adding Port to The slot number of the line card that joins the
Slot number 15
VLAN Sub VLAN.

Version: A 13-73
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 13-7 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Server (Continued)

Item Description Example

The number of the PON port that is actually

Card port number 1
used.
Starting VLAN ID The value of the added starting VLAN ID. 100

VLAN ID End The joined ending Sub VLAN ID. 100

Configure the tag processing mode of the line
card PON port for the service VLAN. There are
two options: TAG and UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the
uplink packets will be stripped automatically
when they pass the port and the packets will
TAG/UNTAG UNTAG
be uplinked in the untag form, while the
downlink untag packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink
/ downlink data packets will not be
processed when they pass the port.

The created Super VLAN ID value, which ranges

VLAN ID 1
from 1 to 4085.
According to the service virtual port quantity, the
VLANs are divided into two types:
VLAN type SIN
Configuring u SIN VLAN: only one service virtual port;

VLAN property u MUL VLAN: multiple service virtual ports.

Service Type Select Data. Data

VLAN role Select Super VLAN. Super VLAN

Identify the multicast attribute of VLAN, including

Multicast VLAN tag Non-Multicast VLAN
Multicast VLAN and Non-Multicast VLAN.
Binding Super VLAN ID Select the created Super VLAN ID value. 1
Service VLAN The value of the Sub VLAN bound to the Super
Service VLAN ID 100
to Super VLAN VLAN.
VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1
Configuring
192.168.1.100 / 255.
VLAN IP Main IP address The added IP address of the Super VLAN.
255.255.0
Configuring
DHCP function DHCP global switch Enable the DHCP global switch. Enable
global switch

Configuring Super VLAN ID The value of the Super VLAN ID. 1

DHCP
DHCP interface mode Select Server. Enable
Interface Mode

13-74 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Table 13-7 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Server (Continued)

Item Description Example

Address pool Configure according to the network planning of

1
identifier the operator.

The starting IP address that can be allocated to 192.168.1.1 / 255.255.

Starting IP address
the user 255.0
192.168.1.20 / 255.
Configuring IP The ending IP address that can be allocated to
Ending IP address 255.
Address Pool the user
255.0
The default gateway corresponding to the IP
Default gateway 192.168.1.254
address
The lease term of the IP address. Configure
Lease term 001 00:00:00
according to the operator’s network planning.

Address pool Select the address pool identifier to be

Configuring 1
identifier configured from the Pool ID column.
DNS Server
DNS service address The DNS server address allocated to the user. 10.19.8.10
List
Operation type Select set. set

13.4.4.3 Configuration Flow

The configuration flow with the OLT serving as the DHCP Server is shown in
Figure 13-68.

Version: A 13-75
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 13-68 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Add a Sub VLAN to the uplink port of the equipment.

2. Adding Port to VLAN

Add the PON port of the line card to the configured Sub VLAN.

3. Configuring VLAN Property

Create a Super VLAN.

4. Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

Configure the member relationship between the Super VLAN and the Sub
VLAN.

5. Configuring VLAN IP

13-76 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Configure the IP address for the Super VLAN.

6. Enabling DHCP Function Global Switch

Enable the DHCP Layer 3 function for the OLT.

7. Configuring DHCP Interface Mode

Configure the Layer 3 interface of the OLT to the DHCP server mode.

8. Configuring IP Address Pool

Allocate the IP address to the user via configuring the IP address pool.

9. Configuring DNS Server List

Provide address and domain name resolution for the DHCP client via
configuring the DNS domain name server.

13.4.4.4 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create one Sub VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-7.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-69.

Figure 13-69 Local End VLAN Configuration - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

Version: A 13-77
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.4.4.5 Adding Port to VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Add Slot Port to
VLAN to open the Add Slot Port to VLAN tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input
The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add the slot port
information.

4. Click the Slot No. item, select 15 from the drop-down list. Click the Port No.
item, and select 1 from the drop-down list.

5. Click the right pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to configure the
information of the binding Sub VLAN.

6. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-7.

7. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-70.

Figure 13-70 Adding Port to VLAN - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

13.4.4.6 Configuring VLAN Property

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→VLAN Attribute

Config to open the VLAN Attribute Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new Super VLAN.

13-78 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-7.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-71.

Figure 13-71 Configuring VLAN Properties - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

13.4.4.7 Binding Service VLAN to Super VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Bind Service

VLAN to Super VLAN to open the Bind Service VLAN to Super VLAN tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the
Super VLAN ID value to be bound.

4. Click the right pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the Sub
VLAN ID value to be bound.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-7.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-72.

Version: A 13-79
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 13-72 Configuring Super VLAN Binding Service VLAN - OLT Serving as the DHCP
Server

13.4.4.8 Configuring VLAN IP

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Configure

VLAN IP to open the Configure VLAN IP tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new
VLAN IP.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-7.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-73.

Figure 13-73 Configuring VLAN IP - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

13.4.4.9 Enabling DHCP Function Global Switch

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

13-80 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→DHCP Global→DHCP Global Switch to

open the DHCP Global Switch tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-7.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-74.

Figure 13-74 Configuring DHCP Function Global Switch - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

13.4.4.10 Configuring DHCP Interface Mode

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→DHCP Global→Set DHCP Interface

Mode to open the Set DHCP Interface Mode tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a new DHCP interface mode
configuration entry.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-7.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-75.

Figure 13-75 Configuring the DHCP Interface Mode - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

Version: A 13-81
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

13.4.4.11 Configuring IP Address Pool

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→DHCP SERVER→Set IP Pool to open the

Set IP Pool tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new IP address pool.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-7.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-76.

Figure 13-76 Configuring the IP Address Pool - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

13.4.4.12 Configuring DNS Server List

1. Click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access
the Service Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Config→DHCP SERVER→Set DNS Server

Address List to open the Set DNS Server Address List tab.

3. Click the left pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to select the IP
address pool identifier.

4. Click the right pane. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please
Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to configure the
DNS server information.

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-7.

13-82 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-77.

Figure 13-77 Configuring the DNS Server List - OLT Serving as the DHCP Server

13.4.4.13 Configuration Result

After the OLT receives the DHCP broadcast messages from the DHCP Client, it
serves as the DHCP server and directly allocates the IP address from the IP
address pool to the user.

13.4.5 DHCP Snooping Configuration Example

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the DHCP Snooping
function for the AN5116-06B.

13.4.5.1 Network Diagram

Figure 13-78 shows the network diagram when the OLT serves as the DHCP
Snooping.

Version: A 13-83
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 13-78 Network Diagram - OLT Serving as the DHCP Snooping

After the DHCP Snooping function is enabled for it, the OLT will transmit the
broadcast DHCP request message received from the DHCP Client to the DHCP
server, and prevent the DHCP server spoofing by filtering the response packets
transmitted from the DHCP server.

13.4.5.2 Planning Data

Planning data when the OLT serves as the DHCP Snooping is as shown in
Table 13-8.

Table 13-8 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Snooping

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning of

Service Name Data
the operator.

The starting VLAN ID value. The value ranges

Local end Starting VLAN ID 300
from 1 to 4085.
service VLAN
The ending VLAN ID value. The value ranges
VLAN ID End 300
from 1 to 4085.
Interface No. The number of the actually used uplink port. 19:SFP2

13-84 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

Table 13-8 Planning Data – OLT Serving as the DHCP Snooping (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure the tag processing mode for the uplink

service VLAN. There are two options: TAG and
UNTAG.
u Under the UNTAG mode, the tags of the
uplink packets will be stripped automatically
when they pass the port and the packets will
TAG/UNTAG UNTAG
be uplinked in the untag form, while the
downlink untag packets will be added with
designated tags when they pass the port.
u Under the TAG mode, the tags of the uplink /
downlink data packets will not be processed
when they pass the port.

Service Type Select data. data

Add the designated uplink port and all PON ports
Slot Bind Mode Auto Bind
to the local end VLAN.
Configuring
DHCP
Switch Enable the DHCP Snooping function. Enable
Snooping
switch
Configuring
DHCP Configures according to the number of the
Uplink port number 19:SFP2
Snooping actually used uplink port.
trusted port

13.4.5.3 Configuration Flow

The configuration flow with the OLT serving as the DHCP Snooping is shown in
Figure 13-79.

Version: A 13-85
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 13-79 Configuration Flow - OLT Serving as the DHCP Snooping

1. Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

Configure the uplink port service VLAN, set the range limit on the VLAN IDs of
the services that pass the uplink port, and process the VLAN tag.

2. Enabling DHCP Snooping Switch

Enable the DHCP Snooping function switch for the OLT.

3. Configuring DHCP Snooping Trusted Port

Configure the uplink trusted port of the DHCP Snooping, so as to receive and
forward the DHCP Offer messages normally.

13.4.5.4 Configuring the Local End Service VLAN

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select VLAN Config→Local VLAN→Local End

Service VLAN to open the Local End Service VLAN tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add one local end VLAN.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-8.

13-86 Version: A
 13 Configuring Layer 3 Function

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-80.

Figure 13-80 Local End VLAN Configuration - DHCP Snooping

13.4.5.5 Enabling DHCP Snooping Switch

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→DHCP→DHCP Snooping

Switch to open the DHCP Snooping Switch tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-8.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-81.

Figure 13-81 Configuring the DHCP Snooping Switch

13.4.5.6 Configuring DHCP Snooping Trusted Port

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→DHCP→DHCP Snooping

Trusted Ports to open the DHCP Snooping Trusted Ports tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add an uplink trusted port.

Version: A 13-87
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 13-8.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 13-82.

Figure 13-82 Configuring DHCP Snooping Trusted Port

13.4.5.7 Configuration Result

The OLT does not process the DHCP broadcast messages of the users. It assigns
the users the IP addresses that are allocated by the DHCP Server connected to the
trusted port.

13-88 Version: A
14 Upgrading Software

The following introduces the procedure of upgrading the software on the equipment.

Precautions

Prerequisites

Upgrading the Core Switch Card

Upgrading the GPON Interface Card / TDM Interface Card / Public Card

Upgrading the GPON Interface Cards in a Batch Manner

Upgrading the ONU Manually

Upgrading the ONU Automatically

Version: A 14-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

14.1 Precautions

While upgrading the cards and the ONU, operators need to reboot the upgraded
object, which will influence the services. To minimize the impact, please read the
following carefully:

u Users should upgrade the remote equipment first and the local equipment later;
that is, upgrade them following the sequence of ONU → service card → PUBA
→ HSWA.

u It is recommended to upgrade the cards and the ONU at night when service
traffic is at a relatively low volume.

u The AN5116-06B’s management VLAN port should be connected with the FTP
server properly; the management VLAN IP address should be within the same
subnet as the FTP server IP address. Prior to upgrading, users can run the
Ping command on the FTP server to check the connectivity between the server
and the AN5116-06B.

u Users should save the current software version before the upgrading for fear
that the upgrading may fail or the new version may have a problem.

u The file type used for upgrading should match the type of the card or the ONU
to be upgraded; otherwise the upgrading would fail.

14.2 Prerequisites

Caution:

The wftp software is used as an example here. The wftp program should
be kept running during the process of upgrading / backup.

Run the wftp software on the ftp server and select a user. If no user exists, you need
to create one.

u Upgrade: After selecting a user, you should confirm where to save the upgrade
package on the ftp server and enter the path in the wftp software. During the
upgrading, the equipment will import the upgrade package from this path.

14-2 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

u Backup: After selecting a user, you should confirm where to save the backup
package on the ftp server and enter the path in the wftp software. During the
backup, the equipment will export the backup package to this path.

For specific operations, refer to Appendix A.

14.3 Upgrading the Core Switch Card

The following introduces how to upgrade the core switch card.

14.3.1 Upgrading Rules

u If only one core switch card is configured on the AN5116-06B, you need to
reboot the entire system after upgrading the core switch card. System reboot
will impact the service. It is recommended to add a standby card first and then
upgrade the core switch card software.

u If the active and the standby core switch cards are both configured on the
AN5116-06B, you should upgrade the standby card first, execute the active
standby switchover command, and then upgrade the original active card.
Restart the equipment after the upgrading.

14.3.2 Planning Data

The planning data for upgrading the core switch card software is as shown in
Table 14-1.

Table 14-1 Planning Data for Upgrading the Core Switch Card

Configuration Item Description Example

The HSWA card (active) in

Relevant parameters Configure according to the slot
Slot 9
of the card to be number of the core switch card that
The HSWA card (standby) in
upgraded is actually used.
Slot 10
Configure according to the type of
Downloaded File Type Core switch card software
the file that is actually used.

Configure according to the IP

FTP Server IP address of the FTP server that is 10.92.20.168
actually used.

Version: A 14-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 14-1 Planning Data for Upgrading the Core Switch Card (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the user

FTP server username name of the FTP server that is 1
actually used.

Configure according to the password

FTP server user
of the FTP server that is actually 1
password
used.
Exporting Configure according to the name of
20100618.txt
configuration file the file that is actually used.

Configure according to the name of

Backing up system file backup.bin
the file that is actually used.

File name of the core

Configure according to the name of
switch card upgrade hswa.bin
the file that is actually used.
software

14.3.3 Upgrading Flow

The flow chartof upgrading the core switch card software is as shown in Figure 14-1.

14-4 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-1 Flow Chart for Upgrading the Core Switch Card Software

1. Saving the Current Configuration into the FLASH

Save the current configuration data into the flash for fear that power failure may
occur in the equipment, which may result in loss of configuration data.

2. Backing up the Current Configuration File

Back up all the current configuration files in case the upgrade fails. You can use
the backup configuration file to restore the equipment to the state before
upgrade.

3. Backing up the System Software

Version: A 14-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Back up all the current system software in case the upgrade fails. You can use
the backup configuration file to restore the equipment to the state before
upgrade.

4. Upgrading Software of the Original Standby Core Switch Card

Upgrade software of the original standby core switch card.

5. Resetting Standby Card

Reboot the original standby core switch card.

6. Forcing the Active-standby Switchover

Switch the active card and the standby card, that is, the original active card acts
as the standby card while the original standby card acts as the active card.

7. Upgrading the Current Standby Core Switch Card Software

Upgrade the current standby core switch card software.

8. Resetting the Standby Card

Reboot the current standby core switch card.

9. Checking the Software Version of the Core Switch Card

Check the software version of the core switch card to see if the core switch card
is successfully upgraded.

14.3.4 Saving the Current Configuration into the FLASH

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select System Control→Save Config to Flash from the Menu Tree pane.

3. In the Sending Commands... dialog that appears, click the OK button. Wait a
few seconds until the saving configuration command is executed successfully,
as shown in Figure 14-2.

14-6 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-2 Saving the Current Configuration into the FLASH

14.3.5 Backing up the Current Configuration File

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select System Maintenance→Export Config.

3. In the Export Config File dialog box that appears, configure the parameters as
follows.

Version: A 14-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 14-3 Backing up the Current Configuration

4. Click the Export Config File button, the system will prompt Export Config File
Successfully. Click OK to complete the file exporting.

14.3.6 Backing up the System Software

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select System Maintenance→Backup System

Software.

3. In the Backup System Software dialog box, configure the parameters as

follows.

14-8 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-4 Backing up the System Software

4. Click the Backup Software button to complete the backing up.

14.3.7 Upgrading Software of the Original Standby Core

Switch Card

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select System Maintenance→Upgrade System

Software.

3. In the Upgrade System Software dialog box, configure the parameters as

follows.

Version: A 14-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 14-5 Upgrading the Original Standby Core Switch Card Software

4. After completing the configuration, click the Upgrade Software button to start
the upgrading.

5. Switch to the wftp window. If the following logs as shown in Figure 14-6 are
displayed in the window, the equipment obtains the upgrade software package
successfully through the ftp.

14-10 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-6 Viewing the WFTP Log for Upgrading the Core Switch Card

14.3.8 Resetting Standby Card

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select System Control→Reset Standby HSWA from the Menu Tree pane to
bring up the Sending Commands dialog box, as shown in Figure 14-7.

Version: A 14-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 14-7 Resetting Card - the Sending Commands Dialog Box

3. Click the OK button. Then wait a few seconds, and it will show Command
Succeed in the Command Result pane, indicating that rebooting the standby
card is completed.

14.3.9 Forcing the Active-standby Switchover

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select System Control→Force Switch from the Menu Tree pane to bring up
the Sending Commands dialog box, as shown in Figure 14-8.

14-12 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-8 Forcing Active-standby Switchover - the Sending Commands Dialog Box

3. Click OK. Then wait a few seconds until it shows the Command Succeed in
the Command Result pane, indicating that resetting the standby card is
completed. Then the HSWA card in Slot 9 will be the standby card, and the
HSWA card in Slot 10 will be the active card.

14.3.10 Upgrading the Current Standby Core Switch Card

Software

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select System Maintenance→Upgrade System

Software.

3. In the Upgrade System Software dialog box, configure the parameters as

follows.

Note:

The HSWA card in Slot 9 is the standby card, so you should select 9 for
the Slot No. item.

Version: A 14-13
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 14-9 Upgrading Software of the Standby Core Switch Card

4. Click the Upgrade Software button to start the upgrading.

5. Switch to the wftp window. If the logs as shown in Figure 14-10 are displayed in
the window, the equipment obtains the upgrade software package successfully
through ftp.

14-14 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-10 Viewing the WFTP Log for Upgrading the Standby Core Switch Card

6. Switch to the Upgrade System Software window. If the upgrading succeeds,

the system will prompt Please reboot the object upgraded to make it work,
as shown in Figure 14-11.

Version: A 14-15
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 14-11 Upgrading the Core Switch Card Successfully

14.3.11 Resetting the Standby Card

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. Select System Control→Reset Standby HSWA from the Menu Tree pane to
bring up the "Sending Commands" dialog box, as shown in Figure 14-12.

14-16 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-12 Resetting the Standby Card

3. Click OK. Then wait a few seconds until the Command Result shows
Command Succeed, indicating that resetting the standby card is completed.

14.3.12 Checking the Software Version of the Core Switch

Card

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Get Information→Card Version to open the
Version of Card tab.

3. Check whether the software versions of the core switch cards in Slots 9 and 10
are correct, as shown in Figure 14-13.

Figure 14-13 Checking the Software Version of the Core Switch Card

Version: A 14-17
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

14.4 Upgrading the GPON Interface Card / TDM

Interface Card / Public Card

As the GPON interface cards, the TDM interface cards and the public cards are
upgraded in the same way, the following takes the GPON interface card as an
example to introduce the upgrade procedures.

14.4.1 Upgrading Rules

u If the upgraded object is a GPON interface card, the card will be automatically
rebooted after a successful upgrade. The automatic rebooting of the card can
cause an interruption of services.

u If the upgraded object is a TDM interface card or a PUBA card, the card needs
to be rebooted manually after a successful upgrade. The manual rebooting of
the card can cause an interruption of services.

Note:

The operation steps to reboot the TDM interface card and the public card
manually are described as follows:
Right-click the HSWA[9] card in the Object Tree pane, and select
System Control→Reboot The Appointed Device. In the Reset the
Equipment window, select the card that needs to be rebooted and reboot
it.

14.4.2 Planning Data

The planning data for upgrading the GPON interface card are shown in Table 14-2.

14-18 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Table 14-2 The Planning Data for Upgrading the GPON Interface Card

Item Description Example

The number of the slot for the

Related parameters of the
actually used PON interface The GC8B card in Slot 15
card to be upgraded
card.
Configure according to the type PON interface card
Download file type
of the file that is actually used. software
Configure according to the IP
FTP Server IP address of the FTP server that 10.92.20.168
is actually used.

Configure according to the user

FTP server username name of the FTP server that is 1
actually used.

Configure according to the

FTP server password password of the FTP server that 1
is actually used.

Configure according to the

File name name of the file that is actually gc4c_1221v1.gz
used.

14.4.3 Upgrade Flow

The flow of upgrading the GPON interface card software is as shown in

Figure 14-14.

Figure 14-14 Flow Chart for Upgrading the GPON Interface Card Software

Version: A 14-19
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

1. Upgrading the GPON Interface Card

Upgrade the GPON interface card software.

2. Checking the Software Version of the GPON Interface Card

Check the software version of the GPON interface card to see whether the
GPON interface card is successfully upgraded.

14.4.4 Upgrading the GPON Interface Card

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select System Maintenance→Upgrade System

Software.

3. In the Upgrade System Software dialog box that appears, configure the
parameters as follows:

Figure 14-15 Upgrading the GPON Interface Card Software

14-20 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

4. After completing the configuration, click the Upgrade Software button to start
the upgrading.

5. Switch to the wftp window. If the following logs are displayed in the window, the
equipment obtains the upgrading software package successfully through the ftp,
as shown in Figure 14-16.

Figure 14-16 ftp - Upgrading the Card Respectively

14.4.5 Checking the Software Version of the GPON Interface

Card

After the equipment is rebooted, check whether the software version of the GPON
interface card is updated.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

Version: A 14-21
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Get Information→Version of Card.

3. Open the Version of Card tab, and check the software version of the card in
each slot. Check whether the software version of the GC8B card in Slot 15 as
shown in Figure 14-17 is correct.

Figure 14-17 Checking Card Software Version

14.5 Upgrading the GPON Interface Cards in a

Batch Manner

The following introduces how to upgrade the GPON interface cards in a batch
manner.

14.5.1 Upgrading Rules

After a successful upgrading of the GPON interface cards in a batch manner, all the
upgraded cards will be automatically rebooted, which will cause interruption of the
services on the cards.

14.5.2 Planning Data

The planning data for upgrading the GPON interface cards in a batch manner are
shown in Table 14-3.

14-22 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Table 14-3 The Planning Data for Upgrading the GPON Interface Cards in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Related parameters of the The number of the slot for the The GC8B cards in Slots 4
card to be upgraded actually used PON interface card. and 15
Configure according to the type of
Download file type PON interface card software
the file that is actually used.

Configure according to the IP

FTP Server IP address of the FTP server that is 10.92.20.168
actually used.

Configure according to the user

FTP server username name of the FTP server that is 1
actually used.

Configure according to the

FTP server password password of the FTP server that 1
is actually used.

Configure according to the name

File name gc4c_1221v1.gz
of the file that is actually used.

14.5.3 Upgrade Flow

The flow of upgrading the GPON interface card software in a batch manner is
shown in Figure 14-18.

Figure 14-18 Flow Chart for Upgrading the GPON Interface Card Software in a Batch Manner

1. Upgrading the GPON Interface Cards in a Batch Manner

Upgrade the GPON interface card software in a batch manner.

Version: A 14-23
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

2. Checking the Software Version of the GPON Interface Cards

Check the software version of the GPON interface card to see whether the
GPON interface card is successfully upgraded.

14.5.4 Upgrading the GPON Interface Cards in a Batch

Manner

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select System Maintenance→Batch Upgrade Line

Card.

3. In the Batch Upgrade Line Card dialog box that appears, configure the
parameters according to the planning data in Table 14-3.

4. After completing the configuration, click the Upgrade Software button to start
the upgrading.

5. Switch to the wftp window. If the following logs are displayed in the window, the
equipment obtains the upgrading software package successfully through the ftp,
as shown in Figure 14-19.

14-24 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-19 ftp - Upgrading Cards in a Batch Manner

6. Switch to the Batch Upgrade Line Card window, and check whether the PON
interface card is upgraded successfully, as shown in Figure 14-20.

Version: A 14-25
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 14-20 Upgrading the GPON Interface Card Software in a Batch Manner

14.5.5 Checking the Software Version of the GPON Interface

Cards

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In Menu Tree pane, select Get Information→Version of Card.

3. In the Version of Card window that appears, check if the software version of
the GC8B cards in Slots 4 and 15 is correct. See Figure 14-21.

Figure 14-21 Viewing the Card Version

14-26 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

14.6 Upgrading the ONU Manually

The following introduces how to upgrade the ONU manually.

14.6.1 Upgrading Rules

u Only the ONUs of the same type under the same PON interface card can be
manually upgraded in a batch manner.

u The ONUs under the same PON interface card should be upgraded in the
same mode: either manually or automatically.

u After being successfully upgraded in software, an ONU should be rebooted.

See the following tables for the rebooting rules.

1) For FTTH ONUs

Object to be Upgraded Download File Type Reboot Type

ONU firmware ONU firmware Manual

ONU built-in IAD ONU CPU / IAD software Manual

2) For FTTB ONUs

Object to be Upgraded Download File Type Reboot Type

ONU firmware ONU firmware Manual

ONU CPU ONU CPU / IAD software Manual
ONU built-in IAD ONU CPU / IAD software Manual
ONU firmware and CPU
ONU CPU / IAD software Automatic
merge file

14.6.2 Planning Data

The planning data for upgrading the ONUs manually in a batch manner are shown
in Table 14-4:

Version: A 14-27
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 14-4 The Planning Data for Upgrading the ONUs Manually in a Batch Manner

Item Description Example

Configure according to the slot

The AN5506-04-Bs with
Parameters of the ONUs to number of the PON interface
authorization numbers 1 and
be upgraded card and type of the ONU that is
2 under PON port 1 of Slot 4
actually used.

Configure according to the type

Download file type ONU CPU / IAD software
of the file that is actually used.

Configure according to the IP

Ftp Server IP address of the FTP server that is 10.92.20.168
actually used.

Configure according to the user

FTP server username name of the FTP server that is 1
actually used.

Configure according to the

FTP server password password of the FTP server that 1
is actually used.

Configure according to the name

File name onu04_v2.bin
of the file that is actually used.

14.6.3 Upgrade Flow

The flow of upgrading the ONUs manually in a batch manner is as shown in

Figure 14-22.

14-28 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-22 Configuration Flow for Upgrading the ONUs Manually in a Batch Manner

1. Upgrading the ONU Software Manually

Upgrade the ONUs in a batch manner manually.

2. Rebooting the ONU

Reboot the ONUs in a batch manner.

3. Checking the ONU Software Version

Check the ONU software version to see whether the upgrade is successful.

14.6.4 Upgrading the ONU Software Manually

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select System Maintenance→Batch Upgrade ONU;

in the Please select the ONU type for Upgrade dialog box, select the type of
the ONU to be upgraded, and then click the OK button.

3. In the Batch Upgrade ONU tab of the ANM2000 main screen, configure the
parameters according to the planning data in Table 14-4.

Version: A 14-29
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4. In the Admin Tool pane at the left side, select the two sets of AN5506-04-B in
the ONU list under PON port 1 of the GC8B card in slot 4, and then click
Execute. After the upgrade is successful, the status is shown in Figure 14-23.

Figure 14-23 Upgrading the ONU Software Manually in a Batch Manner

14.6.5 Rebooting the ONU

After an ONU is upgraded successfully, it will be rebooted automatically. To reboot

the ONU manually, please operate as follows:

1. Click the GC8B card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Control Command→Reset ONU to open the
Reset ONU tab.

3. Click the drop-down list of PON Port No., and select 1.

4. Double-click the blank in the ONU No. column to bring up the Please Select
ONU No.! dialog box. Select the number (authorization number) of the ONU to
be rebooted, as shown in Figure 14-24.

14-30 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-24 Selecting the ONU Serial Number

5. Click the OK button to return to the Reset ONU window. Click the Create on
Device button, and then click the OK button in the dialog box that appears. The
command pane in the lower part of the window displays Command Succeed,
indicating that the ONU rebooting is successful.

Figure 14-25 Rebooting the ONU

Version: A 14-31
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

14.6.6 Checking the ONU Software Version

1. Click the GC4B card in the Object Tree pane, select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Get Information→ONU Information.

3. In the ONU information tab, check whether the Software Version of the
ONUs whose authorization numbers are 1 and 2 under PON port 1 is upgraded,
as shown in Figure 14-26.

Figure 14-26 Viewing the ONU Version

14.7 Upgrading the ONU Automatically

The following introduces how to upgrade the ONU automatically.

14.7.1 Upgrading Rules

u The file names of the upgrade software should be configured in strict

accordance with the specified file name list.

u The ONUs under the same PON interface card should be upgraded in the
same way: all manually or all automatically.

14.7.2 Planning Data

The planning data of upgrading the ONU automatically are shown in Table 14-5.

14-32 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Table 14-5 The Planning Data for Upgrading the ONU Automatically

Item Description Example

The number of the slot for the

Slot No. 4
actually used PON interface card.

Configure according to the network

Enable Status Enable
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the IP

FTP Server IP
address of the FTP server that is 10.92.20.168
address
actually used.

Configure according to the user

FTP user name name of the FTP server that is 1
actually used.

Configure according to the password

FTP password of the FTP server that is actually 1
used.
The starting time of upgrading the
Upgrade start time ONU automatically every day. 00:00:00 AM
Configure this item as required.

The ending time of upgrading the

ONU automatically every day.
Configure this item as required. The
Upgrade end time 2:00:00 AM
maximum interval between the
starting time and ending time is 12
hours.
The days for the upgrade operations
Upgrade days to be performed. Configure this item 1
as required.

Configure according to the name of GPON ONU software

File name
the file that is actually used. (FTTH)→GAPP_04B_40.bin

14.7.3 Upgrade Flow

The flow of upgrading the ONU automatically is as shown in Figure 14-27.

Version: A 14-33
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 14-27 Flow of Configuring the ONU Automatically

1. Upgrading the ONU Software Automatically

Upgrade the ONU software automatically.

2. Checking the ONU Automatic Upgrading Log

Check the ONU software version to see whether the upgrade is successful.

14.7.4 Upgrading the ONU Software Automatically

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Service Config Relevance→ONU Auto

Upgrade to access the ONU Auto Upgrade tab.

3. Select the entry whose Slot No. is 4 and configure according to the planning
data in Table 14-5.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 14-28.

14-34 Version: A
 14 Upgrading Software

Figure 14-28 The ONU Automatic Upgrading Window

14.7.5 Checking the ONU Automatic Upgrading Log

1. Click the GC8B card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Get Information→ONU Information.

3. In the ONU information tab, check whether the ONU version is upgraded. See
Figure 14-29.

Figure 14-29 Checking the ONU Version

Version: A 14-35
15 Flow Classification Configuration

The following introduces how to configure the flow classification for the equipment
using examples.

Configuration Rules

Flow Classification Configuration Example - Based on MAC Address

Flow Classification Configuration Example - Based on IP Address

Version: A 15-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

15.1 Configuration Rules

u The AN5116-06B supports 64 flow policies at most.

u For an FTTH ONU, the AN5116-06B supports the flow classification rules
based on source/destination MAC address and Ethernet type.

u For an FTTB ONU, the AN5116-06B supports the flow classification rules
based on the source/destination MAC address and the source/destination IP
address, VLAN ID classification, IP protocol classification, Ethernet priority
classification, IP TOS/DSCP (IPv4) classification, L4 source / destination PORT
classification, and life cycle classification. Each LAN port of the ONU can be
bound with 8 flow policies at most.

15.2 Flow Classification Configuration Example -

Based on MAC Address

The following introduces how to configure the flow classification based on the MAC
address with an example.

15.2.1 Planning Data

The planning data for flow classification rules based on MAC address are shown in
Table 15-1.

Table 15-1 Planning Data for Flow Classification Rules - Based on MAC Address

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network

Rule Name rule123
planning of the operator.

Flow Configure according to the network

Rule Type Service flow rule
Classification planning of the operator.
Rule Based on source MAC address
Configure according to the network
Rule domain type =
planning of the operator.
12-34-56-78-91-01
Automatically assigned by the system. No
Policy ID 1
configuration is required.
Flow policy
Configure according to the network
Policy Name Policy123
planning of the operator.

15-2 Version: A
 15 Flow Classification Configuration

Table 15-1 Planning Data for Flow Classification Rules - Based on MAC Address (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the network

Rule ID rule123
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Precedence 1
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

ACL Enable Enable
planning of the operator.

Allowed, only the flows that meet

Configure according to the network
Forward the requirements can pass. The
planning of the operator.
other flows are discarded.
Configure according to the number of the
Slot No. 15
slot that is actually used.

PON No. The number of the PON port actually used. 1

Configure according to the authentication
ONU No. 2
number of the ONU that is actually used.
Binding ONU
ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-10-B1
port to flow
policy Configure according to the network
Port No. 1
planning of the operator.

Select the policy ID according to the actual

Ingress Policy ID Policy123
service type at the port.

Select the policy ID according to the actual

Egress Policy ID Policy123
service type at the port.

15.2.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring the flow classification rules based on MAC address is
shown in Figure 15-1.

Version: A 15-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 15-1 Flow for Configuring Flow Classification Rules – Based on MAC Address

1. Configuring the Flow Classification Rules

Configure the flow policies to classify the service flows at the ONU port based
on source / destination MAC address classification, source / destination IP
address classification, etc.

2. Configuring Flow Policy

Configure the flow policy of the AN5116-06B, and apply the defined flow
classification rule to the flow policy to bind the ONU port.

3. Binding ONU Port to Flow Policy

Bind the specified port of the ONU with the defined flow policy. After completing
the binding, this port will process data messages according to the specified flow
rules.

15.2.3 Configuring the Flow Classification Rules

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select QoS Config→Flow Classification Rule to

open the Flow Classification Rule tab.

15-4 Version: A
 15 Flow Classification Configuration

3. Click the Append button in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create one new rule.

4. Double-click the Rule Name column, type rule123, and click the drop-down list
of Rule Type to select Service Flow Rule. Double-click the Rule Domain
Type column, and configure the parameters in the Rule Define dialog box that
appears according to the planning data in Table 15-1. After completing the
configuration, click the OK button to return to the flow classification rule
configuration window.

Figure 15-2 The Rule Defining Dialog Box

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 15-3.

Figure 15-3 The Flow Classification Rules - MAC

Version: A 15-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Note:

Users cannot delete or modify the default flow classification rule.

15.2.4 Configuring Flow Policy

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select QoS Config→Flow Policy to open the Flow
Policy tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add dialog box that appears. Click Ok to create one new flow policy.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 15-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 15-4.

Figure 15-4 Configuring the Flow Policy - MAC

Note:

The policy 0 is the default flow policy, which cannot be deleted or

modified.

15-6 Version: A
 15 Flow Classification Configuration

15.2.5 Binding ONU Port to Flow Policy

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Port Binding Flow Policy to
access the Port Binding Flow Policy tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 15-1.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 15-5.

Figure 15-5 Binding the ONU Port to the Flow Policy - MAC

15.2.6 Configuration Result

After the aforesaid configurations, the LAN1 port of the AN5506-10-B1 will only
forward the data messages whose MAC address is 12-34-56-78-90-10 according to
the rule defined in the flow policy.

Version: A 15-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

15.3 Flow Classification Configuration Example -

Based on IP Address

The following introduces how to configure the flow classification based on the IP
address with an example.

15.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data for flow classification rules based on IP address are shown in
Table 15-2.

Table 15-2 Planning Data for Flow Classification Rules - Based on IP Address

Item Description Example

Configure according to the

Rule Name rule456
network planning of the operator.

Flow Configure according to the

Rule Type Service flow rule
Classification network planning of the operator.
Rule Classification based
Rule domain Configure according to the
on source IP address
type network planning of the operator.
=10.10.10.10
Automatically assigned by the
Policy ID system. No configuration is 1
required.

Configure according to the

Policy Name Policy456
network planning of the operator.

Configure according to the

Rule ID rule456
network planning of the operator.

Configure according to the

Flow policy Precedence 1
network planning of the operator.

Configure according to the

ACL Enable Enable
network planning of the operator.

Disable, the flows that

match the rules are
Configure according to the
Forward discarded and the
network planning of the operator.
other flows are
forwarded.

15-8 Version: A
 15 Flow Classification Configuration

Table 15-2 Planning Data for Flow Classification Rules - Based on IP Address (Continued)

Item Description Example

Configure according to the

Slot No. number of the slot that is actually 15
used.
The number of the PON port
PON No. 1
actually used.

Configure according to the

ONU No. authentication number of the 2
ONU that is actually used.
Binding ONU
The type of the ONU actually
port to flow ONU type AN5506-10-B1
used.
policy
Configure according to the
Port No. 1
network planning of the operator.

Select the policy ID according to

Ingress Policy
the actual service type at the Policy456
ID
port.

Select the policy ID according to

Egress Policy
the actual service type at the Policy456
ID
port.

15.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow for configuring flow classification rules based on IP address is shown in
Figure 15-6.

Version: A 15-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 15-6 Flow for Configuring Flow Classification Rules - Based on IP Address

1. Configuring the Flow Classification Rules

Configure the flow policies to classify the service flows at the ONU port based
on source / destination MAC address classification, source / destination IP
address classification, etc.

2. Configuring Flow Policy

Configure the flow policy of the AN5116-06B, applying the defined flow
classification rule to the flow policy to bind the ONU port.

3. Binding ONU Port to Flow Policy

Bind the specified port of the ONU with the defined flow policy. After completing
the binding, this port will process data messages according to the specified flow
rules.

15.3.3 Configuring the Flow Classification Rules

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select QoS Config→Flow Classification Rule to

open the Flow Classification Rule tab.

15-10 Version: A
 15 Flow Classification Configuration

3. Click the Append button in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create one new rule.

4. Double-click the Rule Name column, type rule456, and click the drop-down list
of Rule Type to select Service Flow Rule. Double-click the Rule Domain
Type column, and configure the parameters in the Rule Define dialog box that
appears according to the planning data in Table 15-2. After completing the
configuration, click the OK button to return to the flow classification rule
configuration window.

Figure 15-7 The Rule Defining Dialog Box - IP

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 15-8.

Figure 15-8 The Flow Classification Rules - IP

Version: A 15-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Note:

Users cannot delete or modify the default flow classification rule.

15.3.4 Configuring Flow Policy

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select QoS Config→Flow Policy to open the Flow
Policy tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add dialog box that appears. Click Ok to create one new flow policy.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 15-2.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 15-9.

Figure 15-9 Configuring the Flow Policy - IP

Note:

The policy 0 is the default flow policy, which cannot be deleted or

modified.

15-12 Version: A
 15 Flow Classification Configuration

15.3.5 Binding ONU Port to Flow Policy

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 2 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Port Binding Flow Policy to
access the Port Binding Flow Policy tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 15-2.

4. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 15-10.

Figure 15-10 Binding the ONU Port to the Flow Policy - IP

15.3.6 Configuration Result

After the aforesaid configurations, the LAN1 port of the AN5506-10-B1 will not
forward the data messages whose source IP address is 10.10.10.10 according to
the rule defined in the flow policy.

Version: A 15-13
16 Configuring Power Supply and
Environment Monitoring

The following introduces how to configure power supply and environment

monitoring.

Configuring Environment Monitoring

Configuring the Discharge Test

Configuring the Environment Monitoring Parameters

Configuring the Charge Mode

Resetting the HCU-OLT Card

Configuring Whether to Enable the Rectifier Module

Checking the Power Supply State

Checking the Instant Performance of the HCU Card

Checking the Current Alarms of the HCU-OLT Card

Checking the Alarm History of the HCU-OLT Card

Version: A 16-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

16.1 Configuring Environment Monitoring

The following introduces how to configure environment monitoring.

16.1.1 Configuration Rules

u The HCU-OLT card or a port on the HCU-OLT card can be bound with a
threshold profile only; however, a threshold profile can be bound to multiple
ports.

u The alarms have two types: the state alarm and the threshold alarm. The state
alarms are reported by the HCU-OLT card indicating abnormal state of the
system. As for the threshold alarms, users can set the alarm threshold values
via the threshold profile, and the system compares its performance values with
the threshold values to decide whether to report the alarms or clear the alarms.

u Table 16-1 shows the relationship among the alarm codes, alarm report
threshold ranges and default values, and alarm clearing threshold ranges and
default values.
Table 16-1 Relationship among Alarm Codes, Alarm Report Threshold Parameters and Alarm
Clearing Threshold Parameters

Alarm Report Threshold Clearing Alarm Threshold

Alarm Code Alarm Type Unit
Setting Setting

Threshold [0.00 to 35.00]; the default [0.00 to 35.00]; the default value
HUM_DOWN %RH
alarm value is 30.00. is 30.00.
ENV_TEMP_ Threshold [0.00 to 19.90]; the default [0.00 to 19.90]; the default value
℃
DOWN alarm value is 0.00. is 0.00.
Threshold [50.00 to 109.90]; the default [50.00 to 109.90]; the default
HUM_OVER %RH
alarm value is 80.00. value is 80.00.
ENV_TEMP_ Threshold [20.00 to 79.90]; the default [20.00 to 79.90]; the default value
℃
OVER alarm value is 50.00. is 50.00.
Threshold [250.00 to 289.90]; the default [250.00 to 289.90]; the default
ACVOLOVER V
alarm value is 250.00. value is 250.00.
Threshold [150.00 to 205.00]; the default [150.00 to 205.00]; the default
ACVOLDOWN V
alarm value is 200.00. value is 200.00.
Threshold [56.00 to 59.00]; the default [56.00 to 59.00]; the default value
DCVOLOVER V
alarm value is 57.60. is 57.60.
Threshold [40.00 to 59.90]; the default [40.00 to 59.90]; the default value
DCVOLDOWN V
alarm value is 48.00. is 48.00.

16-2 Version: A
 16 Configuring Power Supply and Environment Monitoring

Table 16-1 Relationship among Alarm Codes, Alarm Report Threshold Parameters and Alarm
Clearing Threshold Parameters (Continued)

Alarm Report Threshold Clearing Alarm Threshold

Alarm Code Alarm Type Unit
Setting Setting

Threshold [10.00 to 39.90]; the default [10.00 to 39.90]; the default value
OVERCURRE A
alarm value is 30.00. is 30.00.
Threshold [50.00 to 69.90]; the default [50.00 to 69.90]; the default value
BDCVLOVER V
alarm value is 59.00. is 59.00.
Threshold [43.00 to 49.00]; the default [43.00 to 49.00]; the default value
BDCVLDOWN V
alarm value is 45.00. is 45.00.
Threshold [40.00 to 89.90]; the default [40.00 to 89.90]; the default value
RETEMPOVER ℃
alarm value is 60.00. is 60.00.
BATTERY_
TEMPERATURE_
Threshold [40.00 to 89.90]; the default [40.00 to 89.90]; the default value
OVER_ ℃
alarm value is 60.00. is 60.00.
THRESHOLD_
ALARM
BATTERY_
TEMPERATURE_
Threshold [0.00 to 19.90]; the default [0.00 to 19.90]; the default value
DOWN_ ℃
alarm value is 0.00. is 0.00.
THRESHOLD_
ALARM
BATTERY_HUM_ Threshold [50.00 to 109.90]; the default [50.00 to 109.90]; the default
%RH
OVER alarm value is 90.00. value is 90.00.
BATTERY_HUM_ Threshold [0.00 to 19.90]; the default [0.00 to 19.90]; the default value
%RH
DOWN alarm value is 0.00. is 0.00.
ARRESTER_
Status alarm - - -
BREAK
FIRE_ALARM Status alarm - - -
DOOR_ACCESS Status alarm - - -
BATTERY_
Status alarm - - -
FUSE_BREAK

LOAD_FUSE_
Status alarm - - -
BREAK
AC_BREAKER_
Status alarm - - -
OPEN
RECTIFIER_
MODULE_ Status alarm - - -
ALARM
FAN_ALARM Status alarm - - -
HEAT_ALARM Status alarm - - -

Version: A 16-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 16-1 Relationship among Alarm Codes, Alarm Report Threshold Parameters and Alarm
Clearing Threshold Parameters (Continued)

Alarm Report Threshold Clearing Alarm Threshold

Alarm Code Alarm Type Unit
Setting Setting

SHAKE Status alarm - - -

INFRARED_
Status alarm - - -
DETECT_ALARM

FLOOD Status alarm - - -

SMOKE Status alarm - - -
AIR_
CONDITIONER_ Status alarm - - -
ALARM
AC_POWER_
Status alarm - - -
FAIL

16.1.2 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the environment monitoring instance is shown in
Table 16-2.

Table 16-2 Planning Data for Configuring the Environment Monitoring Instance

Configuration Item Description Example

Profile ID This item is read-only. -

Configure according to the planning of the operator.
Maximum length: 20 characters. The acceptable
Profile Name test1
character collection is 0 to 9, a to z, A to Z and the
underline.
Configuring Configure according to the planning of the operator. The
the threshold options include Board, Port, ONU, ONU Port, None.
profile When the Object Class is set to None, the Object Type is
null; when the Object Class is set to other values, set the
Object Class Board
Object Type to the one corresponding to the object class.
For the configuration of the equipment power supply and
environment monitoring, only two options are valid:
Board and Port.

16-4 Version: A
 16 Configuring Power Supply and Environment Monitoring

Table 16-2 Planning Data for Configuring the Environment Monitoring Instance (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure it according to actual situation.

If the Object Class is set to Board, the Object Type
Object Type should be set to HCU-OLT. HCU-OLT
If the Object Class is set to Port, the Object Type should
be set to LINE-OLT.
Configure according to the planning of the operator.
If the Object Class is set to Board, the alarm code
options include HUM_DOWN, ENV_TEMP_DOWN,
ACVOLOVER, ACVOLDOWN, DCVOLOVER,
DCVOLDOWN, HUM_OVER, ENV_TEMP_OVER, etc.
Alarm Code If the Object Class is set to Port, the alarm code options ACVOLOVER
include OVERCURRE, BDCVLOVER, BDCVLDOWN,
RETEMPOVER, BATTERY_TEMPERATURE_OVER_
THRESHOLD_ALARM, BATTERY_TEMPERATURE_
DOWN_THRESHOLD_ALARM, BATTERY_HUM_
OVER, BATTERY_HUM_DOWN, etc.

Configure this item according to the network planning of

the operator. The options are Enable and Disable.
When it is set to Enable, the NMS will deliver the
AlarmThresholdS-
threshold profile parameters configured by the users to Enable
witch
the equipment.
When it is set to Disable, the NMS will deliver the default
settings of the threshold profile to the equipment.

If the alarm type is set to an overhigh performance value,

the NMS will report the alarm when the performance
value of the HCU-OLT card or a port on the HCU-OLT
AlarmReport- card is higher than the set value.
250.00
Threshold If the alarm type is set to an overlow performance value,
the NMS will report the alarm when the performance
value of the HCU-OLT card or a port on the HCU-OLT
card is lower than the set value.
AlarmReportThre- This item is read-only. The alarm report threshold value
[250.00 to 289.90]
sholdRange should be set within the alarm report threshold range.

Version: A 16-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 16-2 Planning Data for Configuring the Environment Monitoring Instance (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

If the alarm type is set to an overhigh performance value,

the NMS will clear the alarm when the performance value
of the HCU-OLT card or a port on the HCU-OLT card is
lower than the set value and display the alarm end time.
The value of the ClearingAlarmThreshold should be
smaller than or equal to the value of
AlarmReportThreshold in this case.
If the alarm type is set to an overlow performance value,
the NMS will prompt that the alarm is cleared when the
performance value of the HCU-OLT card or a port on the
ClearingAlarm- HCU-OLT card is higher than the set value. The value of
250.00
Threshold the ClearingAlarmThreshold should be larger than or
equal to the AlarmReportThreshold in this case.
If the AlarmReportThreshold and
ClearingAlarmThreshold are set to the same value, there
is only one threshold value for the alarm. If the alarm
type is set to an overhigh performance value, the alarm
will be cleared when the actual performance value is
lower than the threshold value. If the alarm type is set to
an overlow performance value, the alarm will be cleared
when the actual performance value is higher than the
threshold value.
ClearingAlarm- This item is read-only. The clearing alarm threshold value
[250.00 to 289.90]
ThresholdRange should be set within the clearing alarm threshold range.

You can select the HCU-OLT card or a port on the HCU-

Object Name HCU-OLT
OLT card.
PM
The name of the existing threshold profile. For a bound
Threshold
threshold profile, you can select Unbind from the drop-
Profile Bind Template Name test1
down list to unbind it from the HCU-OLT card or the port
of the HCU-OLT card.

16.1.3 Configuration Flow

Figure 16-1 shows the flow of configuring environment monitoring.

16-6 Version: A
 16 Configuring Power Supply and Environment Monitoring

Figure 16-1 Flow Chart for Configuring the Environment Alarm Instance

16.1.4 Configuring the Threshold Profile

This command is used to configure the alarm code, the threshold values for clearing
and reporting the alarm of the threshold profile, and enable threshold alarming by
binding the profile to the card or the port.

Note:

A bound threshold profile cannot be deleted. To delete a profile, you must

unbind the profile first.

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→PM Threshold

Profile to open the PM Threshold Profile tab.

3. In the "PM Threshold Profile" tab, click a blank area on the left side of the
window, and then click the Append button on the toolbar. In the Please Input
The Rows For Add: dialog box that appears, enter 1 and click OK.

4. Click a blank area on the right side of the window, and then click the Append
button on the toolbar. In the Please Input The Rows For Add: dialog box that
appears, enter 1 and click OK.

Version: A 16-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

5. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 16-2.

6. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 16-2.

Figure 16-2 Configuring the Threshold Profile

16.1.5 Binding the Threshold Profile

This command is ued to bind the threshold profile to the HCU-OLT card or a port on
the HCU-OLT card to enable the threshold-crossing alarm reporting function.

1. Click the system in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→Service
Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service Config
Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Profile Definition→PM Threshold

Profile Bind to open the PM Threshold Profile Banding tab.

3. In the Local Object pane on the left, select the HCU-OLT, and select test1
from the drop-down list of "Template Name" corresponding to the HCU-OLT
card on the right pane.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 16-3.

Figure 16-3 Binding the Threshold Profile

16-8 Version: A
 16 Configuring Power Supply and Environment Monitoring

16.1.6 Configuration Result

A threshold profile with the alarm code set to ACVOLOVER (AC voltage overhigh) is
configured and bound to the HCU-OLT card. When the AC voltage of the card is
higher than the set alarm report threshold, the AN5116-06B will report the alarm.
When the AC voltage of the card is lower than the set clearing alarm threshold, the
alarm will be cleared.

16.2 Configuring the Discharge Test

The following introduces how to configure the discharge test.

16.2.1 Planning Data

The planning data for configuring the discharge test is shown in Table 16-3.

Table 16-3 Planning Data for Configuring the Discharge Test

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure this item according to the network planning of

Discharge end
Configuring the operator. The value ranges from 45.1 to 52.0. The 48
voltage (V)
the discharge default value is 48.0. The unit is V.
test Configure this item according to the network planning of
Discharge time
parameters the operator. The value ranges from 1 to 300. The default 60
(minute)
value is 60. The unit is minute.
Configure this item according to the network planning of
the operator. Two options are available: End and Start.
Controlling
When Start is selected, the discharge test is implemented
the discharge Enable/Disable Start
immediately.
test
When End is selected, the discharge test is ended
immediately.

16.2.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of configuring the discharge test is shown in Figure 16-4.

Version: A 16-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 16-4 The Discharge Test Flow Chart

16.2.3 Configuring the Discharge Test Parameters

Configure the parameters for the storage battery discharge test to test the power
supply capacity of the storage battery.

1. Click the HCU-OLT card in Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Discharge Test Para Config to open
the Discharge Test Para Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 16-3.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 16-5.

Figure 16-5 Configuring the Discharge Test Parameters

16-10 Version: A
 16 Configuring Power Supply and Environment Monitoring

16.2.4 Controling the Discharge Test

This command is used to control the discharge test.

1. Click the HCU-OLT card in Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Discharge Control to open the

Discharge Control tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 16-3.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 16-6.

Figure 16-6 Controlling the Discharge Test

16.2.5 Checking the Current Alarms of the HCU-OLT Card

This command is used to test whether the storage battery can discharge normally in
the discharge test.

1. In the Object Tree pane, right-click the HCU-OLT card, and select Current
Alarm from the shortcut menu to open the FiberHome Access: Current
Alarm tab, as shown in Figure 16-7.

Figure 16-7 Viewing the Current Alarms of the HCU-OLT Card

2. Check whether the alarm list includes the BATTERY_DISCHARGE alarm.

4 If yes, the storage alarm is discharging normally.

Version: A 16-11
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

4 If not, the storage battery cannot provide power supply.

16.2.6 Configuration Result

After the configuration for the discharge test is completed, the equipment starts to
test the power supply capability of the storage battery of the HCU-OLT card
immediately according to the set discharge test parameters. When the test is
completed, users can terminate the test in the Discharge Control tab.

16.3 Configuring the Environment Monitoring

Parameters

Configure the parameters of the power system of the HCU-OLT card to ensure
normal operation of the power system.

Table 16-4 shows the planning data for configuring the environment monitoring
parameters.

Table 16-4 Planning Data for Configuring the Environment Monitoring Parameters

Configuration Item Description Example

This item is read-only. On the ANM2000, the

Slot No. HCU-OLT card is managed as a special card. 801
The slot number for the HCU-OLT is 801.
Configure according to the planning of the
Battery Fill Back
operator. The value ranges from 0.0 to 999.9. 0.0
Coefficient value
The default value is 0.0.
Configure according to the planning of the
Configuring the Battery Fill Value operator. The value ranges from 0.0 to 999.9. 0.0
environment The default value is 0.0.
monitoring Configure according to the planning of the
Battery Fill Limit
parameters operator. The value ranges from 0.0 to 999.0. 8.0
Current Value (A)
The default value is 8.0. The unit is A.
Configure according to the planning of the
Battery Fill Circle Value
operator. The value ranges from 0.0 to 999.0. 0.0
(H)
The default value is 0.0. The unit is H.
Configure according to the planning of the
Battery Fill Time Value
operator. The value ranges from 0.0 to 999.0. 0.0
(H)
The default value is 0.0. The unit is H.

16-12 Version: A
 16 Configuring Power Supply and Environment Monitoring

Table 16-4 Planning Data for Configuring the Environment Monitoring Parameters (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the planning of the

Battery Fill Time
operator. The value ranges from 0.0 to 999.0. 0.0
Stoptime (H)
The default value is 0.0. The unit is H.
Temperature_ Configure according to the planning of the
Compensate_ operator. The value ranges from 0.0 to 999.0. 0.0
Coefficient The default value is 0.0.
Configure according to the planning of the
Temperature Battery Fill
operator. The value ranges from 10.0 to 39.0. 25.0
Basic (℃)
The default value is 25.0. The unit is ℃.
Configure according to the planning of the
Volt Fill Adjust Value operator. The value ranges from 0.0 to 999.0. 0.0
The default value is 0.0.
Configure according to the planning of the
Temperature Fill Adjust
operator. The value ranges from 0.0 to 999.0. 0.0
Value
The default value is 0.0.
Configure according to the planning of the
Communte Float
operator. The value ranges from 53.0 to 56.0. 54.0
Charge Volt (V)
The default value is 54.0. The unit is V.
Configure according to the planning of the
Communte Squal
operator. The value ranges from 54.0 to 57.0. 55.0
Charge Volt (V)
The default value is 55.0. The unit is V.
Configure according to the planning of the
Communte Num operator. The value ranges from 1 to 60. The 2
default value is 2.
Configure according to the planning of the
Battery Capacity (AH) operator. The value ranges from 1.0 to 999.0. 100.0
The default value is 100.0. The unit is AH.
Configure according to the planning of the
Sound alarm switch operator. Two options are available: open OFF
and close.
Configure according to the planning of the
Battery Switch Volt (V) operator. The value ranges from 40 to 52. 43.0
The default value is 43. The unit is V.
Configure according to the planning of the
Load Switch Volt (V) operator. The value ranges from 40 to 52. 45.0
The default value is 45. The unit is V.
Configure according to the planning of the
Communte Limit_
operator. The value ranges from 2.0 to 55.0. 11.0
Current Value (A)
The default value is 11.0. The unit is A.

Version: A 16-13
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 16-4 Planning Data for Configuring the Environment Monitoring Parameters (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Battery Discharge Turn Configure according to the planning of the

to Equal Charge Volt operator. The value ranges from 43.0 to 51.0. 48.0
(V) The default value is 48.0. The unit is V.
Battery Discharge Turn Configure according to the planning of the
to Equal Charge Time operator. The value ranges from 30.0 to 600. 30.0
(min) 0. The default value is 30.0. The unit is min.
Battery Discharge Turn Configure according to the planning of the
to Equal Charge operator. The value ranges from 10.0 to 90.0. 60.0
Capacity (%) The default value is 60.0. The unit is %.

16.4 Configuring the Charge Mode

Configure the charge mode for the AC power supply to charge the storage battery
via the rectifying module. The charge mode can be set to float charge or equal
charge.

1. Click the HCU-OLT card in Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Charging Mode to open the Charging
Mode tab.

3. Select float charge from the drop-down list of Charge Mode.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 16-8.

Figure 16-8 Configuring the Charge Mode

16-14 Version: A
 16 Configuring Power Supply and Environment Monitoring

16.5 Resetting the HCU-OLT Card

The HCU-OLT card is managed as a special card. The slot number for the HCU-OLT
is 801. This command is used to reset the HCU-OLT card.

1. Click the HCU-OLT card in Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Control Command→Reboot to open the

Reboot tab.

3. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 16-9.

Figure 16-9 Resetting the HCU-OLT Card

16.6 Configuring Whether to Enable the Rectifier

Module

Configure whether to enable the rectifier module. When the rectifier module is set to
be enabled, the rectification function will be enabled for the rectifier module.

1. Click the HCU-OLT card in Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Config→Rectifier Module Enable to open the
Rectifier Module Enable tab.

3. Enter 1 in the moduleNo text box, and select Enable in the drop-down list of
Enable.

Version: A 16-15
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Note:

In practical operation, set the module number according to the operator's

planning. The value ranges between 1 and 60. You can select Enable or
Disable for the "Enable" item.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 16-10.

Figure 16-10 Configuring Whether to Enable the Rectifier Module

16.7 Checking the Power Supply State

Checking the power supply state of the HCU-OLT card.

1. Click the HCU-OLT card in Object Tree pane, and select Configuration→
Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Get Information→Power Supply Status to

open the Power Supply Status tab.

3. Click the Read From Device button on the toolbar to complete the
configuration, as shown in Figure 16-11.

Figure 16-11 Checking the Power Supply State

16-16 Version: A
 16 Configuring Power Supply and Environment Monitoring

16.8 Checking the Instant Performance of the HCU

Card

This command is used to query the instant performance of the HCU-OLT card.

1. In the Object Tree pane, right-click the HCU-OLT card, and select Instant
Performance from the shortcut menu to open the FiberHome Access: Instant
Performance tab, as shown in Figure 16-12.

Figure 16-12 Viewing the Instant Performance of the HCU-OLT Card

16.9 Checking the Current Alarms of the HCU-OLT

Card

This command is used to query the current alarms of the HCU-OLT card.

Current Alarm: The alarms that currently exist in the equipment and are not ended
yet.

1. In the Object Tree pane, right-click the HCU-OLT card, and select Current
Alarm from the shortcut menu to open the FiberHome Access: Current
Alarm tab, as shown in Figure 16-13.

Version: A 16-17
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 16-13 Viewing the Current Alarms

16.10 Checking the Alarm History of the HCU-OLT

Card

This command is used to query the alarm history of the HCU-OLT card.

History alarms: The alarms that have ever appeared but now ended.

1. In the Object Tree pane, right-click the HCU-OLT card, and select History
Alarm from the shortcut menu to open the FiberHome Access: History Alarm
tab, as shown in Figure 16-14.

Figure 16-14 Viewing the Alarm History

16-18 Version: A
17 Configuring the QoS

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the QoS function of
the AN5116-06B.

Configuration Rules

QoS Configuration Example - Based on VLAN

QoS Configuration Example - Based on MAC Address

Unbinding the Object and the QoS Profile

Version: A 17-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

17.1 Configuration Rules

u When configuring the classification parameters of the QoS profile for IP traffic,
you can specify combinations of parameters according to the classification
rules. Within the following parameters, combinations can be made arbitrarily.

4 Source IP, destination IP, protocol type, TCP / UDP source port number,
and TCP / UDP destination port number;

4 Source MAC address, destination MAC address, Ethernet type, priority

domain, and VLAN ID;

4 Source MAC address, Source IP, Ethernet type, priority domain, and VLAN
ID;

4 Destination MAC address, destination IP, Ethernet type, priority domain,

and VLAN ID.

u The AN5116-06B supports up to 1024 QoS profiles.

u A single PON interface card or uplink port can be bound with up to 1024 QoS
profiles.

u Binding the PON interface card and the QoS profile is the QoS configuration for
the uplink packets.

u Binding the uplink port and the QoS profile is QoS configuration for the
downlink packets.

u The flow mirroring destination port can be configured after the flow mirroring is
enabled.

u The unit of rate limiting is 64bit/s. For example, a value of 2 means 2 × 64

kbit/s.

u After the data packet is re-directed, the data traffic will not pass the source port.
Instead, it will be forwarded via the port where it is re-directed.

u Do not bind the QoS profiles that are in conflict with each other under the same
PON interface card or uplink port, otherwise this will result in flow collision. The
following are two examples of incorrect bindings:

4 Bind the profile dropping the data packets with VLAN ID 1000 in Slot 5;

4 Bind the profile passing the data packets with VLAN ID 1000 in Slot 5.

17-2 Version: A
 17 Configuring the QoS

17.2 QoS Configuration Example - Based on VLAN

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the QoS based on
VLAN.

17.2.1 Planning Data

The planning data for QoS configuration based on VLAN is as shown in Table 17-1.

Table 17-1 Planning Data for QoS Configuration - Based on VLAN

Item Configuration Description Example

Configure according to the network

QoS profile name QoS1
planning of the operator.

Configure based on the flow rules

QoS profile VLAN identifier of the VLAN ID and according to 3000
the planning data of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Command code Discard
planning of the operator.

Configure according to the network

Slot No. 5
planning of the operator.

Slot binding / Configure according to the network

Bind / unbind attach
unbinding QoS planning of the operator.
profile Configure according to the QoS
Profile name profile name that is actually QoS1
configured.

17.2.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of the QoS configuration based on VLAN is shown in Figure 17-1.

Version: A 17-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 17-1 QoS Service Configuration Flow - Based on the VLAN

1. Configuring QoS Profile

Configure the QoS profile, which control data messages based on VLAN ID,
port, Ethernet protocol type, priority queue, DSCP value, etc.

2. Binding Slot and QoS Profile

Bind the PON interface card and the QoS profile. Only after the QoS profile is
bound, the uplink messages passing this PON interface card will be processed
according to this QoS profile.

17.2.3 Configuring QoS Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select QoS Config→QoS Profiles to open the QOS
Profiles tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a QoS profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 17-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 17-2.

17-4 Version: A
 17 Configuring the QoS

Figure 17-2 Configuring the QoS Profile - Based on the VLAN

17.2.4 Binding Slot and QoS Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select QoS Config→QoS Profiles, and select the Slot
Attach/Detach QoS tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create one new binding
rule.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 17-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 17-3.

Figure 17-3 Binding the QoS Profile to the Slot - Based on the VLAN

17.2.5 Configuration Result

After the aforesaid configurations, the PON interface card in Slot 5 of the AN5116-
06B is bound with a QoS profile. And the PON interface card discards the uplink
data packet whose VLAN ID is 3000.

Version: A 17-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

17.3 QoS Configuration Example - Based on MAC

Address

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the QoS based on the
MAC address.

17.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data for QoS configuration based on MAC address is as shown in
Table 17-2.

Table 17-2 Planning Data for QoS Configuration - Based on MAC Address

Item Configuration Description Example

QoS profile Configure according to the

QoS2
name network planning of the operator.

Source MAC Configure according to the

10-00-00-00-00-01
Configuring address network planning of the operator.
QoS Profile Destination Configure according to the
20-00-00-00-00-01
MAC address network planning of the operator.

Configure according to the

Command code Discard
network planning of the operator.

Uplink port Configure according to the

19:SFP1
number network planning of the operator.
Uplink port
Configure according to the
binding / Bind / unbind attach
network planning of the operator.
unbinding QoS
profile Configure according to the QoS
Profile name profile name that is actually QoS2
configured.

17.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of the QoS configuration based on MAC address is shown in Figure 17-4.

17-6 Version: A
 17 Configuring the QoS

Figure 17-4 QoS Service Configuration Flow - Based on the MAC Address

1. Configuring QoS Profile

Configure the QoS profile, which control data messages based on VLAN ID,
port, Ethernet protocol type, priority queue, DSCP value, etc.

2. Binding the Uplink Port and the QoS Profile

Bind the uplink port and the QoS profile. After the QoS profile is bound, the
uplink port will perform the subsequent process according to the designated
flow rules of the QoS profile.

17.3.3 Configuring QoS Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select QoS Config→QoS Profiles to open the QOS
Profiles tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add a QoS profile.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 17-2.

5. Click the Create On Device on the toolbar to complete the configuration, as

shown in Figure 17-5.

Version: A 17-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 17-5 Configuring the QoS Profile - Based on the MAC Address

17.3.4 Binding the Uplink Port and the QoS Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select QoS Config→QoS Profiles, and select the
Port Attach/Detach QoS tab.

3. Click the Append button on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The
Rows For Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create one new binding
rule.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 17-2.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 17-6.

Figure 17-6 Binding the QoS Profile to the Uplink Port - Based on the MAC Address

17.3.5 Configuration Result

After the aforesaid configurations, the uplink port 19:SFP1 of the AN5116-06B is
bound with a QoS profile. And the port will discard the downlink data messages
whose source MAC address is 100000000001 and destination MAC address is
200000000001.

17-8 Version: A
 17 Configuring the QoS

17.4 Unbinding the Object and the QoS Profile

The following introduces how to unbind the object and the QoS profile.

17.4.1 Unbinding the Line Card and the QoS Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select QoS Config→QoS Profiles, and select the Slot
Attach/Detach QoS tab.

3. Configure the parameters.

Figure 17-7 Unbinding the QoS Profile from the Slot

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 17-8.

Figure 17-8 Unbinding the QoS Profile from the Slot Successfully

17.4.2 Unbinding the Uplink Port and the QoS Profile

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select QoS Config→QoS Profiles, and select the
Port Attach/Detach QoS tab.

Version: A 17-9
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

3. Configure the parameters.

Figure 17-9 Unbinding the QoS Profile from the Uplink Port

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 17-10.

Figure 17-10 Unbinding the QoS Profile from the Uplink Port Successfully

17-10 Version: A
18 Configuring the PON Protection

The following introduces how to configure the PON protection for the equipment.

Background Knowledge

Configuration Rules

PON Protection Configuration Example

Version: A 18-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

18.1 Background Knowledge

The AN5116-06B provides dual-PON ports and dual fiber links to connect with the
downlink subscriber devices. This can avoid traffic interruption caused by failure of
one of the two links, and increase the system reliability and guarantee a non-
interrupted traffic.

PON protection: Provides redundancy protection for the OLT PON ports and the
fiber between the interface card and the splitter. The AN5116-06B can provide PON
port protection within an individual PON interface card or between two PON
interface cards.

u OLT: The standby PON port is under the cold standby status; the OLT detects
the line status and PON port status, and implements the PON port switching.

u Optical splitter: the 2:N optical splitter is used.

u ONU: no requirement.

Figure 18-1 Principle for PON Port Protection

18.2 Configuration Rules

u When setting the PON port protection group, by default the first port is the
active PON port, and the second port is the standby PON port.

u There is no limit on the PON port protection within the card. Any two PON ports
can be configured as a PON protection group.

18-2 Version: A
 18 Configuring the PON Protection

u The inter-card PON port protection is limited to the same type cards in two
adjacent slots (an odd number slot and the following even number slot), such
as Slots 1 and 2, Slots 3 and 4, Slots 5 and 6, etc. The cards in slots 2 and 3, 6
and 7 (an even number slot and the following odd number slot) cannot be
configured with the inter-card PON port protection.

u In PON protection configuration, the two PON ports inside a PON interface card
or of the two adjacent PON interface cards of the AN5116-06B are connected
with the 2:N optical splitter via fibers, and then connected with the ONU.

18.3 PON Protection Configuration Example

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the PON protection.

18.3.1 Planning Data

The AN5116-06B uses the GC8B card as a subscriber side interface card. The
following takes the protection within the card as an example. See Table 18-1 for the
planning data.

Table 18-1 The Planning Data for the PON Port Protection Configuration

Item Description Example

The PON port protection group

Group
serial number. Configure according 1
number
to the operator’s network planning.
Configuring PON
Configure according to the slot
port protection
Slot No. number of the PON interface card 5 5
group
that is actually used.

The number of the PON port actually 3

PON No. 1 (active)
used. (standby)

Group The PON port protection group

1
number serial number.
Configuring PON
The protection mode of the PON
Port Protection Protection
port protection group. Configure
Group Mode group Type B
according to the operator’s network
mode
planning.

Version: A 18-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

18.3.2 Configuration Flow

The configuration flow for the PON port protection is shown in Figure 18-2.

Figure 18-2 PON Port Protection Configuration Flow

1. Configuring PON Port Protection Group

Configure the members of the PON protection group. Select two PON ports to
form the protection group according to the configuration rules.

2. Configuring PON Port Protection Group Mode

Configure the PON protection group mode according to the network pattern. It
can be set that the service is automatically restored to the main link after the
traffic on the main port is restored.

18.3.3 Configuring PON Port Protection Group

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Reliability Config→PON Protection Group

Config→PON Protection Group Config, and open the PON protection
group config tab.

3. In the left pane, click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input
The Rows For Add dialog box that appears. Click OK to create one PON port

18-4 Version: A
 18 Configuring the PON Protection

protection group. Double-click the Group No. column and enter 1 to create one
PON protection group.

4. In the right pane, double-click the PON No. column in the first row to bring up
the Port Configuration dialog box. Select PON1 port of the GC8B card in Slot
5 and click OK, as shown in Figure 18-3.

Figure 18-3 Configuring the Master Port

5. Double-click the PON No. column in the second row to bring up the Port
Configuration dialog box. Select PON3 port of the GC8B card in Slot 5 and
click OK, as shown in Figure 18-4.

Version: A 18-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 18-4 Configuring the Member Port

6. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 18-5.

Figure 18-5 Configuring the PON Port Protection Group Successfully

18-6 Version: A
 18 Configuring the PON Protection

18.3.4 Configuring PON Port Protection Group Mode

Note:

The GPON currently supports the type B protection mode only. The
default protection group mode of the equipment is type B. Users only
need to configure the PON port protection group.

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Reliability Config→PON Protection Group

Config→PON Protection Group Mode to open the PON Protection Group
Mode tab.

3. Click Append in the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to add one entry.

4. Refer to the planning data in Table 18-1, and configure the parameters of the
PON port protection group mode.

5. Click the Create On Device button in the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 18-6.

Figure 18-6 Configuring PON Port Protection Group Mode

18.3.5 Configuration Result

The configuration of the PON port protection is completed. If the link of the PON port
1 on the GC8B card in Slot 5 fails, the services will be switched to the PON port 3 of
the GC8B card in Slot 5.

Version: A 18-7
19 Configuring User Line Identifier

The following introduces how to configure the user line identifier for the equipment.

Background Knowledge

Configuration Rules

User Line Identifier Configuration Example

Version: A 19-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

19.1 Background Knowledge

Figure 19-1 illustrates the signal flow of the user line identifier.

Figure 19-1 Signal Flow of the User Line Identifier

1. The AN5116-06B captures specific message (DHCP DISCOVER, DHCP

REQUEST, PADI and PADR) in the uplink direction and adds line identifier
information into the message based on the configured circuit ID format. The
identifier information is the physical information of the subscriber sending this
message and it includes the ONU port number, ONU number, PON port number,
card and slot numbers of the OLT.

2. The OLT forwards the message added with the identifier information to the
BRAS (Broadband Remote Access Server). After receiving the message, the
BRAS will then add the corresponding line information and forward the
message to the RADIUS (Remote Authorization Dial In User Service).

3. The RADIUS performs the AAA (Authentication, Authorization and Accounting)

function based on the identifier information.

Note:

The background knowledge is based on the DHCP under the IPv4

environment.

19-2 Version: A
 19 Configuring User Line Identifier

19.2 Configuration Rules

u The AN5116-06B supports identifier modes including the DHCP Option82,

DHCP Option18 and PPPoE+ modes.

u The AN5116-06B supports CTC format / CNC format / custom format.

u The custom format defines several identifier variables. The user can combine
these variables to increase the flexibility of the identifier function. See
Table 19-1 for the custom identifier variables.

Table 19-1 Custom Identifier Variables

Identifier Description Identifier Description

%s User outer VLAN %o ONU authorization number

%c User inner VLAN %n ONU type

%a Access node identifier %T MDU ONU slot number

%r Access node rack number %M MDU ONU sub-slot number
%f Access node shelf number %P MDU ONU UNI port number

%S Access node slot number %t ONU user port type

%p Access node PON port number %X Port VPI or SVLAN

%m Access node ONU identifier (MAC) %x Port VCI or CVLAN

%u Uplink port type %I IAD IP address

%L Service unit type %A IAD MAC address

%O OLT management VLAN IP %B Access type, OLT, DSL or LAN

u The custom format must comply with the following restrictions and conditions.

4 In a custom format, a delimiter must be used to separate the variable

identifier from the succeeding character string or variable. The delimiter
must be one of the symbols presented in Table 19-2.

Table 19-2 The Delimiter List

Delimiter Description

Space
. Period
/ Slash
; Semicolon
: Colon
{ Close curly bracket

Version: A 19-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Table 19-2 The Delimiter List (Continued)

Delimiter Description

} Close curly bracket

< Close angle bracket

> Close angle bracket

[ Close bracket
] Close bracket

4 The customized character string must include no more than 256

characters.

4 The variable value must not have any of the delimiters above.

19.3 User Line Identifier Configuration Example

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the user line identifier.

19.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data for the user line identifier management is as shown in Table 19-3.

Table 19-3 Planning Data for the User Line Identifier Management

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the actual network

Option82 switch Enable
condition.
Configure according to the actual network
Option18 switch Enable
condition.
Configure according to the actual network
PPPoE+ switch Enable
Line identifier condition.
management Configure according to the planning of the
Access node identifier AN5116-06B
operator.

Configure according to the planning of the

Rack number 1
operator.

Configure according to the planning of the

Shelf number 1
operator.

Line identifier Use CTC format / CNC Configure according to the actual network
Use CTC format
format format / custom format condition.

19-4 Version: A
 19 Configuring User Line Identifier

Table 19-3 Planning Data for the User Line Identifier Management (Continued)

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the planning of the

Customized character
operator. Configurable only under the －
string
custom format.
User outer VLAN
User inner VLAN
Access type

Access node identifier

Access node rack
number
Access node shelf
number
Access node slot
Configure according to the planning of the
number
Line identifier variable operator. Configurable only under the
Access node PON port
custom format.
number
Access node ONU
identifier (MAC)

Uplink port type

ONU authorization
number
ONU Type

MDU ONU UNI port

number
Configure according to the planning of the
Delimiter operator. Configurable only under the /
custom format.

19.3.2 Configuration Flow

The flow of configuring the user line identifier is shown in Figure 19-2.

Version: A 19-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 19-2 Configuration Flow for User Line Identifier Management

1. Configuring Line Identifier Switch

Configure relevant parameters of the line identifier management, select the

access node identifier mode of the OLT equipment and add rack number and
shelf number into the DHCP or PPPoE request messages.

2. Configuring Line Identifier Format

Configure the circuit ID format and add user information and equipment
information into the packet, so as to facilitate the management of the upper
layer BRAS equipment.

19.3.3 Configuring Line Identifier Switch

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→DHCP→Line Identifier

Management to open the Line Identifier Management tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 19-3.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 19-3.

19-6 Version: A
 19 Configuring User Line Identifier

Figure 19-3 Configuring Line Identifier Management

19.3.4 Configuring Line Identifier Format

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→DHCP→Circuit ID Format

to open the Circuit ID Format tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 19-3, as

shown in Figure 19-4.

Version: A 19-7
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 19-4 Configuring Line Identifier Format

4. Click OK to complete the line identifier format configuration.

19.3.5 Configuration Result

The analysis result of the line identifier field using packet capture software is 00/0/
0:3000.500 10/1/2/14/0/1/544b70001130 0/0//EP.

19-8 Version: A
20 Configuring the LACP

The following introduces how to configure LACP for the equipment.

Configuration Rules

LACP Configuration Example

Version: A 20-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

20.1 Configuration Rules

u The AN5116-06B supports two aggregation modes: manual aggregation and

static LACP.

u The supports up to six Trunk groups.

u For a Trunk group, you can configure only one master port and multiple
member ports.

u The settings of the port properties (e.g port rate, duplex type, MTU value, uplink
mode, etc.) and the VLAN which the ports belong to should be consistent for
the ports in a Trunk group. Before configuring the LACP, make sure that the
settings of the port properties and the port VLAN for the ports to be configured
are consistent.

20.2 LACP Configuration Example

The following gives an example to introduce how to configure the LACP function.
This example illustrates how to configure static LACP.

20.2.1 Network Diagram

The network diagram for the LACP function is as shown in Figure 20-1.

Figure 20-1 Configuring LACP Function Network Connection

20.2.2 Planning Data

The following uses the HU1A card as the uplink card for LACP configuration. See
Table 20-1 for the planning data.

20-2 Version: A
 20 Configuring the LACP

Table 20-1 Planning Data for LACP Configuration

Configuration Item Description Example

Configure according to the network planning

Group number 1
of the operator.

Configure according to the network planning

Configuring trunking Trunking mode Static LACP
of the operator.
mode
Based on the source
Trunk load Configure this item according to the network
and destination MAC
balancing criteria planning of the operator.
addresses.
TRUNK group The configured group number in the trunking
1
serial number mode.
Configuring TRUNK Master port of the Configure according to the network planning
19:SPF1
port link aggregation TRUNK group of the operator.

TRUNK group Configure according to the network planning

19:SPF2, 19:SPF3
member of the operator.

The LACP function enabling / disabling

LACP switch switch. Configure according to the operator’s Enable
Configuring LACP network planning.

System priority Configure according to the network planning

32768
level of the operator.

20.2.3 Configuration Flow

The flow of configuring the LACP function is shown in Figure 20-2.

Version: A 20-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure 20-2 LACP Configuration Flow

1. Configuring Trunking Mode

Configure the trunking mode of the uplink port. You can select either the
manual trunking mode or the static LACP mode.

2. Configuring Trunk Port Link Aggregation

Configure the uplink port parameters in the Trunk port aggregate group.

3. Configuring LACP

Configure the enabling / disabling switch and system priority level of the LACP.

20.2.4 Configuring Trunking Mode

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Aggregation Mode Config

to open the Aggregation Mode Config tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new aggregation group
mode.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 20-1.

20-4 Version: A
 20 Configuring the LACP

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 20-3.

Figure 20-3 Configuring the Trunking Mode

20.2.5 Configuring Trunk Port Link Aggregation

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→Port Trunking to open the
Port Trunking tab.

3. Click Append on the toolbar, and enter 1 in the Please Input The Rows For
Add: dialog box that appears. Click OK to create a new aggregation group.

4. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 20-1.

5. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 20-4.

Figure 20-4 Configuring Trunk Port Link Aggregation

Version: A 20-5
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

20.2.6 Configuring LACP

1. Click the active HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Ethernet Config→LACP Config to open the
LACP Config tab.

3. Configure the parameters according to the planning data in Table 20-1.

4. Click the Create On Device button on the toolbar to complete the configuration,
as shown in Figure 20-5.

Figure 20-5 Configuring LACP

20.2.7 Configuration Result

The LACP function configuration is completed. The ports 19:SPF1, 19:SPF2 and
19:SPF3 form a static LACP aggregation group, so as to achieve load sharing and
provide higher connection reliability for the system.

20-6 Version: A
21 Detecting the Optical Power

The following introduces how to detect the optical power.

Viewing Optical Module Parameter Information of the GPON Interface Card

Viewing Optical Module Parameter Information of the GPON ONU

Version: A 21-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

21.1 Viewing Optical Module Parameter

Information of the GPON Interface Card

1. Click the active GC8B card in the Object Tree pane, and select Configuration
→Service Config Management from the menu bar to access the Service
Config Management window.

2. In the Menu Tree pane, select Get Information→OptModule Para

Information to open the OptModule Para Information tab.

3. Enter the number of the PON port to be viewed in the PON No. column. In this
example, enter 5.

4. Click Read From Device button in the toolbar to read the optical module
parameter information of this PON port, as shown in Figure 21-1.

Figure 21-1 Parameter Information of the PON Port Optical Module on the GC8B Card

Reference Standard
Optical Module Parameter Normal Range Relevant Alarm
Optical module temperature
Optical module temperature -40℃ to 100℃
threshold-crossing alarm

Optical module voltage

Optical module voltage 3V to 3.6V
threshold-crossing alarm

OLT side
Optical module transmitting
The value is +1.5 dBm to +5 dBm when the
optical power threshold–
Transmitting optical power Class B+ optical module is used; the value is
crossing alarm, overlow optical
+3 dBm to +7 dBm when the Class C or Class
power alarm
C+ optical module is used.

21-2 Version: A
 21 Detecting the Optical Power

Optical Module Parameter Normal Range Relevant Alarm

Overload optical power
When Class B+ optical module is used, the
minimum value is -8dBm; when Class C optical Optical module Rx optical power
Receiving optical power
module is used, the minimum value is -11dBm; threshold-crossing alarm
when Class C+ optical module is used, the
minimum value is -12dBm.
Optical module bias current
Bias current 0mA to 100mA
threshold-crossing alarm

Note:

The 1490 nm power meter is used to test OLT side transmitting optical
power and ONU side receiving optical power. The 1310 nm power meter
is used to test OLT side receiving optical power and ONU side
transmitting optical power.

21.2 Viewing Optical Module Parameter

Information of the GPON ONU

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in Slot 15, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Remote Object tab of the Object Tree pane, click ONU 1 under the PON
port 5 on this card, and select Get Information→OptModule Para
Information from the Menu Tree pane to open the OptModule Para
Information tab.

3. View the parameter information of the optical module in this PON port. See
Figure 21-2.

Figure 21-2 Parameter Information of the ONU PON Port Optical Module

Version: A 21-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Reference Standard
Optical Module Parameter Normal Range Relevant Alarm
Optical module temperature
Optical module temperature -40℃ to 100℃
threshold-crossing alarm

Optical module voltage threshold-

Optical module voltage 3V to 3.6V
crossing alarm

ONU side
When Class B+ optical module is used: +0.
Optical module transmitting optical
5dBm to +5dBm; when Class C optical
Transmitting optical power power threshold-crossing alarm,
module is used: -2dBm to +4dBm; when
overlow optical power alarm
Class C+ optical module is used: -0.5dBm to
+5dBm.
Overload optical power
The minimum value is -8dBm when the Optical module receiving optical
Receiving optical power
Class B+ or Class C or Class C+ optical power threshold-crossing alarm
module is used.
Optical module bias current
Bias current 0mA to 100mA
threshold-crossing alarm

Note:

The 1490 nm power meter is used to test OLT side transmitting optical
power and ONU side receiving optical power. The 1310 nm power meter
is used to test OLT side receiving optical power and ONU side
transmitting optical power.

21-4 Version: A
22 POTS Internal Line and External Line
Test

The following introduces how to test the POTS external line and internal line of the
equipment.

Test Rules

Internal Line Test Example

External Line Test Example

Version: A 22-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

22.1 Test Rules

u POTS internal line test: When a fault occurs in the voice service, an internal line
test can be implemented to isolate the fault and check whether it is caused by
the ONU.

u POTS external line test: When a fault occurs in the voice service, an external
line test can be implemented to isolate the fault and check whether it is caused
by the subscriber POTS line.

u The tests can be divided into forcible and non-forcible tests. Forcible test
means that the test is performed no matter whether the user is in conversation
or not and the conversation will be interrupted. Non-forcible test means that the
test will not be performed if the user is in conversation. Usually a non-forcible
test is recommended.

22.2 Internal Line Test Example

The following introduces the procedures of the POTS internal line test using an
example.

22.2.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the POTS internal line test are shown in Table 22-1.

Table 22-1 The Planning Data of POTS Internal Line Test

Item Description Example

The number of the slot for the

Slot No. 6
actually used PON interface card.

The number of the PON port

PON No. 1
ONU information actually used.

Configure according to the network

ONU Auth No. 1
planning of the operator.

ONU type The type of the ONU actually used. AN5506-04-G1

Configure according to the number
POTS Port POTS port
of the POTS port that is actually 1
Internal Line Test number
used.

22-2 Version: A
 22 POTS Internal Line and External Line Test

Table 22-1 The Planning Data of POTS Internal Line Test (Continued)

Item Description Example

Select the test type according to the

Non-forcible
Test type fault type. The non-forcible test is
test
recommended.

22.2.2 POTS Port Internal Line Test

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in slot 6, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane , select Get Information→Line Test to
access the Line Test tab.

3. Select the POTS Inline Test tab，and configure the parameters according to
the planning data in Table 22-1.

4. Click the Read From Device button in the toolbar to execute the test command.
The internal test result will be displayed after the test is completed. See
Figure 22-1.

Figure 22-1 Checking the Internal Line Test Result

22.2.3 Test Result

Check the "Test State" and "Refuse Reason" parameters of the POTS internal line
test.

Below are the two test states:

u Succeed: The internal line test is completed successfully.

u Refuse: The internal line test fails.

Version: A 22-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

If the test result is Refuse, the Refuse Reason column will show the actual causes
of the failure, such as port in test or port in use.

22.3 External Line Test Example

The following introduces the procedures of the POTS external line test via an
example.

22.3.1 Planning Data

The planning data of the POTS external line test are shown in Table 22-2.

Table 22-2 The Planning Data of POTS External Line Test

Item Description Example

The number of the slot for the

Slot No. 6
actually used PON interface card.

The number of the PON port

PON No. 1
ONU actually used.
information Configure according to the
ONU Auth No. 1
network planning of the operator.

The type of the ONU actually

ONU type AN5506-04-G1
used.
Configure according to the
POTS port
number of the POTS port that is 1
POTS Port number
actually used.
External Line
Select the test type according to
Test
Test type the fault type. The non-forcible Non-forcible test
test is recommended.

22.3.2 POTS Port External Line Test

1. In the Object Tree pane, click the GPON interface card in slot 6, and select
Configuration→Service Config Management from the menu bar to enter the
Service Config Management window.

22-4 Version: A
 22 POTS Internal Line and External Line Test

2. In the Object Tree pane, select the Remote Object tab, and click ONU 1 under
this card. In the Menu Tree pane , select Get Information→Line Test to
access the Line Test tab.

3. Select the POTS Outline Test tab，and configure the parameters according to
the planning data in Table 22-2.

4. Click the Read From Device button in the toolbar to execute the test command.
The internal test result will be displayed after the test is completed. See
Figure 22-2.

Figure 22-2 Checking the External Line Test Result

22.3.3 Test Result

Check the "Test State" and "Refuse Reason" parameters of the POTS external line
test.

Below are the two test states:

u Succeed: The external line test is completed successfully.

u Refuse: The external line test fails.

If the test result is Refuse, the Refuse Reason column will show the actual cause
of the failure, such as port in test or port in use.

Version: A 22-5
 Appendix A FTP Operation Guide

The following introduces the FTP function and its configuration method.

A.1 Overview of the FTP

A computer is connected with the equipment via a network cable. Set up the FTP
server end on the computer; that is, install WFTP software.

u When upgrading the equipment software, you need to obtain the upgrade
package from the FTP server end in the FTP mode for the equipment.

u When backing up the equipment configuration, you need to export the backup
file to the FTP server end in the FTP mode.

A.2 Configuration Procedures

Note:

The WFTP is used here as an example of the FTP software.

1. At the FTP server end, set the path for saving the upgrade / backup package to
d:\ftp.

2. Open the WFTP, as shown in Figure A-1.

Version: A A-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure A -1 Opening the WFTP

3. Click Security→Users/Rights in the menu bar to bring up the User/Rights

Security Dialog dialog box, as shown in Figure A-2.

Figure A -2 The User Configuration

4. Click the New User button to add a new FTP user. This user will be used in the
subsequent upgrade and backup operations. Enter the user name 1, as shown
in Figure A-3.

Note:

You may click the Delete button to delete an existing user, or select an
existing user and click the Change Password button to change the
user’s password.

A-2 Version: A
 Appendix A FTP Operation Guide

Figure A -3 Creating a New User

5. Click the OK button to enter the password 1, and click the OK button to
complete the creation of the new user, as shown in Figure A-4.

Figure A -4 Completing Creating the New User Account

6. In the User/Rights Security Dialog dialog box, enter the path in which the
upgrade / backup package locates in the Home Directory item. Enter d:\ftp
based on the setting of the directory in Step 1, as shown in Figure A-5.

Version: A A-3
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GPON Configuration Guide

Figure A -5 Configuring the Path

7. Click the Done button to complete the setting.

8. In the No log file open window, click Logging→Log Options to set the log
function of the WFTP tool, as shown in Figure A-6.

Figure A -6 Configuring the Log Function of the WFTP Tool

9. In the Logging Options dialog box, select the Enable Logging, Gets, Logins,
Commands, Warnings, Puts and Anon.Logins check boxes, as shown in
Figure A-7.

A-4 Version: A
 Appendix A FTP Operation Guide

Figure A -7 Log Information Options

10. Click OK to display the log. Users may use the log information to troubleshoot
and confirm whether the Gets or Puts operation is successful.

Now the WFTP configuration is completed.

Version: A A-5
 Product Documentation Customer Satisfaction Survery
Thank you for reading and using the product documentation provided by FiberHome. Please take a moment to
complete this survey. Your answers will help us to improve the documentation and better suit your needs. Your
responses will be confidential and given serious consideration. The personal information requested is used for
no other purposes than to respond to your feedback.

Name
Phone Number
Email Address
Company

To help us better understand your needs, please focus your answers on a single documentation or a complete
documentation set.

Documentation Name
Code and Version

Usage of the product documentation:

1. How often do you use the documentation?
□ Frequently □ Rarely □ Never □ Other (please specify)
2. When do you use the documentation?
□ in starting up a project □ in installing the product □ in daily maintenance □ in trouble
shooting □ Other (please specify)
3. What is the percentage of the operations on the product for which you can get instruction from the
documentation?
□ 100% □ 80% □ 50% □ 0% □ Other (please specify)
4. Are you satisfied with the promptness with which we update the documentation?
□ Satisfied □ Unsatisfied (your advice)
5. Which documentation form do you prefer?
□ Print edition □ Electronic edition □ Other (please specify)
Quality of the product documentation:
1. Is the information organized and presented clearly?
□ Very □ Somewhat □ Not at all (your advice)
2. How do you like the language style of the documentation?
□ Good □ Normal □ Poor (please specify)
3. Are any contents in the documentation inconsistent with the product?
4. Is the information complete in the documentation?
□ Yes
□ No (Please specify)
5. Are the product working principles and the relevant technologies covered in the documentation sufficient for
you to get known and use the product?
□ Yes
□ No (Please specify)
6. Can you successfully implement a task following the operation steps given in the documentation?
□ Yes (Please give an example)
□ No (Please specify the reason)
7. Which parts of the documentation are you satisfied with?

8. Which parts of the documentation are you unsatisfied with?Why?

9. What is your opinion on the Figures in the documentation?

□ Beautiful □ Unbeautiful (your advice)

□ Practical □ Unpractical (your advice)

10. What is your opinion on the layout of the documentation?

□ Beautiful □ Unbeautiful (your advice)
11. Thinking of the documentations you have ever read offered by other companies, how would you compare
our documentation to them?
Product documentations from other companies:

Satisfied (please specify)

Unsatisfied (please specify)

12. Additional comments about our documentation or suggestions on how we can improve:

Thank you for your assistance. Please fax or send the completed survey to us at the contact information
included in the documentation. If you have any questions or concerns about this survey please email at
[email protected]